# ffplay-all(1) - man - phpman

[FFPLAY-ALL(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/FFPLAY-ALL/1/markdown)                                                                          [FFPLAY-ALL(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/FFPLAY-ALL/1/markdown)



## NAME
       ffplay - FFplay media player

## SYNOPSIS
       ffplay [_options_] [_input_url_]

## DESCRIPTION
       FFplay is a very simple and portable media player using the FFmpeg libraries and the SDL
       library. It is mostly used as a testbed for the various FFmpeg APIs.

## OPTIONS
       All the numerical options, if not specified otherwise, accept a string representing a number
       as input, which may be followed by one of the SI unit prefixes, for example: 'K', 'M', or
       'G'.

       If 'i' is appended to the SI unit prefix, the complete prefix will be interpreted as a unit
       prefix for binary multiples, which are based on powers of 1024 instead of powers of 1000.
       Appending 'B' to the SI unit prefix multiplies the value by 8. This allows using, for
       example: 'KB', 'MiB', 'G' and 'B' as number suffixes.

       Options which do not take arguments are boolean options, and set the corresponding value to
       true. They can be set to false by prefixing the option name with "no". For example using
       "-nofoo" will set the boolean option with name "foo" to false.

### Stream specifiers
       Some options are applied per-stream, e.g. bitrate or codec. Stream specifiers are used to
       precisely specify which stream(s) a given option belongs to.

       A stream specifier is a string generally appended to the option name and separated from it by
       a colon. E.g. "-codec:a:1 ac3" contains the "a:1" stream specifier, which matches the second
       audio stream. Therefore, it would select the ac3 codec for the second audio stream.

       A stream specifier can match several streams, so that the option is applied to all of them.
       E.g. the stream specifier in "-b:a 128k" matches all audio streams.

       An empty stream specifier matches all streams. For example, "-codec copy" or "-codec: copy"
       would copy all the streams without reencoding.

       Possible forms of stream specifiers are:

       _stream_index_
           Matches the stream with this index. E.g. "-threads:1 4" would set the thread count for
           the second stream to 4. If _stream_index_ is used as an additional stream specifier (see
           below), then it selects stream number _stream_index_ from the matching streams. Stream
           numbering is based on the order of the streams as detected by libavformat except when a
           program ID is also specified. In this case it is based on the ordering of the streams in
           the program.

       _stream_type_**[:**_additional_stream_specifier_**]**
           _stream_type_ is one of following: 'v' or 'V' for video, 'a' for audio, 's' for subtitle,
           'd' for data, and 't' for attachments. 'v' matches all video streams, 'V' only matches
           video streams which are not attached pictures, video thumbnails or cover arts. If
           _additional_stream_specifier_ is used, then it matches streams which both have this type
           and match the _additional_stream_specifier_. Otherwise, it matches all streams of the
           specified type.

       **p:**_program_id_**[:**_additional_stream_specifier_**]**
           Matches streams which are in the program with the id _program_id_. If
           _additional_stream_specifier_ is used, then it matches streams which both are part of the
           program and match the _additional_stream_specifier_.

       **#**_stream_id_ **or** **i:**_stream_id_
           Match the stream by stream id (e.g. PID in MPEG-TS container).

       **m:**_key_**[:**_value_**]**
           Matches streams with the metadata tag _key_ having the specified value. If _value_ is not
           given, matches streams that contain the given tag with any value.

       **u**   Matches streams with usable configuration, the codec must be defined and the essential
           information such as video dimension or audio sample rate must be present.

           Note that in **ffmpeg**, matching by metadata will only work properly for input files.

### Generic options
       These options are shared amongst the ff* tools.

### -L

### -h, -?, -help, --help
           Show help. An optional parameter may be specified to print help about a specific item. If
           no argument is specified, only basic (non advanced) tool options are shown.

           Possible values of _arg_ are:

           **long**
               Print advanced tool options in addition to the basic tool options.

           **full**
               Print complete list of options, including shared and private options for encoders,
               decoders, demuxers, muxers, filters, etc.

           **decoder=**_decoder_name_
               Print detailed information about the decoder named _decoder_name_. Use the **-decoders**
               option to get a list of all decoders.

           **encoder=**_encoder_name_
               Print detailed information about the encoder named _encoder_name_. Use the **-encoders**
               option to get a list of all encoders.

           **demuxer=**_demuxer_name_
               Print detailed information about the demuxer named _demuxer_name_. Use the **-formats**
               option to get a list of all demuxers and muxers.

           **muxer=**_muxer_name_
               Print detailed information about the muxer named _muxer_name_. Use the **-formats** option
               to get a list of all muxers and demuxers.

           **filter=**_filter_name_
               Print detailed information about the filter named _filter_name_. Use the **-filters**
               option to get a list of all filters.

           **bsf=**_bitstream_filter_name_
               Print detailed information about the bitstream filter named _bitstream_filter_name_.
               Use the **-bsfs** option to get a list of all bitstream filters.

           **protocol=**_protocol_name_
               Print detailed information about the protocol named _protocol_name_.  Use the
               **-protocols** option to get a list of all protocols.

### -version
           Show version.

### -buildconf
           Show the build configuration, one option per line.

### -formats
           Show available formats (including devices).

### -demuxers
           Show available demuxers.

### -muxers
           Show available muxers.

### -devices
           Show available devices.

### -codecs
           Show all codecs known to libavcodec.

           Note that the term 'codec' is used throughout this documentation as a shortcut for what
           is more correctly called a media bitstream format.

### -decoders
           Show available decoders.

### -encoders
           Show all available encoders.

### -bsfs
           Show available bitstream filters.

### -protocols
           Show available protocols.

### -filters
           Show available libavfilter filters.

### -pix
           Show available pixel formats.

### -sample
           Show available sample formats.

### -layouts
           Show channel names and standard channel layouts.

### -colors
           Show recognized color names.

### -sources
           Show autodetected sources of the input device.  Some devices may provide system-dependent
           source names that cannot be autodetected.  The returned list cannot be assumed to be
           always complete.

                   ffmpeg -sources pulse,server=192.168.0.4

### -sinks
           Show autodetected sinks of the output device.  Some devices may provide system-dependent
           sink names that cannot be autodetected.  The returned list cannot be assumed to be always
           complete.

                   ffmpeg -sinks pulse,server=192.168.0.4

### -loglevel -v
           Set logging level and flags used by the library.

           The optional _flags_ prefix can consist of the following values:

           **repeat**
               Indicates that repeated log output should not be compressed to the first line and the
               "Last message repeated n times" line will be omitted.

           **level**
               Indicates that log output should add a "[level]" prefix to each message line. This
               can be used as an alternative to log coloring, e.g. when dumping the log to file.

           Flags can also be used alone by adding a '+'/'-' prefix to set/reset a single flag
           without affecting other _flags_ or changing _loglevel_. When setting both _flags_ and _loglevel_,
           a '+' separator is expected between the last _flags_ value and before _loglevel_.

           _loglevel_ is a string or a number containing one of the following values:

           **quiet,** **-8**
               Show nothing at all; be silent.

           **panic,** **0**
               Only show fatal errors which could lead the process to crash, such as an assertion
               failure. This is not currently used for anything.

           **fatal,** **8**
               Only show fatal errors. These are errors after which the process absolutely cannot
               continue.

           **error,** **16**
               Show all errors, including ones which can be recovered from.

           **warning,** **24**
               Show all warnings and errors. Any message related to possibly incorrect or unexpected
               events will be shown.

           **info,** **32**
               Show informative messages during processing. This is in addition to warnings and
               errors. This is the default value.

           **verbose,** **40**
               Same as "info", except more verbose.

           **debug,** **48**
               Show everything, including debugging information.

           **trace,** **56**

           For example to enable repeated log output, add the "level" prefix, and set _loglevel_ to
           "verbose":

                   ffmpeg -loglevel repeat+level+verbose -i input output

           Another example that enables repeated log output without affecting current state of
           "level" prefix flag or _loglevel_:

                   ffmpeg [...] -loglevel +repeat

           By default the program logs to stderr. If coloring is supported by the terminal, colors
           are used to mark errors and warnings. Log coloring can be disabled setting the
           environment variable **AV**___**LOG**___**FORCE**___**NOCOLOR**, or can be forced setting the environment
           variable **AV**___**LOG**___**FORCE**___**COLOR**.

### -report
           Dump full command line and log output to a file named "_program-YYYYMMDD-HHMMSS.log"_ in
           the current directory.  This file can be useful for bug reports.  It also implies
           "-loglevel debug".

           Setting the environment variable **FFREPORT** to any value has the same effect. If the value
           is a ':'-separated key=value sequence, these options will affect the report; option
           values must be escaped if they contain special characters or the options delimiter ':'
           (see the ``Quoting and escaping'' section in the ffmpeg-utils manual).

           The following options are recognized:

           **file**
               set the file name to use for the report; %p is expanded to the name of the program,
               %t is expanded to a timestamp, "%%" is expanded to a plain "%"

           **level**
               set the log verbosity level using a numerical value (see "-loglevel").

           For example, to output a report to a file named _ffreport.log_ using a log level of 32
           (alias for log level "info"):

                   FFREPORT=file=ffreport.log:level=32 ffmpeg -i input output

           Errors in parsing the environment variable are not fatal, and will not appear in the
           report.

### -hide
           Suppress printing banner.

           All FFmpeg tools will normally show a copyright notice, build options and library
           versions. This option can be used to suppress printing this information.

### -cpuflags
           Allows setting and clearing cpu flags. This option is intended for testing. Do not use it
           unless you know what you're doing.

                   ffmpeg -cpuflags -sse+mmx ...
                   ffmpeg -cpuflags mmx ...
                   ffmpeg -cpuflags 0 ...

           Possible flags for this option are:

           **x86**
               **mmx**
               **mmxext**
               **sse**
               **sse2**
               **sse2slow**
               **sse3**
               **sse3slow**
               **ssse3**
               **atom**
               **sse4.1**
               **sse4.2**
               **avx**
               **avx2**
               **xop**
               **fma3**
               **fma4**
               **3dnow**
               **3dnowext**
               **bmi1**
               **bmi2**
               **cmov**
           **ARM**
               **armv5te**
               **armv6**
               **armv6t2**
               **vfp**
               **vfpv3**
               **neon**
               **setend**
           **AArch64**
               **armv8**
               **vfp**
               **neon**
           **PowerPC**
               **altivec**
           **Specific** **Processors**
               **pentium2**
               **pentium3**
               **pentium4**
               **k6**
               **k62**
               **athlon**
               **athlonxp**
               **k8**
### -max
           Set the maximum size limit for allocating a block on the heap by ffmpeg's family of
           malloc functions. Exercise **extreme** **caution** when using this option. Don't use if you do
           not understand the full consequence of doing so.  Default is INT_MAX.

### AVOptions
       These options are provided directly by the libavformat, libavdevice and libavcodec libraries.
       To see the list of available AVOptions, use the **-help** option. They are separated into two
       categories:

### generic
           These options can be set for any container, codec or device. Generic options are listed
           under AVFormatContext options for containers/devices and under AVCodecContext options for
           codecs.

### private
           These options are specific to the given container, device or codec. Private options are
           listed under their corresponding containers/devices/codecs.

       For example to write an ID3v2.3 header instead of a default ID3v2.4 to an MP3 file, use the
       **id3v2**___**version** private option of the MP3 muxer:

               ffmpeg -i input.flac -id3v2_version 3 out.mp3

       All codec AVOptions are per-stream, and thus a stream specifier should be attached to them:

               ffmpeg -i multichannel.mxf -map 0:v:0 -map 0:a:0 -map 0:a:0 -c:a:0 ac3 -b:a:0 640k -ac:a:1 2 -c:a:1 aac -b:2 128k out.mp4

       In the above example, a multichannel audio stream is mapped twice for output.  The first
       instance is encoded with codec ac3 and bitrate 640k.  The second instance is downmixed to 2
       channels and encoded with codec aac. A bitrate of 128k is specified for it using absolute
       index of the output stream.

       Note: the **-nooption** syntax cannot be used for boolean AVOptions, use **-option** **0**/**-option** **1**.

       Note: the old undocumented way of specifying per-stream AVOptions by prepending v/a/s to the
       options name is now obsolete and will be removed soon.

### Main options
### -x
           Force displayed width.

### -y
           Force displayed height.

### -s
           Set frame size (WxH or abbreviation), needed for videos which do not contain a header
           with the frame size like raw YUV.  This option has been deprecated in favor of private
           options, try -video_size.

### -fs

### -an

### -vn

### -sn

### -ss
           Seek to _pos_. Note that in most formats it is not possible to seek exactly, so **ffplay** will
           seek to the nearest seek point to _pos_.

           _pos_ must be a time duration specification, see **the** **Time** **duration** **section** **in** **the**
           [**ffmpeg-utils(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-utils/1/markdown)** **manual**.

### -t
           Play _duration_ seconds of audio/video.

           _duration_ must be a time duration specification, see **the** **Time** **duration** **section** **in** **the**
           [**ffmpeg-utils(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-utils/1/markdown)** **manual**.

### -bytes
           Seek by bytes.

### -seek
           Set custom interval, in seconds, for seeking using left/right keys. Default is 10
           seconds.

### -nodisp
           Disable graphical display.

### -noborder
           Borderless window.

### -alwaysontop
           Window always on top. Available on: X11 with SDL >= 2.0.5, Windows SDL >= 2.0.6.

### -volume
           Set the startup volume. 0 means silence, 100 means no volume reduction or amplification.
           Negative values are treated as 0, values above 100 are treated as 100.

### -f
           Force format.

### -window
           Set window title (default is the input filename).

### -left
           Set the x position for the left of the window (default is a centered window).

### -top
           Set the y position for the top of the window (default is a centered window).

### -loop
           Loops movie playback <number> times. 0 means forever.

### -showmode
           Set the show mode to use.  Available values for _mode_ are:

           **0,** **video**
               show video

           **1,** **waves**
               show audio waves

           **2,** **rdft**
               show audio frequency band using RDFT ((Inverse) Real Discrete Fourier Transform)

           Default value is "video", if video is not present or cannot be played "rdft" is
           automatically selected.

           You can interactively cycle through the available show modes by pressing the key **w**.

### -vf
           Create the filtergraph specified by _filtergraph_ and use it to filter the video stream.

           _filtergraph_ is a description of the filtergraph to apply to the stream, and must have a
           single video input and a single video output. In the filtergraph, the input is associated
           to the label "in", and the output to the label "out". See the ffmpeg-filters manual for
           more information about the filtergraph syntax.

           You can specify this parameter multiple times and cycle through the specified
           filtergraphs along with the show modes by pressing the key **w**.

### -af
           _filtergraph_ is a description of the filtergraph to apply to the input audio.  Use the
           option "-filters" to show all the available filters (including sources and sinks).

### -i
           Read _input_url_.

### Advanced options
### -pix
           Set pixel format.  This option has been deprecated in favor of private options, try
           -pixel_format.

### -stats
           Print several playback statistics, in particular show the stream duration, the codec
           parameters, the current position in the stream and the audio/video synchronisation drift.
           It is shown by default, unless the log level is lower than "info". Its display can be
           forced by manually specifying this option. To disable it, you need to specify "-nostats".

### -fast
           Non-spec-compliant optimizations.

### -genpts
           Generate pts.

### -sync
           Set the master clock to audio ("type=audio"), video ("type=video") or external
           ("type=ext"). Default is audio. The master clock is used to control audio-video
           synchronization. Most media players use audio as master clock, but in some cases
           (streaming or high quality broadcast) it is necessary to change that. This option is
           mainly used for debugging purposes.

### -ast
           Select the desired audio stream using the given stream specifier. The stream specifiers
           are described in the **Stream** **specifiers** chapter. If this option is not specified, the
           "best" audio stream is selected in the program of the already selected video stream.

### -vst
           Select the desired video stream using the given stream specifier. The stream specifiers
           are described in the **Stream** **specifiers** chapter. If this option is not specified, the
           "best" video stream is selected.

### -sst
           Select the desired subtitle stream using the given stream specifier. The stream
           specifiers are described in the **Stream** **specifiers** chapter. If this option is not
           specified, the "best" subtitle stream is selected in the program of the already selected
           video or audio stream.

### -autoexit
           Exit when video is done playing.

### -exitonkeydown
           Exit if any key is pressed.

### -exitonmousedown
           Exit if any mouse button is pressed.

### -codec:
           Force a specific decoder implementation for the stream identified by _media_specifier_,
           which can assume the values "a" (audio), "v" (video), and "s" subtitle.

### -acodec
           Force a specific audio decoder.

### -vcodec
           Force a specific video decoder.

### -scodec
           Force a specific subtitle decoder.

### -autorotate
           Automatically rotate the video according to file metadata. Enabled by default, use
           **-noautorotate** to disable it.

### -framedrop
           Drop video frames if video is out of sync. Enabled by default if the master clock is not
           set to video. Use this option to enable frame dropping for all master clock sources, use
           **-noframedrop** to disable it.

### -infbuf
           Do not limit the input buffer size, read as much data as possible from the input as soon
           as possible. Enabled by default for realtime streams, where data may be dropped if not
           read in time. Use this option to enable infinite buffers for all inputs, use **-noinfbuf** to
           disable it.

### -filter
           Defines how many threads are used to process a filter pipeline. Each pipeline will
           produce a thread pool with this many threads available for parallel processing. The
           default is 0 which means that the thread count will be determined by the number of
           available CPUs.

### While playing
### q, ESC
           Quit.

       **f**   Toggle full screen.

### p, SPC
           Pause.

       **m**   Toggle mute.

### 9, 0
           Decrease and increase volume respectively.

       **/,** *****
           Decrease and increase volume respectively.

       **a**   Cycle audio channel in the current program.

       **v**   Cycle video channel.

       **t**   Cycle subtitle channel in the current program.

       **c**   Cycle program.

       **w**   Cycle video filters or show modes.

       **s**   Step to the next frame.

           Pause if the stream is not already paused, step to the next video frame, and pause.

### left/right
           Seek backward/forward 10 seconds.

### down/up
           Seek backward/forward 1 minute.

### page down/page up
           Seek to the previous/next chapter.  or if there are no chapters Seek backward/forward 10
           minutes.

### right mouse click
           Seek to percentage in file corresponding to fraction of width.

### left mouse double-click
           Toggle full screen.

## SYNTAX
       This section documents the syntax and formats employed by the FFmpeg libraries and tools.

### Quoting and escaping
       FFmpeg adopts the following quoting and escaping mechanism, unless explicitly specified. The
       following rules are applied:

       •   **'** and **\** are special characters (respectively used for quoting and escaping). In addition
           to them, there might be other special characters depending on the specific syntax where
           the escaping and quoting are employed.

       •   A special character is escaped by prefixing it with a **\**.

       •   All characters enclosed between **''** are included literally in the parsed string. The quote
           character **'** itself cannot be quoted, so you may need to close the quote and escape it.

       •   Leading and trailing whitespaces, unless escaped or quoted, are removed from the parsed
           string.

       Note that you may need to add a second level of escaping when using the command line or a
       script, which depends on the syntax of the adopted shell language.

       The function "av_get_token" defined in _libavutil/avstring.h_ can be used to parse a token
       quoted or escaped according to the rules defined above.

       The tool _tools/ffescape_ in the FFmpeg source tree can be used to automatically quote or
       escape a string in a script.

       _Examples_

       •   Escape the string "Crime d'Amour" containing the "'" special character:

                   Crime d\'Amour

       •   The string above contains a quote, so the "'" needs to be escaped when quoting it:

                   'Crime d'\''Amour'

       •   Include leading or trailing whitespaces using quoting:

                   '  this string starts and ends with whitespaces  '

       •   Escaping and quoting can be mixed together:

                   ' The string '\'string\'' is a string '

       •   To include a literal **\** you can use either escaping or quoting:

                   'c:\foo' can be written as c:\\foo

### Date
       The accepted syntax is:

               [(YYYY-MM-DD|YYYYMMDD)[T|t| ]]((HH:MM:SS[.m...]]])|(HHMMSS[.m...]]]))[Z]
               now

       If the value is "now" it takes the current time.

       Time is local time unless Z is appended, in which case it is interpreted as UTC.  If the
       year-month-day part is not specified it takes the current year-month-day.

### Time duration
       There are two accepted syntaxes for expressing time duration.

               [-][<HH>:]<MM>:<SS>[.<m>...]

       _HH_ expresses the number of hours, _MM_ the number of minutes for a maximum of 2 digits, and _SS_
       the number of seconds for a maximum of 2 digits. The _m_ at the end expresses decimal value for
       _SS_.

       _or_

               [-]<S>+[.<m>...][s|ms|us]

       _S_ expresses the number of seconds, with the optional decimal part _m_.  The optional literal
       suffixes **s**, **ms** or **us** indicate to interpret the value as seconds, milliseconds or
       microseconds, respectively.

       In both expressions, the optional **-** indicates negative duration.

       _Examples_

       The following examples are all valid time duration:

       **55**  55 seconds

       **0.2** 0.2 seconds

### 200ms
           200 milliseconds, that's 0.2s

### 200000us
           200000 microseconds, that's 0.2s

### 12:03:45
           12 hours, 03 minutes and 45 seconds

### 23.189
           23.189 seconds

### Video size
       Specify the size of the sourced video, it may be a string of the form _width_x_height_, or the
       name of a size abbreviation.

       The following abbreviations are recognized:

### ntsc
           720x480

       **pal** 720x576

### qntsc
           352x240

### qpal
           352x288

### sntsc
           640x480

### spal
           768x576

### film
           352x240

### ntsc-film
           352x240

### sqcif
           128x96

### qcif
           176x144

       **cif** 352x288

### 4cif
           704x576

### 16cif
           1408x1152

### qqvga
           160x120

### qvga
           320x240

       **vga** 640x480

### svga
           800x600

       **xga** 1024x768

### uxga
           1600x1200

### qxga
           2048x1536

### sxga
           1280x1024

### qsxga
           2560x2048

### hsxga
           5120x4096

### wvga
           852x480

### wxga
           1366x768

### wsxga
           1600x1024

### wuxga
           1920x1200

### woxga
           2560x1600

### wqsxga
           3200x2048

### wquxga
           3840x2400

### whsxga
           6400x4096

### whuxga
           7680x4800

       **cga** 320x200

       **ega** 640x350

### hd480
           852x480

### hd720
           1280x720

### hd1080
           1920x1080

       **2k**  2048x1080

### 2kflat
           1998x1080

### 2kscope
           2048x858

       **4k**  4096x2160

### 4kflat
           3996x2160

### 4kscope
           4096x1716

       **nhd** 640x360

### hqvga
           240x160

### wqvga
           400x240

### fwqvga
           432x240

### hvga
           480x320

       **qhd** 960x540

### 2kdci
           2048x1080

### 4kdci
           4096x2160

### uhd2160
           3840x2160

### uhd4320
           7680x4320

### Video rate
       Specify the frame rate of a video, expressed as the number of frames generated per second. It
       has to be a string in the format _frame_rate_num_/_frame_rate_den_, an integer number, a float
       number or a valid video frame rate abbreviation.

       The following abbreviations are recognized:

### ntsc
           30000/1001

       **pal** 25/1

### qntsc
           30000/1001

### qpal
           25/1

### sntsc
           30000/1001

### spal
           25/1

### film
           24/1

### ntsc-film
           24000/1001

### Ratio
       A ratio can be expressed as an expression, or in the form _numerator_:_denominator_.

       Note that a ratio with infinite (1/0) or negative value is considered valid, so you should
       check on the returned value if you want to exclude those values.

       The undefined value can be expressed using the "0:0" string.

### Color
       It can be the name of a color as defined below (case insensitive match) or a
       "[0x|#]RRGGBB[AA]" sequence, possibly followed by @ and a string representing the alpha
       component.

       The alpha component may be a string composed by "0x" followed by an hexadecimal number or a
       decimal number between 0.0 and 1.0, which represents the opacity value (**0x00** or **0.0** means
       completely transparent, **0xff** or **1.0** completely opaque). If the alpha component is not
       specified then **0xff** is assumed.

       The string **random** will result in a random color.

       The following names of colors are recognized:

### AliceBlue
           0xF0F8FF

### AntiqueWhite
           0xFAEBD7

### Aqua
           0x00FFFF

### Aquamarine
           0x7FFFD4

### Azure
           0xF0FFFF

### Beige
           0xF5F5DC

### Bisque
           0xFFE4C4

### Black
           0x000000

### BlanchedAlmond
           0xFFEBCD

### Blue
           0x0000FF

### BlueViolet
           0x8A2BE2

### Brown
           0xA52A2A

### BurlyWood
           0xDEB887

### CadetBlue
           0x5F9EA0

### Chartreuse
           0x7FFF00

### Chocolate
           0xD2691E

### Coral
           0xFF7F50

### CornflowerBlue
           0x6495ED

### Cornsilk
           0xFFF8DC

### Crimson
           0xDC143C

### Cyan
           0x00FFFF

### DarkBlue
           0x00008B

### DarkCyan
           0x008B8B

### DarkGoldenRod
           0xB8860B

### DarkGray
           0xA9A9A9

### DarkGreen
           0x006400

### DarkKhaki
           0xBDB76B

### DarkMagenta
           0x8B008B

### DarkOliveGreen
           0x556B2F

### Darkorange
           0xFF8C00

### DarkOrchid
           0x9932CC

### DarkRed
           0x8B0000

### DarkSalmon
           0xE9967A

### DarkSeaGreen
           0x8FBC8F

### DarkSlateBlue
           0x483D8B

### DarkSlateGray
           0x2F4F4F

### DarkTurquoise
           0x00CED1

### DarkViolet
           0x9400D3

### DeepPink
           0xFF1493

### DeepSkyBlue
           0x00BFFF

### DimGray
           0x696969

### DodgerBlue
           0x1E90FF

### FireBrick
           0xB22222

### FloralWhite
           0xFFFAF0

### ForestGreen
           0x228B22

### Fuchsia
           0xFF00FF

### Gainsboro
           0xDCDCDC

### GhostWhite
           0xF8F8FF

### Gold
           0xFFD700

### GoldenRod
           0xDAA520

### Gray
           0x808080

### Green
           0x008000

### GreenYellow
           0xADFF2F

### HoneyDew
           0xF0FFF0

### HotPink
           0xFF69B4

### IndianRed
           0xCD5C5C

### Indigo
           0x4B0082

### Ivory
           0xFFFFF0

### Khaki
           0xF0E68C

### Lavender
           0xE6E6FA

### LavenderBlush
           0xFFF0F5

### LawnGreen
           0x7CFC00

### LemonChiffon
           0xFFFACD

### LightBlue
           0xADD8E6

### LightCoral
           0xF08080

### LightCyan
           0xE0FFFF

### LightGoldenRodYellow
           0xFAFAD2

### LightGreen
           0x90EE90

### LightGrey
           0xD3D3D3

### LightPink
           0xFFB6C1

### LightSalmon
           0xFFA07A

### LightSeaGreen
           0x20B2AA

### LightSkyBlue
           0x87CEFA

### LightSlateGray
           0x778899

### LightSteelBlue
           0xB0C4DE

### LightYellow
           0xFFFFE0

### Lime
           0x00FF00

### LimeGreen
           0x32CD32

### Linen
           0xFAF0E6

### Magenta
           0xFF00FF

### Maroon
           0x800000

### MediumAquaMarine
           0x66CDAA

### MediumBlue
           0x0000CD

### MediumOrchid
           0xBA55D3

### MediumPurple
           0x9370D8

### MediumSeaGreen
           0x3CB371

### MediumSlateBlue
           0x7B68EE

### MediumSpringGreen
           0x00FA9A

### MediumTurquoise
           0x48D1CC

### MediumVioletRed
           0xC71585

### MidnightBlue
           0x191970

### MintCream
           0xF5FFFA

### MistyRose
           0xFFE4E1

### Moccasin
           0xFFE4B5

### NavajoWhite
           0xFFDEAD

### Navy
           0x000080

### OldLace
           0xFDF5E6

### Olive
           0x808000

### OliveDrab
           0x6B8E23

### Orange
           0xFFA500

### OrangeRed
           0xFF4500

### Orchid
           0xDA70D6

### PaleGoldenRod
           0xEEE8AA

### PaleGreen
           0x98FB98

### PaleTurquoise
           0xAFEEEE

### PaleVioletRed
           0xD87093

### PapayaWhip
           0xFFEFD5

### PeachPuff
           0xFFDAB9

### Peru
           0xCD853F

### Pink
           0xFFC0CB

### Plum
           0xDDA0DD

### PowderBlue
           0xB0E0E6

### Purple
           0x800080

       **Red** 0xFF0000

### RosyBrown
           0xBC8F8F

### RoyalBlue
           0x4169E1

### SaddleBrown
           0x8B4513

### Salmon
           0xFA8072

### SandyBrown
           0xF4A460

### SeaGreen
           0x2E8B57

### SeaShell
           0xFFF5EE

### Sienna
           0xA0522D

### Silver
           0xC0C0C0

### SkyBlue
           0x87CEEB

### SlateBlue
           0x6A5ACD

### SlateGray
           0x708090

### Snow
           0xFFFAFA

### SpringGreen
           0x00FF7F

### SteelBlue
           0x4682B4

       **Tan** 0xD2B48C

### Teal
           0x008080

### Thistle
           0xD8BFD8

### Tomato
           0xFF6347

### Turquoise
           0x40E0D0

### Violet
           0xEE82EE

### Wheat
           0xF5DEB3

### White
           0xFFFFFF

### WhiteSmoke
           0xF5F5F5

### Yellow
           0xFFFF00

### YellowGreen
           0x9ACD32

### Channel Layout
       A channel layout specifies the spatial disposition of the channels in a multi-channel audio
       stream. To specify a channel layout, FFmpeg makes use of a special syntax.

       Individual channels are identified by an id, as given by the table below:

       **FL**  front left

       **FR**  front right

       **FC**  front center

       **LFE** low frequency

       **BL**  back left

       **BR**  back right

       **FLC** front left-of-center

       **FRC** front right-of-center

       **BC**  back center

       **SL**  side left

       **SR**  side right

       **TC**  top center

       **TFL** top front left

       **TFC** top front center

       **TFR** top front right

       **TBL** top back left

       **TBC** top back center

       **TBR** top back right

       **DL**  downmix left

       **DR**  downmix right

       **WL**  wide left

       **WR**  wide right

       **SDL** surround direct left

       **SDR** surround direct right

       **LFE2**
           low frequency 2

       Standard channel layout compositions can be specified by using the following identifiers:

### mono
           FC

### stereo
           FL+FR

       **2.1** FL+FR+LFE

       **3.0** FL+FR+FC

### 3.0(back)
           FL+FR+BC

       **4.0** FL+FR+FC+BC

### quad
           FL+FR+BL+BR

### quad(side)
           FL+FR+SL+SR

       **3.1** FL+FR+FC+LFE

       **5.0** FL+FR+FC+BL+BR

### 5.0(side)
           FL+FR+FC+SL+SR

       **4.1** FL+FR+FC+LFE+BC

       **5.1** FL+FR+FC+LFE+BL+BR

### 5.1(side)
           FL+FR+FC+LFE+SL+SR

       **6.0** FL+FR+FC+BC+SL+SR

### 6.0(front)
           FL+FR+FLC+FRC+SL+SR

### hexagonal
           FL+FR+FC+BL+BR+BC

       **6.1** FL+FR+FC+LFE+BC+SL+SR

       **6.1** FL+FR+FC+LFE+BL+BR+BC

### 6.1(front)
           FL+FR+LFE+FLC+FRC+SL+SR

       **7.0** FL+FR+FC+BL+BR+SL+SR

### 7.0(front)
           FL+FR+FC+FLC+FRC+SL+SR

       **7.1** FL+FR+FC+LFE+BL+BR+SL+SR

### 7.1(wide)
           FL+FR+FC+LFE+BL+BR+FLC+FRC

### 7.1(wide-side)
           FL+FR+FC+LFE+FLC+FRC+SL+SR

### octagonal
           FL+FR+FC+BL+BR+BC+SL+SR

### hexadecagonal
           FL+FR+FC+BL+BR+BC+SL+SR+WL+WR+TBL+TBR+TBC+TFC+TFL+TFR

### downmix
           DL+DR

       A custom channel layout can be specified as a sequence of terms, separated by '+' or '|'.
       Each term can be:

       •   the name of a standard channel layout (e.g. **mono**, **stereo**, **4.0**, **quad**, **5.0**, etc.)

       •   the name of a single channel (e.g. **FL**, **FR**, **FC**, **LFE**, etc.)

       •   a number of channels, in decimal, followed by 'c', yielding the default channel layout
           for that number of channels (see the function "av_get_default_channel_layout"). Note that
           not all channel counts have a default layout.

       •   a number of channels, in decimal, followed by 'C', yielding an unknown channel layout
           with the specified number of channels. Note that not all channel layout specification
           strings support unknown channel layouts.

       •   a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the "AV_CH_*" macros in
           _libavutil/channel_layout.h_.

       Before libavutil version 53 the trailing character "c" to specify a number of channels was
       optional, but now it is required, while a channel layout mask can also be specified as a
       decimal number (if and only if not followed by "c" or "C").

       See also the function "av_get_channel_layout" defined in _libavutil/channel_layout.h_.

## EXPRESSION EVALUATION
       When evaluating an arithmetic expression, FFmpeg uses an internal formula evaluator,
       implemented through the _libavutil/eval.h_ interface.

       An expression may contain unary, binary operators, constants, and functions.

       Two expressions _expr1_ and _expr2_ can be combined to form another expression "_expr1_;_expr2_".
       _expr1_ and _expr2_ are evaluated in turn, and the new expression evaluates to the value of
       _expr2_.

       The following binary operators are available: "+", "-", "*", "/", "^".

       The following unary operators are available: "+", "-".

       The following functions are available:

### abs(x)
           Compute absolute value of _x_.

### acos(x)
           Compute arccosine of _x_.

### asin(x)
           Compute arcsine of _x_.

### atan(x)
           Compute arctangent of _x_.

### atan2(x, y)
           Compute principal value of the arc tangent of _y_/_x_.

### between(x, min, max)
           Return 1 if _x_ is greater than or equal to _min_ and lesser than or equal to _max_, 0
           otherwise.

### bitand(x, y)
### bitor(x, y)
           Compute bitwise and/or operation on _x_ and _y_.

           The results of the evaluation of _x_ and _y_ are converted to integers before executing the
           bitwise operation.

           Note that both the conversion to integer and the conversion back to floating point can
           lose precision. Beware of unexpected results for large numbers (usually 2^53 and larger).

### ceil(expr)
           Round the value of expression _expr_ upwards to the nearest integer. For example,
           "ceil(1.5)" is "2.0".

### clip(x, min, max)
           Return the value of _x_ clipped between _min_ and _max_.

### cos(x)
           Compute cosine of _x_.

### cosh(x)
           Compute hyperbolic cosine of _x_.

### eq(x, y)
           Return 1 if _x_ and _y_ are equivalent, 0 otherwise.

### exp(x)
           Compute exponential of _x_ (with base "e", the Euler's number).

### floor(expr)
           Round the value of expression _expr_ downwards to the nearest integer. For example,
           "floor(-1.5)" is "-2.0".

### gauss(x)
           Compute Gauss function of _x_, corresponding to "exp(-x*x/2) / sqrt(2*PI)".

### gcd(x, y)
           Return the greatest common divisor of _x_ and _y_. If both _x_ and _y_ are 0 or either or both
           are less than zero then behavior is undefined.

### gt(x, y)
           Return 1 if _x_ is greater than _y_, 0 otherwise.

### gte(x, y)
           Return 1 if _x_ is greater than or equal to _y_, 0 otherwise.

### hypot(x, y)
           This function is similar to the C function with the same name; it returns "sqrt(_x_*_x_ +
           _y_*_y_)", the length of the hypotenuse of a right triangle with sides of length _x_ and _y_, or
           the distance of the point (_x_, _y_) from the origin.

### if(x, y)
           Evaluate _x_, and if the result is non-zero return the result of the evaluation of _y_,
           return 0 otherwise.

### if(x, y, z)
           Evaluate _x_, and if the result is non-zero return the evaluation result of _y_, otherwise
           the evaluation result of _z_.

### ifnot(x, y)
           Evaluate _x_, and if the result is zero return the result of the evaluation of _y_, return 0
           otherwise.

### ifnot(x, y, z)
           Evaluate _x_, and if the result is zero return the evaluation result of _y_, otherwise the
           evaluation result of _z_.

### isinf(x)
           Return 1.0 if _x_ is +/-INFINITY, 0.0 otherwise.

### isnan(x)
           Return 1.0 if _x_ is NAN, 0.0 otherwise.

### ld(var)
           Load the value of the internal variable with number _var_, which was previously stored with
           st(_var_, _expr_).  The function returns the loaded value.

### lerp(x, y, z)
           Return linear interpolation between _x_ and _y_ by amount of _z_.

### log(x)
           Compute natural logarithm of _x_.

### lt(x, y)
           Return 1 if _x_ is lesser than _y_, 0 otherwise.

### lte(x, y)
           Return 1 if _x_ is lesser than or equal to _y_, 0 otherwise.

### max(x, y)
           Return the maximum between _x_ and _y_.

### min(x, y)
           Return the minimum between _x_ and _y_.

### mod(x, y)
           Compute the remainder of division of _x_ by _y_.

### not(expr)
           Return 1.0 if _expr_ is zero, 0.0 otherwise.

### pow(x, y)
           Compute the power of _x_ elevated _y_, it is equivalent to "(_x_)^(_y_)".

### print(t)
### print(t, l)
           Print the value of expression _t_ with loglevel _l_. If _l_ is not specified then a default log
           level is used.  Returns the value of the expression printed.

           Prints t with loglevel l

### random(x)
           Return a pseudo random value between 0.0 and 1.0. _x_ is the index of the internal variable
           which will be used to save the seed/state.

### root(expr, max)
           Find an input value for which the function represented by _expr_ with argument [_l_l_d_d_(0)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/lldd/0/markdown)_ is 0
           in the interval 0.._max_.

           The expression in _expr_ must denote a continuous function or the result is undefined.

           [_l_l_d_d_(0)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/lldd/0/markdown)_ is used to represent the function input value, which means that the given
           expression will be evaluated multiple times with various input values that the expression
           can access through [ld(0)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ld/0/markdown). When the expression evaluates to 0 then the corresponding input
           value will be returned.

### round(expr)
           Round the value of expression _expr_ to the nearest integer. For example, "round(1.5)" is
           "2.0".

### sgn(x)
           Compute sign of _x_.

### sin(x)
           Compute sine of _x_.

### sinh(x)
           Compute hyperbolic sine of _x_.

### sqrt(expr)
           Compute the square root of _expr_. This is equivalent to "(_expr_)^.5".

### squish(x)
           Compute expression "1/(1 + exp(4*x))".

### st(var, expr)
           Store the value of the expression _expr_ in an internal variable. _var_ specifies the number
           of the variable where to store the value, and it is a value ranging from 0 to 9. The
           function returns the value stored in the internal variable.  Note, Variables are
           currently not shared between expressions.

### tan(x)
           Compute tangent of _x_.

### tanh(x)
           Compute hyperbolic tangent of _x_.

### taylor(expr, x)
### taylor(expr, x, id)
           Evaluate a Taylor series at _x_, given an expression representing the "ld(id)"-th
           derivative of a function at 0.

           When the series does not converge the result is undefined.

           _ld(id)_ is used to represent the derivative order in _expr_, which means that the given
           expression will be evaluated multiple times with various input values that the expression
           can access through "ld(id)". If _id_ is not specified then 0 is assumed.

           Note, when you have the derivatives at y instead of 0, "taylor(expr, x-y)" can be used.

### [time(0)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/time/0/markdown)
           Return the current (wallclock) time in seconds.

### trunc(expr)
           Round the value of expression _expr_ towards zero to the nearest integer. For example,
           "trunc(-1.5)" is "-1.0".

### while(cond, expr)
           Evaluate expression _expr_ while the expression _cond_ is non-zero, and returns the value of
           the last _expr_ evaluation, or NAN if _cond_ was always false.

       The following constants are available:

       **PI**  area of the unit disc, approximately 3.14

       **E**   [**exp**(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/exp/1/markdown) (Euler's number), approximately 2.718

       **PHI** golden ratio (1+[**sqrt**(5)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/sqrt/5/markdown))/2, approximately 1.618

       Assuming that an expression is considered "true" if it has a non-zero value, note that:

       "*" works like AND

       "+" works like OR

       For example the construct:

               if (A AND B) then C

       is equivalent to:

               if(A*B, C)

       In your C code, you can extend the list of unary and binary functions, and define recognized
       constants, so that they are available for your expressions.

       The evaluator also recognizes the International System unit prefixes.  If 'i' is appended
       after the prefix, binary prefixes are used, which are based on powers of 1024 instead of
       powers of 1000.  The 'B' postfix multiplies the value by 8, and can be appended after a unit
       prefix or used alone. This allows using for example 'KB', 'MiB', 'G' and 'B' as number
       postfix.

       The list of available International System prefixes follows, with indication of the
       corresponding powers of 10 and of 2.

       **y**   10^-24 / 2^-80

       **z**   10^-21 / 2^-70

       **a**   10^-18 / 2^-60

       **f**   10^-15 / 2^-50

       **p**   10^-12 / 2^-40

       **n**   10^-9 / 2^-30

       **u**   10^-6 / 2^-20

       **m**   10^-3 / 2^-10

       **c**   10^-2

       **d**   10^-1

       **h**   10^2

       **k**   10^3 / 2^10

       **K**   10^3 / 2^10

       **M**   10^6 / 2^20

       **G**   10^9 / 2^30

       **T**   10^12 / 2^40

       **P**   10^15 / 2^40

       **E**   10^18 / 2^50

       **Z**   10^21 / 2^60

       **Y**   10^24 / 2^70

## CODEC OPTIONS
       libavcodec provides some generic global options, which can be set on all the encoders and
       decoders. In addition each codec may support so-called private options, which are specific
       for a given codec.

       Sometimes, a global option may only affect a specific kind of codec, and may be nonsensical
       or ignored by another, so you need to be aware of the meaning of the specified options. Also
       some options are meant only for decoding or encoding.

       Options may be set by specifying -_option_ _value_ in the FFmpeg tools, or by setting the value
       explicitly in the "AVCodecContext" options or using the _libavutil/opt.h_ API for programmatic
       use.

       The list of supported options follow:

       **b** _integer_ **(**_encoding,audio,video_**)**
           Set bitrate in bits/s. Default value is 200K.

       **ab** _integer_ **(**_encoding,audio_**)**
           Set audio bitrate (in bits/s). Default value is 128K.

       **bt** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set video bitrate tolerance (in bits/s). In 1-pass mode, bitrate tolerance specifies how
           far ratecontrol is willing to deviate from the target average bitrate value. This is not
           related to min/max bitrate. Lowering tolerance too much has an adverse effect on quality.

       **flags** _flags_ **(**_decoding/encoding,audio,video,subtitles_**)**
           Set generic flags.

           Possible values:

           **mv4** Use four motion vector by macroblock (mpeg4).

           **qpel**
               Use 1/4 pel motion compensation.

           **loop**
               Use loop filter.

           **qscale**
               Use fixed qscale.

           **pass1**
               Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in first pass mode.

           **pass2**
               Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in second pass mode.

           **gray**
               Only decode/encode grayscale.

           **psnr**
               Set error[?] variables during encoding.

           **truncated**
               Input bitstream might be randomly truncated.

           **drop**___**changed**
               Don't output frames whose parameters differ from first decoded frame in stream.
               Error AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED is returned when a frame is dropped.

           **ildct**
               Use interlaced DCT.

           **low**___**delay**
               Force low delay.

           **global**___**header**
               Place global headers in extradata instead of every keyframe.

           **bitexact**
               Only write platform-, build- and time-independent data. (except (I)DCT).  This
               ensures that file and data checksums are reproducible and match between platforms.
               Its primary use is for regression testing.

           **aic** Apply H263 advanced intra coding / mpeg4 ac prediction.

           **ilme**
               Apply interlaced motion estimation.

           **cgop**
               Use closed gop.

           **output**___**corrupt**
               Output even potentially corrupted frames.

       **time**___**base** _rational_ _number_
           Set codec time base.

           It is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms of which frame timestamps are
           represented. For fixed-fps content, timebase should be "1 / frame_rate" and timestamp
           increments should be identically 1.

       **g** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set the group of picture (GOP) size. Default value is 12.

       **ar** _integer_ **(**_decoding/encoding,audio_**)**
           Set audio sampling rate (in Hz).

       **ac** _integer_ **(**_decoding/encoding,audio_**)**
           Set number of audio channels.

       **cutoff** _integer_ **(**_encoding,audio_**)**
           Set cutoff bandwidth. (Supported only by selected encoders, see their respective
           documentation sections.)

       **frame**___**size** _integer_ **(**_encoding,audio_**)**
           Set audio frame size.

           Each submitted frame except the last must contain exactly frame_size samples per channel.
           May be 0 when the codec has CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE set, in that case the frame
           size is not restricted. It is set by some decoders to indicate constant frame size.

       **frame**___**number** _integer_
           Set the frame number.

       **delay** _integer_
       **qcomp** _float_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set video quantizer scale compression (VBR). It is used as a constant in the ratecontrol
           equation. Recommended range for default rc_eq: 0.0-1.0.

       **qblur** _float_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set video quantizer scale blur (VBR).

       **qmin** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set min video quantizer scale (VBR). Must be included between -1 and 69, default value is
           2.

       **qmax** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set max video quantizer scale (VBR). Must be included between -1 and 1024, default value
           is 31.

       **qdiff** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set max difference between the quantizer scale (VBR).

       **bf** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set max number of B frames between non-B-frames.

           Must be an integer between -1 and 16. 0 means that B-frames are disabled. If a value of
           -1 is used, it will choose an automatic value depending on the encoder.

           Default value is 0.

       **b**___**qfactor** _float_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set qp factor between P and B frames.

       **b**___**strategy** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set strategy to choose between I/P/B-frames.

       **ps** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set RTP payload size in bytes.

       **mv**___**bits** _integer_
       **header**___**bits** _integer_
       **i**___**tex**___**bits** _integer_
       **p**___**tex**___**bits** _integer_
       **i**___**count** _integer_
       **p**___**count** _integer_
       **skip**___**count** _integer_
       **misc**___**bits** _integer_
       **frame**___**bits** _integer_
       **codec**___**tag** _integer_
       **bug** _flags_ **(**_decoding,video_**)**
           Workaround not auto detected encoder bugs.

           Possible values:

           **autodetect**
           **xvid**___**ilace**
               Xvid interlacing bug (autodetected if fourcc==XVIX)

           **ump4**
               (autodetected if fourcc==UMP4)

           **no**___**padding**
               padding bug (autodetected)

           **amv**
           **qpel**___**chroma**
           **std**___**qpel**
               old standard qpel (autodetected per fourcc/version)

           **qpel**___**chroma2**
           **direct**___**blocksize**
               direct-qpel-blocksize bug (autodetected per fourcc/version)

           **edge**
               edge padding bug (autodetected per fourcc/version)

           **hpel**___**chroma**
           **dc**___**clip**
           **ms**  Workaround various bugs in microsoft broken decoders.

           **trunc**
               trancated frames

       **strict** _integer_ **(**_decoding/encoding,audio,video_**)**
           Specify how strictly to follow the standards.

           Possible values:

           **very**
               strictly conform to an older more strict version of the spec or reference software

           **strict**
               strictly conform to all the things in the spec no matter what consequences

           **normal**
           **unofficial**
               allow unofficial extensions

           **experimental**
               allow non standardized experimental things, experimental (unfinished/work in
               progress/not well tested) decoders and encoders.  Note: experimental decoders can
               pose a security risk, do not use this for decoding untrusted input.

       **b**___**qoffset** _float_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set QP offset between P and B frames.

       **err**___**detect** _flags_ **(**_decoding,audio,video_**)**
           Set error detection flags.

           Possible values:

           **crccheck**
               verify embedded CRCs

           **bitstream**
               detect bitstream specification deviations

           **buffer**
               detect improper bitstream length

           **explode**
               abort decoding on minor error detection

           **ignore**___**err**
               ignore decoding errors, and continue decoding.  This is useful if you want to analyze
               the content of a video and thus want everything to be decoded no matter what. This
               option will not result in a video that is pleasing to watch in case of errors.

           **careful**
               consider things that violate the spec and have not been seen in the wild as errors

           **compliant**
               consider all spec non compliancies as errors

           **aggressive**
               consider things that a sane encoder should not do as an error

       **has**___**b**___**frames** _integer_
       **block**___**align** _integer_
       **mpeg**___**quant** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Use MPEG quantizers instead of H.263.

       **rc**___**override**___**count** _integer_
       **maxrate** _integer_ **(**_encoding,audio,video_**)**
           Set max bitrate tolerance (in bits/s). Requires bufsize to be set.

       **minrate** _integer_ **(**_encoding,audio,video_**)**
           Set min bitrate tolerance (in bits/s). Most useful in setting up a CBR encode. It is of
           little use elsewise.

       **bufsize** _integer_ **(**_encoding,audio,video_**)**
           Set ratecontrol buffer size (in bits).

       **i**___**qfactor** _float_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set QP factor between P and I frames.

       **i**___**qoffset** _float_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set QP offset between P and I frames.

       **dct** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set DCT algorithm.

           Possible values:

           **auto**
               autoselect a good one (default)

           **fastint**
               fast integer

           **int** accurate integer

           **mmx**
           **altivec**
           **faan**
               floating point AAN DCT

       **lumi**___**mask** _float_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Compress bright areas stronger than medium ones.

       **tcplx**___**mask** _float_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set temporal complexity masking.

       **scplx**___**mask** _float_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set spatial complexity masking.

       **p**___**mask** _float_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set inter masking.

       **dark**___**mask** _float_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Compress dark areas stronger than medium ones.

       **idct** _integer_ **(**_decoding/encoding,video_**)**
           Select IDCT implementation.

           Possible values:

           **auto**
           **int**
           **simple**
           **simplemmx**
           **simpleauto**
               Automatically pick a IDCT compatible with the simple one

           **arm**
           **altivec**
           **sh4**
           **simplearm**
           **simplearmv5te**
           **simplearmv6**
           **simpleneon**
           **xvid**
           **faani**
               floating point AAN IDCT

       **slice**___**count** _integer_
       **ec** _flags_ **(**_decoding,video_**)**
           Set error concealment strategy.

           Possible values:

           **guess**___**mvs**
               iterative motion vector (MV) search (slow)

           **deblock**
               use strong deblock filter for damaged MBs

           **favor**___**inter**
               favor predicting from the previous frame instead of the current

       **bits**___**per**___**coded**___**sample** _integer_
       **pred** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set prediction method.

           Possible values:

           **left**
           **plane**
           **median**
       **aspect** _rational_ _number_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set sample aspect ratio.

       **sar** _rational_ _number_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set sample aspect ratio. Alias to _aspect_.

       **debug** _flags_ **(**_decoding/encoding,audio,video,subtitles_**)**
           Print specific debug info.

           Possible values:

           **pict**
               picture info

           **rc**  rate control

           **bitstream**
           **mb**___**type**
               macroblock (MB) type

           **qp**  per-block quantization parameter (QP)

           **dct**___**coeff**
           **green**___**metadata**
               display complexity metadata for the upcoming frame, GoP or for a given duration.

           **skip**
           **startcode**
           **er**  error recognition

           **mmco**
               memory management control operations (H.264)

           **bugs**
           **buffers**
               picture buffer allocations

           **thread**___**ops**
               threading operations

           **nomc**
               skip motion compensation

       **cmp** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set full pel me compare function.

           Possible values:

           **sad** sum of absolute differences, fast (default)

           **sse** sum of squared errors

           **satd**
               sum of absolute Hadamard transformed differences

           **dct** sum of absolute DCT transformed differences

           **psnr**
               sum of squared quantization errors (avoid, low quality)

           **bit** number of bits needed for the block

           **rd**  rate distortion optimal, slow

           **zero**
               0

           **vsad**
               sum of absolute vertical differences

           **vsse**
               sum of squared vertical differences

           **nsse**
               noise preserving sum of squared differences

           **w53** 5/3 wavelet, only used in snow

           **w97** 9/7 wavelet, only used in snow

           **dctmax**
           **chroma**
       **subcmp** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set sub pel me compare function.

           Possible values:

           **sad** sum of absolute differences, fast (default)

           **sse** sum of squared errors

           **satd**
               sum of absolute Hadamard transformed differences

           **dct** sum of absolute DCT transformed differences

           **psnr**
               sum of squared quantization errors (avoid, low quality)

           **bit** number of bits needed for the block

           **rd**  rate distortion optimal, slow

           **zero**
               0

           **vsad**
               sum of absolute vertical differences

           **vsse**
               sum of squared vertical differences

           **nsse**
               noise preserving sum of squared differences

           **w53** 5/3 wavelet, only used in snow

           **w97** 9/7 wavelet, only used in snow

           **dctmax**
           **chroma**
       **mbcmp** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set macroblock compare function.

           Possible values:

           **sad** sum of absolute differences, fast (default)

           **sse** sum of squared errors

           **satd**
               sum of absolute Hadamard transformed differences

           **dct** sum of absolute DCT transformed differences

           **psnr**
               sum of squared quantization errors (avoid, low quality)

           **bit** number of bits needed for the block

           **rd**  rate distortion optimal, slow

           **zero**
               0

           **vsad**
               sum of absolute vertical differences

           **vsse**
               sum of squared vertical differences

           **nsse**
               noise preserving sum of squared differences

           **w53** 5/3 wavelet, only used in snow

           **w97** 9/7 wavelet, only used in snow

           **dctmax**
           **chroma**
       **ildctcmp** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set interlaced dct compare function.

           Possible values:

           **sad** sum of absolute differences, fast (default)

           **sse** sum of squared errors

           **satd**
               sum of absolute Hadamard transformed differences

           **dct** sum of absolute DCT transformed differences

           **psnr**
               sum of squared quantization errors (avoid, low quality)

           **bit** number of bits needed for the block

           **rd**  rate distortion optimal, slow

           **zero**
               0

           **vsad**
               sum of absolute vertical differences

           **vsse**
               sum of squared vertical differences

           **nsse**
               noise preserving sum of squared differences

           **w53** 5/3 wavelet, only used in snow

           **w97** 9/7 wavelet, only used in snow

           **dctmax**
           **chroma**
       **dia**___**size** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set diamond type & size for motion estimation.

           **(1024,** **INT**___**MAX)**
               full motion estimation(slowest)

           **(768,** **1024]**
               umh motion estimation

           **(512,** **768]**
               hex motion estimation

           **(256,** **512]**
               l2s diamond motion estimation

           **[2,256]**
               var diamond motion estimation

           **(-1,**  **2)**
               small diamond motion estimation

           **-1**  funny diamond motion estimation

           **(INT**___**MIN,** **-1)**
               sab diamond motion estimation

       **last**___**pred** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set amount of motion predictors from the previous frame.

       **preme** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set pre motion estimation.

       **precmp** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set pre motion estimation compare function.

           Possible values:

           **sad** sum of absolute differences, fast (default)

           **sse** sum of squared errors

           **satd**
               sum of absolute Hadamard transformed differences

           **dct** sum of absolute DCT transformed differences

           **psnr**
               sum of squared quantization errors (avoid, low quality)

           **bit** number of bits needed for the block

           **rd**  rate distortion optimal, slow

           **zero**
               0

           **vsad**
               sum of absolute vertical differences

           **vsse**
               sum of squared vertical differences

           **nsse**
               noise preserving sum of squared differences

           **w53** 5/3 wavelet, only used in snow

           **w97** 9/7 wavelet, only used in snow

           **dctmax**
           **chroma**
       **pre**___**dia**___**size** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set diamond type & size for motion estimation pre-pass.

       **subq** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set sub pel motion estimation quality.

       **me**___**range** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set limit motion vectors range (1023 for DivX player).

       **global**___**quality** _integer_ **(**_encoding,audio,video_**)**
       **coder** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Possible values:

           **vlc** variable length coder / huffman coder

           **ac**  arithmetic coder

           **raw** raw (no encoding)

           **rle** run-length coder

       **context** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set context model.

       **slice**___**flags** _integer_
       **mbd** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set macroblock decision algorithm (high quality mode).

           Possible values:

           **simple**
               use mbcmp (default)

           **bits**
               use fewest bits

           **rd**  use best rate distortion

       **sc**___**threshold** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set scene change threshold.

       **nr** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set noise reduction.

       **rc**___**init**___**occupancy** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set number of bits which should be loaded into the rc buffer before decoding starts.

       **flags2** _flags_ **(**_decoding/encoding,audio,video,subtitles_**)**
           Possible values:

           **fast**
               Allow non spec compliant speedup tricks.

           **noout**
               Skip bitstream encoding.

           **ignorecrop**
               Ignore cropping information from sps.

           **local**___**header**
               Place global headers at every keyframe instead of in extradata.

           **chunks**
               Frame data might be split into multiple chunks.

           **showall**
               Show all frames before the first keyframe.

           **export**___**mvs**
               Export motion vectors into frame side-data (see "AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS") for
               codecs that support it. See also _doc/examples/export_mvs.c_.

           **skip**___**manual**
               Do not skip samples and export skip information as frame side data.

           **ass**___**ro**___**flush**___**noop**
               Do not reset ASS ReadOrder field on flush.

       **export**___**side**___**data** _flags_ **(**_decoding/encoding,audio,video,subtitles_**)**
           Possible values:

           **mvs** Export motion vectors into frame side-data (see "AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS") for
               codecs that support it. See also _doc/examples/export_mvs.c_.

           **prft**
               Export encoder Producer Reference Time into packet side-data (see "AV_PKT_DATA_PRFT")
               for codecs that support it.

           **venc**___**params**
               Export video encoding parameters through frame side data (see
               "AV_FRAME_DATA_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS") for codecs that support it. At present, those are
               H.264 and VP9.

           **film**___**grain**
               Export film grain parameters through frame side data (see
               "AV_FRAME_DATA_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS").  Supported at present by AV1 decoders.

       **threads** _integer_ **(**_decoding/encoding,video_**)**
           Set the number of threads to be used, in case the selected codec implementation supports
           multi-threading.

           Possible values:

           **auto,** **0**
               automatically select the number of threads to set

           Default value is **auto**.

       **dc** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set intra_dc_precision.

       **nssew** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set nsse weight.

       **skip**___**top** _integer_ **(**_decoding,video_**)**
           Set number of macroblock rows at the top which are skipped.

       **skip**___**bottom** _integer_ **(**_decoding,video_**)**
           Set number of macroblock rows at the bottom which are skipped.

       **profile** _integer_ **(**_encoding,audio,video_**)**
           Set encoder codec profile. Default value is **unknown**. Encoder specific profiles are
           documented in the relevant encoder documentation.

       **level** _integer_ **(**_encoding,audio,video_**)**
           Possible values:

           **unknown**
       **lowres** _integer_ **(**_decoding,audio,video_**)**
           Decode at 1= 1/2, 2=1/4, 3=1/8 resolutions.

       **skip**___**threshold** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set frame skip threshold.

       **skip**___**factor** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set frame skip factor.

       **skip**___**exp** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set frame skip exponent.  Negative values behave identical to the corresponding positive
           ones, except that the score is normalized.  Positive values exist primarily for
           compatibility reasons and are not so useful.

       **skipcmp** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set frame skip compare function.

           Possible values:

           **sad** sum of absolute differences, fast (default)

           **sse** sum of squared errors

           **satd**
               sum of absolute Hadamard transformed differences

           **dct** sum of absolute DCT transformed differences

           **psnr**
               sum of squared quantization errors (avoid, low quality)

           **bit** number of bits needed for the block

           **rd**  rate distortion optimal, slow

           **zero**
               0

           **vsad**
               sum of absolute vertical differences

           **vsse**
               sum of squared vertical differences

           **nsse**
               noise preserving sum of squared differences

           **w53** 5/3 wavelet, only used in snow

           **w97** 9/7 wavelet, only used in snow

           **dctmax**
           **chroma**
       **mblmin** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set min macroblock lagrange factor (VBR).

       **mblmax** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set max macroblock lagrange factor (VBR).

       **mepc** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set motion estimation bitrate penalty compensation (1.0 = 256).

       **skip**___**loop**___**filter** _integer_ **(**_decoding,video_**)**
       **skip**___**idct**        _integer_ **(**_decoding,video_**)**
       **skip**___**frame**       _integer_ **(**_decoding,video_**)**
           Make decoder discard processing depending on the frame type selected by the option value.

           **skip**___**loop**___**filter** skips frame loop filtering, **skip**___**idct** skips frame IDCT/dequantization,
           **skip**___**frame** skips decoding.

           Possible values:

           **none**
               Discard no frame.

           **default**
               Discard useless frames like 0-sized frames.

           **noref**
               Discard all non-reference frames.

           **bidir**
               Discard all bidirectional frames.

           **nokey**
               Discard all frames excepts keyframes.

           **nointra**
               Discard all frames except I frames.

           **all** Discard all frames.

           Default value is **default**.

       **bidir**___**refine** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Refine the two motion vectors used in bidirectional macroblocks.

       **brd**___**scale** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Downscale frames for dynamic B-frame decision.

       **keyint**___**min** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set minimum interval between IDR-frames.

       **refs** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set reference frames to consider for motion compensation.

       **chromaoffset** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set chroma qp offset from luma.

       **trellis** _integer_ **(**_encoding,audio,video_**)**
           Set rate-distortion optimal quantization.

       **mv0**___**threshold** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
       **b**___**sensitivity** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Adjust sensitivity of b_frame_strategy 1.

       **compression**___**level** _integer_ **(**_encoding,audio,video_**)**
       **min**___**prediction**___**order** _integer_ **(**_encoding,audio_**)**
       **max**___**prediction**___**order** _integer_ **(**_encoding,audio_**)**
       **timecode**___**frame**___**start** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Set GOP timecode frame start number, in non drop frame format.

       **bits**___**per**___**raw**___**sample** _integer_
       **channel**___**layout** _integer_ **(**_decoding/encoding,audio_**)**
           Possible values:

       **request**___**channel**___**layout** _integer_ **(**_decoding,audio_**)**
           Possible values:

       **rc**___**max**___**vbv**___**use** _float_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
       **rc**___**min**___**vbv**___**use** _float_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
       **ticks**___**per**___**frame** _integer_ **(**_decoding/encoding,audio,video_**)**
       **color**___**primaries** _integer_ **(**_decoding/encoding,video_**)**
           Possible values:

           **bt709**
               BT.709

           **bt470m**
               BT.470 M

           **bt470bg**
               BT.470 BG

           **smpte170m**
               SMPTE 170 M

           **smpte240m**
               SMPTE 240 M

           **film**
               Film

           **bt2020**
               BT.2020

           **smpte428**
           **smpte428**___**1**
               SMPTE ST 428-1

           **smpte431**
               SMPTE 431-2

           **smpte432**
               SMPTE 432-1

           **jedec-p22**
               JEDEC P22

       **color**___**trc** _integer_ **(**_decoding/encoding,video_**)**
           Possible values:

           **bt709**
               BT.709

           **gamma22**
               BT.470 M

           **gamma28**
               BT.470 BG

           **smpte170m**
               SMPTE 170 M

           **smpte240m**
               SMPTE 240 M

           **linear**
               Linear

           **log**
           **log100**
               Log

           **log**___**sqrt**
           **log316**
               Log square root

           **iec61966**___**2**___**4**
           **iec61966-2-4**
               IEC 61966-2-4

           **bt1361**
           **bt1361e**
               BT.1361

           **iec61966**___**2**___**1**
           **iec61966-2-1**
               IEC 61966-2-1

           **bt2020**___**10**
           **bt2020**___**10bit**
               BT.2020 - 10 bit

           **bt2020**___**12**
           **bt2020**___**12bit**
               BT.2020 - 12 bit

           **smpte2084**
               SMPTE ST 2084

           **smpte428**
           **smpte428**___**1**
               SMPTE ST 428-1

           **arib-std-b67**
               ARIB STD-B67

       **colorspace** _integer_ **(**_decoding/encoding,video_**)**
           Possible values:

           **rgb** RGB

           **bt709**
               BT.709

           **fcc** FCC

           **bt470bg**
               BT.470 BG

           **smpte170m**
               SMPTE 170 M

           **smpte240m**
               SMPTE 240 M

           **ycocg**
               YCOCG

           **bt2020nc**
           **bt2020**___**ncl**
               BT.2020 NCL

           **bt2020c**
           **bt2020**___**cl**
               BT.2020 CL

           **smpte2085**
               SMPTE 2085

           **chroma-derived-nc**
               Chroma-derived NCL

           **chroma-derived-c**
               Chroma-derived CL

           **ictcp**
               ICtCp

       **color**___**range** _integer_ **(**_decoding/encoding,video_**)**
           If used as input parameter, it serves as a hint to the decoder, which color_range the
           input has.  Possible values:

           **tv**
           **mpeg**
               MPEG (219*2^(n-8))

           **pc**
           **jpeg**
               JPEG (2^n-1)

       **chroma**___**sample**___**location** _integer_ **(**_decoding/encoding,video_**)**
           Possible values:

           **left**
           **center**
           **topleft**
           **top**
           **bottomleft**
           **bottom**
       **log**___**level**___**offset** _integer_
           Set the log level offset.

       **slices** _integer_ **(**_encoding,video_**)**
           Number of slices, used in parallelized encoding.

       **thread**___**type** _flags_ **(**_decoding/encoding,video_**)**
           Select which multithreading methods to use.

           Use of **frame** will increase decoding delay by one frame per thread, so clients which
           cannot provide future frames should not use it.

           Possible values:

           **slice**
               Decode more than one part of a single frame at once.

               Multithreading using slices works only when the video was encoded with slices.

           **frame**
               Decode more than one frame at once.

           Default value is **slice+frame**.

       **audio**___**service**___**type** _integer_ **(**_encoding,audio_**)**
           Set audio service type.

           Possible values:

           **ma**  Main Audio Service

           **ef**  Effects

           **vi**  Visually Impaired

           **hi**  Hearing Impaired

           **di**  Dialogue

           **co**  Commentary

           **em**  Emergency

           **vo**  Voice Over

           **ka**  Karaoke

       **request**___**sample**___**fmt** _sample_fmt_ **(**_decoding,audio_**)**
           Set sample format audio decoders should prefer. Default value is "none".

       **pkt**___**timebase** _rational_ _number_
       **sub**___**charenc** _encoding_ **(**_decoding,subtitles_**)**
           Set the input subtitles character encoding.

       **field**___**order**  _field_order_ **(**_video_**)**
           Set/override the field order of the video.  Possible values:

           **progressive**
               Progressive video

           **tt**  Interlaced video, top field coded and displayed first

           **bb**  Interlaced video, bottom field coded and displayed first

           **tb**  Interlaced video, top coded first, bottom displayed first

           **bt**  Interlaced video, bottom coded first, top displayed first

       **skip**___**alpha** _bool_ **(**_decoding,video_**)**
           Set to 1 to disable processing alpha (transparency). This works like the **gray** flag in the
           **flags** option which skips chroma information instead of alpha. Default is 0.

       **codec**___**whitelist** _list_ **(**_input_**)**
           "," separated list of allowed decoders. By default all are allowed.

       **dump**___**separator** _string_ **(**_input_**)**
           Separator used to separate the fields printed on the command line about the Stream
           parameters.  For example, to separate the fields with newlines and indentation:

                   ffprobe -dump_separator "
                                             "  -i ~/videos/matrixbench_mpeg2.mpg

       **max**___**pixels** _integer_ **(**_decoding/encoding,video_**)**
           Maximum number of pixels per image. This value can be used to avoid out of memory
           failures due to large images.

       **apply**___**cropping** _bool_ **(**_decoding,video_**)**
           Enable cropping if cropping parameters are multiples of the required alignment for the
           left and top parameters. If the alignment is not met the cropping will be partially
           applied to maintain alignment.  Default is 1 (enabled).  Note: The required alignment
           depends on if "AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED" is set and the CPU. "AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED"
           cannot be changed from the command line. Also hardware decoders will not apply left/top
           Cropping.

## DECODERS
       Decoders are configured elements in FFmpeg which allow the decoding of multimedia streams.

       When you configure your FFmpeg build, all the supported native decoders are enabled by
       default. Decoders requiring an external library must be enabled manually via the
       corresponding "--enable-lib" option. You can list all available decoders using the configure
       option "--list-decoders".

       You can disable all the decoders with the configure option "--disable-decoders" and
       selectively enable / disable single decoders with the options "--enable-decoder=_DECODER"_ /
       "--disable-decoder=_DECODER"_.

       The option "-decoders" of the ff* tools will display the list of enabled decoders.

## VIDEO DECODERS
       A description of some of the currently available video decoders follows.

### av1
       AOMedia Video 1 (AV1) decoder.

       _Options_

       **operating**___**point**
           Select an operating point of a scalable AV1 bitstream (0 - 31). Default is 0.

### rawvideo
       Raw video decoder.

       This decoder decodes rawvideo streams.

       _Options_

       **top** _top_field_first_
           Specify the assumed field type of the input video.

           **-1**  the video is assumed to be progressive (default)

           **0**   bottom-field-first is assumed

           **1**   top-field-first is assumed

### libdav1d
       dav1d AV1 decoder.

       libdav1d allows libavcodec to decode the AOMedia Video 1 (AV1) codec.  Requires the presence
       of the libdav1d headers and library during configuration.  You need to explicitly configure
       the build with "--enable-libdav1d".

       _Options_

       The following options are supported by the libdav1d wrapper.

### framethreads
           Set amount of frame threads to use during decoding. The default value is 0 (autodetect).

### tilethreads
           Set amount of tile threads to use during decoding. The default value is 0 (autodetect).

### filmgrain
           Apply film grain to the decoded video if present in the bitstream. Defaults to the
           internal default of the library.

### oppoint
           Select an operating point of a scalable AV1 bitstream (0 - 31). Defaults to the internal
           default of the library.

### alllayers
           Output all spatial layers of a scalable AV1 bitstream. The default value is false.

### libdavs2
       AVS2-P2/IEEE1857.4 video decoder wrapper.

       This decoder allows libavcodec to decode AVS2 streams with davs2 library.

### libuavs3d
       AVS3-P2/IEEE1857.10 video decoder.

       libuavs3d allows libavcodec to decode AVS3 streams.  Requires the presence of the libuavs3d
       headers and library during configuration.  You need to explicitly configure the build with
       "--enable-libuavs3d".

       _Options_

       The following option is supported by the libuavs3d wrapper.

       **frame**___**threads**
           Set amount of frame threads to use during decoding. The default value is 0 (autodetect).

## AUDIO DECODERS
       A description of some of the currently available audio decoders follows.

### ac3
       AC-3 audio decoder.

       This decoder implements part of ATSC A/52:2010 and ETSI TS 102 366, as well as the
       undocumented RealAudio 3 (a.k.a. dnet).

       _AC-3_ _Decoder_ _Options_

### -drc
           Dynamic Range Scale Factor. The factor to apply to dynamic range values from the AC-3
           stream. This factor is applied exponentially. The default value is 1.  There are 3
           notable scale factor ranges:

           **drc**___**scale** **==** **0**
               DRC disabled. Produces full range audio.

           **0** **<** **drc**___**scale** **<=** **1**
               DRC enabled.  Applies a fraction of the stream DRC value.  Audio reproduction is
               between full range and full compression.

           **drc**___**scale** **>** **1**
               DRC enabled. Applies drc_scale asymmetrically.  Loud sounds are fully compressed.
               Soft sounds are enhanced.

### flac
       FLAC audio decoder.

       This decoder aims to implement the complete FLAC specification from Xiph.

       _FLAC_ _Decoder_ _options_

### -use
           The lavc FLAC encoder used to produce buggy streams with high lpc values (like the
           default value). This option makes it possible to decode such streams correctly by using
           lavc's old buggy lpc logic for decoding.

### ffwavesynth
       Internal wave synthesizer.

       This decoder generates wave patterns according to predefined sequences. Its use is purely
       internal and the format of the data it accepts is not publicly documented.

### libcelt
       libcelt decoder wrapper.

       libcelt allows libavcodec to decode the Xiph CELT ultra-low delay audio codec.  Requires the
       presence of the libcelt headers and library during configuration.  You need to explicitly
       configure the build with "--enable-libcelt".

### libgsm
       libgsm decoder wrapper.

       libgsm allows libavcodec to decode the GSM full rate audio codec. Requires the presence of
       the libgsm headers and library during configuration. You need to explicitly configure the
       build with "--enable-libgsm".

       This decoder supports both the ordinary GSM and the Microsoft variant.

### libilbc
       libilbc decoder wrapper.

       libilbc allows libavcodec to decode the Internet Low Bitrate Codec (iLBC) audio codec.
       Requires the presence of the libilbc headers and library during configuration. You need to
       explicitly configure the build with "--enable-libilbc".

       _Options_

       The following option is supported by the libilbc wrapper.

### enhance
           Enable the enhancement of the decoded audio when set to 1. The default value is 0
           (disabled).

### libopencore-amrnb
       libopencore-amrnb decoder wrapper.

       libopencore-amrnb allows libavcodec to decode the Adaptive Multi-Rate Narrowband audio codec.
       Using it requires the presence of the libopencore-amrnb headers and library during
       configuration. You need to explicitly configure the build with "--enable-libopencore-amrnb".

       An FFmpeg native decoder for AMR-NB exists, so users can decode AMR-NB without this library.

### libopencore-amrwb
       libopencore-amrwb decoder wrapper.

       libopencore-amrwb allows libavcodec to decode the Adaptive Multi-Rate Wideband audio codec.
       Using it requires the presence of the libopencore-amrwb headers and library during
       configuration. You need to explicitly configure the build with "--enable-libopencore-amrwb".

       An FFmpeg native decoder for AMR-WB exists, so users can decode AMR-WB without this library.

### libopus
       libopus decoder wrapper.

       libopus allows libavcodec to decode the Opus Interactive Audio Codec.  Requires the presence
       of the libopus headers and library during configuration. You need to explicitly configure the
       build with "--enable-libopus".

       An FFmpeg native decoder for Opus exists, so users can decode Opus without this library.

## SUBTITLES DECODERS
### libaribb24
       ARIB STD-B24 caption decoder.

       Implements profiles A and C of the ARIB STD-B24 standard.

       _libaribb24_ _Decoder_ _Options_

### -aribb24-base-path
           Sets the base path for the libaribb24 library. This is utilized for reading of
           configuration files (for custom unicode conversions), and for dumping of non-text symbols
           as images under that location.

           Unset by default.

### -aribb24-skip-ruby-text
           Tells the decoder wrapper to skip text blocks that contain half-height ruby text.

           Enabled by default.

### dvbsub
       _Options_

       **compute**___**clut**
           **-1**  Compute clut if no matching CLUT is in the stream.

           **0**   Never compute CLUT

           **1**   Always compute CLUT and override the one provided in the stream.

       **dvb**___**substream**
           Selects the dvb substream, or all substreams if -1 which is default.

### dvdsub
       This codec decodes the bitmap subtitles used in DVDs; the same subtitles can also be found in
       VobSub file pairs and in some Matroska files.

       _Options_

### palette
           Specify the global palette used by the bitmaps. When stored in VobSub, the palette is
           normally specified in the index file; in Matroska, the palette is stored in the codec
           extra-data in the same format as in VobSub. In DVDs, the palette is stored in the IFO
           file, and therefore not available when reading from dumped VOB files.

           The format for this option is a string containing 16 24-bits hexadecimal numbers (without
           0x prefix) separated by commas, for example "0d00ee, ee450d, 101010, eaeaea, 0ce60b,
           ec14ed, ebff0b, 0d617a, 7b7b7b, d1d1d1, 7b2a0e, 0d950c, 0f007b, cf0dec, cfa80c, 7c127b".

       **ifo**___**palette**
           Specify the IFO file from which the global palette is obtained.  (experimental)

       **forced**___**subs**___**only**
           Only decode subtitle entries marked as forced. Some titles have forced and non-forced
           subtitles in the same track. Setting this flag to 1 will only keep the forced subtitles.
           Default value is 0.

### libzvbi-teletext
       Libzvbi allows libavcodec to decode DVB teletext pages and DVB teletext subtitles. Requires
       the presence of the libzvbi headers and library during configuration. You need to explicitly
       configure the build with "--enable-libzvbi".

       _Options_

       **txt**___**page**
           List of teletext page numbers to decode. Pages that do not match the specified list are
           dropped. You may use the special "*" string to match all pages, or "subtitle" to match
           all subtitle pages.  Default value is *.

       **txt**___**default**___**region**
           Set default character set used for decoding, a value between 0 and 87 (see ETS 300 706,
           Section 15, Table 32). Default value is -1, which does not override the libzvbi default.
           This option is needed for some legacy level 1.0 transmissions which cannot signal the
           proper charset.

       **txt**___**chop**___**top**
           Discards the top teletext line. Default value is 1.

       **txt**___**format**
           Specifies the format of the decoded subtitles.

           **bitmap**
               The default format, you should use this for teletext pages, because certain graphics
               and colors cannot be expressed in simple text or even ASS.

           **text**
               Simple text based output without formatting.

           **ass** Formatted ASS output, subtitle pages and teletext pages are returned in different
               styles, subtitle pages are stripped down to text, but an effort is made to keep the
               text alignment and the formatting.

       **txt**___**left**
           X offset of generated bitmaps, default is 0.

       **txt**___**top**
           Y offset of generated bitmaps, default is 0.

       **txt**___**chop**___**spaces**
           Chops leading and trailing spaces and removes empty lines from the generated text. This
           option is useful for teletext based subtitles where empty spaces may be present at the
           start or at the end of the lines or empty lines may be present between the subtitle lines
           because of double-sized teletext characters.  Default value is 1.

       **txt**___**duration**
           Sets the display duration of the decoded teletext pages or subtitles in milliseconds.
           Default value is -1 which means infinity or until the next subtitle event comes.

       **txt**___**transparent**
           Force transparent background of the generated teletext bitmaps. Default value is 0 which
           means an opaque background.

       **txt**___**opacity**
           Sets the opacity (0-255) of the teletext background. If **txt**___**transparent** is not set, it
           only affects characters between a start box and an end box, typically subtitles. Default
           value is 0 if **txt**___**transparent** is set, 255 otherwise.

## BITSTREAM FILTERS
       When you configure your FFmpeg build, all the supported bitstream filters are enabled by
       default. You can list all available ones using the configure option "--list-bsfs".

       You can disable all the bitstream filters using the configure option "--disable-bsfs", and
       selectively enable any bitstream filter using the option "--enable-bsf=BSF", or you can
       disable a particular bitstream filter using the option "--disable-bsf=BSF".

       The option "-bsfs" of the ff* tools will display the list of all the supported bitstream
       filters included in your build.

       The ff* tools have a -bsf option applied per stream, taking a comma-separated list of
       filters, whose parameters follow the filter name after a '='.

               ffmpeg -i INPUT -c:v copy -bsf:v filter1[=opt1=str1:opt2=str2][,filter2] OUTPUT

       Below is a description of the currently available bitstream filters, with their parameters,
       if any.

   **aac**___**adtstoasc**
       Convert MPEG-2/4 AAC ADTS to an MPEG-4 Audio Specific Configuration bitstream.

       This filter creates an MPEG-4 AudioSpecificConfig from an MPEG-2/4 ADTS header and removes
       the ADTS header.

       This filter is required for example when copying an AAC stream from a raw ADTS AAC or an
       MPEG-TS container to MP4A-LATM, to an FLV file, or to MOV/MP4 files and related formats such
       as 3GP or M4A. Please note that it is auto-inserted for MP4A-LATM and MOV/MP4 and related
       formats.

   **av1**___**metadata**
       Modify metadata embedded in an AV1 stream.

       **td**  Insert or remove temporal delimiter OBUs in all temporal units of the stream.

           **insert**
               Insert a TD at the beginning of every TU which does not already have one.

           **remove**
               Remove the TD from the beginning of every TU which has one.

       **color**___**primaries**
       **transfer**___**characteristics**
       **matrix**___**coefficients**
           Set the color description fields in the stream (see AV1 section 6.4.2).

       **color**___**range**
           Set the color range in the stream (see AV1 section 6.4.2; note that this cannot be set
           for streams using BT.709 primaries, sRGB transfer characteristic and identity (RGB)
           matrix coefficients).

           **tv**  Limited range.

           **pc**  Full range.

       **chroma**___**sample**___**position**
           Set the chroma sample location in the stream (see AV1 section 6.4.2).  This can only be
           set for 4:2:0 streams.

           **vertical**
               Left position (matching the default in MPEG-2 and H.264).

           **colocated**
               Top-left position.

       **tick**___**rate**
           Set the tick rate (_num_units_in_display_tick_ _/_ _time_scale_) in the timing info in the
           sequence header.

       **num**___**ticks**___**per**___**picture**
           Set the number of ticks in each picture, to indicate that the stream has a fixed
           framerate.  Ignored if **tick**___**rate** is not also set.

       **delete**___**padding**
           Deletes Padding OBUs.

### chomp
       Remove zero padding at the end of a packet.

   **dca**___**core**
       Extract the core from a DCA/DTS stream, dropping extensions such as DTS-HD.

   **dump**___**extra**
       Add extradata to the beginning of the filtered packets except when said packets already
       exactly begin with the extradata that is intended to be added.

### freq
           The additional argument specifies which packets should be filtered.  It accepts the
           values:

           **k**
           **keyframe**
               add extradata to all key packets

           **e**
           **all** add extradata to all packets

       If not specified it is assumed **k**.

       For example the following **ffmpeg** command forces a global header (thus disabling individual
       packet headers) in the H.264 packets generated by the "libx264" encoder, but corrects them by
       adding the header stored in extradata to the key packets:

               ffmpeg -i INPUT -map 0 -flags:v +global_header -c:v libx264 -bsf:v dump_extra out.ts

   **eac3**___**core**
       Extract the core from a E-AC-3 stream, dropping extra channels.

   **extract**___**extradata**
       Extract the in-band extradata.

       Certain codecs allow the long-term headers (e.g. MPEG-2 sequence headers, or H.264/HEVC
       (VPS/)SPS/PPS) to be transmitted either "in-band" (i.e. as a part of the bitstream containing
       the coded frames) or "out of band" (e.g. on the container level). This latter form is called
       "extradata" in FFmpeg terminology.

       This bitstream filter detects the in-band headers and makes them available as extradata.

### remove
           When this option is enabled, the long-term headers are removed from the bitstream after
           extraction.

   **filter**___**units**
       Remove units with types in or not in a given set from the stream.

       **pass**___**types**
           List of unit types or ranges of unit types to pass through while removing all others.
           This is specified as a '|'-separated list of unit type values or ranges of values with
           '-'.

       **remove**___**types**
           Identical to **pass**___**types**, except the units in the given set removed and all others passed
           through.

       Extradata is unchanged by this transformation, but note that if the stream contains inline
       parameter sets then the output may be unusable if they are removed.

       For example, to remove all non-VCL NAL units from an H.264 stream:

               ffmpeg -i INPUT -c:v copy -bsf:v 'filter_units=pass_types=1-5' OUTPUT

       To remove all AUDs, SEI and filler from an H.265 stream:

               ffmpeg -i INPUT -c:v copy -bsf:v 'filter_units=remove_types=35|38-40' OUTPUT

   **hapqa**___**extract**
       Extract Rgb or Alpha part of an HAPQA file, without recompression, in order to create an HAPQ
       or an HAPAlphaOnly file.

### texture
           Specifies the texture to keep.

           **color**
           **alpha**

       Convert HAPQA to HAPQ

               ffmpeg -i hapqa_inputfile.mov -c copy -bsf:v hapqa_extract=texture=color -tag:v HapY -metadata:s:v:0 encoder="HAPQ" hapq_file.mov

       Convert HAPQA to HAPAlphaOnly

               ffmpeg -i hapqa_inputfile.mov -c copy -bsf:v hapqa_extract=texture=alpha -tag:v HapA -metadata:s:v:0 encoder="HAPAlpha Only" hapalphaonly_file.mov

   **h264**___**metadata**
       Modify metadata embedded in an H.264 stream.

       **aud** Insert or remove AUD NAL units in all access units of the stream.

           **insert**
           **remove**
       **sample**___**aspect**___**ratio**
           Set the sample aspect ratio of the stream in the VUI parameters.

       **overscan**___**appropriate**___**flag**
           Set whether the stream is suitable for display using overscan or not (see H.264 section
           E.2.1).

       **video**___**format**
       **video**___**full**___**range**___**flag**
           Set the video format in the stream (see H.264 section E.2.1 and table E-2).

       **colour**___**primaries**
       **transfer**___**characteristics**
       **matrix**___**coefficients**
           Set the colour description in the stream (see H.264 section E.2.1 and tables E-3, E-4 and
           E-5).

       **chroma**___**sample**___**loc**___**type**
           Set the chroma sample location in the stream (see H.264 section E.2.1 and figure E-1).

       **tick**___**rate**
           Set the tick rate (num_units_in_tick / time_scale) in the VUI parameters.  This is the
           smallest time unit representable in the stream, and in many cases represents the field
           rate of the stream (double the frame rate).

       **fixed**___**frame**___**rate**___**flag**
           Set whether the stream has fixed framerate - typically this indicates that the framerate
           is exactly half the tick rate, but the exact meaning is dependent on interlacing and the
           picture structure (see H.264 section E.2.1 and table E-6).

       **crop**___**left**
       **crop**___**right**
       **crop**___**top**
       **crop**___**bottom**
           Set the frame cropping offsets in the SPS.  These values will replace the current ones if
           the stream is already cropped.

           These fields are set in pixels.  Note that some sizes may not be representable if the
           chroma is subsampled or the stream is interlaced (see H.264 section 7.4.2.1.1).

       **sei**___**user**___**data**
           Insert a string as SEI unregistered user data.  The argument must be of the form
           _UUID+string_, where the UUID is as hex digits possibly separated by hyphens, and the
           string can be anything.

           For example, **086f3693-b7b3-4f2c-9653-21492feee5b8+hello** will insert the string ``hello''
           associated with the given UUID.

       **delete**___**filler**
           Deletes both filler NAL units and filler SEI messages.

### level
           Set the level in the SPS.  Refer to H.264 section A.3 and tables A-1 to A-5.

           The argument must be the name of a level (for example, **4.2**), a level_idc value (for
           example, **42**), or the special name **auto** indicating that the filter should attempt to guess
           the level from the input stream properties.

   **h264**___**mp4toannexb**
       Convert an H.264 bitstream from length prefixed mode to start code prefixed mode (as defined
       in the Annex B of the ITU-T H.264 specification).

       This is required by some streaming formats, typically the MPEG-2 transport stream format
       (muxer "mpegts").

       For example to remux an MP4 file containing an H.264 stream to mpegts format with **ffmpeg**, you
       can use the command:

               ffmpeg -i INPUT.mp4 -codec copy -bsf:v h264_mp4toannexb OUTPUT.ts

       Please note that this filter is auto-inserted for MPEG-TS (muxer "mpegts") and raw H.264
       (muxer "h264") output formats.

   **h264**___**redundant**___**pps**
       This applies a specific fixup to some Blu-ray streams which contain redundant PPSs modifying
       irrelevant parameters of the stream which confuse other transformations which require correct
       extradata.

       A new single global PPS is created, and all of the redundant PPSs within the stream are
       removed.

   **hevc**___**metadata**
       Modify metadata embedded in an HEVC stream.

       **aud** Insert or remove AUD NAL units in all access units of the stream.

           **insert**
           **remove**
       **sample**___**aspect**___**ratio**
           Set the sample aspect ratio in the stream in the VUI parameters.

       **video**___**format**
       **video**___**full**___**range**___**flag**
           Set the video format in the stream (see H.265 section E.3.1 and table E.2).

       **colour**___**primaries**
       **transfer**___**characteristics**
       **matrix**___**coefficients**
           Set the colour description in the stream (see H.265 section E.3.1 and tables E.3, E.4 and
           E.5).

       **chroma**___**sample**___**loc**___**type**
           Set the chroma sample location in the stream (see H.265 section E.3.1 and figure E.1).

       **tick**___**rate**
           Set the tick rate in the VPS and VUI parameters (num_units_in_tick / time_scale).
           Combined with **num**___**ticks**___**poc**___**diff**___**one**, this can set a constant framerate in the stream.
           Note that it is likely to be overridden by container parameters when the stream is in a
           container.

       **num**___**ticks**___**poc**___**diff**___**one**
           Set poc_proportional_to_timing_flag in VPS and VUI and use this value to set
           num_ticks_poc_diff_one_minus1 (see H.265 sections 7.4.3.1 and E.3.1).  Ignored if
           **tick**___**rate** is not also set.

       **crop**___**left**
       **crop**___**right**
       **crop**___**top**
       **crop**___**bottom**
           Set the conformance window cropping offsets in the SPS.  These values will replace the
           current ones if the stream is already cropped.

           These fields are set in pixels.  Note that some sizes may not be representable if the
           chroma is subsampled (H.265 section 7.4.3.2.1).

### level
           Set the level in the VPS and SPS.  See H.265 section A.4 and tables A.6 and A.7.

           The argument must be the name of a level (for example, **5.1**), a _general_level_idc_ value
           (for example, **153** for level 5.1), or the special name **auto** indicating that the filter
           should attempt to guess the level from the input stream properties.

   **hevc**___**mp4toannexb**
       Convert an HEVC/H.265 bitstream from length prefixed mode to start code prefixed mode (as
       defined in the Annex B of the ITU-T H.265 specification).

       This is required by some streaming formats, typically the MPEG-2 transport stream format
       (muxer "mpegts").

       For example to remux an MP4 file containing an HEVC stream to mpegts format with **ffmpeg**, you
       can use the command:

               ffmpeg -i INPUT.mp4 -codec copy -bsf:v hevc_mp4toannexb OUTPUT.ts

       Please note that this filter is auto-inserted for MPEG-TS (muxer "mpegts") and raw HEVC/H.265
       (muxer "h265" or "hevc") output formats.

### imxdump
       Modifies the bitstream to fit in MOV and to be usable by the Final Cut Pro decoder. This
       filter only applies to the mpeg2video codec, and is likely not needed for Final Cut Pro 7 and
       newer with the appropriate **-tag:v**.

       For example, to remux 30 MB/sec NTSC IMX to MOV:

               ffmpeg -i input.mxf -c copy -bsf:v imxdump -tag:v mx3n output.mov

### mjpeg2jpeg
       Convert MJPEG/AVI1 packets to full JPEG/JFIF packets.

       MJPEG is a video codec wherein each video frame is essentially a JPEG image. The individual
       frames can be extracted without loss, e.g. by

               ffmpeg -i ../some_mjpeg.avi -c:v copy frames_%d.jpg

       Unfortunately, these chunks are incomplete JPEG images, because they lack the DHT segment
       required for decoding. Quoting from
       <**<http://www.digitalpreservation.gov/formats/fdd/fdd000063.shtml>**>:

       Avery Lee, writing in the rec.video.desktop newsgroup in 2001, commented that "MJPEG, or at
       least the MJPEG in AVIs having the MJPG fourcc, is restricted JPEG with a fixed -- and
       *omitted* -- Huffman table. The JPEG must be YCbCr colorspace, it must be 4:2:2, and it must
       use basic Huffman encoding, not arithmetic or progressive. . . . You can indeed extract the
       MJPEG frames and decode them with a regular JPEG decoder, but you have to prepend the DHT
       segment to them, or else the decoder won't have any idea how to decompress the data. The
       exact table necessary is given in the OpenDML spec."

       This bitstream filter patches the header of frames extracted from an MJPEG stream (carrying
       the AVI1 header ID and lacking a DHT segment) to produce fully qualified JPEG images.

               ffmpeg -i mjpeg-movie.avi -c:v copy -bsf:v mjpeg2jpeg frame_%d.jpg
               exiftran -i -9 frame*.jpg
               ffmpeg -i frame_%d.jpg -c:v copy rotated.avi

### mjpegadump
       Add an MJPEG A header to the bitstream, to enable decoding by Quicktime.

### mov2textsub
       Extract a representable text file from MOV subtitles, stripping the metadata header from each
       subtitle packet.

       See also the **text2movsub** filter.

### mp3decomp
       Decompress non-standard compressed MP3 audio headers.

   **mpeg2**___**metadata**
       Modify metadata embedded in an MPEG-2 stream.

       **display**___**aspect**___**ratio**
           Set the display aspect ratio in the stream.

           The following fixed values are supported:

           **4/3**
           **16/9**
           **221/100**

           Any other value will result in square pixels being signalled instead (see H.262 section
           6.3.3 and table 6-3).

       **frame**___**rate**
           Set the frame rate in the stream.  This is constructed from a table of known values
           combined with a small multiplier and divisor - if the supplied value is not exactly
           representable, the nearest representable value will be used instead (see H.262 section
           6.3.3 and table 6-4).

       **video**___**format**
           Set the video format in the stream (see H.262 section 6.3.6 and table 6-6).

       **colour**___**primaries**
       **transfer**___**characteristics**
       **matrix**___**coefficients**
           Set the colour description in the stream (see H.262 section 6.3.6 and tables 6-7, 6-8 and
           6-9).

   **mpeg4**___**unpack**___**bframes**
       Unpack DivX-style packed B-frames.

       DivX-style packed B-frames are not valid MPEG-4 and were only a workaround for the broken
       Video for Windows subsystem.  They use more space, can cause minor AV sync issues, require
       more CPU power to decode (unless the player has some decoded picture queue to compensate the
       2,0,2,0 frame per packet style) and cause trouble if copied into a standard container like
       mp4 or mpeg-ps/ts, because MPEG-4 decoders may not be able to decode them, since they are not
       valid MPEG-4.

       For example to fix an AVI file containing an MPEG-4 stream with DivX-style packed B-frames
       using **ffmpeg**, you can use the command:

               ffmpeg -i INPUT.avi -codec copy -bsf:v mpeg4_unpack_bframes OUTPUT.avi

### noise
       Damages the contents of packets or simply drops them without damaging the container. Can be
       used for fuzzing or testing error resilience/concealment.

       Parameters:

### amount
           A numeral string, whose value is related to how often output bytes will be modified.
           Therefore, values below or equal to 0 are forbidden, and the lower the more frequent
           bytes will be modified, with 1 meaning every byte is modified.

### dropamount
           A numeral string, whose value is related to how often packets will be dropped.
           Therefore, values below or equal to 0 are forbidden, and the lower the more frequent
           packets will be dropped, with 1 meaning every packet is dropped.

       The following example applies the modification to every byte but does not drop any packets.

               ffmpeg -i INPUT -c copy -bsf noise[=1] output.mkv

### null
       This bitstream filter passes the packets through unchanged.

   **pcm**___**rechunk**
       Repacketize PCM audio to a fixed number of samples per packet or a fixed packet rate per
       second. This is similar to the **asetnsamples** **audio** **filter** but works on audio packets instead
       of audio frames.

       **nb**___**out**___**samples,** **n**
           Set the number of samples per each output audio packet. The number is intended as the
           number of samples _per_ _each_ _channel_. Default value is 1024.

### pad, p
           If set to 1, the filter will pad the last audio packet with silence, so that it will
           contain the same number of samples (or roughly the same number of samples, see
           **frame**___**rate**) as the previous ones. Default value is 1.

       **frame**___**rate,** **r**
           This option makes the filter output a fixed number of packets per second instead of a
           fixed number of samples per packet. If the audio sample rate is not divisible by the
           frame rate then the number of samples will not be constant but will vary slightly so that
           each packet will start as close to the frame boundary as possible. Using this option has
           precedence over **nb**___**out**___**samples**.

       You can generate the well known 1602-1601-1602-1601-1602 pattern of 48kHz audio for NTSC
       frame rate using the **frame**___**rate** option.

               ffmpeg -f lavfi -i sine=r=48000:d=1 -c pcm_s16le -bsf pcm_rechunk=r=30000/1001 -f framecrc -

   **prores**___**metadata**
       Modify color property metadata embedded in prores stream.

       **color**___**primaries**
           Set the color primaries.  Available values are:

           **auto**
               Keep the same color primaries property (default).

           **unknown**
           **bt709**
           **bt470bg**
               BT601 625

           **smpte170m**
               BT601 525

           **bt2020**
           **smpte431**
               DCI P3

           **smpte432**
               P3 D65

       **transfer**___**characteristics**
           Set the color transfer.  Available values are:

           **auto**
               Keep the same transfer characteristics property (default).

           **unknown**
           **bt709**
               BT 601, BT 709, BT 2020

           **smpte2084**
               SMPTE ST 2084

           **arib-std-b67**
               ARIB STD-B67

       **matrix**___**coefficients**
           Set the matrix coefficient.  Available values are:

           **auto**
               Keep the same colorspace property (default).

           **unknown**
           **bt709**
           **smpte170m**
               BT 601

           **bt2020nc**

       Set Rec709 colorspace for each frame of the file

               ffmpeg -i INPUT -c copy -bsf:v prores_metadata=color_primaries=bt709:color_trc=bt709:colorspace=bt709 output.mov

       Set Hybrid Log-Gamma parameters for each frame of the file

               ffmpeg -i INPUT -c copy -bsf:v prores_metadata=color_primaries=bt2020:color_trc=arib-std-b67:colorspace=bt2020nc output.mov

   **remove**___**extra**
       Remove extradata from packets.

       It accepts the following parameter:

### freq
           Set which frame types to remove extradata from.

           **k**   Remove extradata from non-keyframes only.

           **keyframe**
               Remove extradata from keyframes only.

           **e,** **all**
               Remove extradata from all frames.

### setts
       Set PTS and DTS in packets.

       It accepts the following parameters:

       **ts**
### pts
       **dts** Set expressions for PTS, DTS or both.

       The expressions are evaluated through the eval API and can contain the following constants:

       **N**   The count of the input packet. Starting from 0.

       **TS**  The demux timestamp in input in case of "ts" or "dts" option or presentation timestamp in
           case of "pts" option.

       **POS** The original position in the file of the packet, or undefined if undefined for the
           current packet

       **DTS** The demux timestamp in input.

       **PTS** The presentation timestamp in input.

       **STARTDTS**
           The DTS of the first packet.

       **STARTPTS**
           The PTS of the first packet.

       **PREV**___**INDTS**
           The previous input DTS.

       **PREV**___**INPTS**
           The previous input PTS.

       **PREV**___**OUTDTS**
           The previous output DTS.

       **PREV**___**OUTPTS**
           The previous output PTS.

       **TB**  The timebase of stream packet belongs.

       **SR**  The sample rate of stream packet belongs.

### text2movsub
       Convert text subtitles to MOV subtitles (as used by the "mov_text" codec) with metadata
       headers.

       See also the **mov2textsub** filter.

   **trace**___**headers**
       Log trace output containing all syntax elements in the coded stream headers (everything above
       the level of individual coded blocks).  This can be useful for debugging low-level stream
       issues.

       Supports AV1, H.264, H.265, (M)JPEG, MPEG-2 and VP9, but depending on the build only a subset
       of these may be available.

   **truehd**___**core**
       Extract the core from a TrueHD stream, dropping ATMOS data.

   **vp9**___**metadata**
       Modify metadata embedded in a VP9 stream.

       **color**___**space**
           Set the color space value in the frame header.  Note that any frame set to RGB will be
           implicitly set to PC range and that RGB is incompatible with profiles 0 and 2.

           **unknown**
           **bt601**
           **bt709**
           **smpte170**
           **smpte240**
           **bt2020**
           **rgb**
       **color**___**range**
           Set the color range value in the frame header.  Note that any value imposed by the color
           space will take precedence over this value.

           **tv**
           **pc**

   **vp9**___**superframe**
       Merge VP9 invisible (alt-ref) frames back into VP9 superframes. This fixes merging of
       split/segmented VP9 streams where the alt-ref frame was split from its visible counterpart.

   **vp9**___**superframe**___**split**
       Split VP9 superframes into single frames.

   **vp9**___**raw**___**reorder**
       Given a VP9 stream with correct timestamps but possibly out of order, insert additional show-
       existing-frame packets to correct the ordering.

## FORMAT OPTIONS
       The libavformat library provides some generic global options, which can be set on all the
       muxers and demuxers. In addition each muxer or demuxer may support so-called private options,
       which are specific for that component.

       Options may be set by specifying -_option_ _value_ in the FFmpeg tools, or by setting the value
       explicitly in the "AVFormatContext" options or using the _libavutil/opt.h_ API for programmatic
       use.

       The list of supported options follows:

       **avioflags** _flags_ **(**_input/output_**)**
           Possible values:

           **direct**
               Reduce buffering.

       **probesize** _integer_ **(**_input_**)**
           Set probing size in bytes, i.e. the size of the data to analyze to get stream
           information. A higher value will enable detecting more information in case it is
           dispersed into the stream, but will increase latency. Must be an integer not lesser than
           32. It is 5000000 by default.

       **max**___**probe**___**packets** _integer_ **(**_input_**)**
           Set the maximum number of buffered packets when probing a codec.  Default is 2500
           packets.

       **packetsize** _integer_ **(**_output_**)**
           Set packet size.

       **fflags** _flags_
           Set format flags. Some are implemented for a limited number of formats.

           Possible values for input files:

           **discardcorrupt**
               Discard corrupted packets.

           **fastseek**
               Enable fast, but inaccurate seeks for some formats.

           **genpts**
               Generate missing PTS if DTS is present.

           **igndts**
               Ignore DTS if PTS is set. Inert when nofillin is set.

           **ignidx**
               Ignore index.

           **keepside** **(**_deprecated_**,**_inert_**)**
           **nobuffer**
               Reduce the latency introduced by buffering during initial input streams analysis.

           **nofillin**
               Do not fill in missing values in packet fields that can be exactly calculated.

           **noparse**
               Disable AVParsers, this needs "+nofillin" too.

           **sortdts**
               Try to interleave output packets by DTS. At present, available only for AVIs with an
               index.

           Possible values for output files:

           **autobsf**
               Automatically apply bitstream filters as required by the output format. Enabled by
               default.

           **bitexact**
               Only write platform-, build- and time-independent data.  This ensures that file and
               data checksums are reproducible and match between platforms. Its primary use is for
               regression testing.

           **flush**___**packets**
               Write out packets immediately.

           **latm** **(**_deprecated_**,**_inert_**)**
           **shortest**
               Stop muxing at the end of the shortest stream.  It may be needed to increase
               max_interleave_delta to avoid flushing the longer streams before EOF.

       **seek2any** _integer_ **(**_input_**)**
           Allow seeking to non-keyframes on demuxer level when supported if set to 1.  Default is
           0.

       **analyzeduration** _integer_ **(**_input_**)**
           Specify how many microseconds are analyzed to probe the input. A higher value will enable
           detecting more accurate information, but will increase latency. It defaults to 5,000,000
           microseconds = 5 seconds.

       **cryptokey** _hexadecimal_ _string_ **(**_input_**)**
           Set decryption key.

       **indexmem** _integer_ **(**_input_**)**
           Set max memory used for timestamp index (per stream).

       **rtbufsize** _integer_ **(**_input_**)**
           Set max memory used for buffering real-time frames.

       **fdebug** _flags_ **(**_input/output_**)**
           Print specific debug info.

           Possible values:

           **ts**
       **max**___**delay** _integer_ **(**_input/output_**)**
           Set maximum muxing or demuxing delay in microseconds.

       **fpsprobesize** _integer_ **(**_input_**)**
           Set number of frames used to probe fps.

       **audio**___**preload** _integer_ **(**_output_**)**
           Set microseconds by which audio packets should be interleaved earlier.

       **chunk**___**duration** _integer_ **(**_output_**)**
           Set microseconds for each chunk.

       **chunk**___**size** _integer_ **(**_output_**)**
           Set size in bytes for each chunk.

       **err**___**detect,** **f**___**err**___**detect** _flags_ **(**_input_**)**
           Set error detection flags. "f_err_detect" is deprecated and should be used only via the
           **ffmpeg** tool.

           Possible values:

           **crccheck**
               Verify embedded CRCs.

           **bitstream**
               Detect bitstream specification deviations.

           **buffer**
               Detect improper bitstream length.

           **explode**
               Abort decoding on minor error detection.

           **careful**
               Consider things that violate the spec and have not been seen in the wild as errors.

           **compliant**
               Consider all spec non compliancies as errors.

           **aggressive**
               Consider things that a sane encoder should not do as an error.

       **max**___**interleave**___**delta** _integer_ **(**_output_**)**
           Set maximum buffering duration for interleaving. The duration is expressed in
           microseconds, and defaults to 10000000 (10 seconds).

           To ensure all the streams are interleaved correctly, libavformat will wait until it has
           at least one packet for each stream before actually writing any packets to the output
           file. When some streams are "sparse" (i.e. there are large gaps between successive
           packets), this can result in excessive buffering.

           This field specifies the maximum difference between the timestamps of the first and the
           last packet in the muxing queue, above which libavformat will output a packet regardless
           of whether it has queued a packet for all the streams.

           If set to 0, libavformat will continue buffering packets until it has a packet for each
           stream, regardless of the maximum timestamp difference between the buffered packets.

       **use**___**wallclock**___**as**___**timestamps** _integer_ **(**_input_**)**
           Use wallclock as timestamps if set to 1. Default is 0.

       **avoid**___**negative**___**ts** _integer_ **(**_output_**)**
           Possible values:

           **make**___**non**___**negative**
               Shift timestamps to make them non-negative.  Also note that this affects only leading
               negative timestamps, and not non-monotonic negative timestamps.

           **make**___**zero**
               Shift timestamps so that the first timestamp is 0.

           **auto** **(default)**
               Enables shifting when required by the target format.

           **disabled**
               Disables shifting of timestamp.

           When shifting is enabled, all output timestamps are shifted by the same amount. Audio,
           video, and subtitles desynching and relative timestamp differences are preserved compared
           to how they would have been without shifting.

       **skip**___**initial**___**bytes** _integer_ **(**_input_**)**
           Set number of bytes to skip before reading header and frames if set to 1.  Default is 0.

       **correct**___**ts**___**overflow** _integer_ **(**_input_**)**
           Correct single timestamp overflows if set to 1. Default is 1.

       **flush**___**packets** _integer_ **(**_output_**)**
           Flush the underlying I/O stream after each packet. Default is -1 (auto), which means that
           the underlying protocol will decide, 1 enables it, and has the effect of reducing the
           latency, 0 disables it and may increase IO throughput in some cases.

       **output**___**ts**___**offset** _offset_ **(**_output_**)**
           Set the output time offset.

           _offset_ must be a time duration specification, see **the** **Time** **duration** **section** **in** **the**
           [**ffmpeg-utils(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-utils/1/markdown)** **manual**.

           The offset is added by the muxer to the output timestamps.

           Specifying a positive offset means that the corresponding streams are delayed bt the time
           duration specified in _offset_. Default value is 0 (meaning that no offset is applied).

       **format**___**whitelist** _list_ **(**_input_**)**
           "," separated list of allowed demuxers. By default all are allowed.

       **dump**___**separator** _string_ **(**_input_**)**
           Separator used to separate the fields printed on the command line about the Stream
           parameters.  For example, to separate the fields with newlines and indentation:

                   ffprobe -dump_separator "
                                             "  -i ~/videos/matrixbench_mpeg2.mpg

       **max**___**streams** _integer_ **(**_input_**)**
           Specifies the maximum number of streams. This can be used to reject files that would
           require too many resources due to a large number of streams.

       **skip**___**estimate**___**duration**___**from**___**pts** _bool_ **(**_input_**)**
           Skip estimation of input duration when calculated using PTS.  At present, applicable for
           MPEG-PS and MPEG-TS.

       **strict,** **f**___**strict** _integer_ **(**_input/output_**)**
           Specify how strictly to follow the standards. "f_strict" is deprecated and should be used
           only via the **ffmpeg** tool.

           Possible values:

           **very**
               strictly conform to an older more strict version of the spec or reference software

           **strict**
               strictly conform to all the things in the spec no matter what consequences

           **normal**
           **unofficial**
               allow unofficial extensions

           **experimental**
               allow non standardized experimental things, experimental (unfinished/work in
               progress/not well tested) decoders and encoders.  Note: experimental decoders can
               pose a security risk, do not use this for decoding untrusted input.

### Format stream specifiers
       Format stream specifiers allow selection of one or more streams that match specific
       properties.

       The exact semantics of stream specifiers is defined by the
       "avformat_match_stream_specifier()" function declared in the _libavformat/avformat.h_ header
       and documented in the **Stream** **specifiers** **section** **in** **the** [**ffmpeg(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg/1/markdown)** **manual**.

## DEMUXERS
       Demuxers are configured elements in FFmpeg that can read the multimedia streams from a
       particular type of file.

       When you configure your FFmpeg build, all the supported demuxers are enabled by default. You
       can list all available ones using the configure option "--list-demuxers".

       You can disable all the demuxers using the configure option "--disable-demuxers", and
       selectively enable a single demuxer with the option "--enable-demuxer=_DEMUXER"_, or disable it
       with the option "--disable-demuxer=_DEMUXER"_.

       The option "-demuxers" of the ff* tools will display the list of enabled demuxers. Use
       "-formats" to view a combined list of enabled demuxers and muxers.

       The description of some of the currently available demuxers follows.

   **aa**
       Audible Format 2, 3, and 4 demuxer.

       This demuxer is used to demux Audible Format 2, 3, and 4 (.aa) files.

### apng
       Animated Portable Network Graphics demuxer.

       This demuxer is used to demux APNG files.  All headers, but the PNG signature, up to (but not
       including) the first fcTL chunk are transmitted as extradata.  Frames are then split as being
       all the chunks between two fcTL ones, or between the last fcTL and IEND chunks.

### -ignore
           Ignore the loop variable in the file if set.

### -max
           Maximum framerate in frames per second (0 for no limit).

### -default
           Default framerate in frames per second when none is specified in the file (0 meaning as
           fast as possible).

### asf
       Advanced Systems Format demuxer.

       This demuxer is used to demux ASF files and MMS network streams.

### -no
           Do not try to resynchronize by looking for a certain optional start code.

### concat
       Virtual concatenation script demuxer.

       This demuxer reads a list of files and other directives from a text file and demuxes them one
       after the other, as if all their packets had been muxed together.

       The timestamps in the files are adjusted so that the first file starts at 0 and each next
       file starts where the previous one finishes. Note that it is done globally and may cause gaps
       if all streams do not have exactly the same length.

       All files must have the same streams (same codecs, same time base, etc.).

       The duration of each file is used to adjust the timestamps of the next file: if the duration
       is incorrect (because it was computed using the bit-rate or because the file is truncated,
       for example), it can cause artifacts. The "duration" directive can be used to override the
       duration stored in each file.

       _Syntax_

       The script is a text file in extended-ASCII, with one directive per line.  Empty lines,
       leading spaces and lines starting with '#' are ignored. The following directive is
       recognized:

### "file path"
           Path to a file to read; special characters and spaces must be escaped with backslash or
           single quotes.

           All subsequent file-related directives apply to that file.

### "ffconcat version 1.0"
           Identify the script type and version. It also sets the **safe** option to 1 if it was -1.

           To make FFmpeg recognize the format automatically, this directive must appear exactly as
           is (no extra space or byte-order-mark) on the very first line of the script.

### "duration dur"
           Duration of the file. This information can be specified from the file; specifying it here
           may be more efficient or help if the information from the file is not available or
           accurate.

           If the duration is set for all files, then it is possible to seek in the whole
           concatenated video.

### "inpoint timestamp"
           In point of the file. When the demuxer opens the file it instantly seeks to the specified
           timestamp. Seeking is done so that all streams can be presented successfully at In point.

           This directive works best with intra frame codecs, because for non-intra frame ones you
           will usually get extra packets before the actual In point and the decoded content will
           most likely contain frames before In point too.

           For each file, packets before the file In point will have timestamps less than the
           calculated start timestamp of the file (negative in case of the first file), and the
           duration of the files (if not specified by the "duration" directive) will be reduced
           based on their specified In point.

           Because of potential packets before the specified In point, packet timestamps may overlap
           between two concatenated files.

### "outpoint timestamp"
           Out point of the file. When the demuxer reaches the specified decoding timestamp in any
           of the streams, it handles it as an end of file condition and skips the current and all
           the remaining packets from all streams.

           Out point is exclusive, which means that the demuxer will not output packets with a
           decoding timestamp greater or equal to Out point.

           This directive works best with intra frame codecs and formats where all streams are
           tightly interleaved. For non-intra frame codecs you will usually get additional packets
           with presentation timestamp after Out point therefore the decoded content will most
           likely contain frames after Out point too. If your streams are not tightly interleaved
           you may not get all the packets from all streams before Out point and you may only will
           be able to decode the earliest stream until Out point.

           The duration of the files (if not specified by the "duration" directive) will be reduced
           based on their specified Out point.

       **"file**___**packet**___**metadata** **key=value"**
           Metadata of the packets of the file. The specified metadata will be set for each file
           packet. You can specify this directive multiple times to add multiple metadata entries.

### "stream"
           Introduce a stream in the virtual file.  All subsequent stream-related directives apply
           to the last introduced stream.  Some streams properties must be set in order to allow
           identifying the matching streams in the subfiles.  If no streams are defined in the
           script, the streams from the first file are copied.

       **"exact**___**stream**___**id** **id"**
           Set the id of the stream.  If this directive is given, the string with the corresponding
           id in the subfiles will be used.  This is especially useful for MPEG-PS (VOB) files,
           where the order of the streams is not reliable.

       _Options_

       This demuxer accepts the following option:

### safe
           If set to 1, reject unsafe file paths. A file path is considered safe if it does not
           contain a protocol specification and is relative and all components only contain
           characters from the portable character set (letters, digits, period, underscore and
           hyphen) and have no period at the beginning of a component.

           If set to 0, any file name is accepted.

           The default is 1.

           -1 is equivalent to 1 if the format was automatically probed and 0 otherwise.

       **auto**___**convert**
           If set to 1, try to perform automatic conversions on packet data to make the streams
           concatenable.  The default is 1.

           Currently, the only conversion is adding the h264_mp4toannexb bitstream filter to H.264
           streams in MP4 format. This is necessary in particular if there are resolution changes.

       **segment**___**time**___**metadata**
           If set to 1, every packet will contain the _lavf.concat.start_time_ and the
           _lavf.concat.duration_ packet metadata values which are the start_time and the duration of
           the respective file segments in the concatenated output expressed in microseconds. The
           duration metadata is only set if it is known based on the concat file.  The default is 0.

       _Examples_

       •   Use absolute filenames and include some comments:

                   # my first filename
                   file /mnt/share/file-1.wav
                   # my second filename including whitespace
                   file '/mnt/share/file 2.wav'
                   # my third filename including whitespace plus single quote
                   file '/mnt/share/file 3'\''.wav'

       •   Allow for input format auto-probing, use safe filenames and set the duration of the first
           file:

                   ffconcat version 1.0

                   file file-1.wav
                   duration 20.0

                   file subdir/file-2.wav

### dash
       Dynamic Adaptive Streaming over HTTP demuxer.

       This demuxer presents all AVStreams found in the manifest.  By setting the discard flags on
       AVStreams the caller can decide which streams to actually receive.  Each stream mirrors the
       "id" and "bandwidth" properties from the "<Representation>" as metadata keys named "id" and
       "variant_bitrate" respectively.

   **flv,** **live**___**flv**
       Adobe Flash Video Format demuxer.

       This demuxer is used to demux FLV files and RTMP network streams. In case of live network
       streams, if you force format, you may use live_flv option instead of flv to survive timestamp
       discontinuities.

               ffmpeg -f flv -i myfile.flv ...
               ffmpeg -f live_flv -i rtmp://<any.server>/anything/key ....

### -flv
           Allocate the streams according to the onMetaData array content.

### -flv
           Ignore the size of previous tag value.

### -flv
           Output all context of the onMetadata.

### gif
       Animated GIF demuxer.

       It accepts the following options:

       **min**___**delay**
           Set the minimum valid delay between frames in hundredths of seconds.  Range is 0 to 6000.
           Default value is 2.

       **max**___**gif**___**delay**
           Set the maximum valid delay between frames in hundredth of seconds.  Range is 0 to 65535.
           Default value is 65535 (nearly eleven minutes), the maximum value allowed by the
           specification.

       **default**___**delay**
           Set the default delay between frames in hundredths of seconds.  Range is 0 to 6000.
           Default value is 10.

       **ignore**___**loop**
           GIF files can contain information to loop a certain number of times (or infinitely). If
           **ignore**___**loop** is set to 1, then the loop setting from the input will be ignored and looping
           will not occur. If set to 0, then looping will occur and will cycle the number of times
           according to the GIF. Default value is 1.

       For example, with the overlay filter, place an infinitely looping GIF over another video:

               ffmpeg -i input.mp4 -ignore_loop 0 -i input.gif -filter_complex overlay=shortest=1 out.mkv

       Note that in the above example the shortest option for overlay filter is used to end the
       output video at the length of the shortest input file, which in this case is _input.mp4_ as the
       GIF in this example loops infinitely.

### hls
       HLS demuxer

       Apple HTTP Live Streaming demuxer.

       This demuxer presents all AVStreams from all variant streams.  The id field is set to the
       bitrate variant index number. By setting the discard flags on AVStreams (by pressing 'a' or
       'v' in ffplay), the caller can decide which variant streams to actually receive.  The total
       bitrate of the variant that the stream belongs to is available in a metadata key named
       "variant_bitrate".

       It accepts the following options:

       **live**___**start**___**index**
           segment index to start live streams at (negative values are from the end).

       **allowed**___**extensions**
           ',' separated list of file extensions that hls is allowed to access.

       **max**___**reload**
           Maximum number of times a insufficient list is attempted to be reloaded.  Default value
           is 1000.

       **m3u8**___**hold**___**counters**
           The maximum number of times to load m3u8 when it refreshes without new segments.  Default
           value is 1000.

       **http**___**persistent**
           Use persistent HTTP connections. Applicable only for HTTP streams.  Enabled by default.

       **http**___**multiple**
           Use multiple HTTP connections for downloading HTTP segments.  Enabled by default for
           HTTP/1.1 servers.

       **http**___**seekable**
           Use HTTP partial requests for downloading HTTP segments.  0 = disable, 1 = enable, -1 =
           auto, Default is auto.

### image2
       Image file demuxer.

       This demuxer reads from a list of image files specified by a pattern.  The syntax and meaning
       of the pattern is specified by the option _pattern_type_.

       The pattern may contain a suffix which is used to automatically determine the format of the
       images contained in the files.

       The size, the pixel format, and the format of each image must be the same for all the files
       in the sequence.

       This demuxer accepts the following options:

### framerate
           Set the frame rate for the video stream. It defaults to 25.

### loop
           If set to 1, loop over the input. Default value is 0.

       **pattern**___**type**
           Select the pattern type used to interpret the provided filename.

           _pattern_type_ accepts one of the following values.

           **none**
               Disable pattern matching, therefore the video will only contain the specified image.
               You should use this option if you do not want to create sequences from multiple
               images and your filenames may contain special pattern characters.

           **sequence**
               Select a sequence pattern type, used to specify a sequence of files indexed by
               sequential numbers.

               A sequence pattern may contain the string "%d" or "%0_N_d", which specifies the
               position of the characters representing a sequential number in each filename matched
               by the pattern. If the form "%d0_N_d" is used, the string representing the number in
               each filename is 0-padded and _N_ is the total number of 0-padded digits representing
               the number. The literal character '%' can be specified in the pattern with the string
               "%%".

               If the sequence pattern contains "%d" or "%0_N_d", the first filename of the file list
               specified by the pattern must contain a number inclusively contained between
               _start_number_ and _start_number_+_start_number_range_-1, and all the following numbers
               must be sequential.

               For example the pattern "img-%03d.bmp" will match a sequence of filenames of the form
               _img-001.bmp_, _img-002.bmp_, ..., _img-010.bmp_, etc.; the pattern "i%%m%%g-%d.jpg" will
               match a sequence of filenames of the form _i%m%g-1.jpg_, _i%m%g-2.jpg_, ...,
               _i%m%g-10.jpg_, etc.

               Note that the pattern must not necessarily contain "%d" or "%0_N_d", for example to
               convert a single image file _img.jpeg_ you can employ the command:

                       ffmpeg -i img.jpeg img.png

           **glob**
               Select a glob wildcard pattern type.

               The pattern is interpreted like a "glob()" pattern. This is only selectable if
               libavformat was compiled with globbing support.

           **glob**___**sequence** _(deprecated,_ _will_ _be_ _removed)_
               Select a mixed glob wildcard/sequence pattern.

               If your version of libavformat was compiled with globbing support, and the provided
               pattern contains at least one glob meta character among "%*?[]{}" that is preceded by
               an unescaped "%", the pattern is interpreted like a "glob()" pattern, otherwise it is
               interpreted like a sequence pattern.

               All glob special characters "%*?[]{}" must be prefixed with "%". To escape a literal
               "%" you shall use "%%".

               For example the pattern "foo-%*.jpeg" will match all the filenames prefixed by "foo-"
               and terminating with ".jpeg", and "foo-%?%?%?.jpeg" will match all the filenames
               prefixed with "foo-", followed by a sequence of three characters, and terminating
               with ".jpeg".

               This pattern type is deprecated in favor of _glob_ and _sequence_.

           Default value is _glob_sequence_.

       **pixel**___**format**
           Set the pixel format of the images to read. If not specified the pixel format is guessed
           from the first image file in the sequence.

       **start**___**number**
           Set the index of the file matched by the image file pattern to start to read from.
           Default value is 0.

       **start**___**number**___**range**
           Set the index interval range to check when looking for the first image file in the
           sequence, starting from _start_number_. Default value is 5.

       **ts**___**from**___**file**
           If set to 1, will set frame timestamp to modification time of image file. Note that
           monotonity of timestamps is not provided: images go in the same order as without this
           option. Default value is 0.  If set to 2, will set frame timestamp to the modification
           time of the image file in nanosecond precision.

       **video**___**size**
           Set the video size of the images to read. If not specified the video size is guessed from
           the first image file in the sequence.

       **export**___**path**___**metadata**
           If set to 1, will add two extra fields to the metadata found in input, making them also
           available for other filters (see _drawtext_ filter for examples). Default value is 0. The
           extra fields are described below:

           **lavf.image2dec.source**___**path**
               Corresponds to the full path to the input file being read.

           **lavf.image2dec.source**___**basename**
               Corresponds to the name of the file being read.

       _Examples_

       •   Use **ffmpeg** for creating a video from the images in the file sequence _img-001.jpeg_,
           _img-002.jpeg_, ..., assuming an input frame rate of 10 frames per second:

                   ffmpeg -framerate 10 -i 'img-%03d.jpeg' out.mkv

       •   As above, but start by reading from a file with index 100 in the sequence:

                   ffmpeg -framerate 10 -start_number 100 -i 'img-%03d.jpeg' out.mkv

       •   Read images matching the "*.png" glob pattern , that is all the files terminating with
           the ".png" suffix:

                   ffmpeg -framerate 10 -pattern_type glob -i "*.png" out.mkv

### libgme
       The Game Music Emu library is a collection of video game music file emulators.

       See <**<https://bitbucket.org/mpyne/game-music-emu/overview>**> for more information.

       It accepts the following options:

       **track**___**index**
           Set the index of which track to demux. The demuxer can only export one track.  Track
           indexes start at 0. Default is to pick the first track. Number of tracks is exported as
           _tracks_ metadata entry.

       **sample**___**rate**
           Set the sampling rate of the exported track. Range is 1000 to 999999. Default is 44100.

### max___size _(bytes)
           The demuxer buffers the entire file into memory. Adjust this value to set the maximum
           buffer size, which in turn, acts as a ceiling for the size of files that can be read.
           Default is 50 MiB.

### libmodplug
       ModPlug based module demuxer

       See <**<https://github.com/Konstanty/libmodplug>**>

       It will export one 2-channel 16-bit 44.1 kHz audio stream.  Optionally, a "pal8" 16-color
       video stream can be exported with or without printed metadata.

       It accepts the following options:

       **noise**___**reduction**
           Apply a simple low-pass filter. Can be 1 (on) or 0 (off). Default is 0.

       **reverb**___**depth**
           Set amount of reverb. Range 0-100. Default is 0.

       **reverb**___**delay**
           Set delay in ms, clamped to 40-250 ms. Default is 0.

       **bass**___**amount**
           Apply bass expansion a.k.a. XBass or megabass. Range is 0 (quiet) to 100 (loud). Default
           is 0.

       **bass**___**range**
           Set cutoff i.e. upper-bound for bass frequencies. Range is 10-100 Hz. Default is 0.

       **surround**___**depth**
           Apply a Dolby Pro-Logic surround effect. Range is 0 (quiet) to 100 (heavy). Default is 0.

       **surround**___**delay**
           Set surround delay in ms, clamped to 5-40 ms. Default is 0.

       **max**___**size**
           The demuxer buffers the entire file into memory. Adjust this value to set the maximum
           buffer size, which in turn, acts as a ceiling for the size of files that can be read.
           Range is 0 to 100 MiB.  0 removes buffer size limit (not recommended). Default is 5 MiB.

       **video**___**stream**___**expr**
           String which is evaluated using the eval API to assign colors to the generated video
           stream.  Variables which can be used are "x", "y", "w", "h", "t", "speed", "tempo",
           "order", "pattern" and "row".

       **video**___**stream**
           Generate video stream. Can be 1 (on) or 0 (off). Default is 0.

       **video**___**stream**___**w**
           Set video frame width in 'chars' where one char indicates 8 pixels. Range is 20-512.
           Default is 30.

       **video**___**stream**___**h**
           Set video frame height in 'chars' where one char indicates 8 pixels. Range is 20-512.
           Default is 30.

       **video**___**stream**___**ptxt**
           Print metadata on video stream. Includes "speed", "tempo", "order", "pattern", "row" and
           "ts" (time in ms). Can be 1 (on) or 0 (off). Default is 1.

### libopenmpt
       libopenmpt based module demuxer

       See <**<https://lib.openmpt.org/libopenmpt/>**> for more information.

       Some files have multiple subsongs (tracks) this can be set with the **subsong** option.

       It accepts the following options:

### subsong
           Set the subsong index. This can be either  'all', 'auto', or the index of the subsong.
           Subsong indexes start at 0. The default is 'auto'.

           The default value is to let libopenmpt choose.

### layout
           Set the channel layout. Valid values are 1, 2, and 4 channel layouts.  The default value
           is STEREO.

       **sample**___**rate**
           Set the sample rate for libopenmpt to output.  Range is from 1000 to INT_MAX. The value
           default is 48000.

### mov/mp4/3gp
       Demuxer for Quicktime File Format & ISO/IEC Base Media File Format (ISO/IEC 14496-12 or
       MPEG-4 Part 12, ISO/IEC 15444-12 or JPEG 2000 Part 12).

       Registered extensions: mov, mp4, m4a, 3gp, 3g2, mj2, psp, m4b, ism, ismv, isma, f4v

       _Options_

       This demuxer accepts the following options:

       **enable**___**drefs**
           Enable loading of external tracks, disabled by default.  Enabling this can theoretically
           leak information in some use cases.

       **use**___**absolute**___**path**
           Allows loading of external tracks via absolute paths, disabled by default.  Enabling this
           poses a security risk. It should only be enabled if the source is known to be non-
           malicious.

       **seek**___**streams**___**individually**
           When seeking, identify the closest point in each stream individually and demux packets in
           that stream from identified point. This can lead to a different sequence of packets
           compared to demuxing linearly from the beginning. Default is true.

       **ignore**___**editlist**
           Ignore any edit list atoms. The demuxer, by default, modifies the stream index to reflect
           the timeline described by the edit list. Default is false.

       **advanced**___**editlist**
           Modify the stream index to reflect the timeline described by the edit list.
           "ignore_editlist" must be set to false for this option to be effective.  If both
           "ignore_editlist" and this option are set to false, then only the start of the stream
           index is modified to reflect initial dwell time or starting timestamp described by the
           edit list. Default is true.

       **ignore**___**chapters**
           Don't parse chapters. This includes GoPro 'HiLight' tags/moments. Note that chapters are
           only parsed when input is seekable. Default is false.

       **use**___**mfra**___**for**
           For seekable fragmented input, set fragment's starting timestamp from media fragment
           random access box, if present.

           Following options are available:

           **auto**
               Auto-detect whether to set mfra timestamps as PTS or DTS _(default)_

           **dts** Set mfra timestamps as DTS

           **pts** Set mfra timestamps as PTS

           **0**   Don't use mfra box to set timestamps

       **export**___**all**
           Export unrecognized boxes within the _udta_ box as metadata entries. The first four
           characters of the box type are set as the key. Default is false.

       **export**___**xmp**
           Export entire contents of _XMP__ box and _uuid_ box as a string with key "xmp". Note that if
           "export_all" is set and this option isn't, the contents of _XMP__ box are still exported
           but with key "XMP_". Default is false.

       **activation**___**bytes**
           4-byte key required to decrypt Audible AAX and AAX+ files. See Audible AAX subsection
           below.

       **audible**___**fixed**___**key**
           Fixed key used for handling Audible AAX/AAX+ files. It has been pre-set so should not be
           necessary to specify.

       **decryption**___**key**
           16-byte key, in hex, to decrypt files encrypted using ISO Common Encryption (CENC/AES-128
           CTR; ISO/IEC 23001-7).

       _Audible_ _AAX_

       Audible AAX files are encrypted M4B files, and they can be decrypted by specifying a 4 byte
       activation secret.

               ffmpeg -activation_bytes 1CEB00DA -i test.aax -vn -c:a copy output.mp4

### mpegts
       MPEG-2 transport stream demuxer.

       This demuxer accepts the following options:

       **resync**___**size**
           Set size limit for looking up a new synchronization. Default value is 65536.

       **skip**___**unknown**___**pmt**
           Skip PMTs for programs not defined in the PAT. Default value is 0.

       **fix**___**teletext**___**pts**
           Override teletext packet PTS and DTS values with the timestamps calculated from the PCR
           of the first program which the teletext stream is part of and is not discarded. Default
           value is 1, set this option to 0 if you want your teletext packet PTS and DTS values
           untouched.

       **ts**___**packetsize**
           Output option carrying the raw packet size in bytes.  Show the detected raw packet size,
           cannot be set by the user.

       **scan**___**all**___**pmts**
           Scan and combine all PMTs. The value is an integer with value from -1 to 1 (-1 means
           automatic setting, 1 means enabled, 0 means disabled). Default value is -1.

       **merge**___**pmt**___**versions**
           Re-use existing streams when a PMT's version is updated and elementary streams move to
           different PIDs. Default value is 0.

### mpjpeg
       MJPEG encapsulated in multi-part MIME demuxer.

       This demuxer allows reading of MJPEG, where each frame is represented as a part of
       multipart/x-mixed-replace stream.

       **strict**___**mime**___**boundary**
           Default implementation applies a relaxed standard to multi-part MIME boundary detection,
           to prevent regression with numerous existing endpoints not generating a proper MIME MJPEG
           stream. Turning this option on by setting it to 1 will result in a stricter check of the
           boundary value.

### rawvideo
       Raw video demuxer.

       This demuxer allows one to read raw video data. Since there is no header specifying the
       assumed video parameters, the user must specify them in order to be able to decode the data
       correctly.

       This demuxer accepts the following options:

### framerate
           Set input video frame rate. Default value is 25.

       **pixel**___**format**
           Set the input video pixel format. Default value is "yuv420p".

       **video**___**size**
           Set the input video size. This value must be specified explicitly.

       For example to read a rawvideo file _input.raw_ with **ffplay**, assuming a pixel format of
       "rgb24", a video size of "320x240", and a frame rate of 10 images per second, use the
       command:

               ffplay -f rawvideo -pixel_format rgb24 -video_size 320x240 -framerate 10 input.raw

### sbg
       SBaGen script demuxer.

       This demuxer reads the script language used by SBaGen <**<http://uazu.net/sbagen/>**> to generate
       binaural beats sessions. A SBG script looks like that:

               -SE
               a: 300-2.5/3 440+4.5/0
               b: 300-2.5/0 440+4.5/3
               off: -
               NOW      == a
               +0:07:00 == b
               +0:14:00 == a
               +0:21:00 == b
               +0:30:00    off

       A SBG script can mix absolute and relative timestamps. If the script uses either only
       absolute timestamps (including the script start time) or only relative ones, then its layout
       is fixed, and the conversion is straightforward. On the other hand, if the script mixes both
       kind of timestamps, then the _NOW_ reference for relative timestamps will be taken from the
       current time of day at the time the script is read, and the script layout will be frozen
       according to that reference. That means that if the script is directly played, the actual
       times will match the absolute timestamps up to the sound controller's clock accuracy, but if
       the user somehow pauses the playback or seeks, all times will be shifted accordingly.

### tedcaptions
       JSON captions used for <**<http://www.ted.com/>**>.

       TED does not provide links to the captions, but they can be guessed from the page. The file
       _tools/bookmarklets.html_ from the FFmpeg source tree contains a bookmarklet to expose them.

       This demuxer accepts the following option:

       **start**___**time**
           Set the start time of the TED talk, in milliseconds. The default is 15000 (15s). It is
           used to sync the captions with the downloadable videos, because they include a 15s intro.

       Example: convert the captions to a format most players understand:

               ffmpeg -i <http://www.ted.com/talks/subtitles/id/1/lang/en> talk1-en.srt

### vapoursynth
       Vapoursynth wrapper.

       Due to security concerns, Vapoursynth scripts will not be autodetected so the input format
       has to be forced. For ff* CLI tools, add "-f vapoursynth" before the input "-i
       yourscript.vpy".

       This demuxer accepts the following option:

       **max**___**script**___**size**
           The demuxer buffers the entire script into memory. Adjust this value to set the maximum
           buffer size, which in turn, acts as a ceiling for the size of scripts that can be read.
           Default is 1 MiB.

## METADATA
       FFmpeg is able to dump metadata from media files into a simple UTF-8-encoded INI-like text
       file and then load it back using the metadata muxer/demuxer.

       The file format is as follows:

       1.  A file consists of a header and a number of metadata tags divided into sections, each on
           its own line.

       2.  The header is a **;FFMETADATA** string, followed by a version number (now 1).

       3.  Metadata tags are of the form **key=value**

       4.  Immediately after header follows global metadata

       5.  After global metadata there may be sections with per-stream/per-chapter metadata.

       6.  A section starts with the section name in uppercase (i.e. STREAM or CHAPTER) in brackets
           (**[**, **]**) and ends with next section or end of file.

       7.  At the beginning of a chapter section there may be an optional timebase to be used for
           start/end values. It must be in form **TIMEBASE=**_num_**/**_den_, where _num_ and _den_ are integers. If
           the timebase is missing then start/end times are assumed to be in nanoseconds.

           Next a chapter section must contain chapter start and end times in form **START=**_num_,
           **END=**_num_, where _num_ is a positive integer.

       8.  Empty lines and lines starting with **;** or **#** are ignored.

       9.  Metadata keys or values containing special characters (**=**, **;**, **#**, **\** and a newline) must be
           escaped with a backslash **\**.

       10. Note that whitespace in metadata (e.g. **foo** **=** **bar**) is considered to be a part of the tag
           (in the example above key is **foo** , value is
            **bar**).

       A ffmetadata file might look like this:

               ;FFMETADATA1
               title=bike\\shed
               ;this is a comment
               artist=FFmpeg troll team

               [CHAPTER]
               TIMEBASE=1/1000
               START=0
               #chapter ends at 0:01:00
               END=60000
               title=chapter \#1
               [STREAM]
               title=multi\
               line

       By using the ffmetadata muxer and demuxer it is possible to extract metadata from an input
       file to an ffmetadata file, and then transcode the file into an output file with the edited
       ffmetadata file.

       Extracting an ffmetadata file with _ffmpeg_ goes as follows:

               ffmpeg -i INPUT -f ffmetadata FFMETADATAFILE

       Reinserting edited metadata information from the FFMETADATAFILE file can be done as:

               ffmpeg -i INPUT -i FFMETADATAFILE -map_metadata 1 -codec copy OUTPUT

## PROTOCOL OPTIONS
       The libavformat library provides some generic global options, which can be set on all the
       protocols. In addition each protocol may support so-called private options, which are
       specific for that component.

       Options may be set by specifying -_option_ _value_ in the FFmpeg tools, or by setting the value
       explicitly in the "AVFormatContext" options or using the _libavutil/opt.h_ API for programmatic
       use.

       The list of supported options follows:

       **protocol**___**whitelist** _list_ **(**_input_**)**
           Set a ","-separated list of allowed protocols. "ALL" matches all protocols. Protocols
           prefixed by "-" are disabled.  All protocols are allowed by default but protocols used by
           an another protocol (nested protocols) are restricted to a per protocol subset.

## PROTOCOLS
       Protocols are configured elements in FFmpeg that enable access to resources that require
       specific protocols.

       When you configure your FFmpeg build, all the supported protocols are enabled by default. You
       can list all available ones using the configure option "--list-protocols".

       You can disable all the protocols using the configure option "--disable-protocols", and
       selectively enable a protocol using the option "--enable-protocol=_PROTOCOL_", or you can
       disable a particular protocol using the option "--disable-protocol=_PROTOCOL_".

       The option "-protocols" of the ff* tools will display the list of supported protocols.

       All protocols accept the following options:

       **rw**___**timeout**
           Maximum time to wait for (network) read/write operations to complete, in microseconds.

       A description of the currently available protocols follows.

### amqp
       Advanced Message Queueing Protocol (AMQP) version 0-9-1 is a broker based publish-subscribe
       communication protocol.

       FFmpeg must be compiled with --enable-librabbitmq to support AMQP. A separate AMQP broker
       must also be run. An example open-source AMQP broker is RabbitMQ.

       After starting the broker, an FFmpeg client may stream data to the broker using the command:

               ffmpeg -re -i input -f mpegts amqp://[[user]:[password]@]hostname[:port][/vhost]

       Where hostname and port (default is 5672) is the address of the broker. The client may also
       set a user/password for authentication. The default for both fields is "guest". Name of
       virtual host on broker can be set with vhost. The default value is "/".

       Muliple subscribers may stream from the broker using the command:

               ffplay amqp://[[user]:[password]@]hostname[:port][/vhost]

       In RabbitMQ all data published to the broker flows through a specific exchange, and each
       subscribing client has an assigned queue/buffer. When a packet arrives at an exchange, it may
       be copied to a client's queue depending on the exchange and routing_key fields.

       The following options are supported:

### exchange
           Sets the exchange to use on the broker. RabbitMQ has several predefined exchanges:
           "amq.direct" is the default exchange, where the publisher and subscriber must have a
           matching routing_key; "amq.fanout" is the same as a broadcast operation (i.e. the data is
           forwarded to all queues on the fanout exchange independent of the routing_key); and
           "amq.topic" is similar to "amq.direct", but allows for more complex pattern matching
           (refer to the RabbitMQ documentation).

       **routing**___**key**
           Sets the routing key. The default value is "amqp". The routing key is used on the
           "amq.direct" and "amq.topic" exchanges to decide whether packets are written to the queue
           of a subscriber.

       **pkt**___**size**
           Maximum size of each packet sent/received to the broker. Default is 131072.  Minimum is
           4096 and max is any large value (representable by an int). When receiving packets, this
           sets an internal buffer size in FFmpeg. It should be equal to or greater than the size of
           the published packets to the broker. Otherwise the received message may be truncated
           causing decoding errors.

       **connection**___**timeout**
           The timeout in seconds during the initial connection to the broker. The default value is
           rw_timeout, or 5 seconds if rw_timeout is not set.

       **delivery**___**mode** _mode_
           Sets the delivery mode of each message sent to broker.  The following values are
           accepted:

           **persistent**
               Delivery mode set to "persistent" (2). This is the default value.  Messages may be
               written to the broker's disk depending on its setup.

           **non-persistent**
               Delivery mode set to "non-persistent" (1).  Messages will stay in broker's memory
               unless the broker is under memory pressure.

### async
       Asynchronous data filling wrapper for input stream.

       Fill data in a background thread, to decouple I/O operation from demux thread.

               async:<URL>
               async:<http://host/resource>
               async:cache:<http://host/resource>

### bluray
       Read BluRay playlist.

       The accepted options are:

### angle
           BluRay angle

### chapter
           Start chapter (1...N)

### playlist
           Playlist to read (BDMV/PLAYLIST/?????.mpls)

       Examples:

       Read longest playlist from BluRay mounted to /mnt/bluray:

               bluray:/mnt/bluray

       Read angle 2 of playlist 4 from BluRay mounted to /mnt/bluray, start from chapter 2:

               -playlist 4 -angle 2 -chapter 2 bluray:/mnt/bluray

### cache
       Caching wrapper for input stream.

       Cache the input stream to temporary file. It brings seeking capability to live streams.

       The accepted options are:

       **read**___**ahead**___**limit**
           Amount in bytes that may be read ahead when seeking isn't supported. Range is -1 to
           INT_MAX.  -1 for unlimited. Default is 65536.

       URL Syntax is

               cache:<URL>

### concat
       Physical concatenation protocol.

       Read and seek from many resources in sequence as if they were a unique resource.

       A URL accepted by this protocol has the syntax:

               concat:<URL1>|<URL2>|...|<URLN>

       where _URL1_, _URL2_, ..., _URLN_ are the urls of the resource to be concatenated, each one
       possibly specifying a distinct protocol.

       For example to read a sequence of files _split1.mpeg_, _split2.mpeg_, _split3.mpeg_ with **ffplay** use
       the command:

               ffplay concat:split1.mpeg\|split2.mpeg\|split3.mpeg

       Note that you may need to escape the character "|" which is special for many shells.

### crypto
       AES-encrypted stream reading protocol.

       The accepted options are:

       **key** Set the AES decryption key binary block from given hexadecimal representation.

       **iv**  Set the AES decryption initialization vector binary block from given hexadecimal
           representation.

       Accepted URL formats:

               crypto:<URL>
               crypto+<URL>

### data
       Data in-line in the URI. See <**<http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Data>**___**URI**___**scheme**>.

       For example, to convert a GIF file given inline with **ffmpeg**:

               ffmpeg -i "data:image/gif;base64,R0lGODdhCAAIAMIEAAAAAAAA//8AAP//AP///////////////ywAAAAACAAIAAADF0gEDLojDgdGiJdJqUX02iB4E8Q9jUMkADs=" smiley.png

### file
       File access protocol.

       Read from or write to a file.

       A file URL can have the form:

               file:<filename>

       where _filename_ is the path of the file to read.

       An URL that does not have a protocol prefix will be assumed to be a file URL. Depending on
       the build, an URL that looks like a Windows path with the drive letter at the beginning will
       also be assumed to be a file URL (usually not the case in builds for unix-like systems).

       For example to read from a file _input.mpeg_ with **ffmpeg** use the command:

               ffmpeg -i file:input.mpeg output.mpeg

       This protocol accepts the following options:

### truncate
           Truncate existing files on write, if set to 1. A value of 0 prevents truncating. Default
           value is 1.

### blocksize
           Set I/O operation maximum block size, in bytes. Default value is "INT_MAX", which results
           in not limiting the requested block size.  Setting this value reasonably low improves
           user termination request reaction time, which is valuable for files on slow medium.

### follow
           If set to 1, the protocol will retry reading at the end of the file, allowing reading
           files that still are being written. In order for this to terminate, you either need to
           use the rw_timeout option, or use the interrupt callback (for API users).

### seekable
           Controls if seekability is advertised on the file. 0 means non-seekable, -1 means auto
           (seekable for normal files, non-seekable for named pipes).

           Many demuxers handle seekable and non-seekable resources differently, overriding this
           might speed up opening certain files at the cost of losing some features (e.g. accurate
           seeking).

### ftp
       FTP (File Transfer Protocol).

       Read from or write to remote resources using FTP protocol.

       Following syntax is required.

               ftp://[user[:password]@]server[:port]/path/to/remote/resource.mpeg

       This protocol accepts the following options.

### timeout
           Set timeout in microseconds of socket I/O operations used by the underlying low level
           operation. By default it is set to -1, which means that the timeout is not specified.

### ftp-user
           Set a user to be used for authenticating to the FTP server. This is overridden by the
           user in the FTP URL.

### ftp-password
           Set a password to be used for authenticating to the FTP server. This is overridden by the
           password in the FTP URL, or by **ftp-anonymous-password** if no user is set.

### ftp-anonymous-password
           Password used when login as anonymous user. Typically an e-mail address should be used.

### ftp-write-seekable
           Control seekability of connection during encoding. If set to 1 the resource is supposed
           to be seekable, if set to 0 it is assumed not to be seekable. Default value is 0.

       NOTE: Protocol can be used as output, but it is recommended to not do it, unless special care
       is taken (tests, customized server configuration etc.). Different FTP servers behave in
       different way during seek operation. ff* tools may produce incomplete content due to server
       limitations.

### gopher
       Gopher protocol.

### gophers
       Gophers protocol.

       The Gopher protocol with TLS encapsulation.

### hls
       Read Apple HTTP Live Streaming compliant segmented stream as a uniform one. The M3U8
       playlists describing the segments can be remote HTTP resources or local files, accessed using
       the standard file protocol.  The nested protocol is declared by specifying "+_proto_" after the
       hls URI scheme name, where _proto_ is either "file" or "http".

               hls+<http://host/path/to/remote/resource.m3u8>
               hls+file://path/to/local/resource.m3u8

       Using this protocol is discouraged - the hls demuxer should work just as well (if not, please
       report the issues) and is more complete.  To use the hls demuxer instead, simply use the
       direct URLs to the m3u8 files.

### http
       HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer Protocol).

       This protocol accepts the following options:

### seekable
           Control seekability of connection. If set to 1 the resource is supposed to be seekable,
           if set to 0 it is assumed not to be seekable, if set to -1 it will try to autodetect if
           it is seekable. Default value is -1.

       **chunked**___**post**
           If set to 1 use chunked Transfer-Encoding for posts, default is 1.

       **content**___**type**
           Set a specific content type for the POST messages or for listen mode.

       **http**___**proxy**
           set HTTP proxy to tunnel through e.g. <http://example.com:1234>

### headers
           Set custom HTTP headers, can override built in default headers. The value must be a
           string encoding the headers.

       **multiple**___**requests**
           Use persistent connections if set to 1, default is 0.

       **post**___**data**
           Set custom HTTP post data.

### referer
           Set the Referer header. Include 'Referer: URL' header in HTTP request.

       **user**___**agent**
           Override the User-Agent header. If not specified the protocol will use a string
           describing the libavformat build. ("Lavf/<version>")

### user-agent
           This is a deprecated option, you can use user_agent instead it.

       **reconnect**___**at**___**eof**
           If set then eof is treated like an error and causes reconnection, this is useful for live
           / endless streams.

       **reconnect**___**streamed**
           If set then even streamed/non seekable streams will be reconnected on errors.

       **reconnect**___**on**___**network**___**error**
           Reconnect automatically in case of TCP/TLS errors during connect.

       **reconnect**___**on**___**http**___**error**
           A comma separated list of HTTP status codes to reconnect on. The list can include
           specific status codes (e.g. '503') or the strings '4xx' / '5xx'.

       **reconnect**___**delay**___**max**
           Sets the maximum delay in seconds after which to give up reconnecting

       **mime**___**type**
           Export the MIME type.

       **http**___**version**
           Exports the HTTP response version number. Usually "1.0" or "1.1".

       **icy** If set to 1 request ICY (SHOUTcast) metadata from the server. If the server supports
           this, the metadata has to be retrieved by the application by reading the
           **icy**___**metadata**___**headers** and **icy**___**metadata**___**packet** options.  The default is 1.

       **icy**___**metadata**___**headers**
           If the server supports ICY metadata, this contains the ICY-specific HTTP reply headers,
           separated by newline characters.

       **icy**___**metadata**___**packet**
           If the server supports ICY metadata, and **icy** was set to 1, this contains the last non-
           empty metadata packet sent by the server. It should be polled in regular intervals by
           applications interested in mid-stream metadata updates.

### cookies
           Set the cookies to be sent in future requests. The format of each cookie is the same as
           the value of a Set-Cookie HTTP response field. Multiple cookies can be delimited by a
           newline character.

### offset
           Set initial byte offset.

       **end**___**offset**
           Try to limit the request to bytes preceding this offset.

### method
           When used as a client option it sets the HTTP method for the request.

           When used as a server option it sets the HTTP method that is going to be expected from
           the client(s).  If the expected and the received HTTP method do not match the client will
           be given a Bad Request response.  When unset the HTTP method is not checked for now. This
           will be replaced by autodetection in the future.

### listen
           If set to 1 enables experimental HTTP server. This can be used to send data when used as
           an output option, or read data from a client with HTTP POST when used as an input option.
           If set to 2 enables experimental multi-client HTTP server. This is not yet implemented in
           ffmpeg.c and thus must not be used as a command line option.

                   # Server side (sending):
                   ffmpeg -i somefile.ogg -c copy -listen 1 -f ogg http://<server>:<port>

                   # Client side (receiving):
                   ffmpeg -i http://<server>:<port> -c copy somefile.ogg

                   # Client can also be done with wget:
                   wget http://<server>:<port> -O somefile.ogg

                   # Server side (receiving):
                   ffmpeg -listen 1 -i http://<server>:<port> -c copy somefile.ogg

                   # Client side (sending):
                   ffmpeg -i somefile.ogg -chunked_post 0 -c copy -f ogg http://<server>:<port>

                   # Client can also be done with wget:
                   wget --post-file=somefile.ogg http://<server>:<port>

       **send**___**expect**___**100**
           Send an Expect: 100-continue header for POST. If set to 1 it will send, if set to 0 it
           won't, if set to -1 it will try to send if it is applicable. Default value is -1.

       **auth**___**type**
           Set HTTP authentication type. No option for Digest, since this method requires getting
           nonce parameters from the server first and can't be used straight away like Basic.

           **none**
               Choose the HTTP authentication type automatically. This is the default.

           **basic**
               Choose the HTTP basic authentication.

               Basic authentication sends a Base64-encoded string that contains a user name and
               password for the client. Base64 is not a form of encryption and should be considered
               the same as sending the user name and password in clear text (Base64 is a reversible
               encoding).  If a resource needs to be protected, strongly consider using an
               authentication scheme other than basic authentication. HTTPS/TLS should be used with
               basic authentication.  Without these additional security enhancements, basic
               authentication should not be used to protect sensitive or valuable information.

       _HTTP_ _Cookies_

       Some HTTP requests will be denied unless cookie values are passed in with the request. The
       **cookies** option allows these cookies to be specified. At the very least, each cookie must
       specify a value along with a path and domain.  HTTP requests that match both the domain and
       path will automatically include the cookie value in the HTTP Cookie header field. Multiple
       cookies can be delimited by a newline.

       The required syntax to play a stream specifying a cookie is:

               ffplay -cookies "nlqptid=nltid=tsn; path=/; domain=somedomain.com;" <http://somedomain.com/somestream.m3u8>

### Icecast
       Icecast protocol (stream to Icecast servers)

       This protocol accepts the following options:

       **ice**___**genre**
           Set the stream genre.

       **ice**___**name**
           Set the stream name.

       **ice**___**description**
           Set the stream description.

       **ice**___**url**
           Set the stream website URL.

       **ice**___**public**
           Set if the stream should be public.  The default is 0 (not public).

       **user**___**agent**
           Override the User-Agent header. If not specified a string of the form "Lavf/<version>"
           will be used.

### password
           Set the Icecast mountpoint password.

       **content**___**type**
           Set the stream content type. This must be set if it is different from audio/mpeg.

       **legacy**___**icecast**
           This enables support for Icecast versions < 2.4.0, that do not support the HTTP PUT
           method but the SOURCE method.

       **tls** Establish a TLS (HTTPS) connection to Icecast.

               icecast://[<username>[:<password>]@]<server>:<port>/<mountpoint>

### mmst
       MMS (Microsoft Media Server) protocol over TCP.

### mmsh
       MMS (Microsoft Media Server) protocol over HTTP.

       The required syntax is:

               mmsh://<server>[:<port>][/<app>][/<playpath>]

### md5
       MD5 output protocol.

       Computes the MD5 hash of the data to be written, and on close writes this to the designated
       output or stdout if none is specified. It can be used to test muxers without writing an
       actual file.

       Some examples follow.

               # Write the MD5 hash of the encoded AVI file to the file output.avi.md5.
               ffmpeg -i input.flv -f avi -y md5:output.avi.md5

               # Write the MD5 hash of the encoded AVI file to stdout.
               ffmpeg -i input.flv -f avi -y md5:

       Note that some formats (typically MOV) require the output protocol to be seekable, so they
       will fail with the MD5 output protocol.

### pipe
       UNIX pipe access protocol.

       Read and write from UNIX pipes.

       The accepted syntax is:

               pipe:[<number>]

       _number_ is the number corresponding to the file descriptor of the pipe (e.g. 0 for stdin, 1
       for stdout, 2 for stderr).  If _number_ is not specified, by default the stdout file descriptor
       will be used for writing, stdin for reading.

       For example to read from stdin with **ffmpeg**:

               cat test.wav | ffmpeg -i pipe:0
               # ...this is the same as...
               cat test.wav | ffmpeg -i pipe:

       For writing to stdout with **ffmpeg**:

               ffmpeg -i test.wav -f avi pipe:1 | cat > test.avi
               # ...this is the same as...
               ffmpeg -i test.wav -f avi pipe: | cat > test.avi

       This protocol accepts the following options:

### blocksize
           Set I/O operation maximum block size, in bytes. Default value is "INT_MAX", which results
           in not limiting the requested block size.  Setting this value reasonably low improves
           user termination request reaction time, which is valuable if data transmission is slow.

       Note that some formats (typically MOV), require the output protocol to be seekable, so they
       will fail with the pipe output protocol.

### prompeg
       Pro-MPEG Code of Practice #3 Release 2 FEC protocol.

       The Pro-MPEG CoP#3 FEC is a 2D parity-check forward error correction mechanism for MPEG-2
       Transport Streams sent over RTP.

       This protocol must be used in conjunction with the "rtp_mpegts" muxer and the "rtp" protocol.

       The required syntax is:

               -f rtp_mpegts -fec prompeg=<option>=<val>... rtp://<hostname>:<port>

       The destination UDP ports are "port + 2" for the column FEC stream and "port + 4" for the row
       FEC stream.

       This protocol accepts the following options:

       **l=**_n_ The number of columns (4-20, LxD <= 100)

       **d=**_n_ The number of rows (4-20, LxD <= 100)

       Example usage:

               -f rtp_mpegts -fec prompeg=l=8:d=4 rtp://<hostname>:<port>

### rist
       Reliable Internet Streaming Transport protocol

       The accepted options are:

       **rist**___**profile**
           Supported values:

           **simple**
           **main**
               This one is default.

           **advanced**
       **buffer**___**size**
           Set internal RIST buffer size in milliseconds for retransmission of data.  Default value
           is 0 which means the librist default (1 sec). Maximum value is 30 seconds.

       **pkt**___**size**
           Set maximum packet size for sending data. 1316 by default.

       **log**___**level**
           Set loglevel for RIST logging messages. You only need to set this if you explicitly want
           to enable debug level messages or packet loss simulation, otherwise the regular loglevel
           is respected.

### secret
           Set override of encryption secret, by default is unset.

### encryption
           Set encryption type, by default is disabled.  Acceptable values are 128 and 256.

### rtmp
       Real-Time Messaging Protocol.

       The Real-Time Messaging Protocol (RTMP) is used for streaming multimedia content across a
       TCP/IP network.

       The required syntax is:

               rtmp://[<username>:<password>@]<server>[:<port>][/<app>][/<instance>][/<playpath>]

       The accepted parameters are:

### username
           An optional username (mostly for publishing).

### password
           An optional password (mostly for publishing).

### server
           The address of the RTMP server.

### port
           The number of the TCP port to use (by default is 1935).

       **app** It is the name of the application to access. It usually corresponds to the path where the
           application is installed on the RTMP server (e.g. _/ondemand/_, _/flash/live/_, etc.). You
           can override the value parsed from the URI through the "rtmp_app" option, too.

### playpath
           It is the path or name of the resource to play with reference to the application
           specified in _app_, may be prefixed by "mp4:". You can override the value parsed from the
           URI through the "rtmp_playpath" option, too.

### listen
           Act as a server, listening for an incoming connection.

### timeout
           Maximum time to wait for the incoming connection. Implies listen.

       Additionally, the following parameters can be set via command line options (or in code via
       "AVOption"s):

       **rtmp**___**app**
           Name of application to connect on the RTMP server. This option overrides the parameter
           specified in the URI.

       **rtmp**___**buffer**
           Set the client buffer time in milliseconds. The default is 3000.

       **rtmp**___**conn**
           Extra arbitrary AMF connection parameters, parsed from a string, e.g. like "B:1 S:authMe
           O:1 NN:code:1.23 NS:flag:ok O:0".  Each value is prefixed by a single character denoting
           the type, B for Boolean, N for number, S for string, O for object, or Z for null,
           followed by a colon. For Booleans the data must be either 0 or 1 for FALSE or TRUE,
           respectively.  Likewise for Objects the data must be 0 or 1 to end or begin an object,
           respectively. Data items in subobjects may be named, by prefixing the type with 'N' and
           specifying the name before the value (i.e. "NB:myFlag:1"). This option may be used
           multiple times to construct arbitrary AMF sequences.

       **rtmp**___**flashver**
           Version of the Flash plugin used to run the SWF player. The default is LNX 9,0,124,2.
           (When publishing, the default is FMLE/3.0 (compatible; <libavformat version>).)

       **rtmp**___**flush**___**interval**
           Number of packets flushed in the same request (RTMPT only). The default is 10.

       **rtmp**___**live**
           Specify that the media is a live stream. No resuming or seeking in live streams is
           possible. The default value is "any", which means the subscriber first tries to play the
           live stream specified in the playpath. If a live stream of that name is not found, it
           plays the recorded stream. The other possible values are "live" and "recorded".

       **rtmp**___**pageurl**
           URL of the web page in which the media was embedded. By default no value will be sent.

       **rtmp**___**playpath**
           Stream identifier to play or to publish. This option overrides the parameter specified in
           the URI.

       **rtmp**___**subscribe**
           Name of live stream to subscribe to. By default no value will be sent.  It is only sent
           if the option is specified or if rtmp_live is set to live.

       **rtmp**___**swfhash**
           SHA256 hash of the decompressed SWF file (32 bytes).

       **rtmp**___**swfsize**
           Size of the decompressed SWF file, required for SWFVerification.

       **rtmp**___**swfurl**
           URL of the SWF player for the media. By default no value will be sent.

       **rtmp**___**swfverify**
           URL to player swf file, compute hash/size automatically.

       **rtmp**___**tcurl**
           URL of the target stream. Defaults to proto://host[:port]/app.

       For example to read with **ffplay** a multimedia resource named "sample" from the application
       "vod" from an RTMP server "myserver":

               ffplay rtmp://myserver/vod/sample

       To publish to a password protected server, passing the playpath and app names separately:

               ffmpeg -re -i <input> -f flv -rtmp_playpath some/long/path -rtmp_app long/app/name rtmp://username:password@myserver/

### rtmpe
       Encrypted Real-Time Messaging Protocol.

       The Encrypted Real-Time Messaging Protocol (RTMPE) is used for streaming multimedia content
       within standard cryptographic primitives, consisting of Diffie-Hellman key exchange and
       HMACSHA256, generating a pair of RC4 keys.

### rtmps
       Real-Time Messaging Protocol over a secure SSL connection.

       The Real-Time Messaging Protocol (RTMPS) is used for streaming multimedia content across an
       encrypted connection.

### rtmpt
       Real-Time Messaging Protocol tunneled through HTTP.

       The Real-Time Messaging Protocol tunneled through HTTP (RTMPT) is used for streaming
       multimedia content within HTTP requests to traverse firewalls.

### rtmpte
       Encrypted Real-Time Messaging Protocol tunneled through HTTP.

       The Encrypted Real-Time Messaging Protocol tunneled through HTTP (RTMPTE) is used for
       streaming multimedia content within HTTP requests to traverse firewalls.

### rtmpts
       Real-Time Messaging Protocol tunneled through HTTPS.

       The Real-Time Messaging Protocol tunneled through HTTPS (RTMPTS) is used for streaming
       multimedia content within HTTPS requests to traverse firewalls.

### libsmbclient
       libsmbclient permits one to manipulate CIFS/SMB network resources.

       Following syntax is required.

               smb://[[domain:]user[:password@]]server[/share[/path[/file]]]

       This protocol accepts the following options.

### timeout
           Set timeout in milliseconds of socket I/O operations used by the underlying low level
           operation. By default it is set to -1, which means that the timeout is not specified.

### truncate
           Truncate existing files on write, if set to 1. A value of 0 prevents truncating. Default
           value is 1.

### workgroup
           Set the workgroup used for making connections. By default workgroup is not specified.

       For more information see: <**<http://www.samba.org/>**>.

### libssh
       Secure File Transfer Protocol via libssh

       Read from or write to remote resources using SFTP protocol.

       Following syntax is required.

               sftp://[user[:password]@]server[:port]/path/to/remote/resource.mpeg

       This protocol accepts the following options.

### timeout
           Set timeout of socket I/O operations used by the underlying low level operation. By
           default it is set to -1, which means that the timeout is not specified.

### truncate
           Truncate existing files on write, if set to 1. A value of 0 prevents truncating. Default
           value is 1.

       **private**___**key**
           Specify the path of the file containing private key to use during authorization.  By
           default libssh searches for keys in the _~/.ssh/_ directory.

       Example: Play a file stored on remote server.

               ffplay sftp://user:password@server_address:22/home/user/resource.mpeg

### librtmp rtmp, rtmpe, rtmps, rtmpt, rtmpte
       Real-Time Messaging Protocol and its variants supported through librtmp.

       Requires the presence of the librtmp headers and library during configuration. You need to
       explicitly configure the build with "--enable-librtmp". If enabled this will replace the
       native RTMP protocol.

       This protocol provides most client functions and a few server functions needed to support
       RTMP, RTMP tunneled in HTTP (RTMPT), encrypted RTMP (RTMPE), RTMP over SSL/TLS (RTMPS) and
       tunneled variants of these encrypted types (RTMPTE, RTMPTS).

       The required syntax is:

               <rtmp_proto>://<server>[:<port>][/<app>][/<playpath>] <options>

       where _rtmp_proto_ is one of the strings "rtmp", "rtmpt", "rtmpe", "rtmps", "rtmpte", "rtmpts"
       corresponding to each RTMP variant, and _server_, _port_, _app_ and _playpath_ have the same meaning
       as specified for the RTMP native protocol.  _options_ contains a list of space-separated
       options of the form _key_=_val_.

       See the librtmp manual page (man 3 librtmp) for more information.

       For example, to stream a file in real-time to an RTMP server using **ffmpeg**:

               ffmpeg -re -i myfile -f flv rtmp://myserver/live/mystream

       To play the same stream using **ffplay**:

               ffplay "rtmp://myserver/live/mystream live=1"

### rtp
       Real-time Transport Protocol.

       The required syntax for an RTP URL is: rtp://_hostname_[:_port_][?_option_=_val_...]

       _port_ specifies the RTP port to use.

       The following URL options are supported:

       **ttl=**_n_
           Set the TTL (Time-To-Live) value (for multicast only).

       **rtcpport=**_n_
           Set the remote RTCP port to _n_.

       **localrtpport=**_n_
           Set the local RTP port to _n_.

       **localrtcpport=**_n_**'**
           Set the local RTCP port to _n_.

       **pkt**___**size=**_n_
           Set max packet size (in bytes) to _n_.

       **buffer**___**size=**_size_
           Set the maximum UDP socket buffer size in bytes.

### connect=0|1
           Do a "connect()" on the UDP socket (if set to 1) or not (if set to 0).

       **sources=**_ip_**[,**_ip_**]**
           List allowed source IP addresses.

       **block=**_ip_**[,**_ip_**]**
           List disallowed (blocked) source IP addresses.

       **write**___**to**___**source=0|1**
           Send packets to the source address of the latest received packet (if set to 1) or to a
           default remote address (if set to 0).

       **localport=**_n_
           Set the local RTP port to _n_.

       **timeout=**_n_
           Set timeout (in microseconds) of socket I/O operations to _n_.

           This is a deprecated option. Instead, **localrtpport** should be used.

       Important notes:

       1.  If **rtcpport** is not set the RTCP port will be set to the RTP port value plus 1.

       2.  If **localrtpport** (the local RTP port) is not set any available port will be used for the
           local RTP and RTCP ports.

       3.  If **localrtcpport** (the local RTCP port) is not set it will be set to the local RTP port
           value plus 1.

### rtsp
       Real-Time Streaming Protocol.

       RTSP is not technically a protocol handler in libavformat, it is a demuxer and muxer. The
       demuxer supports both normal RTSP (with data transferred over RTP; this is used by e.g. Apple
       and Microsoft) and Real-RTSP (with data transferred over RDT).

       The muxer can be used to send a stream using RTSP ANNOUNCE to a server supporting it
       (currently Darwin Streaming Server and Mischa Spiegelmock's
       <**<https://github.com/revmischa/rtsp-server>**>).

       The required syntax for a RTSP url is:

               rtsp://<hostname>[:<port>]/<path>

       Options can be set on the **ffmpeg**/**ffplay** command line, or set in code via "AVOption"s or in
       "avformat_open_input".

       The following options are supported.

       **initial**___**pause**
           Do not start playing the stream immediately if set to 1. Default value is 0.

       **rtsp**___**transport**
           Set RTSP transport protocols.

           It accepts the following values:

           **udp** Use UDP as lower transport protocol.

           **tcp** Use TCP (interleaving within the RTSP control channel) as lower transport protocol.

           **udp**___**multicast**
               Use UDP multicast as lower transport protocol.

           **http**
               Use HTTP tunneling as lower transport protocol, which is useful for passing proxies.

           Multiple lower transport protocols may be specified, in that case they are tried one at a
           time (if the setup of one fails, the next one is tried).  For the muxer, only the **tcp** and
           **udp** options are supported.

       **rtsp**___**flags**
           Set RTSP flags.

           The following values are accepted:

           **filter**___**src**
               Accept packets only from negotiated peer address and port.

           **listen**
               Act as a server, listening for an incoming connection.

           **prefer**___**tcp**
               Try TCP for RTP transport first, if TCP is available as RTSP RTP transport.

           Default value is **none**.

       **allowed**___**media**___**types**
           Set media types to accept from the server.

           The following flags are accepted:

           **video**
           **audio**
           **data**

           By default it accepts all media types.

       **min**___**port**
           Set minimum local UDP port. Default value is 5000.

       **max**___**port**
           Set maximum local UDP port. Default value is 65000.

### timeout
           Set maximum timeout (in seconds) to wait for incoming connections.

           A value of -1 means infinite (default). This option implies the **rtsp**___**flags** set to **listen**.

       **reorder**___**queue**___**size**
           Set number of packets to buffer for handling of reordered packets.

### stimeout
           Set socket TCP I/O timeout in microseconds.

### user-agent
           Override User-Agent header. If not specified, it defaults to the libavformat identifier
           string.

       When receiving data over UDP, the demuxer tries to reorder received packets (since they may
       arrive out of order, or packets may get lost totally). This can be disabled by setting the
       maximum demuxing delay to zero (via the "max_delay" field of AVFormatContext).

       When watching multi-bitrate Real-RTSP streams with **ffplay**, the streams to display can be
       chosen with "-vst" _n_ and "-ast" _n_ for video and audio respectively, and can be switched on
       the fly by pressing "v" and "a".

       _Examples_

       The following examples all make use of the **ffplay** and **ffmpeg** tools.

       •   Watch a stream over UDP, with a max reordering delay of 0.5 seconds:

                   ffplay -max_delay 500000 -rtsp_transport udp rtsp://server/video.mp4

       •   Watch a stream tunneled over HTTP:

                   ffplay -rtsp_transport http rtsp://server/video.mp4

       •   Send a stream in realtime to a RTSP server, for others to watch:

                   ffmpeg -re -i <input> -f rtsp -muxdelay 0.1 rtsp://server/live.sdp

       •   Receive a stream in realtime:

                   ffmpeg -rtsp_flags listen -i rtsp://ownaddress/live.sdp <output>

### sap
       Session Announcement Protocol (RFC 2974). This is not technically a protocol handler in
       libavformat, it is a muxer and demuxer.  It is used for signalling of RTP streams, by
       announcing the SDP for the streams regularly on a separate port.

       _Muxer_

       The syntax for a SAP url given to the muxer is:

               sap://<destination>[:<port>][?<options>]

       The RTP packets are sent to _destination_ on port _port_, or to port 5004 if no port is
       specified.  _options_ is a "&"-separated list. The following options are supported:

       **announce**___**addr=**_address_
           Specify the destination IP address for sending the announcements to.  If omitted, the
           announcements are sent to the commonly used SAP announcement multicast address
           224.2.127.254 (sap.mcast.net), or [ff0e::2](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/perldoc/ff0e%3A%3A2/markdown):7ffe if _destination_ is an IPv6 address.

       **announce**___**port=**_port_
           Specify the port to send the announcements on, defaults to 9875 if not specified.

       **ttl=**_ttl_
           Specify the time to live value for the announcements and RTP packets, defaults to 255.

       **same**___**port=**_0|1_
           If set to 1, send all RTP streams on the same port pair. If zero (the default), all
           streams are sent on unique ports, with each stream on a port 2 numbers higher than the
           previous.  VLC/Live555 requires this to be set to 1, to be able to receive the stream.
           The RTP stack in libavformat for receiving requires all streams to be sent on unique
           ports.

       Example command lines follow.

       To broadcast a stream on the local subnet, for watching in VLC:

               ffmpeg -re -i <input> -f sap sap://224.0.0.255?same_port=1

       Similarly, for watching in **ffplay**:

               ffmpeg -re -i <input> -f sap sap://224.0.0.255

       And for watching in **ffplay**, over IPv6:

               ffmpeg -re -i <input> -f sap sap://[[ff0e::1](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/perldoc/ff0e%3A%3A1/markdown):2:3:4]

       _Demuxer_

       The syntax for a SAP url given to the demuxer is:

               sap://[<address>][:<port>]

       _address_ is the multicast address to listen for announcements on, if omitted, the default
       224.2.127.254 (sap.mcast.net) is used. _port_ is the port that is listened on, 9875 if omitted.

       The demuxers listens for announcements on the given address and port.  Once an announcement
       is received, it tries to receive that particular stream.

       Example command lines follow.

       To play back the first stream announced on the normal SAP multicast address:

               ffplay sap://

       To play back the first stream announced on one the default IPv6 SAP multicast address:

               ffplay sap://[[ff0e::2](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/perldoc/ff0e%3A%3A2/markdown):7ffe]

### sctp
       Stream Control Transmission Protocol.

       The accepted URL syntax is:

               sctp://<host>:<port>[?<options>]

       The protocol accepts the following options:

### listen
           If set to any value, listen for an incoming connection. Outgoing connection is done by
           default.

       **max**___**streams**
           Set the maximum number of streams. By default no limit is set.

### srt
       Haivision Secure Reliable Transport Protocol via libsrt.

       The supported syntax for a SRT URL is:

               srt://<hostname>:<port>[?<options>]

       _options_ contains a list of &-separated options of the form _key_=_val_.

       or

               <options> srt://<hostname>:<port>

       _options_ contains a list of '-_key_ _val_' options.

       This protocol accepts the following options.

       **connect**___**timeout=**_milliseconds_
           Connection timeout; SRT cannot connect for RTT > 1500 msec (2 handshake exchanges) with
           the default connect timeout of 3 seconds. This option applies to the caller and
           rendezvous connection modes. The connect timeout is 10 times the value set for the
           rendezvous mode (which can be used as a workaround for this connection problem with
           earlier versions).

       **ffs=**_bytes_
           Flight Flag Size (Window Size), in bytes. FFS is actually an internal parameter and you
           should set it to not less than **recv**___**buffer**___**size** and **mss**. The default value is relatively
           large, therefore unless you set a very large receiver buffer, you do not need to change
           this option. Default value is 25600.

       **inputbw=**_bytes/seconds_
           Sender nominal input rate, in bytes per seconds. Used along with **oheadbw**, when **maxbw** is
           set to relative (0), to calculate maximum sending rate when recovery packets are sent
           along with the main media stream: **inputbw** * (100 + **oheadbw**) / 100 if **inputbw** is not set
           while **maxbw** is set to relative (0), the actual input rate is evaluated inside the
           library. Default value is 0.

       **iptos=**_tos_
           IP Type of Service. Applies to sender only. Default value is 0xB8.

       **ipttl=**_ttl_
           IP Time To Live. Applies to sender only. Default value is 64.

       **latency=**_microseconds_
           Timestamp-based Packet Delivery Delay.  Used to absorb bursts of missed packet
           retransmissions.  This flag sets both **rcvlatency** and **peerlatency** to the same value. Note
           that prior to version 1.3.0 this is the only flag to set the latency, however this is
           effectively equivalent to setting **peerlatency**, when side is sender and **rcvlatency** when
           side is receiver, and the bidirectional stream sending is not supported.

       **listen**___**timeout=**_microseconds_
           Set socket listen timeout.

       **maxbw=**_bytes/seconds_
           Maximum sending bandwidth, in bytes per seconds.  -1 infinite (CSRTCC limit is 30mbps) 0
           relative to input rate (see **inputbw**) >0 absolute limit value Default value is 0
           (relative)

       **mode=**_caller|listener|rendezvous_
           Connection mode.  **caller** opens client connection.  **listener** starts server to listen for
           incoming connections.  **rendezvous** use Rendez-Vous connection mode.  Default value is
           caller.

       **mss=**_bytes_
           Maximum Segment Size, in bytes. Used for buffer allocation and rate calculation using a
           packet counter assuming fully filled packets. The smallest MSS between the peers is used.
           This is 1500 by default in the overall internet.  This is the maximum size of the UDP
           packet and can be only decreased, unless you have some unusual dedicated network
           settings. Default value is 1500.

       **nakreport=**_1|0_
           If set to 1, Receiver will send `UMSG_LOSSREPORT` messages periodically until a lost
           packet is retransmitted or intentionally dropped. Default value is 1.

       **oheadbw=**_percents_
           Recovery bandwidth overhead above input rate, in percents.  See **inputbw**. Default value is
           25%.

       **passphrase=**_string_
           HaiCrypt Encryption/Decryption Passphrase string, length from 10 to 79 characters. The
           passphrase is the shared secret between the sender and the receiver. It is used to
           generate the Key Encrypting Key using PBKDF2 (Password-Based Key Derivation Function). It
           is used only if **pbkeylen** is non-zero. It is used on the receiver only if the received
           data is encrypted.  The configured passphrase cannot be recovered (write-only).

       **enforced**___**encryption=**_1|0_
           If true, both connection parties must have the same password set (including empty, that
           is, with no encryption). If the password doesn't match or only one side is unencrypted,
           the connection is rejected. Default is true.

       **kmrefreshrate=**_packets_
           The number of packets to be transmitted after which the encryption key is switched to a
           new key. Default is -1.  -1 means auto (0x1000000 in srt library). The range for this
           option is integers in the 0 - "INT_MAX".

       **kmpreannounce=**_packets_
           The interval between when a new encryption key is sent and when switchover occurs. This
           value also applies to the subsequent interval between when switchover occurs and when the
           old encryption key is decommissioned. Default is -1.  -1 means auto (0x1000 in srt
           library). The range for this option is integers in the 0 - "INT_MAX".

       **payload**___**size=**_bytes_
           Sets the maximum declared size of a packet transferred during the single call to the
           sending function in Live mode. Use 0 if this value isn't used (which is default in file
           mode).  Default is -1 (automatic), which typically means MPEG-TS; if you are going to use
           SRT to send any different kind of payload, such as, for example, wrapping a live stream
           in very small frames, then you can use a bigger maximum frame size, though not greater
           than 1456 bytes.

       **pkt**___**size=**_bytes_
           Alias for **payload**___**size**.

       **peerlatency=**_microseconds_
           The latency value (as described in **rcvlatency**) that is set by the sender side as a
           minimum value for the receiver.

       **pbkeylen=**_bytes_
           Sender encryption key length, in bytes.  Only can be set to 0, 16, 24 and 32.  Enable
           sender encryption if not 0.  Not required on receiver (set to 0), key size obtained from
           sender in HaiCrypt handshake.  Default value is 0.

       **rcvlatency=**_microseconds_
           The time that should elapse since the moment when the packet was sent and the moment when
           it's delivered to the receiver application in the receiving function.  This time should
           be a buffer time large enough to cover the time spent for sending, unexpectedly extended
           RTT time, and the time needed to retransmit the lost UDP packet. The effective latency
           value will be the maximum of this options' value and the value of **peerlatency** set by the
           peer side. Before version 1.3.0 this option is only available as **latency**.

       **recv**___**buffer**___**size=**_bytes_
           Set UDP receive buffer size, expressed in bytes.

       **send**___**buffer**___**size=**_bytes_
           Set UDP send buffer size, expressed in bytes.

       **timeout=**_microseconds_
           Set raise error timeouts for read, write and connect operations. Note that the SRT
           library has internal timeouts which can be controlled separately, the value set here is
           only a cap on those.

       **tlpktdrop=**_1|0_
           Too-late Packet Drop. When enabled on receiver, it skips missing packets that have not
           been delivered in time and delivers the following packets to the application when their
           time-to-play has come. It also sends a fake ACK to the sender. When enabled on sender and
           enabled on the receiving peer, the sender drops the older packets that have no chance of
           being delivered in time. It was automatically enabled in the sender if the receiver
           supports it.

       **sndbuf=**_bytes_
           Set send buffer size, expressed in bytes.

       **rcvbuf=**_bytes_
           Set receive buffer size, expressed in bytes.

           Receive buffer must not be greater than **ffs**.

       **lossmaxttl=**_packets_
           The value up to which the Reorder Tolerance may grow. When Reorder Tolerance is > 0, then
           packet loss report is delayed until that number of packets come in. Reorder Tolerance
           increases every time a "belated" packet has come, but it wasn't due to retransmission
           (that is, when UDP packets tend to come out of order), with the difference between the
           latest sequence and this packet's sequence, and not more than the value of this option.
           By default it's 0, which means that this mechanism is turned off, and the loss report is
           always sent immediately upon experiencing a "gap" in sequences.

### minversion
           The minimum SRT version that is required from the peer. A connection to a peer that does
           not satisfy the minimum version requirement will be rejected.

           The version format in hex is 0xXXYYZZ for x.y.z in human readable form.

       **streamid=**_string_
           A string limited to 512 characters that can be set on the socket prior to connecting.
           This stream ID will be able to be retrieved by the listener side from the socket that is
           returned from srt_accept and was connected by a socket with that set stream ID. SRT does
           not enforce any special interpretation of the contents of this string.  This option
           doesnXt make sense in Rendezvous connection; the result might be that simply one side
           will override the value from the other side and itXs the matter of luck which one would
           win

       **smoother=**_live|file_
           The type of Smoother used for the transmission for that socket, which is responsible for
           the transmission and congestion control. The Smoother type must be exactly the same on
           both connecting parties, otherwise the connection is rejected.

       **messageapi=**_1|0_
           When set, this socket uses the Message API, otherwise it uses Buffer API. Note that in
           live mode (see **transtype**) thereXs only message API available. In File mode you can chose
           to use one of two modes:

           Stream API (default, when this option is false). In this mode you may send as many data
           as you wish with one sending instruction, or even use dedicated functions that read
           directly from a file. The internal facility will take care of any speed and congestion
           control. When receiving, you can also receive as many data as desired, the data not
           extracted will be waiting for the next call. There is no boundary between data portions
           in the Stream mode.

           Message API. In this mode your single sending instruction passes exactly one piece of
           data that has boundaries (a message). Contrary to Live mode, this message may span across
           multiple UDP packets and the only size limitation is that it shall fit as a whole in the
           sending buffer. The receiver shall use as large buffer as necessary to receive the
           message, otherwise the message will not be given up. When the message is not complete
           (not all packets received or there was a packet loss) it will not be given up.

       **transtype=**_live|file_
           Sets the transmission type for the socket, in particular, setting this option sets
           multiple other parameters to their default values as required for a particular
           transmission type.

           live: Set options as for live transmission. In this mode, you should send by one sending
           instruction only so many data that fit in one UDP packet, and limited to the value
           defined first in **payload**___**size** (1316 is default in this mode). There is no speed control
           in this mode, only the bandwidth control, if configured, in order to not exceed the
           bandwidth with the overhead transmission (retransmitted and control packets).

           file: Set options as for non-live transmission. See **messageapi** for further explanations

       **linger=**_seconds_
           The number of seconds that the socket waits for unsent data when closing.  Default is -1.
           -1 means auto (off with 0 seconds in live mode, on with 180 seconds in file mode). The
           range for this option is integers in the 0 - "INT_MAX".

       For more information see: <**<https://github.com/Haivision/srt>**>.

### srtp
       Secure Real-time Transport Protocol.

       The accepted options are:

       **srtp**___**in**___**suite**
       **srtp**___**out**___**suite**
           Select input and output encoding suites.

           Supported values:

           **AES**___**CM**___**128**___**HMAC**___**SHA1**___**80**
           **SRTP**___**AES128**___**CM**___**HMAC**___**SHA1**___**80**
           **AES**___**CM**___**128**___**HMAC**___**SHA1**___**32**
           **SRTP**___**AES128**___**CM**___**HMAC**___**SHA1**___**32**
       **srtp**___**in**___**params**
       **srtp**___**out**___**params**
           Set input and output encoding parameters, which are expressed by a base64-encoded
           representation of a binary block. The first 16 bytes of this binary block are used as
           master key, the following 14 bytes are used as master salt.

### subfile
       Virtually extract a segment of a file or another stream.  The underlying stream must be
       seekable.

       Accepted options:

### start
           Start offset of the extracted segment, in bytes.

       **end** End offset of the extracted segment, in bytes.  If set to 0, extract till end of file.

       Examples:

       Extract a chapter from a DVD VOB file (start and end sectors obtained externally and
       multiplied by 2048):

               subfile,,start,153391104,end,268142592,,:/media/dvd/VIDEO_TS/VTS_08_1.VOB

       Play an AVI file directly from a TAR archive:

               subfile,,start,183241728,end,366490624,,:archive.tar

       Play a MPEG-TS file from start offset till end:

               subfile,,start,32815239,end,0,,:video.ts

### tee
       Writes the output to multiple protocols. The individual outputs are separated by |

               tee:file://path/to/local/this.avi|file://path/to/local/that.avi

### tcp
       Transmission Control Protocol.

       The required syntax for a TCP url is:

               tcp://<hostname>:<port>[?<options>]

       _options_ contains a list of &-separated options of the form _key_=_val_.

       The list of supported options follows.

       **listen=**_2|1|0_
           Listen for an incoming connection. 0 disables listen, 1 enables listen in single client
           mode, 2 enables listen in multi-client mode. Default value is 0.

       **timeout=**_microseconds_
           Set raise error timeout, expressed in microseconds.

           This option is only relevant in read mode: if no data arrived in more than this time
           interval, raise error.

       **listen**___**timeout=**_milliseconds_
           Set listen timeout, expressed in milliseconds.

       **recv**___**buffer**___**size=**_bytes_
           Set receive buffer size, expressed bytes.

       **send**___**buffer**___**size=**_bytes_
           Set send buffer size, expressed bytes.

       **tcp**___**nodelay=**_1|0_
           Set TCP_NODELAY to disable Nagle's algorithm. Default value is 0.

       **tcp**___**mss=**_bytes_
           Set maximum segment size for outgoing TCP packets, expressed in bytes.

       The following example shows how to setup a listening TCP connection with **ffmpeg**, which is
       then accessed with **ffplay**:

               ffmpeg -i <input> -f <format> tcp://<hostname>:<port>?listen
               ffplay tcp://<hostname>:<port>

### tls
       Transport Layer Security (TLS) / Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)

       The required syntax for a TLS/SSL url is:

               tls://<hostname>:<port>[?<options>]

       The following parameters can be set via command line options (or in code via "AVOption"s):

       **ca**___**file,** **cafile=**_filename_
           A file containing certificate authority (CA) root certificates to treat as trusted. If
           the linked TLS library contains a default this might not need to be specified for
           verification to work, but not all libraries and setups have defaults built in.  The file
           must be in OpenSSL PEM format.

       **tls**___**verify=**_1|0_
           If enabled, try to verify the peer that we are communicating with.  Note, if using
           OpenSSL, this currently only makes sure that the peer certificate is signed by one of the
           root certificates in the CA database, but it does not validate that the certificate
           actually matches the host name we are trying to connect to. (With other backends, the
           host name is validated as well.)

           This is disabled by default since it requires a CA database to be provided by the caller
           in many cases.

       **cert**___**file,** **cert=**_filename_
           A file containing a certificate to use in the handshake with the peer.  (When operating
           as server, in listen mode, this is more often required by the peer, while client
           certificates only are mandated in certain setups.)

       **key**___**file,** **key=**_filename_
           A file containing the private key for the certificate.

       **listen=**_1|0_
           If enabled, listen for connections on the provided port, and assume the server role in
           the handshake instead of the client role.

       **http**___**proxy**
           The HTTP proxy to tunnel through, e.g. "<http://example.com:1234>".  The proxy must support
           the CONNECT method.

       Example command lines:

       To create a TLS/SSL server that serves an input stream.

               ffmpeg -i <input> -f <format> tls://<hostname>:<port>?listen&cert=<server.crt>&key=<server.key>

       To play back a stream from the TLS/SSL server using **ffplay**:

               ffplay tls://<hostname>:<port>

### udp
       User Datagram Protocol.

       The required syntax for an UDP URL is:

               udp://<hostname>:<port>[?<options>]

       _options_ contains a list of &-separated options of the form _key_=_val_.

       In case threading is enabled on the system, a circular buffer is used to store the incoming
       data, which allows one to reduce loss of data due to UDP socket buffer overruns. The
       _fifo_size_ and _overrun_nonfatal_ options are related to this buffer.

       The list of supported options follows.

       **buffer**___**size=**_size_
           Set the UDP maximum socket buffer size in bytes. This is used to set either the receive
           or send buffer size, depending on what the socket is used for.  Default is 32 KB for
           output, 384 KB for input.  See also _fifo_size_.

       **bitrate=**_bitrate_
           If set to nonzero, the output will have the specified constant bitrate if the input has
           enough packets to sustain it.

       **burst**___**bits=**_bits_
           When using _bitrate_ this specifies the maximum number of bits in packet bursts.

       **localport=**_port_
           Override the local UDP port to bind with.

       **localaddr=**_addr_
           Local IP address of a network interface used for sending packets or joining multicast
           groups.

       **pkt**___**size=**_size_
           Set the size in bytes of UDP packets.

       **reuse=**_1|0_
           Explicitly allow or disallow reusing UDP sockets.

       **ttl=**_ttl_
           Set the time to live value (for multicast only).

       **connect=**_1|0_
           Initialize the UDP socket with "connect()". In this case, the destination address can't
           be changed with ff_udp_set_remote_url later.  If the destination address isn't known at
           the start, this option can be specified in ff_udp_set_remote_url, too.  This allows
           finding out the source address for the packets with getsockname, and makes writes return
           with AVERROR(ECONNREFUSED) if "destination unreachable" is received.  For receiving, this
           gives the benefit of only receiving packets from the specified peer address/port.

       **sources=**_address_**[,**_address_**]**
           Only receive packets sent from the specified addresses. In case of multicast, also
           subscribe to multicast traffic coming from these addresses only.

       **block=**_address_**[,**_address_**]**
           Ignore packets sent from the specified addresses. In case of multicast, also exclude the
           source addresses in the multicast subscription.

       **fifo**___**size=**_units_
           Set the UDP receiving circular buffer size, expressed as a number of packets with size of
           188 bytes. If not specified defaults to 7*4096.

       **overrun**___**nonfatal=**_1|0_
           Survive in case of UDP receiving circular buffer overrun. Default value is 0.

       **timeout=**_microseconds_
           Set raise error timeout, expressed in microseconds.

           This option is only relevant in read mode: if no data arrived in more than this time
           interval, raise error.

       **broadcast=**_1|0_
           Explicitly allow or disallow UDP broadcasting.

           Note that broadcasting may not work properly on networks having a broadcast storm
           protection.

       _Examples_

       •   Use **ffmpeg** to stream over UDP to a remote endpoint:

                   ffmpeg -i <input> -f <format> udp://<hostname>:<port>

       •   Use **ffmpeg** to stream in mpegts format over UDP using 188 sized UDP packets, using a large
           input buffer:

                   ffmpeg -i <input> -f mpegts udp://<hostname>:<port>?pkt_size=188&buffer_size=65535

       •   Use **ffmpeg** to receive over UDP from a remote endpoint:

                   ffmpeg -i udp://[<multicast-address>]:<port> ...

### unix
       Unix local socket

       The required syntax for a Unix socket URL is:

               unix://<filepath>

       The following parameters can be set via command line options (or in code via "AVOption"s):

### timeout
           Timeout in ms.

### listen
           Create the Unix socket in listening mode.

### zmq
       ZeroMQ asynchronous messaging using the libzmq library.

       This library supports unicast streaming to multiple clients without relying on an external
       server.

       The required syntax for streaming or connecting to a stream is:

               zmq:tcp://ip-address:port

       Example: Create a localhost stream on port 5555:

               ffmpeg -re -i input -f mpegts zmq:tcp://127.0.0.1:5555

       Multiple clients may connect to the stream using:

               ffplay zmq:tcp://127.0.0.1:5555

       Streaming to multiple clients is implemented using a ZeroMQ Pub-Sub pattern.  The server side
       binds to a port and publishes data. Clients connect to the server (via IP address/port) and
       subscribe to the stream. The order in which the server and client start generally does not
       matter.

       ffmpeg must be compiled with the --enable-libzmq option to support this protocol.

       Options can be set on the **ffmpeg**/**ffplay** command line. The following options are supported:

       **pkt**___**size**
           Forces the maximum packet size for sending/receiving data. The default value is 131,072
           bytes. On the server side, this sets the maximum size of sent packets via ZeroMQ. On the
           clients, it sets an internal buffer size for receiving packets. Note that pkt_size on the
           clients should be equal to or greater than pkt_size on the server. Otherwise the received
           message may be truncated causing decoding errors.

## DEVICE OPTIONS
       The libavdevice library provides the same interface as libavformat. Namely, an input device
       is considered like a demuxer, and an output device like a muxer, and the interface and
       generic device options are the same provided by libavformat (see the ffmpeg-formats manual).

       In addition each input or output device may support so-called private options, which are
       specific for that component.

       Options may be set by specifying -_option_ _value_ in the FFmpeg tools, or by setting the value
       explicitly in the device "AVFormatContext" options or using the _libavutil/opt.h_ API for
       programmatic use.

## INPUT DEVICES
       Input devices are configured elements in FFmpeg which enable accessing the data coming from a
       multimedia device attached to your system.

       When you configure your FFmpeg build, all the supported input devices are enabled by default.
       You can list all available ones using the configure option "--list-indevs".

       You can disable all the input devices using the configure option "--disable-indevs", and
       selectively enable an input device using the option "--enable-indev=_INDEV_", or you can
       disable a particular input device using the option "--disable-indev=_INDEV_".

       The option "-devices" of the ff* tools will display the list of supported input devices.

       A description of the currently available input devices follows.

### alsa
       ALSA (Advanced Linux Sound Architecture) input device.

       To enable this input device during configuration you need libasound installed on your system.

       This device allows capturing from an ALSA device. The name of the device to capture has to be
       an ALSA card identifier.

       An ALSA identifier has the syntax:

               hw:<CARD>[,<DEV>[,<SUBDEV>]]

       where the _DEV_ and _SUBDEV_ components are optional.

       The three arguments (in order: _CARD_,_DEV_,_SUBDEV_) specify card number or identifier, device
       number and subdevice number (-1 means any).

       To see the list of cards currently recognized by your system check the files
       _/proc/asound/cards_ and _/proc/asound/devices_.

       For example to capture with **ffmpeg** from an ALSA device with card id 0, you may run the
       command:

               ffmpeg -f alsa -i hw:0 alsaout.wav

       For more information see: <**<http://www.alsa-project.org/alsa-doc/alsa-lib/pcm.html>**>

       _Options_

       **sample**___**rate**
           Set the sample rate in Hz. Default is 48000.

### channels
           Set the number of channels. Default is 2.

   **android**___**camera**
       Android camera input device.

       This input devices uses the Android Camera2 NDK API which is available on devices with API
       level 24+. The availability of android_camera is autodetected during configuration.

       This device allows capturing from all cameras on an Android device, which are integrated into
       the Camera2 NDK API.

       The available cameras are enumerated internally and can be selected with the _camera_index_
       parameter. The input file string is discarded.

       Generally the back facing camera has index 0 while the front facing camera has index 1.

       _Options_

       **video**___**size**
           Set the video size given as a string such as 640x480 or hd720.  Falls back to the first
           available configuration reported by Android if requested video size is not available or
           by default.

### framerate
           Set the video framerate.  Falls back to the first available configuration reported by
           Android if requested framerate is not available or by default (-1).

       **camera**___**index**
           Set the index of the camera to use. Default is 0.

       **input**___**queue**___**size**
           Set the maximum number of frames to buffer. Default is 5.

### avfoundation
       AVFoundation input device.

       AVFoundation is the currently recommended framework by Apple for streamgrabbing on OSX >=
       10.7 as well as on iOS.

       The input filename has to be given in the following syntax:

               -i "[[VIDEO]:[AUDIO]]"

       The first entry selects the video input while the latter selects the audio input.  The stream
       has to be specified by the device name or the device index as shown by the device list.
       Alternatively, the video and/or audio input device can be chosen by index using the

           B<-video_device_index E<lt>INDEXE<gt>>

       and/or

           B<-audio_device_index E<lt>INDEXE<gt>>

       , overriding any device name or index given in the input filename.

       All available devices can be enumerated by using **-list**___**devices** **true**, listing all device names
       and corresponding indices.

       There are two device name aliases:

       "default"
           Select the AVFoundation default device of the corresponding type.

       "none"
           Do not record the corresponding media type.  This is equivalent to specifying an empty
           device name or index.

       _Options_

       AVFoundation supports the following options:

### -list
           If set to true, a list of all available input devices is given showing all device names
           and indices.

### -video
           Specify the video device by its index. Overrides anything given in the input filename.

### -audio
           Specify the audio device by its index. Overrides anything given in the input filename.

### -pixel
           Request the video device to use a specific pixel format.  If the specified format is not
           supported, a list of available formats is given and the first one in this list is used
           instead. Available pixel formats are: "monob, rgb555be, rgb555le, rgb565be, rgb565le,
           rgb24, bgr24, 0rgb, bgr0, 0bgr, rgb0,
            bgr48be, uyvy422, yuva444p, yuva444p16le, yuv444p, yuv422p16, yuv422p10, yuv444p10,
            yuv420p, nv12, yuyv422, gray"

### -framerate
           Set the grabbing frame rate. Default is "ntsc", corresponding to a frame rate of
           "30000/1001".

### -video
           Set the video frame size.

### -capture
           Capture the mouse pointer. Default is 0.

### -capture
           Capture the screen mouse clicks. Default is 0.

### -capture
           Capture the raw device data. Default is 0.  Using this option may result in receiving the
           underlying data delivered to the AVFoundation framework. E.g. for muxed devices that
           sends raw DV data to the framework (like tape-based camcorders), setting this option to
           false results in extracted video frames captured in the designated pixel format only.
           Setting this option to true results in receiving the raw DV stream untouched.

       _Examples_

       •   Print the list of AVFoundation supported devices and exit:

                   $ ffmpeg -f avfoundation -list_devices true -i ""

       •   Record video from video device 0 and audio from audio device 0 into out.avi:

                   $ ffmpeg -f avfoundation -i "0:0" out.avi

       •   Record video from video device 2 and audio from audio device 1 into out.avi:

                   $ ffmpeg -f avfoundation -video_device_index 2 -i ":1" out.avi

       •   Record video from the system default video device using the pixel format bgr0 and do not
           record any audio into out.avi:

                   $ ffmpeg -f avfoundation -pixel_format bgr0 -i "default:none" out.avi

       •   Record raw DV data from a suitable input device and write the output into out.dv:

                   $ ffmpeg -f avfoundation -capture_raw_data true -i "zr100:none" out.dv

### bktr
       BSD video input device.

       _Options_

### framerate
           Set the frame rate.

       **video**___**size**
           Set the video frame size. Default is "vga".

### standard
           Available values are:

           **pal**
           **ntsc**
           **secam**
           **paln**
           **palm**
           **ntscj**

### decklink
       The decklink input device provides capture capabilities for Blackmagic DeckLink devices.

       To enable this input device, you need the Blackmagic DeckLink SDK and you need to configure
       with the appropriate "--extra-cflags" and "--extra-ldflags".  On Windows, you need to run the
       IDL files through **widl**.

       DeckLink is very picky about the formats it supports. Pixel format of the input can be set
       with **raw**___**format**.  Framerate and video size must be determined for your device with
### -list
       16. Note that all audio channels are bundled in one single audio track.

       _Options_

       **list**___**devices**
           If set to **true**, print a list of devices and exit.  Defaults to **false**. This option is
           deprecated, please use the "-sources" option of ffmpeg to list the available input
           devices.

       **list**___**formats**
           If set to **true**, print a list of supported formats and exit.  Defaults to **false**.

       **format**___**code** **<FourCC>**
           This sets the input video format to the format given by the FourCC. To see the supported
           values of your device(s) use **list**___**formats**.  Note that there is a FourCC **'pal** **'** that can
           also be used as **pal** (3 letters).  Default behavior is autodetection of the input video
           format, if the hardware supports it.

       **raw**___**format**
           Set the pixel format of the captured video.  Available values are:

           **auto**
               This is the default which means 8-bit YUV 422 or 8-bit ARGB if format autodetection
               is used, 8-bit YUV 422 otherwise.

           **uyvy422**
               8-bit YUV 422.

           **yuv422p10**
               10-bit YUV 422.

           **argb**
               8-bit RGB.

           **bgra**
               8-bit RGB.

           **rgb10**
               10-bit RGB.

       **teletext**___**lines**
           If set to nonzero, an additional teletext stream will be captured from the vertical
           ancillary data. Both SD PAL (576i) and HD (1080i or 1080p) sources are supported. In case
           of HD sources, OP47 packets are decoded.

           This option is a bitmask of the SD PAL VBI lines captured, specifically lines 6 to 22,
           and lines 318 to 335. Line 6 is the LSB in the mask. Selected lines which do not contain
           teletext information will be ignored. You can use the special **all** constant to select all
           possible lines, or **standard** to skip lines 6, 318 and 319, which are not compatible with
           all receivers.

           For SD sources, ffmpeg needs to be compiled with "--enable-libzvbi". For HD sources, on
           older (pre-4K) DeckLink card models you have to capture in 10 bit mode.

### channels
           Defines number of audio channels to capture. Must be **2**, **8** or **16**.  Defaults to **2**.

       **duplex**___**mode**
           Sets the decklink device duplex mode. Must be **unset**, **half** or **full**.  Defaults to **unset**.

       **timecode**___**format**
           Timecode type to include in the frame and video stream metadata. Must be **none**, **rp188vitc**,
           **rp188vitc2**, **rp188ltc**, **rp188hfr**, **rp188any**, **vitc**, **vitc2**, or **serial**.  Defaults to **none** (not
           included).

           In order to properly support 50/60 fps timecodes, the ordering of the queried timecode
           types for **rp188any** is HFR, VITC1, VITC2 and LTC for >30 fps content. Note that this is
           slightly different to the ordering used by the DeckLink API, which is HFR, VITC1, LTC,
           VITC2.

       **video**___**input**
           Sets the video input source. Must be **unset**, **sdi**, **hdmi**, **optical**___**sdi**, **component**, **composite**
           or **s**___**video**.  Defaults to **unset**.

       **audio**___**input**
           Sets the audio input source. Must be **unset**, **embedded**, **aes**___**ebu**, **analog**, **analog**___**xlr**,
           **analog**___**rca** or **microphone**. Defaults to **unset**.

       **video**___**pts**
           Sets the video packet timestamp source. Must be **video**, **audio**, **reference**, **wallclock** or
           **abs**___**wallclock**.  Defaults to **video**.

       **audio**___**pts**
           Sets the audio packet timestamp source. Must be **video**, **audio**, **reference**, **wallclock** or
           **abs**___**wallclock**.  Defaults to **audio**.

       **draw**___**bars**
           If set to **true**, color bars are drawn in the event of a signal loss.  Defaults to **true**.

       **queue**___**size**
           Sets maximum input buffer size in bytes. If the buffering reaches this value, incoming
           frames will be dropped.  Defaults to **1073741824**.

       **audio**___**depth**
           Sets the audio sample bit depth. Must be **16** or **32**.  Defaults to **16**.

       **decklink**___**copyts**
           If set to **true**, timestamps are forwarded as they are without removing the initial offset.
           Defaults to **false**.

       **timestamp**___**align**
           Capture start time alignment in seconds. If set to nonzero, input frames are dropped till
           the system timestamp aligns with configured value.  Alignment difference of up to one
           frame duration is tolerated.  This is useful for maintaining input synchronization across
           N different hardware devices deployed for 'N-way' redundancy. The system time of
           different hardware devices should be synchronized with protocols such as NTP or PTP,
           before using this option.  Note that this method is not foolproof. In some border cases
           input synchronization may not happen due to thread scheduling jitters in the OS.  Either
           sync could go wrong by 1 frame or in a rarer case **timestamp**___**align** seconds.  Defaults to
           **0**.

       **wait**___**for**___**tc** **(**_bool_**)**
           Drop frames till a frame with timecode is received. Sometimes serial timecode isn't
           received with the first input frame. If that happens, the stored stream timecode will be
           inaccurate. If this option is set to **true**, input frames are dropped till a frame with
           timecode is received.  Option _timecode_format_ must be specified.  Defaults to **false**.

       **enable**___**klv(**_bool_**)**
           If set to **true**, extracts KLV data from VANC and outputs KLV packets.  KLV VANC packets
           are joined based on MID and PSC fields and aggregated into one KLV packet.  Defaults to
           **false**.

       _Examples_

       •   List input devices:

                   ffmpeg -sources decklink

       •   List supported formats:

                   ffmpeg -f decklink -list_formats 1 -i 'Intensity Pro'

       •   Capture video clip at 1080i50:

                   ffmpeg -format_code Hi50 -f decklink -i 'Intensity Pro' -c:a copy -c:v copy output.avi

       •   Capture video clip at 1080i50 10 bit:

                   ffmpeg -raw_format yuv422p10 -format_code Hi50 -f decklink -i 'UltraStudio Mini Recorder' -c:a copy -c:v copy output.avi

       •   Capture video clip at 1080i50 with 16 audio channels:

                   ffmpeg -channels 16 -format_code Hi50 -f decklink -i 'UltraStudio Mini Recorder' -c:a copy -c:v copy output.avi

### dshow
       Windows DirectShow input device.

       DirectShow support is enabled when FFmpeg is built with the mingw-w64 project.  Currently
       only audio and video devices are supported.

       Multiple devices may be opened as separate inputs, but they may also be opened on the same
       input, which should improve synchronism between them.

       The input name should be in the format:

               <TYPE>=<NAME>[:<TYPE>=<NAME>]

       where _TYPE_ can be either _audio_ or _video_, and _NAME_ is the device's name or alternative name..

       _Options_

       If no options are specified, the device's defaults are used.  If the device does not support
       the requested options, it will fail to open.

       **video**___**size**
           Set the video size in the captured video.

### framerate
           Set the frame rate in the captured video.

       **sample**___**rate**
           Set the sample rate (in Hz) of the captured audio.

       **sample**___**size**
           Set the sample size (in bits) of the captured audio.

### channels
           Set the number of channels in the captured audio.

       **list**___**devices**
           If set to **true**, print a list of devices and exit.

       **list**___**options**
           If set to **true**, print a list of selected device's options and exit.

       **video**___**device**___**number**
           Set video device number for devices with the same name (starts at 0, defaults to 0).

       **audio**___**device**___**number**
           Set audio device number for devices with the same name (starts at 0, defaults to 0).

       **pixel**___**format**
           Select pixel format to be used by DirectShow. This may only be set when the video codec
           is not set or set to rawvideo.

       **audio**___**buffer**___**size**
           Set audio device buffer size in milliseconds (which can directly impact latency,
           depending on the device).  Defaults to using the audio device's default buffer size
           (typically some multiple of 500ms).  Setting this value too low can degrade performance.
           See also <**<http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/dd377582>(v=vs.85).aspx**>

       **video**___**pin**___**name**
           Select video capture pin to use by name or alternative name.

       **audio**___**pin**___**name**
           Select audio capture pin to use by name or alternative name.

       **crossbar**___**video**___**input**___**pin**___**number**
           Select video input pin number for crossbar device. This will be routed to the crossbar
           device's Video Decoder output pin.  Note that changing this value can affect future
           invocations (sets a new default) until system reboot occurs.

       **crossbar**___**audio**___**input**___**pin**___**number**
           Select audio input pin number for crossbar device. This will be routed to the crossbar
           device's Audio Decoder output pin.  Note that changing this value can affect future
           invocations (sets a new default) until system reboot occurs.

       **show**___**video**___**device**___**dialog**
           If set to **true**, before capture starts, popup a display dialog to the end user, allowing
           them to change video filter properties and configurations manually.  Note that for
           crossbar devices, adjusting values in this dialog may be needed at times to toggle
           between PAL (25 fps) and NTSC (29.97) input frame rates, sizes, interlacing, etc.
           Changing these values can enable different scan rates/frame rates and avoiding green bars
           at the bottom, flickering scan lines, etc.  Note that with some devices, changing these
           properties can also affect future invocations (sets new defaults) until system reboot
           occurs.

       **show**___**audio**___**device**___**dialog**
           If set to **true**, before capture starts, popup a display dialog to the end user, allowing
           them to change audio filter properties and configurations manually.

       **show**___**video**___**crossbar**___**connection**___**dialog**
           If set to **true**, before capture starts, popup a display dialog to the end user, allowing
           them to manually modify crossbar pin routings, when it opens a video device.

       **show**___**audio**___**crossbar**___**connection**___**dialog**
           If set to **true**, before capture starts, popup a display dialog to the end user, allowing
           them to manually modify crossbar pin routings, when it opens an audio device.

       **show**___**analog**___**tv**___**tuner**___**dialog**
           If set to **true**, before capture starts, popup a display dialog to the end user, allowing
           them to manually modify TV channels and frequencies.

       **show**___**analog**___**tv**___**tuner**___**audio**___**dialog**
           If set to **true**, before capture starts, popup a display dialog to the end user, allowing
           them to manually modify TV audio (like mono vs. stereo, Language A,B or C).

       **audio**___**device**___**load**
           Load an audio capture filter device from file instead of searching it by name. It may
           load additional parameters too, if the filter supports the serialization of its
           properties to.  To use this an audio capture source has to be specified, but it can be
           anything even fake one.

       **audio**___**device**___**save**
           Save the currently used audio capture filter device and its parameters (if the filter
           supports it) to a file.  If a file with the same name exists it will be overwritten.

       **video**___**device**___**load**
           Load a video capture filter device from file instead of searching it by name. It may load
           additional parameters too, if the filter supports the serialization of its properties to.
           To use this a video capture source has to be specified, but it can be anything even fake
           one.

       **video**___**device**___**save**
           Save the currently used video capture filter device and its parameters (if the filter
           supports it) to a file.  If a file with the same name exists it will be overwritten.

       _Examples_

       •   Print the list of DirectShow supported devices and exit:

                   $ ffmpeg -list_devices true -f dshow -i dummy

       •   Open video device _Camera_:

                   $ ffmpeg -f dshow -i video="Camera"

       •   Open second video device with name _Camera_:

                   $ ffmpeg -f dshow -video_device_number 1 -i video="Camera"

       •   Open video device _Camera_ and audio device _Microphone_:

                   $ ffmpeg -f dshow -i video="Camera":audio="Microphone"

       •   Print the list of supported options in selected device and exit:

                   $ ffmpeg -list_options true -f dshow -i video="Camera"

       •   Specify pin names to capture by name or alternative name, specify alternative device
           name:

                   $ ffmpeg -f dshow -audio_pin_name "Audio Out" -video_pin_name 2 -i video=video="@device_pnp_\\?\pci#ven_1a0a&dev_6200&subsys_62021461&rev_01#4&e2c7dd6&0&00e1#{65e8773d-8f56-11d0-a3b9-00a0c9223196}\{ca465100-deb0-4d59-818f-8c477184adf6}":audio="Microphone"

       •   Configure a crossbar device, specifying crossbar pins, allow user to adjust video capture
           properties at startup:

                   $ ffmpeg -f dshow -show_video_device_dialog true -crossbar_video_input_pin_number 0
                        -crossbar_audio_input_pin_number 3 -i video="AVerMedia BDA Analog Capture":audio="AVerMedia BDA Analog Capture"

### fbdev
       Linux framebuffer input device.

       The Linux framebuffer is a graphic hardware-independent abstraction layer to show graphics on
       a computer monitor, typically on the console. It is accessed through a file device node,
       usually _/dev/fb0_.

       For more detailed information read the file Documentation/fb/framebuffer.txt included in the
       Linux source tree.

       See also <**<http://linux-fbdev.sourceforge.net/>**>, and [**fbset**(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/fbset/1/markdown).

       To record from the framebuffer device _/dev/fb0_ with **ffmpeg**:

               ffmpeg -f fbdev -framerate 10 -i /dev/fb0 out.avi

       You can take a single screenshot image with the command:

               ffmpeg -f fbdev -framerate 1 -i /dev/fb0 -frames:v 1 screenshot.jpeg

       _Options_

### framerate
           Set the frame rate. Default is 25.

### gdigrab
       Win32 GDI-based screen capture device.

       This device allows you to capture a region of the display on Windows.

       There are two options for the input filename:

               desktop

       or

               title=<window_title>

       The first option will capture the entire desktop, or a fixed region of the desktop. The
       second option will instead capture the contents of a single window, regardless of its
       position on the screen.

       For example, to grab the entire desktop using **ffmpeg**:

               ffmpeg -f gdigrab -framerate 6 -i desktop out.mpg

       Grab a 640x480 region at position "10,20":

               ffmpeg -f gdigrab -framerate 6 -offset_x 10 -offset_y 20 -video_size vga -i desktop out.mpg

       Grab the contents of the window named "Calculator"

               ffmpeg -f gdigrab -framerate 6 -i title=Calculator out.mpg

       _Options_

       **draw**___**mouse**
           Specify whether to draw the mouse pointer. Use the value 0 to not draw the pointer.
           Default value is 1.

### framerate
           Set the grabbing frame rate. Default value is "ntsc", corresponding to a frame rate of
           "30000/1001".

       **show**___**region**
           Show grabbed region on screen.

           If _show_region_ is specified with 1, then the grabbing region will be indicated on screen.
           With this option, it is easy to know what is being grabbed if only a portion of the
           screen is grabbed.

           Note that _show_region_ is incompatible with grabbing the contents of a single window.

           For example:

                   ffmpeg -f gdigrab -show_region 1 -framerate 6 -video_size cif -offset_x 10 -offset_y 20 -i desktop out.mpg

       **video**___**size**
           Set the video frame size. The default is to capture the full screen if _desktop_ is
           selected, or the full window size if _title=window_title_ is selected.

       **offset**___**x**
           When capturing a region with _video_size_, set the distance from the left edge of the
           screen or desktop.

           Note that the offset calculation is from the top left corner of the primary monitor on
           Windows. If you have a monitor positioned to the left of your primary monitor, you will
           need to use a negative _offset_x_ value to move the region to that monitor.

       **offset**___**y**
           When capturing a region with _video_size_, set the distance from the top edge of the screen
           or desktop.

           Note that the offset calculation is from the top left corner of the primary monitor on
           Windows. If you have a monitor positioned above your primary monitor, you will need to
           use a negative _offset_y_ value to move the region to that monitor.

### iec61883
       FireWire DV/HDV input device using libiec61883.

       To enable this input device, you need libiec61883, libraw1394 and libavc1394 installed on
       your system. Use the configure option "--enable-libiec61883" to compile with the device
       enabled.

       The iec61883 capture device supports capturing from a video device connected via IEEE1394
       (FireWire), using libiec61883 and the new Linux FireWire stack (juju). This is the default
       DV/HDV input method in Linux Kernel 2.6.37 and later, since the old FireWire stack was
       removed.

       Specify the FireWire port to be used as input file, or "auto" to choose the first port
       connected.

       _Options_

### dvtype
           Override autodetection of DV/HDV. This should only be used if auto detection does not
           work, or if usage of a different device type should be prohibited. Treating a DV device
           as HDV (or vice versa) will not work and result in undefined behavior.  The values **auto**,
           **dv** and **hdv** are supported.

### dvbuffer
           Set maximum size of buffer for incoming data, in frames. For DV, this is an exact value.
           For HDV, it is not frame exact, since HDV does not have a fixed frame size.

### dvguid
           Select the capture device by specifying its GUID. Capturing will only be performed from
           the specified device and fails if no device with the given GUID is found. This is useful
           to select the input if multiple devices are connected at the same time.  Look at
           /sys/bus/firewire/devices to find out the GUIDs.

       _Examples_

       •   Grab and show the input of a FireWire DV/HDV device.

                   ffplay -f iec61883 -i auto

       •   Grab and record the input of a FireWire DV/HDV device, using a packet buffer of 100000
           packets if the source is HDV.

                   ffmpeg -f iec61883 -i auto -dvbuffer 100000 out.mpg

### jack
       JACK input device.

       To enable this input device during configuration you need libjack installed on your system.

       A JACK input device creates one or more JACK writable clients, one for each audio channel,
       with name _client_name_:input__N_, where _client_name_ is the name provided by the application, and
       _N_ is a number which identifies the channel.  Each writable client will send the acquired data
       to the FFmpeg input device.

       Once you have created one or more JACK readable clients, you need to connect them to one or
       more JACK writable clients.

       To connect or disconnect JACK clients you can use the **jack**___**connect** and **jack**___**disconnect**
       programs, or do it through a graphical interface, for example with **qjackctl**.

       To list the JACK clients and their properties you can invoke the command **jack**___**lsp**.

       Follows an example which shows how to capture a JACK readable client with **ffmpeg**.

               # Create a JACK writable client with name "ffmpeg".
               $ ffmpeg -f jack -i ffmpeg -y out.wav

               # Start the sample jack_metro readable client.
               $ jack_metro -b 120 -d 0.2 -f 4000

               # List the current JACK clients.
               $ jack_lsp -c
               system:capture_1
               system:capture_2
               system:playback_1
               system:playback_2
               ffmpeg:input_1
               metro:120_bpm

               # Connect metro to the ffmpeg writable client.
               $ jack_connect metro:120_bpm ffmpeg:input_1

       For more information read: <**<http://jackaudio.org/>**>

       _Options_

### channels
           Set the number of channels. Default is 2.

### kmsgrab
       KMS video input device.

       Captures the KMS scanout framebuffer associated with a specified CRTC or plane as a DRM
       object that can be passed to other hardware functions.

       Requires either DRM master or CAP_SYS_ADMIN to run.

       If you don't understand what all of that means, you probably don't want this.  Look at
       **x11grab** instead.

       _Options_

### device
           DRM device to capture on.  Defaults to **/dev/dri/card0**.

### format
           Pixel format of the framebuffer.  This can be autodetected if you are running Linux 5.7
           or later, but needs to be provided for earlier versions.  Defaults to **bgr0**, which is the
           most common format used by the Linux console and Xorg X server.

       **format**___**modifier**
           Format modifier to signal on output frames.  This is necessary to import correctly into
           some APIs.  It can be autodetected if you are running Linux 5.7 or later, but will need
           to be provided explicitly when needed in earlier versions.  See the libdrm documentation
           for possible values.

       **crtc**___**id**
           KMS CRTC ID to define the capture source.  The first active plane on the given CRTC will
           be used.

       **plane**___**id**
           KMS plane ID to define the capture source.  Defaults to the first active plane found if
           neither **crtc**___**id** nor **plane**___**id** are specified.

### framerate
           Framerate to capture at.  This is not synchronised to any page flipping or framebuffer
           changes - it just defines the interval at which the framebuffer is sampled.  Sampling
           faster than the framebuffer update rate will generate independent frames with the same
           content.  Defaults to 30.

       _Examples_

       •   Capture from the first active plane, download the result to normal frames and encode.
           This will only work if the framebuffer is both linear and mappable - if not, the result
           may be scrambled or fail to download.

                   ffmpeg -f kmsgrab -i - -vf 'hwdownload,format=bgr0' output.mp4

       •   Capture from CRTC ID 42 at 60fps, map the result to VAAPI, convert to NV12 and encode as
           H.264.

                   ffmpeg -crtc_id 42 -framerate 60 -f kmsgrab -i - -vf 'hwmap=derive_device=vaapi,scale_vaapi=w=1920:h=1080:format=nv12' -c:v h264_vaapi output.mp4

       •   To capture only part of a plane the output can be cropped - this can be used to capture a
           single window, as long as it has a known absolute position and size.  For example, to
           capture and encode the middle quarter of a 1920x1080 plane:

                   ffmpeg -f kmsgrab -i - -vf 'hwmap=derive_device=vaapi,crop=960:540:480:270,scale_vaapi=960:540:nv12' -c:v h264_vaapi output.mp4

### lavfi
       Libavfilter input virtual device.

       This input device reads data from the open output pads of a libavfilter filtergraph.

       For each filtergraph open output, the input device will create a corresponding stream which
       is mapped to the generated output. Currently only video data is supported. The filtergraph is
       specified through the option **graph**.

       _Options_

### graph
           Specify the filtergraph to use as input. Each video open output must be labelled by a
           unique string of the form "out_N_", where _N_ is a number starting from 0 corresponding to
           the mapped input stream generated by the device.  The first unlabelled output is
           automatically assigned to the "out0" label, but all the others need to be specified
           explicitly.

           The suffix "+subcc" can be appended to the output label to create an extra stream with
           the closed captions packets attached to that output (experimental; only for EIA-608 /
           CEA-708 for now).  The subcc streams are created after all the normal streams, in the
           order of the corresponding stream.  For example, if there is "out19+subcc", "out7+subcc"
           and up to "out42", the stream #43 is subcc for stream #7 and stream #44 is subcc for
           stream #19.

           If not specified defaults to the filename specified for the input device.

       **graph**___**file**
           Set the filename of the filtergraph to be read and sent to the other filters. Syntax of
           the filtergraph is the same as the one specified by the option _graph_.

### dumpgraph
           Dump graph to stderr.

       _Examples_

       •   Create a color video stream and play it back with **ffplay**:

                   ffplay -f lavfi -graph "color=c=pink [out0]" dummy

       •   As the previous example, but use filename for specifying the graph description, and omit
           the "out0" label:

                   ffplay -f lavfi color=c=pink

       •   Create three different video test filtered sources and play them:

                   ffplay -f lavfi -graph "testsrc [out0]; testsrc,hflip [out1]; testsrc,negate [out2]" test3

       •   Read an audio stream from a file using the amovie source and play it back with **ffplay**:

                   ffplay -f lavfi "amovie=test.wav"

       •   Read an audio stream and a video stream and play it back with **ffplay**:

                   ffplay -f lavfi "movie=test.avi[out0];amovie=test.wav[out1]"

       •   Dump decoded frames to images and closed captions to a file (experimental):

                   ffmpeg -f lavfi -i "movie=test.ts[out0+subcc]" -map v frame%08d.png -map s -c copy -f rawvideo subcc.bin

### libcdio
       Audio-CD input device based on libcdio.

       To enable this input device during configuration you need libcdio installed on your system.
       It requires the configure option "--enable-libcdio".

       This device allows playing and grabbing from an Audio-CD.

       For example to copy with **ffmpeg** the entire Audio-CD in _/dev/sr0_, you may run the command:

               ffmpeg -f libcdio -i /dev/sr0 cd.wav

       _Options_

### speed
           Set drive reading speed. Default value is 0.

           The speed is specified CD-ROM speed units. The speed is set through the libcdio
           "cdio_cddap_speed_set" function. On many CD-ROM drives, specifying a value too large will
           result in using the fastest speed.

       **paranoia**___**mode**
           Set paranoia recovery mode flags. It accepts one of the following values:

           **disable**
           **verify**
           **overlap**
           **neverskip**
           **full**

           Default value is **disable**.

           For more information about the available recovery modes, consult the paranoia project
           documentation.

### libdc1394
       IIDC1394 input device, based on libdc1394 and libraw1394.

       Requires the configure option "--enable-libdc1394".

       _Options_

### framerate
           Set the frame rate. Default is "ntsc", corresponding to a frame rate of "30000/1001".

       **pixel**___**format**
           Select the pixel format. Default is "uyvy422".

       **video**___**size**
           Set the video size given as a string such as "640x480" or "hd720".  Default is "qvga".

### openal
       The OpenAL input device provides audio capture on all systems with a working OpenAL 1.1
       implementation.

       To enable this input device during configuration, you need OpenAL headers and libraries
       installed on your system, and need to configure FFmpeg with "--enable-openal".

       OpenAL headers and libraries should be provided as part of your OpenAL implementation, or as
       an additional download (an SDK). Depending on your installation you may need to specify
       additional flags via the "--extra-cflags" and "--extra-ldflags" for allowing the build system
       to locate the OpenAL headers and libraries.

       An incomplete list of OpenAL implementations follows:

### Creative
           The official Windows implementation, providing hardware acceleration with supported
           devices and software fallback.  See <**<http://openal.org/>**>.

### OpenAL Soft
           Portable, open source (LGPL) software implementation. Includes backends for the most
           common sound APIs on the Windows, Linux, Solaris, and BSD operating systems.  See
           <**<http://kcat.strangesoft.net/openal.html>**>.

### Apple
           OpenAL is part of Core Audio, the official Mac OS X Audio interface.  See
           <**<http://developer.apple.com/technologies/mac/audio-and-video.html>**>

       This device allows one to capture from an audio input device handled through OpenAL.

       You need to specify the name of the device to capture in the provided filename. If the empty
       string is provided, the device will automatically select the default device. You can get the
       list of the supported devices by using the option _list_devices_.

       _Options_

### channels
           Set the number of channels in the captured audio. Only the values **1** (monaural) and **2**
           (stereo) are currently supported.  Defaults to **2**.

       **sample**___**size**
           Set the sample size (in bits) of the captured audio. Only the values **8** and **16** are
           currently supported. Defaults to **16**.

       **sample**___**rate**
           Set the sample rate (in Hz) of the captured audio.  Defaults to **44.1k**.

       **list**___**devices**
           If set to **true**, print a list of devices and exit.  Defaults to **false**.

       _Examples_

       Print the list of OpenAL supported devices and exit:

               $ ffmpeg -list_devices true -f openal -i dummy out.ogg

       Capture from the OpenAL device _DR-BT101_ _via_ _PulseAudio_:

               $ ffmpeg -f openal -i 'DR-BT101 via PulseAudio' out.ogg

       Capture from the default device (note the empty string '' as filename):

               $ ffmpeg -f openal -i '' out.ogg

       Capture from two devices simultaneously, writing to two different files, within the same
       **ffmpeg** command:

               $ ffmpeg -f openal -i 'DR-BT101 via PulseAudio' out1.ogg -f openal -i 'ALSA Default' out2.ogg

       Note: not all OpenAL implementations support multiple simultaneous capture - try the latest
       OpenAL Soft if the above does not work.

### oss
       Open Sound System input device.

       The filename to provide to the input device is the device node representing the OSS input
       device, and is usually set to _/dev/dsp_.

       For example to grab from _/dev/dsp_ using **ffmpeg** use the command:

               ffmpeg -f oss -i /dev/dsp /tmp/oss.wav

       For more information about OSS see: <**<http://manuals.opensound.com/usersguide/dsp.html>**>

       _Options_

       **sample**___**rate**
           Set the sample rate in Hz. Default is 48000.

### channels
           Set the number of channels. Default is 2.

### pulse
       PulseAudio input device.

       To enable this output device you need to configure FFmpeg with "--enable-libpulse".

       The filename to provide to the input device is a source device or the string "default"

       To list the PulseAudio source devices and their properties you can invoke the command **pactl**
       **list** **sources**.

       More information about PulseAudio can be found on <**<http://www.pulseaudio.org>**>.

       _Options_

### server
           Connect to a specific PulseAudio server, specified by an IP address.  Default server is
           used when not provided.

### name
           Specify the application name PulseAudio will use when showing active clients, by default
           it is the "LIBAVFORMAT_IDENT" string.

       **stream**___**name**
           Specify the stream name PulseAudio will use when showing active streams, by default it is
           "record".

       **sample**___**rate**
           Specify the samplerate in Hz, by default 48kHz is used.

### channels
           Specify the channels in use, by default 2 (stereo) is set.

       **frame**___**size**
           Specify the number of bytes per frame, by default it is set to 1024.

       **fragment**___**size**
           Specify the minimal buffering fragment in PulseAudio, it will affect the audio latency.
           By default it is unset.

### wallclock
           Set the initial PTS using the current time. Default is 1.

       _Examples_

       Record a stream from default device:

               ffmpeg -f pulse -i default /tmp/pulse.wav

### sndio
       sndio input device.

       To enable this input device during configuration you need libsndio installed on your system.

       The filename to provide to the input device is the device node representing the sndio input
       device, and is usually set to _/dev/audio0_.

       For example to grab from _/dev/audio0_ using **ffmpeg** use the command:

               ffmpeg -f sndio -i /dev/audio0 /tmp/oss.wav

       _Options_

       **sample**___**rate**
           Set the sample rate in Hz. Default is 48000.

### channels
           Set the number of channels. Default is 2.

### video4linux2, v4l2
       Video4Linux2 input video device.

       "v4l2" can be used as alias for "video4linux2".

       If FFmpeg is built with v4l-utils support (by using the "--enable-libv4l2" configure option),
       it is possible to use it with the "-use_libv4l2" input device option.

       The name of the device to grab is a file device node, usually Linux systems tend to
       automatically create such nodes when the device (e.g. an USB webcam) is plugged into the
       system, and has a name of the kind _/dev/videoN_, where _N_ is a number associated to the device.

       Video4Linux2 devices usually support a limited set of _width_x_height_ sizes and frame rates. You
       can check which are supported using **-list**___**formats** **all** for Video4Linux2 devices.  Some
       devices, like TV cards, support one or more standards. It is possible to list all the
       supported standards using **-list**___**standards** **all**.

       The time base for the timestamps is 1 microsecond. Depending on the kernel version and
       configuration, the timestamps may be derived from the real time clock (origin at the Unix
       Epoch) or the monotonic clock (origin usually at boot time, unaffected by NTP or manual
       changes to the clock). The **-timestamps** **abs** or **-ts** **abs** option can be used to force conversion
       into the real time clock.

       Some usage examples of the video4linux2 device with **ffmpeg** and **ffplay**:

       •   List supported formats for a video4linux2 device:

                   ffplay -f video4linux2 -list_formats all /dev/video0

       •   Grab and show the input of a video4linux2 device:

                   ffplay -f video4linux2 -framerate 30 -video_size hd720 /dev/video0

       •   Grab and record the input of a video4linux2 device, leave the frame rate and size as
           previously set:

                   ffmpeg -f video4linux2 -input_format mjpeg -i /dev/video0 out.mpeg

       For more information about Video4Linux, check <**<http://linuxtv.org/>**>.

       _Options_

### standard
           Set the standard. Must be the name of a supported standard. To get a list of the
           supported standards, use the **list**___**standards** option.

### channel
           Set the input channel number. Default to -1, which means using the previously selected
           channel.

       **video**___**size**
           Set the video frame size. The argument must be a string in the form _WIDTH_x_HEIGHT_ or a
           valid size abbreviation.

       **pixel**___**format**
           Select the pixel format (only valid for raw video input).

       **input**___**format**
           Set the preferred pixel format (for raw video) or a codec name.  This option allows one
           to select the input format, when several are available.

### framerate
           Set the preferred video frame rate.

       **list**___**formats**
           List available formats (supported pixel formats, codecs, and frame sizes) and exit.

           Available values are:

           **all** Show all available (compressed and non-compressed) formats.

           **raw** Show only raw video (non-compressed) formats.

           **compressed**
               Show only compressed formats.

       **list**___**standards**
           List supported standards and exit.

           Available values are:

           **all** Show all supported standards.

### timestamps, ts
           Set type of timestamps for grabbed frames.

           Available values are:

           **default**
               Use timestamps from the kernel.

           **abs** Use absolute timestamps (wall clock).

           **mono2abs**
               Force conversion from monotonic to absolute timestamps.

           Default value is "default".

       **use**___**libv4l2**
           Use libv4l2 (v4l-utils) conversion functions. Default is 0.

### vfwcap
       VfW (Video for Windows) capture input device.

       The filename passed as input is the capture driver number, ranging from 0 to 9. You may use
       "list" as filename to print a list of drivers. Any other filename will be interpreted as
       device number 0.

       _Options_

       **video**___**size**
           Set the video frame size.

### framerate
           Set the grabbing frame rate. Default value is "ntsc", corresponding to a frame rate of
           "30000/1001".

### x11grab
       X11 video input device.

       To enable this input device during configuration you need libxcb installed on your system. It
       will be automatically detected during configuration.

       This device allows one to capture a region of an X11 display.

       The filename passed as input has the syntax:

               [<hostname>]:<display_number>.<screen_number>[+<x_offset>,<y_offset>]

       _hostname_:_display_number_._screen_number_ specifies the X11 display name of the screen to grab
       from. _hostname_ can be omitted, and defaults to "localhost". The environment variable **DISPLAY**
       contains the default display name.

       _x_offset_ and _y_offset_ specify the offsets of the grabbed area with respect to the top-left
       border of the X11 screen. They default to 0.

       Check the X11 documentation (e.g. **man** **X**) for more detailed information.

       Use the **xdpyinfo** program for getting basic information about the properties of your X11
       display (e.g. grep for "name" or "dimensions").

       For example to grab from _:0.0_ using **ffmpeg**:

               ffmpeg -f x11grab -framerate 25 -video_size cif -i :0.0 out.mpg

       Grab at position "10,20":

               ffmpeg -f x11grab -framerate 25 -video_size cif -i :0.0+10,20 out.mpg

       _Options_

       **select**___**region**
           Specify whether to select the grabbing area graphically using the pointer.  A value of 1
           prompts the user to select the grabbing area graphically by clicking and dragging. A
           single click with no dragging will select the whole screen. A region with zero width or
           height will also select the whole screen. This option overwrites the _video_size_, _grab_x_,
           and _grab_y_ options. Default value is 0.

       **draw**___**mouse**
           Specify whether to draw the mouse pointer. A value of 0 specifies not to draw the
           pointer. Default value is 1.

       **follow**___**mouse**
           Make the grabbed area follow the mouse. The argument can be "centered" or a number of
           pixels _PIXELS_.

           When it is specified with "centered", the grabbing region follows the mouse pointer and
           keeps the pointer at the center of region; otherwise, the region follows only when the
           mouse pointer reaches within _PIXELS_ (greater than zero) to the edge of region.

           For example:

                   ffmpeg -f x11grab -follow_mouse centered -framerate 25 -video_size cif -i :0.0 out.mpg

           To follow only when the mouse pointer reaches within 100 pixels to edge:

                   ffmpeg -f x11grab -follow_mouse 100 -framerate 25 -video_size cif -i :0.0 out.mpg

### framerate
           Set the grabbing frame rate. Default value is "ntsc", corresponding to a frame rate of
           "30000/1001".

       **show**___**region**
           Show grabbed region on screen.

           If _show_region_ is specified with 1, then the grabbing region will be indicated on screen.
           With this option, it is easy to know what is being grabbed if only a portion of the
           screen is grabbed.

       **region**___**border**
           Set the region border thickness if **-show**___**region** **1** is used.  Range is 1 to 128 and default
           is 3 (XCB-based x11grab only).

           For example:

                   ffmpeg -f x11grab -show_region 1 -framerate 25 -video_size cif -i :0.0+10,20 out.mpg

           With _follow_mouse_:

                   ffmpeg -f x11grab -follow_mouse centered -show_region 1 -framerate 25 -video_size cif -i :0.0 out.mpg

       **window**___**id**
           Grab this window, instead of the whole screen. Default value is 0, which maps to the
           whole screen (root window).

           The id of a window can be found using the **xwininfo** program, possibly with options -tree
           and -root.

           If the window is later enlarged, the new area is not recorded. Video ends when the window
           is closed, unmapped (i.e., iconified) or shrunk beyond the video size (which defaults to
           the initial window size).

           This option disables options **follow**___**mouse** and **select**___**region**.

       **video**___**size**
           Set the video frame size. Default is the full desktop or window.

       **grab**___**x**
       **grab**___**y**
           Set the grabbing region coordinates. They are expressed as offset from the top left
           corner of the X11 window and correspond to the _x_offset_ and _y_offset_ parameters in the
           device name. The default value for both options is 0.

## RESAMPLER OPTIONS
       The audio resampler supports the following named options.

       Options may be set by specifying -_option_ _value_ in the FFmpeg tools, _option_=_value_ for the
       aresample filter, by setting the value explicitly in the "SwrContext" options or using the
       _libavutil/opt.h_ API for programmatic use.

       **ich,** **in**___**channel**___**count**
           Set the number of input channels. Default value is 0. Setting this value is not mandatory
           if the corresponding channel layout **in**___**channel**___**layout** is set.

       **och,** **out**___**channel**___**count**
           Set the number of output channels. Default value is 0. Setting this value is not
           mandatory if the corresponding channel layout **out**___**channel**___**layout** is set.

       **uch,** **used**___**channel**___**count**
           Set the number of used input channels. Default value is 0. This option is only used for
           special remapping.

       **isr,** **in**___**sample**___**rate**
           Set the input sample rate. Default value is 0.

       **osr,** **out**___**sample**___**rate**
           Set the output sample rate. Default value is 0.

       **isf,** **in**___**sample**___**fmt**
           Specify the input sample format. It is set by default to "none".

       **osf,** **out**___**sample**___**fmt**
           Specify the output sample format. It is set by default to "none".

       **tsf,** **internal**___**sample**___**fmt**
           Set the internal sample format. Default value is "none".  This will automatically be
           chosen when it is not explicitly set.

       **icl,** **in**___**channel**___**layout**
       **ocl,** **out**___**channel**___**layout**
           Set the input/output channel layout.

           See **the** **Channel** **Layout** **section** **in** **the** [**ffmpeg-utils(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-utils/1/markdown)** **manual** for the required syntax.

       **clev,** **center**___**mix**___**level**
           Set the center mix level. It is a value expressed in deciBel, and must be in the interval
           [-32,32].

       **slev,** **surround**___**mix**___**level**
           Set the surround mix level. It is a value expressed in deciBel, and must be in the
           interval [-32,32].

       **lfe**___**mix**___**level**
           Set LFE mix into non LFE level. It is used when there is a LFE input but no LFE output.
           It is a value expressed in deciBel, and must be in the interval [-32,32].

       **rmvol,** **rematrix**___**volume**
           Set rematrix volume. Default value is 1.0.

       **rematrix**___**maxval**
           Set maximum output value for rematrixing.  This can be used to prevent clipping vs.
           preventing volume reduction.  A value of 1.0 prevents clipping.

       **flags,** **swr**___**flags**
           Set flags used by the converter. Default value is 0.

           It supports the following individual flags:

           **res** force resampling, this flag forces resampling to be used even when the input and
               output sample rates match.

       **dither**___**scale**
           Set the dither scale. Default value is 1.

       **dither**___**method**
           Set dither method. Default value is 0.

           Supported values:

           **rectangular**
               select rectangular dither

           **triangular**
               select triangular dither

           **triangular**___**hp**
               select triangular dither with high pass

           **lipshitz**
               select Lipshitz noise shaping dither.

           **shibata**
               select Shibata noise shaping dither.

           **low**___**shibata**
               select low Shibata noise shaping dither.

           **high**___**shibata**
               select high Shibata noise shaping dither.

           **f**___**weighted**
               select f-weighted noise shaping dither

           **modified**___**e**___**weighted**
               select modified-e-weighted noise shaping dither

           **improved**___**e**___**weighted**
               select improved-e-weighted noise shaping dither

### resampler
           Set resampling engine. Default value is swr.

           Supported values:

           **swr** select the native SW Resampler; filter options precision and cheby are not applicable
               in this case.

           **soxr**
               select the SoX Resampler (where available); compensation, and filter options
               filter_size, phase_shift, exact_rational, filter_type & kaiser_beta, are not
               applicable in this case.

       **filter**___**size**
           For swr only, set resampling filter size, default value is 32.

       **phase**___**shift**
           For swr only, set resampling phase shift, default value is 10, and must be in the
           interval [0,30].

       **linear**___**interp**
           Use linear interpolation when enabled (the default). Disable it if you want to preserve
           speed instead of quality when exact_rational fails.

       **exact**___**rational**
           For swr only, when enabled, try to use exact phase_count based on input and output sample
           rate. However, if it is larger than "1 << phase_shift", the phase_count will be "1 <<
           phase_shift" as fallback. Default is enabled.

### cutoff
           Set cutoff frequency (swr: 6dB point; soxr: 0dB point) ratio; must be a float value
           between 0 and 1.  Default value is 0.97 with swr, and 0.91 with soxr (which, with a
           sample-rate of 44100, preserves the entire audio band to 20kHz).

### precision
           For soxr only, the precision in bits to which the resampled signal will be calculated.
           The default value of 20 (which, with suitable dithering, is appropriate for a destination
           bit-depth of 16) gives SoX's 'High Quality'; a value of 28 gives SoX's 'Very High
           Quality'.

### cheby
           For soxr only, selects passband rolloff none (Chebyshev) & higher-precision approximation
           for 'irrational' ratios. Default value is 0.

### async
           For swr only, simple 1 parameter audio sync to timestamps using stretching, squeezing,
           filling and trimming. Setting this to 1 will enable filling and trimming, larger values
           represent the maximum amount in samples that the data may be stretched or squeezed for
           each second.  Default value is 0, thus no compensation is applied to make the samples
           match the audio timestamps.

       **first**___**pts**
           For swr only, assume the first pts should be this value. The time unit is 1 / sample
           rate.  This allows for padding/trimming at the start of stream. By default, no assumption
           is made about the first frame's expected pts, so no padding or trimming is done. For
           example, this could be set to 0 to pad the beginning with silence if an audio stream
           starts after the video stream or to trim any samples with a negative pts due to encoder
           delay.

       **min**___**comp**
           For swr only, set the minimum difference between timestamps and audio data (in seconds)
           to trigger stretching/squeezing/filling or trimming of the data to make it match the
           timestamps. The default is that stretching/squeezing/filling and trimming is disabled
           (**min**___**comp** = "FLT_MAX").

       **min**___**hard**___**comp**
           For swr only, set the minimum difference between timestamps and audio data (in seconds)
           to trigger adding/dropping samples to make it match the timestamps.  This option
           effectively is a threshold to select between hard (trim/fill) and soft (squeeze/stretch)
           compensation. Note that all compensation is by default disabled through **min**___**comp**.  The
           default is 0.1.

       **comp**___**duration**
           For swr only, set duration (in seconds) over which data is stretched/squeezed to make it
           match the timestamps. Must be a non-negative double float value, default value is 1.0.

       **max**___**soft**___**comp**
           For swr only, set maximum factor by which data is stretched/squeezed to make it match the
           timestamps. Must be a non-negative double float value, default value is 0.

       **matrix**___**encoding**
           Select matrixed stereo encoding.

           It accepts the following values:

           **none**
               select none

           **dolby**
               select Dolby

           **dplii**
               select Dolby Pro Logic II

           Default value is "none".

       **filter**___**type**
           For swr only, select resampling filter type. This only affects resampling operations.

           It accepts the following values:

           **cubic**
               select cubic

           **blackman**___**nuttall**
               select Blackman Nuttall windowed sinc

           **kaiser**
               select Kaiser windowed sinc

       **kaiser**___**beta**
           For swr only, set Kaiser window beta value. Must be a double float value in the interval
           [2,16], default value is 9.

       **output**___**sample**___**bits**
           For swr only, set number of used output sample bits for dithering. Must be an integer in
           the interval [0,64], default value is 0, which means it's not used.

## SCALER OPTIONS
       The video scaler supports the following named options.

       Options may be set by specifying -_option_ _value_ in the FFmpeg tools, with a few API-only
       exceptions noted below.  For programmatic use, they can be set explicitly in the "SwsContext"
       options or through the _libavutil/opt.h_ API.

       **sws**___**flags**
           Set the scaler flags. This is also used to set the scaling algorithm. Only a single
           algorithm should be selected. Default value is **bicubic**.

           It accepts the following values:

           **fast**___**bilinear**
               Select fast bilinear scaling algorithm.

           **bilinear**
               Select bilinear scaling algorithm.

           **bicubic**
               Select bicubic scaling algorithm.

           **experimental**
               Select experimental scaling algorithm.

           **neighbor**
               Select nearest neighbor rescaling algorithm.

           **area**
               Select averaging area rescaling algorithm.

           **bicublin**
               Select bicubic scaling algorithm for the luma component, bilinear for chroma
               components.

           **gauss**
               Select Gaussian rescaling algorithm.

           **sinc**
               Select sinc rescaling algorithm.

           **lanczos**
               Select Lanczos rescaling algorithm. The default width (alpha) is 3 and can be changed
               by setting "param0".

           **spline**
               Select natural bicubic spline rescaling algorithm.

           **print**___**info**
               Enable printing/debug logging.

           **accurate**___**rnd**
               Enable accurate rounding.

           **full**___**chroma**___**int**
               Enable full chroma interpolation.

           **full**___**chroma**___**inp**
               Select full chroma input.

           **bitexact**
               Enable bitexact output.

       **srcw** _(API_ _only)_
           Set source width.

       **srch** _(API_ _only)_
           Set source height.

       **dstw** _(API_ _only)_
           Set destination width.

       **dsth** _(API_ _only)_
           Set destination height.

       **src**___**format** _(API_ _only)_
           Set source pixel format (must be expressed as an integer).

       **dst**___**format** _(API_ _only)_
           Set destination pixel format (must be expressed as an integer).

### src___range _(boolean)
           If value is set to 1, indicates source is full range. Default value is 0, which indicates
           source is limited range.

### dst___range _(boolean)
           If value is set to 1, enable full range for destination. Default value is 0, which
           enables limited range.

### param0, param1
           Set scaling algorithm parameters. The specified values are specific of some scaling
           algorithms and ignored by others. The specified values are floating point number values.

       **sws**___**dither**
           Set the dithering algorithm. Accepts one of the following values. Default value is **auto**.

           **auto**
               automatic choice

           **none**
               no dithering

           **bayer**
               bayer dither

           **ed**  error diffusion dither

           **a**___**dither**
               arithmetic dither, based using addition

           **x**___**dither**
               arithmetic dither, based using xor (more random/less apparent patterning that
               a_dither).

### alphablend
           Set the alpha blending to use when the input has alpha but the output does not.  Default
           value is **none**.

           **uniform**___**color**
               Blend onto a uniform background color

           **checkerboard**
               Blend onto a checkerboard

           **none**
               No blending

## FILTERING INTRODUCTION
       Filtering in FFmpeg is enabled through the libavfilter library.

       In libavfilter, a filter can have multiple inputs and multiple outputs.  To illustrate the
       sorts of things that are possible, we consider the following filtergraph.

                               [main]
               input --> split ---------------------> overlay --> output
                           |                             ^
                           |[tmp]                  [flip]|
                           +-----> crop --> vflip -------+

       This filtergraph splits the input stream in two streams, then sends one stream through the
       crop filter and the vflip filter, before merging it back with the other stream by overlaying
       it on top. You can use the following command to achieve this:

               ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf "split [main][tmp]; [tmp] crop=iw:ih/2:0:0, vflip [flip]; [main][flip] overlay=0:H/2" OUTPUT

       The result will be that the top half of the video is mirrored onto the bottom half of the
       output video.

       Filters in the same linear chain are separated by commas, and distinct linear chains of
       filters are separated by semicolons. In our example, _crop,vflip_ are in one linear chain,
       _split_ and _overlay_ are separately in another. The points where the linear chains join are
       labelled by names enclosed in square brackets. In the example, the split filter generates two
       outputs that are associated to the labels _[main]_ and _[tmp]_.

       The stream sent to the second output of _split_, labelled as _[tmp]_, is processed through the
       _crop_ filter, which crops away the lower half part of the video, and then vertically flipped.
       The _overlay_ filter takes in input the first unchanged output of the split filter (which was
       labelled as _[main]_), and overlay on its lower half the output generated by the _crop,vflip_
       filterchain.

       Some filters take in input a list of parameters: they are specified after the filter name and
       an equal sign, and are separated from each other by a colon.

       There exist so-called _source_ _filters_ that do not have an audio/video input, and _sink_ _filters_
       that will not have audio/video output.

## GRAPH
       The _graph2dot_ program included in the FFmpeg _tools_ directory can be used to parse a
       filtergraph description and issue a corresponding textual representation in the dot language.

       Invoke the command:

               graph2dot -h

       to see how to use _graph2dot_.

       You can then pass the dot description to the _dot_ program (from the graphviz suite of
       programs) and obtain a graphical representation of the filtergraph.

       For example the sequence of commands:

               echo <GRAPH_DESCRIPTION> | \
               tools/graph2dot -o graph.tmp && \
               dot -Tpng graph.tmp -o graph.png && \
               display graph.png

       can be used to create and display an image representing the graph described by the
       _GRAPH_DESCRIPTION_ string. Note that this string must be a complete self-contained graph, with
       its inputs and outputs explicitly defined.  For example if your command line is of the form:

               ffmpeg -i infile -vf scale=640:360 outfile

       your _GRAPH_DESCRIPTION_ string will need to be of the form:

               nullsrc,scale=640:360,nullsink

       you may also need to set the _nullsrc_ parameters and add a _format_ filter in order to simulate
       a specific input file.

## FILTERGRAPH DESCRIPTION
       A filtergraph is a directed graph of connected filters. It can contain cycles, and there can
       be multiple links between a pair of filters. Each link has one input pad on one side
       connecting it to one filter from which it takes its input, and one output pad on the other
       side connecting it to one filter accepting its output.

       Each filter in a filtergraph is an instance of a filter class registered in the application,
       which defines the features and the number of input and output pads of the filter.

       A filter with no input pads is called a "source", and a filter with no output pads is called
       a "sink".

### Filtergraph syntax
       A filtergraph has a textual representation, which is recognized by the **-filter**/**-vf**/**-af** and
### -filter -vf -af
       "avfilter_graph_parse_ptr()" function defined in _libavfilter/avfilter.h_.

       A filterchain consists of a sequence of connected filters, each one connected to the previous
       one in the sequence. A filterchain is represented by a list of ","-separated filter
       descriptions.

       A filtergraph consists of a sequence of filterchains. A sequence of filterchains is
       represented by a list of ";"-separated filterchain descriptions.

       A filter is represented by a string of the form:
       [_in_link_1_]...[_in_link_N_]_filter_name_@_id_=_arguments_[_out_link_1_]...[_out_link_M_]

       _filter_name_ is the name of the filter class of which the described filter is an instance of,
       and has to be the name of one of the filter classes registered in the program optionally
       followed by "@_id_".  The name of the filter class is optionally followed by a string
       "=_arguments_".

       _arguments_ is a string which contains the parameters used to initialize the filter instance.
       It may have one of two forms:

       •   A ':'-separated list of _key=value_ pairs.

       •   A ':'-separated list of _value_. In this case, the keys are assumed to be the option names
           in the order they are declared. E.g. the "fade" filter declares three options in this
           order -- **type**, **start**___**frame** and **nb**___**frames**. Then the parameter list _in:0:30_ means that the
           value _in_ is assigned to the option **type**, _0_ to **start**___**frame** and _30_ to **nb**___**frames**.

       •   A ':'-separated list of mixed direct _value_ and long _key=value_ pairs. The direct _value_
           must precede the _key=value_ pairs, and follow the same constraints order of the previous
           point. The following _key=value_ pairs can be set in any preferred order.

       If the option value itself is a list of items (e.g. the "format" filter takes a list of pixel
       formats), the items in the list are usually separated by **|**.

       The list of arguments can be quoted using the character **'** as initial and ending mark, and the
       character **\** for escaping the characters within the quoted text; otherwise the argument string
       is considered terminated when the next special character (belonging to the set **[]=;,**) is
       encountered.

       The name and arguments of the filter are optionally preceded and followed by a list of link
       labels.  A link label allows one to name a link and associate it to a filter output or input
       pad. The preceding labels _in_link_1_ ... _in_link_N_, are associated to the filter input pads,
       the following labels _out_link_1_ ... _out_link_M_, are associated to the output pads.

       When two link labels with the same name are found in the filtergraph, a link between the
       corresponding input and output pad is created.

       If an output pad is not labelled, it is linked by default to the first unlabelled input pad
       of the next filter in the filterchain.  For example in the filterchain

               nullsrc, split[L1], [L2]overlay, nullsink

       the split filter instance has two output pads, and the overlay filter instance two input
       pads. The first output pad of split is labelled "L1", the first input pad of overlay is
       labelled "L2", and the second output pad of split is linked to the second input pad of
       overlay, which are both unlabelled.

       In a filter description, if the input label of the first filter is not specified, "in" is
       assumed; if the output label of the last filter is not specified, "out" is assumed.

       In a complete filterchain all the unlabelled filter input and output pads must be connected.
       A filtergraph is considered valid if all the filter input and output pads of all the
       filterchains are connected.

       Libavfilter will automatically insert **scale** filters where format conversion is required. It
       is possible to specify swscale flags for those automatically inserted scalers by prepending
       "sws_flags=_flags;"_ to the filtergraph description.

       Here is a BNF description of the filtergraph syntax:

               <NAME>             ::= sequence of alphanumeric characters and '_'
               <FILTER_NAME>      ::= <NAME>["@"<NAME>]
               <LINKLABEL>        ::= "[" <NAME> "]"
               <LINKLABELS>       ::= <LINKLABEL> [<LINKLABELS>]
               <FILTER_ARGUMENTS> ::= sequence of chars (possibly quoted)
               <FILTER>           ::= [<LINKLABELS>] <FILTER_NAME> ["=" <FILTER_ARGUMENTS>] [<LINKLABELS>]
               <FILTERCHAIN>      ::= <FILTER> [,<FILTERCHAIN>]
               <FILTERGRAPH>      ::= [sws_flags=<flags>;] <FILTERCHAIN> [;<FILTERGRAPH>]

### Notes on filtergraph escaping
       Filtergraph description composition entails several levels of escaping. See **the** **"Quoting** **and**
       **escaping"** **section** **in** **the** [**ffmpeg-utils(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-utils/1/markdown)** **manual** for more information about the employed
       escaping procedure.

       A first level escaping affects the content of each filter option value, which may contain the
       special character ":" used to separate values, or one of the escaping characters "\'".

       A second level escaping affects the whole filter description, which may contain the escaping
       characters "\'" or the special characters "[],;" used by the filtergraph description.

       Finally, when you specify a filtergraph on a shell commandline, you need to perform a third
       level escaping for the shell special characters contained within it.

       For example, consider the following string to be embedded in the **drawtext** filter description
       **text** value:

               this is a 'string': may contain one, or more, special characters

       This string contains the "'" special escaping character, and the ":" special character, so it
       needs to be escaped in this way:

               text=this is a \'string\'\: may contain one, or more, special characters

       A second level of escaping is required when embedding the filter description in a filtergraph
       description, in order to escape all the filtergraph special characters. Thus the example
       above becomes:

               drawtext=text=this is a \\\'string\\\'\\: may contain one\, or more\, special characters

       (note that in addition to the "\'" escaping special characters, also "," needs to be
       escaped).

       Finally an additional level of escaping is needed when writing the filtergraph description in
       a shell command, which depends on the escaping rules of the adopted shell. For example,
       assuming that "\" is special and needs to be escaped with another "\", the previous string
       will finally result in:

               -vf "drawtext=text=this is a \\\\\\'string\\\\\\'\\\\: may contain one\\, or more\\, special characters"

## TIMELINE EDITING
       Some filters support a generic **enable** option. For the filters supporting timeline editing,
       this option can be set to an expression which is evaluated before sending a frame to the
       filter. If the evaluation is non-zero, the filter will be enabled, otherwise the frame will
       be sent unchanged to the next filter in the filtergraph.

       The expression accepts the following values:

       **t**   timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown

       **n**   sequential number of the input frame, starting from 0

       **pos** the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown

       **w**
       **h**   width and height of the input frame if video

       Additionally, these filters support an **enable** command that can be used to re-define the
       expression.

       Like any other filtering option, the **enable** option follows the same rules.

       For example, to enable a blur filter (**smartblur**) from 10 seconds to 3 minutes, and a **curves**
       filter starting at 3 seconds:

               smartblur = enable='between(t,10,3*60)',
               curves    = enable='gte(t,3)' : preset=cross_process

       See "ffmpeg -filters" to view which filters have timeline support.

## CHANGING OPTIONS AT RUNTIME WITH A COMMAND
       Some options can be changed during the operation of the filter using a command. These options
       are marked 'T' on the output of **ffmpeg** **-h** **filter=<name** **of** **filter>**.  The name of the command
       is the name of the option and the argument is the new value.

## OPTIONS FOR FILTERS WITH SEVERAL INPUTS
       Some filters with several inputs support a common set of options.  These options can only be
       set by name, not with the short notation.

       **eof**___**action**
           The action to take when EOF is encountered on the secondary input; it accepts one of the
           following values:

           **repeat**
               Repeat the last frame (the default).

           **endall**
               End both streams.

           **pass**
               Pass the main input through.

### shortest
           If set to 1, force the output to terminate when the shortest input terminates. Default
           value is 0.

### repeatlast
           If set to 1, force the filter to extend the last frame of secondary streams until the end
           of the primary stream. A value of 0 disables this behavior.  Default value is 1.

## AUDIO FILTERS
       When you configure your FFmpeg build, you can disable any of the existing filters using
       "--disable-filters".  The configure output will show the audio filters included in your
       build.

       Below is a description of the currently available audio filters.

### acompressor
       A compressor is mainly used to reduce the dynamic range of a signal.  Especially modern music
       is mostly compressed at a high ratio to improve the overall loudness. It's done to get the
       highest attention of a listener, "fatten" the sound and bring more "power" to the track.  If
       a signal is compressed too much it may sound dull or "dead" afterwards or it may start to
       "pump" (which could be a powerful effect but can also destroy a track completely).  The right
       compression is the key to reach a professional sound and is the high art of mixing and
       mastering. Because of its complex settings it may take a long time to get the right feeling
       for this kind of effect.

       Compression is done by detecting the volume above a chosen level "threshold" and dividing it
       by the factor set with "ratio".  So if you set the threshold to -12dB and your signal reaches
       -6dB a ratio of 2:1 will result in a signal at -9dB. Because an exact manipulation of the
       signal would cause distortion of the waveform the reduction can be levelled over the time.
       This is done by setting "Attack" and "Release".  "attack" determines how long the signal has
       to rise above the threshold before any reduction will occur and "release" sets the time the
       signal has to fall below the threshold to reduce the reduction again. Shorter signals than
       the chosen attack time will be left untouched.  The overall reduction of the signal can be
       made up afterwards with the "makeup" setting. So compressing the peaks of a signal about 6dB
       and raising the makeup to this level results in a signal twice as loud than the source. To
       gain a softer entry in the compression the "knee" flattens the hard edge at the threshold in
       the range of the chosen decibels.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **level**___**in**
           Set input gain. Default is 1. Range is between 0.015625 and 64.

### mode
           Set mode of compressor operation. Can be "upward" or "downward".  Default is "downward".

### threshold
           If a signal of stream rises above this level it will affect the gain reduction.  By
           default it is 0.125. Range is between 0.00097563 and 1.

### ratio
           Set a ratio by which the signal is reduced. 1:2 means that if the level rose 4dB above
           the threshold, it will be only 2dB above after the reduction.  Default is 2. Range is
           between 1 and 20.

### attack
           Amount of milliseconds the signal has to rise above the threshold before gain reduction
           starts. Default is 20. Range is between 0.01 and 2000.

### release
           Amount of milliseconds the signal has to fall below the threshold before reduction is
           decreased again. Default is 250. Range is between 0.01 and 9000.

### makeup
           Set the amount by how much signal will be amplified after processing.  Default is 1.
           Range is from 1 to 64.

### knee
           Curve the sharp knee around the threshold to enter gain reduction more softly.  Default
           is 2.82843. Range is between 1 and 8.

### link
           Choose if the "average" level between all channels of input stream or the
           louder("maximum") channel of input stream affects the reduction. Default is "average".

### detection
           Should the exact signal be taken in case of "peak" or an RMS one in case of "rms".
           Default is "rms" which is mostly smoother.

       **mix** How much to use compressed signal in output. Default is 1.  Range is between 0 and 1.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### acontrast
       Simple audio dynamic range compression/expansion filter.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### contrast
           Set contrast. Default is 33. Allowed range is between 0 and 100.

### acopy
       Copy the input audio source unchanged to the output. This is mainly useful for testing
       purposes.

### acrossfade
       Apply cross fade from one input audio stream to another input audio stream.  The cross fade
       is applied for specified duration near the end of first stream.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **nb**___**samples,** **ns**
           Specify the number of samples for which the cross fade effect has to last.  At the end of
           the cross fade effect the first input audio will be completely silent. Default is 44100.

### duration, d
           Specify the duration of the cross fade effect. See **the** **Time** **duration** **section** **in** **the**
           [**ffmpeg-utils(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-utils/1/markdown)** **manual** for the accepted syntax.  By default the duration is determined by
           _nb_samples_.  If set this option is used instead of _nb_samples_.

### overlap, o
           Should first stream end overlap with second stream start. Default is enabled.

### curve1
           Set curve for cross fade transition for first stream.

### curve2
           Set curve for cross fade transition for second stream.

           For description of available curve types see **afade** filter description.

       _Examples_

       •   Cross fade from one input to another:

                   ffmpeg -i first.flac -i second.flac -filter_complex acrossfade=d=10:c1=exp:c2=exp output.flac

       •   Cross fade from one input to another but without overlapping:

                   ffmpeg -i first.flac -i second.flac -filter_complex acrossfade=d=10:o=0:c1=exp:c2=exp output.flac

### acrossover
       Split audio stream into several bands.

       This filter splits audio stream into two or more frequency ranges.  Summing all streams back
       will give flat output.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### split
           Set split frequencies. Those must be positive and increasing.

### order
           Set filter order for each band split. This controls filter roll-off or steepness of
           filter transfer function.  Available values are:

           **2nd** 12 dB per octave.

           **4th** 24 dB per octave.

           **6th** 36 dB per octave.

           **8th** 48 dB per octave.

           **10th**
               60 dB per octave.

           **12th**
               72 dB per octave.

           **14th**
               84 dB per octave.

           **16th**
               96 dB per octave.

           **18th**
               108 dB per octave.

           **20th**
               120 dB per octave.

           Default is _4th_.

### level
           Set input gain level. Allowed range is from 0 to 1. Default value is 1.

### gains
           Set output gain for each band. Default value is 1 for all bands.

       _Examples_

       •   Split input audio stream into two bands (low and high) with split frequency of 1500 Hz,
           each band will be in separate stream:

                   ffmpeg -i in.flac -filter_complex 'acrossover=split=1500[LOW][HIGH]' -map '[LOW]' low.wav -map '[HIGH]' high.wav

       •   Same as above, but with higher filter order:

                   ffmpeg -i in.flac -filter_complex 'acrossover=split=1500:order=8th[LOW][HIGH]' -map '[LOW]' low.wav -map '[HIGH]' high.wav

       •   Same as above, but also with additional middle band (frequencies between 1500 and 8000):

                   ffmpeg -i in.flac -filter_complex 'acrossover=split=1500 8000:order=8th[LOW][MID][HIGH]' -map '[LOW]' low.wav -map '[MID]' mid.wav -map '[HIGH]' high.wav

### acrusher
       Reduce audio bit resolution.

       This filter is bit crusher with enhanced functionality. A bit crusher is used to audibly
       reduce number of bits an audio signal is sampled with. This doesn't change the bit depth at
       all, it just produces the effect. Material reduced in bit depth sounds more harsh and
       "digital".  This filter is able to even round to continuous values instead of discrete bit
       depths.  Additionally it has a D/C offset which results in different crushing of the lower
       and the upper half of the signal.  An Anti-Aliasing setting is able to produce "softer"
       crushing sounds.

       Another feature of this filter is the logarithmic mode.  This setting switches from linear
       distances between bits to logarithmic ones.  The result is a much more "natural" sounding
       crusher which doesn't gate low signals for example. The human ear has a logarithmic
       perception, so this kind of crushing is much more pleasant.  Logarithmic crushing is also
       able to get anti-aliased.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **level**___**in**
           Set level in.

       **level**___**out**
           Set level out.

### bits
           Set bit reduction.

       **mix** Set mixing amount.

### mode
           Can be linear: "lin" or logarithmic: "log".

       **dc**  Set DC.

       **aa**  Set anti-aliasing.

### samples
           Set sample reduction.

       **lfo** Enable LFO. By default disabled.

### lforange
           Set LFO range.

### lforate
           Set LFO rate.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### acue
       Delay audio filtering until a given wallclock timestamp. See the **cue** filter.

### adeclick
       Remove impulsive noise from input audio.

       Samples detected as impulsive noise are replaced by interpolated samples using autoregressive
       modelling.

### window, w
           Set window size, in milliseconds. Allowed range is from 10 to 100. Default value is 55
           milliseconds.  This sets size of window which will be processed at once.

### overlap, o
           Set window overlap, in percentage of window size. Allowed range is from 50 to 95. Default
           value is 75 percent.  Setting this to a very high value increases impulsive noise removal
           but makes whole process much slower.

### arorder, a
           Set autoregression order, in percentage of window size. Allowed range is from 0 to 25.
           Default value is 2 percent. This option also controls quality of interpolated samples
           using neighbour good samples.

### threshold, t
           Set threshold value. Allowed range is from 1 to 100.  Default value is 2.  This controls
           the strength of impulsive noise which is going to be removed.  The lower value, the more
           samples will be detected as impulsive noise.

### burst, b
           Set burst fusion, in percentage of window size. Allowed range is 0 to 10. Default value
           is 2.  If any two samples detected as noise are spaced less than this value then any
           sample between those two samples will be also detected as noise.

### method, m
           Set overlap method.

           It accepts the following values:

           **add,** **a**
               Select overlap-add method. Even not interpolated samples are slightly changed with
               this method.

           **save,** **s**
               Select overlap-save method. Not interpolated samples remain unchanged.

           Default value is "a".

### adeclip
       Remove clipped samples from input audio.

       Samples detected as clipped are replaced by interpolated samples using autoregressive
       modelling.

### window, w
           Set window size, in milliseconds. Allowed range is from 10 to 100.  Default value is 55
           milliseconds.  This sets size of window which will be processed at once.

### overlap, o
           Set window overlap, in percentage of window size. Allowed range is from 50 to 95. Default
           value is 75 percent.

### arorder, a
           Set autoregression order, in percentage of window size. Allowed range is from 0 to 25.
           Default value is 8 percent. This option also controls quality of interpolated samples
           using neighbour good samples.

### threshold, t
           Set threshold value. Allowed range is from 1 to 100.  Default value is 10. Higher values
           make clip detection less aggressive.

### hsize, n
           Set size of histogram used to detect clips. Allowed range is from 100 to 9999.  Default
           value is 1000. Higher values make clip detection less aggressive.

### method, m
           Set overlap method.

           It accepts the following values:

           **add,** **a**
               Select overlap-add method. Even not interpolated samples are slightly changed with
               this method.

           **save,** **s**
               Select overlap-save method. Not interpolated samples remain unchanged.

           Default value is "a".

### adelay
       Delay one or more audio channels.

       Samples in delayed channel are filled with silence.

       The filter accepts the following option:

### delays
           Set list of delays in milliseconds for each channel separated by '|'.  Unused delays will
           be silently ignored. If number of given delays is smaller than number of channels all
           remaining channels will not be delayed.  If you want to delay exact number of samples,
           append 'S' to number.  If you want instead to delay in seconds, append 's' to number.

       **all** Use last set delay for all remaining channels. By default is disabled.  This option if
           enabled changes how option "delays" is interpreted.

       _Examples_

       •   Delay first channel by 1.5 seconds, the third channel by 0.5 seconds and leave the second
           channel (and any other channels that may be present) unchanged.

                   adelay=1500|0|500

       •   Delay second channel by 500 samples, the third channel by 700 samples and leave the first
           channel (and any other channels that may be present) unchanged.

                   adelay=0|500S|700S

       •   Delay all channels by same number of samples:

                   adelay=delays=64S:all=1

### adenorm
       Remedy denormals in audio by adding extremely low-level noise.

       This filter shall be placed before any filter that can produce denormals.

       A description of the accepted parameters follows.

### level
           Set level of added noise in dB. Default is "-351".  Allowed range is from -451 to -90.

### type
           Set type of added noise.

           **dc**  Add DC signal.

           **ac**  Add AC signal.

           **square**
               Add square signal.

           **pulse**
               Add pulse signal.

           Default is "dc".

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### aderivative, aintegral
       Compute derivative/integral of audio stream.

       Applying both filters one after another produces original audio.

### aecho
       Apply echoing to the input audio.

       Echoes are reflected sound and can occur naturally amongst mountains (and sometimes large
       buildings) when talking or shouting; digital echo effects emulate this behaviour and are
       often used to help fill out the sound of a single instrument or vocal. The time difference
       between the original signal and the reflection is the "delay", and the loudness of the
       reflected signal is the "decay".  Multiple echoes can have different delays and decays.

       A description of the accepted parameters follows.

       **in**___**gain**
           Set input gain of reflected signal. Default is 0.6.

       **out**___**gain**
           Set output gain of reflected signal. Default is 0.3.

### delays
           Set list of time intervals in milliseconds between original signal and reflections
           separated by '|'. Allowed range for each "delay" is "(0 - 90000.0]".  Default is 1000.

### decays
           Set list of loudness of reflected signals separated by '|'.  Allowed range for each
           "decay" is "(0 - 1.0]".  Default is 0.5.

       _Examples_

       •   Make it sound as if there are twice as many instruments as are actually playing:

                   aecho=0.8:0.88:60:0.4

       •   If delay is very short, then it sounds like a (metallic) robot playing music:

                   aecho=0.8:0.88:6:0.4

       •   A longer delay will sound like an open air concert in the mountains:

                   aecho=0.8:0.9:1000:0.3

       •   Same as above but with one more mountain:

                   aecho=0.8:0.9:1000|1800:0.3|0.25

### aemphasis
       Audio emphasis filter creates or restores material directly taken from LPs or emphased CDs
       with different filter curves. E.g. to store music on vinyl the signal has to be altered by a
       filter first to even out the disadvantages of this recording medium.  Once the material is
       played back the inverse filter has to be applied to restore the distortion of the frequency
       response.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **level**___**in**
           Set input gain.

       **level**___**out**
           Set output gain.

### mode
           Set filter mode. For restoring material use "reproduction" mode, otherwise use
           "production" mode. Default is "reproduction" mode.

### type
           Set filter type. Selects medium. Can be one of the following:

           **col** select Columbia.

           **emi** select EMI.

           **bsi** select BSI (78RPM).

           **riaa**
               select RIAA.

           **cd**  select Compact Disc (CD).

           **50fm**
               select 50Xs (FM).

           **75fm**
               select 75Xs (FM).

           **50kf**
               select 50Xs (FM-KF).

           **75kf**
               select 75Xs (FM-KF).

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### aeval
       Modify an audio signal according to the specified expressions.

       This filter accepts one or more expressions (one for each channel), which are evaluated and
       used to modify a corresponding audio signal.

       It accepts the following parameters:

### exprs
           Set the '|'-separated expressions list for each separate channel. If the number of input
           channels is greater than the number of expressions, the last specified expression is used
           for the remaining output channels.

       **channel**___**layout,** **c**
           Set output channel layout. If not specified, the channel layout is specified by the
           number of expressions. If set to **same**, it will use by default the same input channel
           layout.

       Each expression in _exprs_ can contain the following constants and functions:

       **ch**  channel number of the current expression

       **n**   number of the evaluated sample, starting from 0

       **s**   sample rate

       **t**   time of the evaluated sample expressed in seconds

       **nb**___**in**___**channels**
       **nb**___**out**___**channels**
           input and output number of channels

### val(CH)
           the value of input channel with number _CH_

       Note: this filter is slow. For faster processing you should use a dedicated filter.

       _Examples_

       •   Half volume:

                   aeval=val(ch)/2:c=same

       •   Invert phase of the second channel:

                   aeval=[val(0)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/val/0/markdown)|[-val(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/-val/1/markdown)

### aexciter
       An exciter is used to produce high sound that is not present in the original signal. This is
       done by creating harmonic distortions of the signal which are restricted in range and added
       to the original signal.  An Exciter raises the upper end of an audio signal without simply
       raising the higher frequencies like an equalizer would do to create a more "crisp" or
       "brilliant" sound.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **level**___**in**
           Set input level prior processing of signal.  Allowed range is from 0 to 64.  Default
           value is 1.

       **level**___**out**
           Set output level after processing of signal.  Allowed range is from 0 to 64.  Default
           value is 1.

### amount
           Set the amount of harmonics added to original signal.  Allowed range is from 0 to 64.
           Default value is 1.

### drive
           Set the amount of newly created harmonics.  Allowed range is from 0.1 to 10.  Default
           value is 8.5.

### blend
           Set the octave of newly created harmonics.  Allowed range is from -10 to 10.  Default
           value is 0.

### freq
           Set the lower frequency limit of producing harmonics in Hz.  Allowed range is from 2000
           to 12000 Hz.  Default is 7500 Hz.

### ceil
           Set the upper frequency limit of producing harmonics.  Allowed range is from 9999 to
           20000 Hz.  If value is lower than 10000 Hz no limit is applied.

### listen
           Mute the original signal and output only added harmonics.  By default is disabled.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### afade
       Apply fade-in/out effect to input audio.

       A description of the accepted parameters follows.

### type, t
           Specify the effect type, can be either "in" for fade-in, or "out" for a fade-out effect.
           Default is "in".

       **start**___**sample,** **ss**
           Specify the number of the start sample for starting to apply the fade effect. Default is
           0.

       **nb**___**samples,** **ns**
           Specify the number of samples for which the fade effect has to last. At the end of the
           fade-in effect the output audio will have the same volume as the input audio, at the end
           of the fade-out transition the output audio will be silence. Default is 44100.

       **start**___**time,** **st**
           Specify the start time of the fade effect. Default is 0.  The value must be specified as
           a time duration; see **the** **Time** **duration** **section** **in** **the** [**ffmpeg-utils(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-utils/1/markdown)** **manual** for the
           accepted syntax.  If set this option is used instead of _start_sample_.

### duration, d
           Specify the duration of the fade effect. See **the** **Time** **duration** **section** **in** **the**
           [**ffmpeg-utils(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-utils/1/markdown)** **manual** for the accepted syntax.  At the end of the fade-in effect the
           output audio will have the same volume as the input audio, at the end of the fade-out
           transition the output audio will be silence.  By default the duration is determined by
           _nb_samples_.  If set this option is used instead of _nb_samples_.

### curve
           Set curve for fade transition.

           It accepts the following values:

           **tri** select triangular, linear slope (default)

           **qsin**
               select quarter of sine wave

           **hsin**
               select half of sine wave

           **esin**
               select exponential sine wave

           **log** select logarithmic

           **ipar**
               select inverted parabola

           **qua** select quadratic

           **cub** select cubic

           **squ** select square root

           **cbr** select cubic root

           **par** select parabola

           **exp** select exponential

           **iqsin**
               select inverted quarter of sine wave

           **ihsin**
               select inverted half of sine wave

           **dese**
               select double-exponential seat

           **desi**
               select double-exponential sigmoid

           **losi**
               select logistic sigmoid

           **sinc**
               select sine cardinal function

           **isinc**
               select inverted sine cardinal function

           **nofade**
               no fade applied

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

       _Examples_

       •   Fade in first 15 seconds of audio:

                   afade=t=in:ss=0:d=15

       •   Fade out last 25 seconds of a 900 seconds audio:

                   afade=t=out:st=875:d=25

### afftdn
       Denoise audio samples with FFT.

       A description of the accepted parameters follows.

       **nr**  Set the noise reduction in dB, allowed range is 0.01 to 97.  Default value is 12 dB.

       **nf**  Set the noise floor in dB, allowed range is -80 to -20.  Default value is -50 dB.

       **nt**  Set the noise type.

           It accepts the following values:

           **w**   Select white noise.

           **v**   Select vinyl noise.

           **s**   Select shellac noise.

           **c**   Select custom noise, defined in "bn" option.

               Default value is white noise.

       **bn**  Set custom band noise for every one of 15 bands.  Bands are separated by ' ' or '|'.

       **rf**  Set the residual floor in dB, allowed range is -80 to -20.  Default value is -38 dB.

       **tn**  Enable noise tracking. By default is disabled.  With this enabled, noise floor is
           automatically adjusted.

       **tr**  Enable residual tracking. By default is disabled.

       **om**  Set the output mode.

           It accepts the following values:

           **i**   Pass input unchanged.

           **o**   Pass noise filtered out.

           **n**   Pass only noise.

               Default value is _o_.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the following commands:

       **sample**___**noise,** **sn**
           Start or stop measuring noise profile.  Syntax for the command is : "start" or "stop"
           string.  After measuring noise profile is stopped it will be automatically applied in
           filtering.

       **noise**___**reduction,** **nr**
           Change noise reduction. Argument is single float number.  Syntax for the command is :
           "_noise_reduction_"

       **noise**___**floor,** **nf**
           Change noise floor. Argument is single float number.  Syntax for the command is :
           "_noise_floor_"

       **output**___**mode,** **om**
           Change output mode operation.  Syntax for the command is : "i", "o" or "n" string.

### afftfilt
       Apply arbitrary expressions to samples in frequency domain.

### real
           Set frequency domain real expression for each separate channel separated by '|'. Default
           is "re".  If the number of input channels is greater than the number of expressions, the
           last specified expression is used for the remaining output channels.

### imag
           Set frequency domain imaginary expression for each separate channel separated by '|'.
           Default is "im".

           Each expression in _real_ and _imag_ can contain the following constants and functions:

           **sr**  sample rate

           **b**   current frequency bin number

           **nb**  number of available bins

           **ch**  channel number of the current expression

           **chs** number of channels

           **pts** current frame pts

           **re**  current real part of frequency bin of current channel

           **im**  current imaginary part of frequency bin of current channel

           **real(b,** **ch)**
               Return the value of real part of frequency bin at location (_bin_,_channel_)

           **imag(b,** **ch)**
               Return the value of imaginary part of frequency bin at location (_bin_,_channel_)

       **win**___**size**
           Set window size. Allowed range is from 16 to 131072.  Default is 4096

       **win**___**func**
           Set window function. Default is "hann".

### overlap
           Set window overlap. If set to 1, the recommended overlap for selected window function
           will be picked. Default is 0.75.

       _Examples_

       •   Leave almost only low frequencies in audio:

                   afftfilt="'real=re * (1-clip((b/nb)*b,0,1))':imag='im * (1-clip((b/nb)*b,0,1))'"

       •   Apply robotize effect:

                   afftfilt="real='hypot(re,im)*[sin(0)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/sin/0/markdown)':imag='hypot(re,im)*[cos(0)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/cos/0/markdown)':win_size=512:overlap=0.75"

       •   Apply whisper effect:

                   afftfilt="real='hypot(re,im)*cos(([random(0)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/random/0/markdown)*2-1)*2*3.14)':imag='hypot(re,im)*sin(([random(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/random/1/markdown)*2-1)*2*3.14)':win_size=128:overlap=0.8"

### afir
       Apply an arbitrary Finite Impulse Response filter.

       This filter is designed for applying long FIR filters, up to 60 seconds long.

       It can be used as component for digital crossover filters, room equalization, cross talk
       cancellation, wavefield synthesis, auralization, ambiophonics, ambisonics and spatialization.

       This filter uses the streams higher than first one as FIR coefficients.  If the non-first
       stream holds a single channel, it will be used for all input channels in the first stream,
       otherwise the number of channels in the non-first stream must be same as the number of
       channels in the first stream.

       It accepts the following parameters:

       **dry** Set dry gain. This sets input gain.

       **wet** Set wet gain. This sets final output gain.

### length
           Set Impulse Response filter length. Default is 1, which means whole IR is processed.

### gtype
           Enable applying gain measured from power of IR.

           Set which approach to use for auto gain measurement.

           **none**
               Do not apply any gain.

           **peak**
               select peak gain, very conservative approach. This is default value.

           **dc**  select DC gain, limited application.

           **gn**  select gain to noise approach, this is most popular one.

### irgain
           Set gain to be applied to IR coefficients before filtering.  Allowed range is 0 to 1.
           This gain is applied after any gain applied with _gtype_ option.

### irfmt
           Set format of IR stream. Can be "mono" or "input".  Default is "input".

### maxir
           Set max allowed Impulse Response filter duration in seconds. Default is 30 seconds.
           Allowed range is 0.1 to 60 seconds.

### response
           Show IR frequency response, magnitude(magenta), phase(green) and group delay(yellow) in
           additional video stream.  By default it is disabled.

### channel
           Set for which IR channel to display frequency response. By default is first channel
           displayed. This option is used only when _response_ is enabled.

### size
           Set video stream size. This option is used only when _response_ is enabled.

### rate
           Set video stream frame rate. This option is used only when _response_ is enabled.

### minp
           Set minimal partition size used for convolution. Default is _8192_.  Allowed range is from
           _1_ to _32768_.  Lower values decreases latency at cost of higher CPU usage.

### maxp
           Set maximal partition size used for convolution. Default is _8192_.  Allowed range is from
           _8_ to _32768_.  Lower values may increase CPU usage.

### nbirs
           Set number of input impulse responses streams which will be switchable at runtime.
           Allowed range is from _1_ to _32_. Default is _1_.

       **ir**  Set IR stream which will be used for convolution, starting from _0_, should always be lower
           than supplied value by "nbirs" option. Default is _0_.  This option can be changed at
           runtime via **commands**.

       _Examples_

       •   Apply reverb to stream using mono IR file as second input, complete command using ffmpeg:

                   ffmpeg -i input.wav -i middle_tunnel_1way_mono.wav -lavfi afir output.wav

### aformat
       Set output format constraints for the input audio. The framework will negotiate the most
       appropriate format to minimize conversions.

       It accepts the following parameters:

       **sample**___**fmts,** **f**
           A '|'-separated list of requested sample formats.

       **sample**___**rates,** **r**
           A '|'-separated list of requested sample rates.

       **channel**___**layouts,** **cl**
           A '|'-separated list of requested channel layouts.

           See **the** **Channel** **Layout** **section** **in** **the** [**ffmpeg-utils(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-utils/1/markdown)** **manual** for the required syntax.

       If a parameter is omitted, all values are allowed.

       Force the output to either unsigned 8-bit or signed 16-bit stereo

               aformat=sample_fmts=u8|s16:channel_layouts=stereo

### afreqshift
       Apply frequency shift to input audio samples.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### shift
           Specify frequency shift. Allowed range is -INT_MAX to INT_MAX.  Default value is 0.0.

### level
           Set output gain applied to final output. Allowed range is from 0.0 to 1.0.  Default value
           is 1.0.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### agate
       A gate is mainly used to reduce lower parts of a signal. This kind of signal processing
       reduces disturbing noise between useful signals.

       Gating is done by detecting the volume below a chosen level _threshold_ and dividing it by the
       factor set with _ratio_. The bottom of the noise floor is set via _range_. Because an exact
       manipulation of the signal would cause distortion of the waveform the reduction can be
       levelled over time. This is done by setting _attack_ and _release_.

       _attack_ determines how long the signal has to fall below the threshold before any reduction
       will occur and _release_ sets the time the signal has to rise above the threshold to reduce the
       reduction again.  Shorter signals than the chosen attack time will be left untouched.

       **level**___**in**
           Set input level before filtering.  Default is 1. Allowed range is from 0.015625 to 64.

### mode
           Set the mode of operation. Can be "upward" or "downward".  Default is "downward". If set
           to "upward" mode, higher parts of signal will be amplified, expanding dynamic range in
           upward direction.  Otherwise, in case of "downward" lower parts of signal will be
           reduced.

### range
           Set the level of gain reduction when the signal is below the threshold.  Default is
           0.06125. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.  Setting this to 0 disables reduction and then
           filter behaves like expander.

### threshold
           If a signal rises above this level the gain reduction is released.  Default is 0.125.
           Allowed range is from 0 to 1.

### ratio
           Set a ratio by which the signal is reduced.  Default is 2. Allowed range is from 1 to
           9000.

### attack
           Amount of milliseconds the signal has to rise above the threshold before gain reduction
           stops.  Default is 20 milliseconds. Allowed range is from 0.01 to 9000.

### release
           Amount of milliseconds the signal has to fall below the threshold before the reduction is
           increased again. Default is 250 milliseconds.  Allowed range is from 0.01 to 9000.

### makeup
           Set amount of amplification of signal after processing.  Default is 1. Allowed range is
           from 1 to 64.

### knee
           Curve the sharp knee around the threshold to enter gain reduction more softly.  Default
           is 2.828427125. Allowed range is from 1 to 8.

### detection
           Choose if exact signal should be taken for detection or an RMS like one.  Default is
           "rms". Can be "peak" or "rms".

### link
           Choose if the average level between all channels or the louder channel affects the
           reduction.  Default is "average". Can be "average" or "maximum".

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### aiir
       Apply an arbitrary Infinite Impulse Response filter.

       It accepts the following parameters:

### zeros, z
           Set B/numerator/zeros/reflection coefficients.

### poles, p
           Set A/denominator/poles/ladder coefficients.

### gains, k
           Set channels gains.

       **dry**___**gain**
           Set input gain.

       **wet**___**gain**
           Set output gain.

### format, f
           Set coefficients format.

           **ll**  lattice-ladder function

           **sf**  analog transfer function

           **tf**  digital transfer function

           **zp**  Z-plane zeros/poles, cartesian (default)

           **pr**  Z-plane zeros/poles, polar radians

           **pd**  Z-plane zeros/poles, polar degrees

           **sp**  S-plane zeros/poles

### process, r
           Set type of processing.

           **d**   direct processing

           **s**   serial processing

           **p**   parallel processing

### precision, e
           Set filtering precision.

           **dbl** double-precision floating-point (default)

           **flt** single-precision floating-point

           **i32** 32-bit integers

           **i16** 16-bit integers

### normalize, n
           Normalize filter coefficients, by default is enabled.  Enabling it will normalize
           magnitude response at DC to 0dB.

       **mix** How much to use filtered signal in output. Default is 1.  Range is between 0 and 1.

### response
           Show IR frequency response, magnitude(magenta), phase(green) and group delay(yellow) in
           additional video stream.  By default it is disabled.

### channel
           Set for which IR channel to display frequency response. By default is first channel
           displayed. This option is used only when _response_ is enabled.

### size
           Set video stream size. This option is used only when _response_ is enabled.

       Coefficients in "tf" and "sf" format are separated by spaces and are in ascending order.

       Coefficients in "zp" format are separated by spaces and order of coefficients doesn't matter.
       Coefficients in "zp" format are complex numbers with _i_ imaginary unit.

       Different coefficients and gains can be provided for every channel, in such case use '|' to
       separate coefficients or gains. Last provided coefficients will be used for all remaining
       channels.

       _Examples_

       •   Apply 2 pole elliptic notch at around 5000Hz for 48000 Hz sample rate:

                   aiir=k=1:z=7.957584807809675810E-1 -2.575128568908332300 3.674839853930788710 -2.57512875289799137 7.957586296317130880E-1:p=1 -2.86950072432325953 3.63022088054647218 -2.28075678147272232 6.361362326477423500E-1:f=tf:r=d

       •   Same as above but in "zp" format:

                   aiir=k=0.79575848078096756:z=0.80918701+0.58773007i 0.80918701-0.58773007i 0.80884700+0.58784055i 0.80884700-0.58784055i:p=0.63892345+0.59951235i 0.63892345-0.59951235i 0.79582691+0.44198673i 0.79582691-0.44198673i:f=zp:r=s

       •   Apply 3-rd order analog normalized Butterworth low-pass filter, using analog transfer
           function format:

                   aiir=z=1.3057 0 0 0:p=1.3057 2.3892 2.1860 1:f=sf:r=d

### alimiter
       The limiter prevents an input signal from rising over a desired threshold.  This limiter uses
       lookahead technology to prevent your signal from distorting.  It means that there is a small
       delay after the signal is processed. Keep in mind that the delay it produces is the attack
       time you set.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **level**___**in**
           Set input gain. Default is 1.

       **level**___**out**
           Set output gain. Default is 1.

### limit
           Don't let signals above this level pass the limiter. Default is 1.

### attack
           The limiter will reach its attenuation level in this amount of time in milliseconds.
           Default is 5 milliseconds.

### release
           Come back from limiting to attenuation 1.0 in this amount of milliseconds.  Default is 50
           milliseconds.

       **asc** When gain reduction is always needed ASC takes care of releasing to an average reduction
           level rather than reaching a reduction of 0 in the release time.

       **asc**___**level**
           Select how much the release time is affected by ASC, 0 means nearly no changes in release
           time while 1 produces higher release times.

### level
           Auto level output signal. Default is enabled.  This normalizes audio back to 0dB if
           enabled.

       Depending on picked setting it is recommended to upsample input 2x or 4x times with **aresample**
       before applying this filter.

### allpass
       Apply a two-pole all-pass filter with central frequency (in Hz) _frequency_, and filter-width
       _width_.  An all-pass filter changes the audio's frequency to phase relationship without
       changing its frequency to amplitude relationship.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### frequency, f
           Set frequency in Hz.

       **width**___**type,** **t**
           Set method to specify band-width of filter.

           **h**   Hz

           **q**   Q-Factor

           **o**   octave

           **s**   slope

           **k**   kHz

### width, w
           Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.

### mix, m
           How much to use filtered signal in output. Default is 1.  Range is between 0 and 1.

### channels, c
           Specify which channels to filter, by default all available are filtered.

### normalize, n
           Normalize biquad coefficients, by default is disabled.  Enabling it will normalize
           magnitude response at DC to 0dB.

### order, o
           Set the filter order, can be 1 or 2. Default is 2.

### transform, a
           Set transform type of IIR filter.

           **di**
           **dii**
           **tdii**
           **latt**
### precision, r
           Set precison of filtering.

           **auto**
               Pick automatic sample format depending on surround filters.

           **s16** Always use signed 16-bit.

           **s32** Always use signed 32-bit.

           **f32** Always use float 32-bit.

           **f64** Always use float 64-bit.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the following commands:

### frequency, f
           Change allpass frequency.  Syntax for the command is : "_frequency_"

       **width**___**type,** **t**
           Change allpass width_type.  Syntax for the command is : "_width_type_"

### width, w
           Change allpass width.  Syntax for the command is : "_width_"

### mix, m
           Change allpass mix.  Syntax for the command is : "_mix_"

### aloop
       Loop audio samples.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### loop
           Set the number of loops. Setting this value to -1 will result in infinite loops.  Default
           is 0.

### size
           Set maximal number of samples. Default is 0.

### start
           Set first sample of loop. Default is 0.

### amerge
       Merge two or more audio streams into a single multi-channel stream.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### inputs
           Set the number of inputs. Default is 2.

       If the channel layouts of the inputs are disjoint, and therefore compatible, the channel
       layout of the output will be set accordingly and the channels will be reordered as necessary.
       If the channel layouts of the inputs are not disjoint, the output will have all the channels
       of the first input then all the channels of the second input, in that order, and the channel
       layout of the output will be the default value corresponding to the total number of channels.

       For example, if the first input is in 2.1 (FL+FR+LF) and the second input is FC+BL+BR, then
       the output will be in 5.1, with the channels in the following order: a1, a2, b1, a3, b2, b3
       (a1 is the first channel of the first input, b1 is the first channel of the second input).

       On the other hand, if both input are in stereo, the output channels will be in the default
       order: a1, a2, b1, b2, and the channel layout will be arbitrarily set to 4.0, which may or
       may not be the expected value.

       All inputs must have the same sample rate, and format.

       If inputs do not have the same duration, the output will stop with the shortest.

       _Examples_

       •   Merge two mono files into a stereo stream:

                   amovie=left.wav [l] ; amovie=right.mp3 [r] ; [l] [r] amerge

       •   Multiple merges assuming 1 video stream and 6 audio streams in _input.mkv_:

                   ffmpeg -i input.mkv -filter_complex "[0:1][0:2][0:3][0:4][0:5][0:6] amerge=inputs=6" -c:a pcm_s16le output.mkv

### amix
       Mixes multiple audio inputs into a single output.

       Note that this filter only supports float samples (the _amerge_ and _pan_ audio filters support
       many formats). If the _amix_ input has integer samples then **aresample** will be automatically
       inserted to perform the conversion to float samples.

       For example

               ffmpeg -i INPUT1 -i INPUT2 -i INPUT3 -filter_complex amix=inputs=3:duration=first:dropout_transition=3 OUTPUT

       will mix 3 input audio streams to a single output with the same duration as the first input
       and a dropout transition time of 3 seconds.

       It accepts the following parameters:

### inputs
           The number of inputs. If unspecified, it defaults to 2.

### duration
           How to determine the end-of-stream.

           **longest**
               The duration of the longest input. (default)

           **shortest**
               The duration of the shortest input.

           **first**
               The duration of the first input.

       **dropout**___**transition**
           The transition time, in seconds, for volume renormalization when an input stream ends.
           The default value is 2 seconds.

### weights
           Specify weight of each input audio stream as sequence.  Each weight is separated by
           space. By default all inputs have same weight.

### normalize
           Always scale inputs instead of only doing summation of samples.  Beware of heavy clipping
           if inputs are not normalized prior or after filtering by this filter if this option is
           disabled. By default is enabled.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the following commands:

### weights
       **sum** Syntax is same as option with same name.

### amultiply
       Multiply first audio stream with second audio stream and store result in output audio stream.
       Multiplication is done by multiplying each sample from first stream with sample at same
       position from second stream.

       With this element-wise multiplication one can create amplitude fades and amplitude
       modulations.

### anequalizer
       High-order parametric multiband equalizer for each channel.

       It accepts the following parameters:

### params
           This option string is in format: "c_chn_ f=_cf_ w=_w_ g=_g_ t=_f_ | ..."  Each equalizer band is
           separated by '|'.

           **chn** Set channel number to which equalization will be applied.  If input doesn't have that
               channel the entry is ignored.

           **f**   Set central frequency for band.  If input doesn't have that frequency the entry is
               ignored.

           **w**   Set band width in Hertz.

           **g**   Set band gain in dB.

           **t**   Set filter type for band, optional, can be:

               **0**   Butterworth, this is default.

               **1**   Chebyshev type 1.

               **2**   Chebyshev type 2.

### curves
           With this option activated frequency response of anequalizer is displayed in video
           stream.

### size
           Set video stream size. Only useful if curves option is activated.

### mgain
           Set max gain that will be displayed. Only useful if curves option is activated.  Setting
           this to a reasonable value makes it possible to display gain which is derived from
           neighbour bands which are too close to each other and thus produce higher gain when both
           are activated.

### fscale
           Set frequency scale used to draw frequency response in video output.  Can be linear or
           logarithmic. Default is logarithmic.

### colors
           Set color for each channel curve which is going to be displayed in video stream.  This is
           list of color names separated by space or by '|'.  Unrecognised or missing colors will be
           replaced by white color.

       _Examples_

       •   Lower gain by 10 of central frequency 200Hz and width 100 Hz for first 2 channels using
           Chebyshev type 1 filter:

                   anequalizer=c0 f=200 w=100 g=-10 t=1|c1 f=200 w=100 g=-10 t=1

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the following commands:

### change
           Alter existing filter parameters.  Syntax for the commands is :
           "_fN_|f=_freq_|w=_width_|g=_gain_"

           _fN_ is existing filter number, starting from 0, if no such filter is available error is
           returned.  _freq_ set new frequency parameter.  _width_ set new width parameter in Hertz.
           _gain_ set new gain parameter in dB.

           Full filter invocation with asendcmd may look like this: asendcmd=c='4.0 anequalizer
           change 0|f=200|w=50|g=1',anequalizer=...

### anlmdn
       Reduce broadband noise in audio samples using Non-Local Means algorithm.

       Each sample is adjusted by looking for other samples with similar contexts. This context
       similarity is defined by comparing their surrounding patches of size **p**. Patches are searched
       in an area of **r** around the sample.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **s**   Set denoising strength. Allowed range is from 0.00001 to 10. Default value is 0.00001.

       **p**   Set patch radius duration. Allowed range is from 1 to 100 milliseconds.  Default value is
           2 milliseconds.

       **r**   Set research radius duration. Allowed range is from 2 to 300 milliseconds.  Default value
           is 6 milliseconds.

       **o**   Set the output mode.

           It accepts the following values:

           **i**   Pass input unchanged.

           **o**   Pass noise filtered out.

           **n**   Pass only noise.

               Default value is _o_.

       **m**   Set smooth factor. Default value is _11_. Allowed range is from _1_ to _15_.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### anlms
       Apply Normalized Least-Mean-Squares algorithm to the first audio stream using the second
       audio stream.

       This adaptive filter is used to mimic a desired filter by finding the filter coefficients
       that relate to producing the least mean square of the error signal (difference between the
       desired, 2nd input audio stream and the actual signal, the 1st input audio stream).

       A description of the accepted options follows.

### order
           Set filter order.

       **mu**  Set filter mu.

       **eps** Set the filter eps.

### leakage
           Set the filter leakage.

       **out**___**mode**
           It accepts the following values:

           **i**   Pass the 1st input.

           **d**   Pass the 2nd input.

           **o**   Pass filtered samples.

           **n**   Pass difference between desired and filtered samples.

               Default value is _o_.

       _Examples_

       •   One of many usages of this filter is noise reduction, input audio is filtered with same
           samples that are delayed by fixed amount, one such example for stereo audio is:

                   asplit[a][b],[a]adelay=32S|32S[a],[b][a]anlms=order=128:leakage=0.0005:mu=.5:out_mode=o

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the same commands as options, excluding option "order".

### anull
       Pass the audio source unchanged to the output.

### apad
       Pad the end of an audio stream with silence.

       This can be used together with **ffmpeg** **-shortest** to extend audio streams to the same length as
       the video stream.

       A description of the accepted options follows.

       **packet**___**size**
           Set silence packet size. Default value is 4096.

       **pad**___**len**
           Set the number of samples of silence to add to the end. After the value is reached, the
           stream is terminated. This option is mutually exclusive with **whole**___**len**.

       **whole**___**len**
           Set the minimum total number of samples in the output audio stream. If the value is
           longer than the input audio length, silence is added to the end, until the value is
           reached. This option is mutually exclusive with **pad**___**len**.

       **pad**___**dur**
           Specify the duration of samples of silence to add. See **the** **Time** **duration** **section** **in** **the**
           [**ffmpeg-utils(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-utils/1/markdown)** **manual** for the accepted syntax. Used only if set to non-zero value.

       **whole**___**dur**
           Specify the minimum total duration in the output audio stream. See **the** **Time** **duration**
           **section** **in** **the** [**ffmpeg-utils(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-utils/1/markdown)** **manual** for the accepted syntax. Used only if set to non-
           zero value. If the value is longer than the input audio length, silence is added to the
           end, until the value is reached.  This option is mutually exclusive with **pad**___**dur**

       If neither the **pad**___**len** nor the **whole**___**len** nor **pad**___**dur** nor **whole**___**dur** option is set, the filter
       will add silence to the end of the input stream indefinitely.

       _Examples_

       •   Add 1024 samples of silence to the end of the input:

                   apad=pad_len=1024

       •   Make sure the audio output will contain at least 10000 samples, pad the input with
           silence if required:

                   apad=whole_len=10000

       •   Use **ffmpeg** to pad the audio input with silence, so that the video stream will always
           result the shortest and will be converted until the end in the output file when using the
           **shortest** option:

                   ffmpeg -i VIDEO -i AUDIO -filter_complex "[1:0]apad" -shortest OUTPUT

### aphaser
       Add a phasing effect to the input audio.

       A phaser filter creates series of peaks and troughs in the frequency spectrum.  The position
       of the peaks and troughs are modulated so that they vary over time, creating a sweeping
       effect.

       A description of the accepted parameters follows.

       **in**___**gain**
           Set input gain. Default is 0.4.

       **out**___**gain**
           Set output gain. Default is 0.74

### delay
           Set delay in milliseconds. Default is 3.0.

### decay
           Set decay. Default is 0.4.

### speed
           Set modulation speed in Hz. Default is 0.5.

### type
           Set modulation type. Default is triangular.

           It accepts the following values:

           **triangular,** **t**
           **sinusoidal,** **s**

### aphaseshift
       Apply phase shift to input audio samples.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### shift
           Specify phase shift. Allowed range is from -1.0 to 1.0.  Default value is 0.0.

### level
           Set output gain applied to final output. Allowed range is from 0.0 to 1.0.  Default value
           is 1.0.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### apulsator
       Audio pulsator is something between an autopanner and a tremolo.  But it can produce funny
       stereo effects as well. Pulsator changes the volume of the left and right channel based on a
       LFO (low frequency oscillator) with different waveforms and shifted phases.  This filter have
       the ability to define an offset between left and right channel. An offset of 0 means that
       both LFO shapes match each other.  The left and right channel are altered equally - a
       conventional tremolo.  An offset of 50% means that the shape of the right channel is exactly
       shifted in phase (or moved backwards about half of the frequency) - pulsator acts as an
       autopanner. At 1 both curves match again. Every setting in between moves the phase shift
       gapless between all stages and produces some "bypassing" sounds with sine and triangle
       waveforms. The more you set the offset near 1 (starting from the 0.5) the faster the signal
       passes from the left to the right speaker.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **level**___**in**
           Set input gain. By default it is 1. Range is [0.015625 - 64].

       **level**___**out**
           Set output gain. By default it is 1. Range is [0.015625 - 64].

### mode
           Set waveform shape the LFO will use. Can be one of: sine, triangle, square, sawup or
           sawdown. Default is sine.

### amount
           Set modulation. Define how much of original signal is affected by the LFO.

       **offset**___**l**
           Set left channel offset. Default is 0. Allowed range is [0 - 1].

       **offset**___**r**
           Set right channel offset. Default is 0.5. Allowed range is [0 - 1].

### width
           Set pulse width. Default is 1. Allowed range is [0 - 2].

### timing
           Set possible timing mode. Can be one of: bpm, ms or hz. Default is hz.

       **bpm** Set bpm. Default is 120. Allowed range is [30 - 300]. Only used if timing is set to bpm.

       **ms**  Set ms. Default is 500. Allowed range is [10 - 2000]. Only used if timing is set to ms.

       **hz**  Set frequency in Hz. Default is 2. Allowed range is [0.01 - 100]. Only used if timing is
           set to hz.

### aresample
       Resample the input audio to the specified parameters, using the libswresample library. If
       none are specified then the filter will automatically convert between its input and output.

       This filter is also able to stretch/squeeze the audio data to make it match the timestamps or
       to inject silence / cut out audio to make it match the timestamps, do a combination of both
       or do neither.

       The filter accepts the syntax [_sample_rate_:]_resampler_options_, where _sample_rate_ expresses a
       sample rate and _resampler_options_ is a list of _key_=_value_ pairs, separated by ":". See the
       **"Resampler** **Options"** **section** **in** **the** [**ffmpeg-resampler(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-resampler/1/markdown)** **manual** for the complete list of
       supported options.

       _Examples_

       •   Resample the input audio to 44100Hz:

                   aresample=44100

       •   Stretch/squeeze samples to the given timestamps, with a maximum of 1000 samples per
           second compensation:

                   aresample=async=1000

### areverse
       Reverse an audio clip.

       Warning: This filter requires memory to buffer the entire clip, so trimming is suggested.

       _Examples_

       •   Take the first 5 seconds of a clip, and reverse it.

                   atrim=end=5,areverse

### arnndn
       Reduce noise from speech using Recurrent Neural Networks.

       This filter accepts the following options:

### model, m
           Set train model file to load. This option is always required.

       **mix** Set how much to mix filtered samples into final output.  Allowed range is from -1 to 1.
           Default value is 1.  Negative values are special, they set how much to keep filtered
           noise in the final filter output. Set this option to -1 to hear actual noise removed from
           input signal.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### asetnsamples
       Set the number of samples per each output audio frame.

       The last output packet may contain a different number of samples, as the filter will flush
       all the remaining samples when the input audio signals its end.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **nb**___**out**___**samples,** **n**
           Set the number of frames per each output audio frame. The number is intended as the
           number of samples _per_ _each_ _channel_.  Default value is 1024.

### pad, p
           If set to 1, the filter will pad the last audio frame with zeroes, so that the last frame
           will contain the same number of samples as the previous ones. Default value is 1.

       For example, to set the number of per-frame samples to 1234 and disable padding for the last
       frame, use:

               asetnsamples=n=1234:p=0

### asetrate
       Set the sample rate without altering the PCM data.  This will result in a change of speed and
       pitch.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **sample**___**rate,** **r**
           Set the output sample rate. Default is 44100 Hz.

### ashowinfo
       Show a line containing various information for each input audio frame.  The input audio is
       not modified.

       The shown line contains a sequence of key/value pairs of the form _key_:_value_.

       The following values are shown in the output:

       **n**   The (sequential) number of the input frame, starting from 0.

       **pts** The presentation timestamp of the input frame, in time base units; the time base depends
           on the filter input pad, and is usually 1/_sample_rate_.

       **pts**___**time**
           The presentation timestamp of the input frame in seconds.

       **pos** position of the frame in the input stream, -1 if this information in unavailable and/or
           meaningless (for example in case of synthetic audio)

       **fmt** The sample format.

### chlayout
           The channel layout.

### rate
           The sample rate for the audio frame.

       **nb**___**samples**
           The number of samples (per channel) in the frame.

### checksum
           The Adler-32 checksum (printed in hexadecimal) of the audio data. For planar audio, the
           data is treated as if all the planes were concatenated.

       **plane**___**checksums**
           A list of Adler-32 checksums for each data plane.

### asoftclip
       Apply audio soft clipping.

       Soft clipping is a type of distortion effect where the amplitude of a signal is saturated
       along a smooth curve, rather than the abrupt shape of hard-clipping.

       This filter accepts the following options:

### type
           Set type of soft-clipping.

           It accepts the following values:

           **hard**
           **tanh**
           **atan**
           **cubic**
           **exp**
           **alg**
           **quintic**
           **sin**
           **erf**
### threshold
           Set threshold from where to start clipping. Default value is 0dB or 1.

### output
           Set gain applied to output. Default value is 0dB or 1.

### param
           Set additional parameter which controls sigmoid function.

### oversample
           Set oversampling factor.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### asr
       Automatic Speech Recognition

       This filter uses PocketSphinx for speech recognition. To enable compilation of this filter,
       you need to configure FFmpeg with "--enable-pocketsphinx".

       It accepts the following options:

### rate
           Set sampling rate of input audio. Defaults is 16000.  This need to match speech models,
           otherwise one will get poor results.

       **hmm** Set dictionary containing acoustic model files.

### dict
           Set pronunciation dictionary.

       **lm**  Set language model file.

### lmctl
           Set language model set.

### lmname
           Set which language model to use.

### logfn
           Set output for log messages.

       The filter exports recognized speech as the frame metadata "lavfi.asr.text".

### astats
       Display time domain statistical information about the audio channels.  Statistics are
       calculated and displayed for each audio channel and, where applicable, an overall figure is
       also given.

       It accepts the following option:

### length
           Short window length in seconds, used for peak and trough RMS measurement.  Default is
           0.05 (50 milliseconds). Allowed range is "[0.01 - 10]".

### metadata
           Set metadata injection. All the metadata keys are prefixed with "lavfi.astats.X", where
           "X" is channel number starting from 1 or string "Overall". Default is disabled.

           Available keys for each channel are: DC_offset Min_level Max_level Min_difference
           Max_difference Mean_difference RMS_difference Peak_level RMS_peak RMS_trough Crest_factor
           Flat_factor Peak_count Noise_floor Noise_floor_count Bit_depth Dynamic_range
           Zero_crossings Zero_crossings_rate Number_of_NaNs Number_of_Infs Number_of_denormals

           and for Overall: DC_offset Min_level Max_level Min_difference Max_difference
           Mean_difference RMS_difference Peak_level RMS_level RMS_peak RMS_trough Flat_factor
           Peak_count Noise_floor Noise_floor_count Bit_depth Number_of_samples Number_of_NaNs
           Number_of_Infs Number_of_denormals

           For example full key look like this "lavfi.astats.1.DC_offset" or this
           "lavfi.astats.Overall.Peak_count".

           For description what each key means read below.

### reset
           Set number of frame after which stats are going to be recalculated.  Default is disabled.

       **measure**___**perchannel**
           Select the entries which need to be measured per channel. The metadata keys can be used
           as flags, default is **all** which measures everything.  **none** disables all per channel
           measurement.

       **measure**___**overall**
           Select the entries which need to be measured overall. The metadata keys can be used as
           flags, default is **all** which measures everything.  **none** disables all overall measurement.

       A description of each shown parameter follows:

### DC offset
           Mean amplitude displacement from zero.

### Min level
           Minimal sample level.

### Max level
           Maximal sample level.

### Min difference
           Minimal difference between two consecutive samples.

### Max difference
           Maximal difference between two consecutive samples.

### Mean difference
           Mean difference between two consecutive samples.  The average of each difference between
           two consecutive samples.

### RMS difference
           Root Mean Square difference between two consecutive samples.

### Peak level dB
### RMS level dB
           Standard peak and RMS level measured in dBFS.

### RMS peak dB
### RMS trough dB
           Peak and trough values for RMS level measured over a short window.

### Crest factor
           Standard ratio of peak to RMS level (note: not in dB).

### Flat factor
           Flatness (i.e. consecutive samples with the same value) of the signal at its peak levels
           (i.e. either _Min_ _level_ or _Max_ _level_).

### Peak count
           Number of occasions (not the number of samples) that the signal attained either _Min_ _level_
           or _Max_ _level_.

### Noise floor dB
           Minimum local peak measured in dBFS over a short window.

### Noise floor count
           Number of occasions (not the number of samples) that the signal attained _Noise_ _floor_.

### Bit depth
           Overall bit depth of audio. Number of bits used for each sample.

### Dynamic range
           Measured dynamic range of audio in dB.

### Zero crossings
           Number of points where the waveform crosses the zero level axis.

### Zero crossings rate
           Rate of Zero crossings and number of audio samples.

### asubboost
       Boost subwoofer frequencies.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **dry** Set dry gain, how much of original signal is kept. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.  Default
           value is 0.7.

       **wet** Set wet gain, how much of filtered signal is kept. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.  Default
           value is 0.7.

### decay
           Set delay line decay gain value. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.  Default value is 0.7.

### feedback
           Set delay line feedback gain value. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.  Default value is 0.9.

### cutoff
           Set cutoff frequency in Hertz. Allowed range is 50 to 900.  Default value is 100.

### slope
           Set slope amount for cutoff frequency. Allowed range is 0.0001 to 1.  Default value is
           0.5.

### delay
           Set delay. Allowed range is from 1 to 100.  Default value is 20.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### asubcut
       Cut subwoofer frequencies.

       This filter allows to set custom, steeper roll off than highpass filter, and thus is able to
       more attenuate frequency content in stop-band.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### cutoff
           Set cutoff frequency in Hertz. Allowed range is 2 to 200.  Default value is 20.

### order
           Set filter order. Available values are from 3 to 20.  Default value is 10.

### level
           Set input gain level. Allowed range is from 0 to 1. Default value is 1.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### asupercut
       Cut super frequencies.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### cutoff
           Set cutoff frequency in Hertz. Allowed range is 20000 to 192000.  Default value is 20000.

### order
           Set filter order. Available values are from 3 to 20.  Default value is 10.

### level
           Set input gain level. Allowed range is from 0 to 1. Default value is 1.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### asuperpass
       Apply high order Butterworth band-pass filter.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### centerf
           Set center frequency in Hertz. Allowed range is 2 to 999999.  Default value is 1000.

### order
           Set filter order. Available values are from 4 to 20.  Default value is 4.

### qfactor
           Set Q-factor. Allowed range is from 0.01 to 100. Default value is 1.

### level
           Set input gain level. Allowed range is from 0 to 2. Default value is 1.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### asuperstop
       Apply high order Butterworth band-stop filter.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### centerf
           Set center frequency in Hertz. Allowed range is 2 to 999999.  Default value is 1000.

### order
           Set filter order. Available values are from 4 to 20.  Default value is 4.

### qfactor
           Set Q-factor. Allowed range is from 0.01 to 100. Default value is 1.

### level
           Set input gain level. Allowed range is from 0 to 2. Default value is 1.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### atempo
       Adjust audio tempo.

       The filter accepts exactly one parameter, the audio tempo. If not specified then the filter
       will assume nominal 1.0 tempo. Tempo must be in the [0.5, 100.0] range.

       Note that tempo greater than 2 will skip some samples rather than blend them in.  If for any
       reason this is a concern it is always possible to daisy-chain several instances of atempo to
       achieve the desired product tempo.

       _Examples_

       •   Slow down audio to 80% tempo:

                   atempo=0.8

       •   To speed up audio to 300% tempo:

                   atempo=3

       •   To speed up audio to 300% tempo by daisy-chaining two atempo instances:

                   atempo=[sqrt(3)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/sqrt/3/markdown),atempo=[sqrt(3)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/sqrt/3/markdown)

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the following commands:

### tempo
           Change filter tempo scale factor.  Syntax for the command is : "_tempo_"

### atrim
       Trim the input so that the output contains one continuous subpart of the input.

       It accepts the following parameters:

### start
           Timestamp (in seconds) of the start of the section to keep. I.e. the audio sample with
           the timestamp _start_ will be the first sample in the output.

       **end** Specify time of the first audio sample that will be dropped, i.e. the audio sample
           immediately preceding the one with the timestamp _end_ will be the last sample in the
           output.

       **start**___**pts**
           Same as _start_, except this option sets the start timestamp in samples instead of seconds.

       **end**___**pts**
           Same as _end_, except this option sets the end timestamp in samples instead of seconds.

### duration
           The maximum duration of the output in seconds.

       **start**___**sample**
           The number of the first sample that should be output.

       **end**___**sample**
           The number of the first sample that should be dropped.

       **start**, **end**, and **duration** are expressed as time duration specifications; see **the** **Time** **duration**
       **section** **in** **the** [**ffmpeg-utils(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-utils/1/markdown)** **manual**.

       Note that the first two sets of the start/end options and the **duration** option look at the
       frame timestamp, while the _sample options simply count the samples that pass through the
       filter. So start/end_pts and start/end_sample will give different results when the timestamps
       are wrong, inexact or do not start at zero. Also note that this filter does not modify the
       timestamps. If you wish to have the output timestamps start at zero, insert the asetpts
       filter after the atrim filter.

       If multiple start or end options are set, this filter tries to be greedy and keep all samples
       that match at least one of the specified constraints. To keep only the part that matches all
       the constraints at once, chain multiple atrim filters.

       The defaults are such that all the input is kept. So it is possible to set e.g.  just the end
       values to keep everything before the specified time.

       Examples:

       •   Drop everything except the second minute of input:

                   ffmpeg -i INPUT -af atrim=60:120

       •   Keep only the first 1000 samples:

                   ffmpeg -i INPUT -af atrim=end_sample=1000

### axcorrelate
       Calculate normalized cross-correlation between two input audio streams.

       Resulted samples are always between -1 and 1 inclusive.  If result is 1 it means two input
       samples are highly correlated in that selected segment.  Result 0 means they are not
       correlated at all.  If result is -1 it means two input samples are out of phase, which means
       they cancel each other.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### size
           Set size of segment over which cross-correlation is calculated.  Default is 256. Allowed
           range is from 2 to 131072.

### algo
           Set algorithm for cross-correlation. Can be "slow" or "fast".  Default is "slow". Fast
           algorithm assumes mean values over any given segment are always zero and thus need much
           less calculations to make.  This is generally not true, but is valid for typical audio
           streams.

       _Examples_

       •   Calculate correlation between channels in stereo audio stream:

                   ffmpeg -i stereo.wav -af channelsplit,axcorrelate=size=1024:algo=fast correlation.wav

### bandpass
       Apply a two-pole Butterworth band-pass filter with central frequency _frequency_, and
       (3dB-point) band-width width.  The _csg_ option selects a constant skirt gain (peak gain = Q)
       instead of the default: constant 0dB peak gain.  The filter roll off at 6dB per octave (20dB
       per decade).

       The filter accepts the following options:

### frequency, f
           Set the filter's central frequency. Default is 3000.

       **csg** Constant skirt gain if set to 1. Defaults to 0.

       **width**___**type,** **t**
           Set method to specify band-width of filter.

           **h**   Hz

           **q**   Q-Factor

           **o**   octave

           **s**   slope

           **k**   kHz

### width, w
           Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.

### mix, m
           How much to use filtered signal in output. Default is 1.  Range is between 0 and 1.

### channels, c
           Specify which channels to filter, by default all available are filtered.

### normalize, n
           Normalize biquad coefficients, by default is disabled.  Enabling it will normalize
           magnitude response at DC to 0dB.

### transform, a
           Set transform type of IIR filter.

           **di**
           **dii**
           **tdii**
           **latt**
### precision, r
           Set precison of filtering.

           **auto**
               Pick automatic sample format depending on surround filters.

           **s16** Always use signed 16-bit.

           **s32** Always use signed 32-bit.

           **f32** Always use float 32-bit.

           **f64** Always use float 64-bit.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the following commands:

### frequency, f
           Change bandpass frequency.  Syntax for the command is : "_frequency_"

       **width**___**type,** **t**
           Change bandpass width_type.  Syntax for the command is : "_width_type_"

### width, w
           Change bandpass width.  Syntax for the command is : "_width_"

### mix, m
           Change bandpass mix.  Syntax for the command is : "_mix_"

### bandreject
       Apply a two-pole Butterworth band-reject filter with central frequency _frequency_, and
       (3dB-point) band-width _width_.  The filter roll off at 6dB per octave (20dB per decade).

       The filter accepts the following options:

### frequency, f
           Set the filter's central frequency. Default is 3000.

       **width**___**type,** **t**
           Set method to specify band-width of filter.

           **h**   Hz

           **q**   Q-Factor

           **o**   octave

           **s**   slope

           **k**   kHz

### width, w
           Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.

### mix, m
           How much to use filtered signal in output. Default is 1.  Range is between 0 and 1.

### channels, c
           Specify which channels to filter, by default all available are filtered.

### normalize, n
           Normalize biquad coefficients, by default is disabled.  Enabling it will normalize
           magnitude response at DC to 0dB.

### transform, a
           Set transform type of IIR filter.

           **di**
           **dii**
           **tdii**
           **latt**
### precision, r
           Set precison of filtering.

           **auto**
               Pick automatic sample format depending on surround filters.

           **s16** Always use signed 16-bit.

           **s32** Always use signed 32-bit.

           **f32** Always use float 32-bit.

           **f64** Always use float 64-bit.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the following commands:

### frequency, f
           Change bandreject frequency.  Syntax for the command is : "_frequency_"

       **width**___**type,** **t**
           Change bandreject width_type.  Syntax for the command is : "_width_type_"

### width, w
           Change bandreject width.  Syntax for the command is : "_width_"

### mix, m
           Change bandreject mix.  Syntax for the command is : "_mix_"

### bass, lowshelf
       Boost or cut the bass (lower) frequencies of the audio using a two-pole shelving filter with
       a response similar to that of a standard hi-fi's tone-controls. This is also known as
       shelving equalisation (EQ).

       The filter accepts the following options:

### gain, g
           Give the gain at 0 Hz. Its useful range is about -20 (for a large cut) to +20 (for a
           large boost).  Beware of clipping when using a positive gain.

### frequency, f
           Set the filter's central frequency and so can be used to extend or reduce the frequency
           range to be boosted or cut.  The default value is 100 Hz.

       **width**___**type,** **t**
           Set method to specify band-width of filter.

           **h**   Hz

           **q**   Q-Factor

           **o**   octave

           **s**   slope

           **k**   kHz

### width, w
           Determine how steep is the filter's shelf transition.

### poles, p
           Set number of poles. Default is 2.

### mix, m
           How much to use filtered signal in output. Default is 1.  Range is between 0 and 1.

### channels, c
           Specify which channels to filter, by default all available are filtered.

### normalize, n
           Normalize biquad coefficients, by default is disabled.  Enabling it will normalize
           magnitude response at DC to 0dB.

### transform, a
           Set transform type of IIR filter.

           **di**
           **dii**
           **tdii**
           **latt**
### precision, r
           Set precison of filtering.

           **auto**
               Pick automatic sample format depending on surround filters.

           **s16** Always use signed 16-bit.

           **s32** Always use signed 32-bit.

           **f32** Always use float 32-bit.

           **f64** Always use float 64-bit.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the following commands:

### frequency, f
           Change bass frequency.  Syntax for the command is : "_frequency_"

       **width**___**type,** **t**
           Change bass width_type.  Syntax for the command is : "_width_type_"

### width, w
           Change bass width.  Syntax for the command is : "_width_"

### gain, g
           Change bass gain.  Syntax for the command is : "_gain_"

### mix, m
           Change bass mix.  Syntax for the command is : "_mix_"

### biquad
       Apply a biquad IIR filter with the given coefficients.  Where _b0_, _b1_, _b2_ and _a0_, _a1_, _a2_ are
       the numerator and denominator coefficients respectively.  and _channels_, _c_ specify which
       channels to filter, by default all available are filtered.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the following commands:

       **a0**
       **a1**
       **a2**
       **b0**
       **b1**
       **b2**  Change biquad parameter.  Syntax for the command is : "_value_"

### mix, m
           How much to use filtered signal in output. Default is 1.  Range is between 0 and 1.

### channels, c
           Specify which channels to filter, by default all available are filtered.

### normalize, n
           Normalize biquad coefficients, by default is disabled.  Enabling it will normalize
           magnitude response at DC to 0dB.

### transform, a
           Set transform type of IIR filter.

           **di**
           **dii**
           **tdii**
           **latt**
### precision, r
           Set precison of filtering.

           **auto**
               Pick automatic sample format depending on surround filters.

           **s16** Always use signed 16-bit.

           **s32** Always use signed 32-bit.

           **f32** Always use float 32-bit.

           **f64** Always use float 64-bit.

### bs2b
       Bauer stereo to binaural transformation, which improves headphone listening of stereo audio
       records.

       To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with "--enable-libbs2b".

       It accepts the following parameters:

### profile
           Pre-defined crossfeed level.

           **default**
               Default level (fcut=700, feed=50).

           **cmoy**
               Chu Moy circuit (fcut=700, feed=60).

           **jmeier**
               Jan Meier circuit (fcut=650, feed=95).

### fcut
           Cut frequency (in Hz).

### feed
           Feed level (in Hz).

### channelmap
       Remap input channels to new locations.

       It accepts the following parameters:

       **map** Map channels from input to output. The argument is a '|'-separated list of mappings, each
           in the "_in_channel-out_channel"_ or _in_channel_ form. _in_channel_ can be either the name of
           the input channel (e.g. FL for front left) or its index in the input channel layout.
           _out_channel_ is the name of the output channel or its index in the output channel layout.
           If _out_channel_ is not given then it is implicitly an index, starting with zero and
           increasing by one for each mapping.

       **channel**___**layout**
           The channel layout of the output stream.

       If no mapping is present, the filter will implicitly map input channels to output channels,
       preserving indices.

       _Examples_

       •   For example, assuming a 5.1+downmix input MOV file,

                   ffmpeg -i in.mov -filter 'channelmap=map=DL-FL|DR-FR' out.wav

           will create an output WAV file tagged as stereo from the downmix channels of the input.

       •   To fix a 5.1 WAV improperly encoded in AAC's native channel order

                   ffmpeg -i in.wav -filter 'channelmap=1|2|0|5|3|4:5.1' out.wav

### channelsplit
       Split each channel from an input audio stream into a separate output stream.

       It accepts the following parameters:

       **channel**___**layout**
           The channel layout of the input stream. The default is "stereo".

### channels
           A channel layout describing the channels to be extracted as separate output streams or
           "all" to extract each input channel as a separate stream. The default is "all".

           Choosing channels not present in channel layout in the input will result in an error.

       _Examples_

       •   For example, assuming a stereo input MP3 file,

                   ffmpeg -i in.mp3 -filter_complex channelsplit out.mkv

           will create an output Matroska file with two audio streams, one containing only the left
           channel and the other the right channel.

       •   Split a 5.1 WAV file into per-channel files:

                   ffmpeg -i in.wav -filter_complex
                   'channelsplit=channel_layout=5.1[FL][FR][FC][LFE][SL][SR]'
                   -map '[FL]' front_left.wav -map '[FR]' front_right.wav -map '[FC]'
                   front_center.wav -map '[LFE]' lfe.wav -map '[SL]' side_left.wav -map '[SR]'
                   side_right.wav

       •   Extract only LFE from a 5.1 WAV file:

                   ffmpeg -i in.wav -filter_complex 'channelsplit=channel_layout=5.1:channels=LFE[LFE]'
                   -map '[LFE]' lfe.wav

### chorus
       Add a chorus effect to the audio.

       Can make a single vocal sound like a chorus, but can also be applied to instrumentation.

       Chorus resembles an echo effect with a short delay, but whereas with echo the delay is
       constant, with chorus, it is varied using using sinusoidal or triangular modulation.  The
       modulation depth defines the range the modulated delay is played before or after the delay.
       Hence the delayed sound will sound slower or faster, that is the delayed sound tuned around
       the original one, like in a chorus where some vocals are slightly off key.

       It accepts the following parameters:

       **in**___**gain**
           Set input gain. Default is 0.4.

       **out**___**gain**
           Set output gain. Default is 0.4.

### delays
           Set delays. A typical delay is around 40ms to 60ms.

### decays
           Set decays.

### speeds
           Set speeds.

### depths
           Set depths.

       _Examples_

       •   A single delay:

                   chorus=0.7:0.9:55:0.4:0.25:2

       •   Two delays:

                   chorus=0.6:0.9:50|60:0.4|0.32:0.25|0.4:2|1.3

       •   Fuller sounding chorus with three delays:

                   chorus=0.5:0.9:50|60|40:0.4|0.32|0.3:0.25|0.4|0.3:2|2.3|1.3

### compand
       Compress or expand the audio's dynamic range.

       It accepts the following parameters:

### attacks
### decays
           A list of times in seconds for each channel over which the instantaneous level of the
           input signal is averaged to determine its volume. _attacks_ refers to increase of volume
           and _decays_ refers to decrease of volume. For most situations, the attack time (response
           to the audio getting louder) should be shorter than the decay time, because the human ear
           is more sensitive to sudden loud audio than sudden soft audio. A typical value for attack
           is 0.3 seconds and a typical value for decay is 0.8 seconds.  If specified number of
           attacks & decays is lower than number of channels, the last set attack/decay will be used
           for all remaining channels.

### points
           A list of points for the transfer function, specified in dB relative to the maximum
           possible signal amplitude. Each key points list must be defined using the following
           syntax: "x0/y0|x1/y1|x2/y2|...." or "x0/y0 x1/y1 x2/y2 ...."

           The input values must be in strictly increasing order but the transfer function does not
           have to be monotonically rising. The point "0/0" is assumed but may be overridden (by
           "0/out-dBn"). Typical values for the transfer function are "-70/-70|-60/-20|1/0".

### soft-knee
           Set the curve radius in dB for all joints. It defaults to 0.01.

### gain
           Set the additional gain in dB to be applied at all points on the transfer function. This
           allows for easy adjustment of the overall gain.  It defaults to 0.

### volume
           Set an initial volume, in dB, to be assumed for each channel when filtering starts. This
           permits the user to supply a nominal level initially, so that, for example, a very large
           gain is not applied to initial signal levels before the companding has begun to operate.
           A typical value for audio which is initially quiet is -90 dB. It defaults to 0.

### delay
           Set a delay, in seconds. The input audio is analyzed immediately, but audio is delayed
           before being fed to the volume adjuster. Specifying a delay approximately equal to the
           attack/decay times allows the filter to effectively operate in predictive rather than
           reactive mode. It defaults to 0.

       _Examples_

       •   Make music with both quiet and loud passages suitable for listening to in a noisy
           environment:

                   compand=.3|.3:1|1:-90/-60|-60/-40|-40/-30|-20/-20:6:0:-90:0.2

           Another example for audio with whisper and explosion parts:

                   compand=0|0:1|1:-90/-900|-70/-70|-30/-9|0/-3:6:0:0:0

       •   A noise gate for when the noise is at a lower level than the signal:

                   compand=.1|.1:.2|.2:-900/-900|-50.1/-900|-50/-50:.01:0:-90:.1

       •   Here is another noise gate, this time for when the noise is at a higher level than the
           signal (making it, in some ways, similar to squelch):

                   compand=.1|.1:.1|.1:-45.1/-45.1|-45/-900|0/-900:.01:45:-90:.1

       •   2:1 compression starting at -6dB:

                   compand=points=-80/-80|-6/-6|0/-3.8|20/3.5

       •   2:1 compression starting at -9dB:

                   compand=points=-80/-80|-9/-9|0/-5.3|20/2.9

       •   2:1 compression starting at -12dB:

                   compand=points=-80/-80|-12/-12|0/-6.8|20/1.9

       •   2:1 compression starting at -18dB:

                   compand=points=-80/-80|-18/-18|0/-9.8|20/0.7

       •   3:1 compression starting at -15dB:

                   compand=points=-80/-80|-15/-15|0/-10.8|20/-5.2

       •   Compressor/Gate:

                   compand=points=-80/-105|-62/-80|-15.4/-15.4|0/-12|20/-7.6

       •   Expander:

                   compand=attacks=0:points=-80/-169|-54/-80|-49.5/-64.6|-41.1/-41.1|-25.8/-15|-10.8/-4.5|0/0|20/8.3

       •   Hard limiter at -6dB:

                   compand=attacks=0:points=-80/-80|-6/-6|20/-6

       •   Hard limiter at -12dB:

                   compand=attacks=0:points=-80/-80|-12/-12|20/-12

       •   Hard noise gate at -35 dB:

                   compand=attacks=0:points=-80/-115|-35.1/-80|-35/-35|20/20

       •   Soft limiter:

                   compand=attacks=0:points=-80/-80|-12.4/-12.4|-6/-8|0/-6.8|20/-2.8

### compensationdelay
       Compensation Delay Line is a metric based delay to compensate differing positions of
       microphones or speakers.

       For example, you have recorded guitar with two microphones placed in different locations.
       Because the front of sound wave has fixed speed in normal conditions, the phasing of
       microphones can vary and depends on their location and interposition. The best sound mix can
       be achieved when these microphones are in phase (synchronized). Note that a distance of ~30
       cm between microphones makes one microphone capture the signal in antiphase to the other
       microphone. That makes the final mix sound moody.  This filter helps to solve phasing
       problems by adding different delays to each microphone track and make them synchronized.

       The best result can be reached when you take one track as base and synchronize other tracks
       one by one with it.  Remember that synchronization/delay tolerance depends on sample rate,
       too.  Higher sample rates will give more tolerance.

       The filter accepts the following parameters:

       **mm**  Set millimeters distance. This is compensation distance for fine tuning.  Default is 0.

       **cm**  Set cm distance. This is compensation distance for tightening distance setup.  Default is
           0.

       **m**   Set meters distance. This is compensation distance for hard distance setup.  Default is
           0.

       **dry** Set dry amount. Amount of unprocessed (dry) signal.  Default is 0.

       **wet** Set wet amount. Amount of processed (wet) signal.  Default is 1.

### temp
           Set temperature in degrees Celsius. This is the temperature of the environment.  Default
           is 20.

### crossfeed
       Apply headphone crossfeed filter.

       Crossfeed is the process of blending the left and right channels of stereo audio recording.
       It is mainly used to reduce extreme stereo separation of low frequencies.

       The intent is to produce more speaker like sound to the listener.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### strength
           Set strength of crossfeed. Default is 0.2. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.  This sets gain
           of low shelf filter for side part of stereo image.  Default is -6dB. Max allowed is -30db
           when strength is set to 1.

### range
           Set soundstage wideness. Default is 0.5. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.  This sets cut off
           frequency of low shelf filter. Default is cut off near 1550 Hz. With range set to 1 cut
           off frequency is set to 2100 Hz.

### slope
           Set curve slope of low shelf filter. Default is 0.5.  Allowed range is from 0.01 to 1.

       **level**___**in**
           Set input gain. Default is 0.9.

       **level**___**out**
           Set output gain. Default is 1.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### crystalizer
       Simple algorithm for audio noise sharpening.

       This filter linearly increases differences betweeen each audio sample.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **i**   Sets the intensity of effect (default: 2.0). Must be in range between -10.0 to 0
           (unchanged sound) to 10.0 (maximum effect).  To inverse filtering use negative value.

       **c**   Enable clipping. By default is enabled.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### dcshift
       Apply a DC shift to the audio.

       This can be useful to remove a DC offset (caused perhaps by a hardware problem in the
       recording chain) from the audio. The effect of a DC offset is reduced headroom and hence
       volume. The **astats** filter can be used to determine if a signal has a DC offset.

### shift
           Set the DC shift, allowed range is [-1, 1]. It indicates the amount to shift the audio.

### limitergain
           Optional. It should have a value much less than 1 (e.g. 0.05 or 0.02) and is used to
           prevent clipping.

### deesser
       Apply de-essing to the audio samples.

       **i**   Set intensity for triggering de-essing. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.  Default is 0.

       **m**   Set amount of ducking on treble part of sound. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.  Default is
           0.5.

       **f**   How much of original frequency content to keep when de-essing. Allowed range is from 0 to
           1.  Default is 0.5.

       **s**   Set the output mode.

           It accepts the following values:

           **i**   Pass input unchanged.

           **o**   Pass ess filtered out.

           **e**   Pass only ess.

               Default value is _o_.

### drmeter
       Measure audio dynamic range.

       DR values of 14 and higher is found in very dynamic material. DR of 8 to 13 is found in
       transition material. And anything less that 8 have very poor dynamics and is very compressed.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### length
           Set window length in seconds used to split audio into segments of equal length.  Default
           is 3 seconds.

### dynaudnorm
       Dynamic Audio Normalizer.

       This filter applies a certain amount of gain to the input audio in order to bring its peak
       magnitude to a target level (e.g. 0 dBFS). However, in contrast to more "simple"
       normalization algorithms, the Dynamic Audio Normalizer *dynamically* re-adjusts the gain
       factor to the input audio.  This allows for applying extra gain to the "quiet" sections of
       the audio while avoiding distortions or clipping the "loud" sections. In other words: The
       Dynamic Audio Normalizer will "even out" the volume of quiet and loud sections, in the sense
       that the volume of each section is brought to the same target level. Note, however, that the
       Dynamic Audio Normalizer achieves this goal *without* applying "dynamic range compressing".
       It will retain 100% of the dynamic range *within* each section of the audio file.

### framelen, f
           Set the frame length in milliseconds. In range from 10 to 8000 milliseconds.  Default is
           500 milliseconds.  The Dynamic Audio Normalizer processes the input audio in small
           chunks, referred to as frames. This is required, because a peak magnitude has no meaning
           for just a single sample value. Instead, we need to determine the peak magnitude for a
           contiguous sequence of sample values. While a "standard" normalizer would simply use the
           peak magnitude of the complete file, the Dynamic Audio Normalizer determines the peak
           magnitude individually for each frame. The length of a frame is specified in
           milliseconds. By default, the Dynamic Audio Normalizer uses a frame length of 500
           milliseconds, which has been found to give good results with most files.  Note that the
           exact frame length, in number of samples, will be determined automatically, based on the
           sampling rate of the individual input audio file.

### gausssize, g
           Set the Gaussian filter window size. In range from 3 to 301, must be odd number. Default
           is 31.  Probably the most important parameter of the Dynamic Audio Normalizer is the
           "window size" of the Gaussian smoothing filter. The filter's window size is specified in
           frames, centered around the current frame. For the sake of simplicity, this must be an
           odd number. Consequently, the default value of 31 takes into account the current frame,
           as well as the 15 preceding frames and the 15 subsequent frames. Using a larger window
           results in a stronger smoothing effect and thus in less gain variation, i.e. slower gain
           adaptation. Conversely, using a smaller window results in a weaker smoothing effect and
           thus in more gain variation, i.e. faster gain adaptation.  In other words, the more you
           increase this value, the more the Dynamic Audio Normalizer will behave like a
           "traditional" normalization filter. On the contrary, the more you decrease this value,
           the more the Dynamic Audio Normalizer will behave like a dynamic range compressor.

### peak, p
           Set the target peak value. This specifies the highest permissible magnitude level for the
           normalized audio input. This filter will try to approach the target peak magnitude as
           closely as possible, but at the same time it also makes sure that the normalized signal
           will never exceed the peak magnitude.  A frame's maximum local gain factor is imposed
           directly by the target peak magnitude. The default value is 0.95 and thus leaves a
           headroom of 5%*.  It is not recommended to go above this value.

### maxgain, m
           Set the maximum gain factor. In range from 1.0 to 100.0. Default is 10.0.  The Dynamic
           Audio Normalizer determines the maximum possible (local) gain factor for each input
           frame, i.e. the maximum gain factor that does not result in clipping or distortion. The
           maximum gain factor is determined by the frame's highest magnitude sample. However, the
           Dynamic Audio Normalizer additionally bounds the frame's maximum gain factor by a
           predetermined (global) maximum gain factor. This is done in order to avoid excessive gain
           factors in "silent" or almost silent frames. By default, the maximum gain factor is 10.0,
           For most inputs the default value should be sufficient and it usually is not recommended
           to increase this value. Though, for input with an extremely low overall volume level, it
           may be necessary to allow even higher gain factors. Note, however, that the Dynamic Audio
           Normalizer does not simply apply a "hard" threshold (i.e. cut off values above the
           threshold).  Instead, a "sigmoid" threshold function will be applied. This way, the gain
           factors will smoothly approach the threshold value, but never exceed that value.

### targetrms, r
           Set the target RMS. In range from 0.0 to 1.0. Default is 0.0 - disabled.  By default, the
           Dynamic Audio Normalizer performs "peak" normalization.  This means that the maximum
           local gain factor for each frame is defined (only) by the frame's highest magnitude
           sample. This way, the samples can be amplified as much as possible without exceeding the
           maximum signal level, i.e. without clipping. Optionally, however, the Dynamic Audio
           Normalizer can also take into account the frame's root mean square, abbreviated RMS. In
           electrical engineering, the RMS is commonly used to determine the power of a time-varying
           signal. It is therefore considered that the RMS is a better approximation of the
           "perceived loudness" than just looking at the signal's peak magnitude. Consequently, by
           adjusting all frames to a constant RMS value, a uniform "perceived loudness" can be
           established. If a target RMS value has been specified, a frame's local gain factor is
           defined as the factor that would result in exactly that RMS value.  Note, however, that
           the maximum local gain factor is still restricted by the frame's highest magnitude
           sample, in order to prevent clipping.

### coupling, n
           Enable channels coupling. By default is enabled.  By default, the Dynamic Audio
           Normalizer will amplify all channels by the same amount. This means the same gain factor
           will be applied to all channels, i.e.  the maximum possible gain factor is determined by
           the "loudest" channel.  However, in some recordings, it may happen that the volume of the
           different channels is uneven, e.g. one channel may be "quieter" than the other one(s).
           In this case, this option can be used to disable the channel coupling. This way, the gain
           factor will be determined independently for each channel, depending only on the
           individual channel's highest magnitude sample. This allows for harmonizing the volume of
           the different channels.

### correctdc, c
           Enable DC bias correction. By default is disabled.  An audio signal (in the time domain)
           is a sequence of sample values.  In the Dynamic Audio Normalizer these sample values are
           represented in the -1.0 to 1.0 range, regardless of the original input format. Normally,
           the audio signal, or "waveform", should be centered around the zero point.  That means if
           we calculate the mean value of all samples in a file, or in a single frame, then the
           result should be 0.0 or at least very close to that value. If, however, there is a
           significant deviation of the mean value from 0.0, in either positive or negative
           direction, this is referred to as a DC bias or DC offset. Since a DC bias is clearly
           undesirable, the Dynamic Audio Normalizer provides optional DC bias correction.  With DC
           bias correction enabled, the Dynamic Audio Normalizer will determine the mean value, or
           "DC correction" offset, of each input frame and subtract that value from all of the
           frame's sample values which ensures those samples are centered around 0.0 again. Also, in
           order to avoid "gaps" at the frame boundaries, the DC correction offset values will be
           interpolated smoothly between neighbouring frames.

### altboundary, b
           Enable alternative boundary mode. By default is disabled.  The Dynamic Audio Normalizer
           takes into account a certain neighbourhood around each frame. This includes the preceding
           frames as well as the subsequent frames. However, for the "boundary" frames, located at
           the very beginning and at the very end of the audio file, not all neighbouring frames are
           available. In particular, for the first few frames in the audio file, the preceding
           frames are not known. And, similarly, for the last few frames in the audio file, the
           subsequent frames are not known. Thus, the question arises which gain factors should be
           assumed for the missing frames in the "boundary" region. The Dynamic Audio Normalizer
           implements two modes to deal with this situation. The default boundary mode assumes a
           gain factor of exactly 1.0 for the missing frames, resulting in a smooth "fade in" and
           "fade out" at the beginning and at the end of the input, respectively.

### compress, s
           Set the compress factor. In range from 0.0 to 30.0. Default is 0.0.  By default, the
           Dynamic Audio Normalizer does not apply "traditional" compression. This means that signal
           peaks will not be pruned and thus the full dynamic range will be retained within each
           local neighbourhood. However, in some cases it may be desirable to combine the Dynamic
           Audio Normalizer's normalization algorithm with a more "traditional" compression.  For
           this purpose, the Dynamic Audio Normalizer provides an optional compression
           (thresholding) function. If (and only if) the compression feature is enabled, all input
           frames will be processed by a soft knee thresholding function prior to the actual
           normalization process. Put simply, the thresholding function is going to prune all
           samples whose magnitude exceeds a certain threshold value.  However, the Dynamic Audio
           Normalizer does not simply apply a fixed threshold value. Instead, the threshold value
           will be adjusted for each individual frame.  In general, smaller parameters result in
           stronger compression, and vice versa.  Values below 3.0 are not recommended, because
           audible distortion may appear.

### threshold, t
           Set the target threshold value. This specifies the lowest permissible magnitude level for
           the audio input which will be normalized.  If input frame volume is above this value
           frame will be normalized.  Otherwise frame may not be normalized at all. The default
           value is set to 0, which means all input frames will be normalized.  This option is
           mostly useful if digital noise is not wanted to be amplified.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### earwax
       Make audio easier to listen to on headphones.

       This filter adds `cues' to 44.1kHz stereo (i.e. audio CD format) audio so that when listened
       to on headphones the stereo image is moved from inside your head (standard for headphones) to
       outside and in front of the listener (standard for speakers).

       Ported from SoX.

### equalizer
       Apply a two-pole peaking equalisation (EQ) filter. With this filter, the signal-level at and
       around a selected frequency can be increased or decreased, whilst (unlike bandpass and
       bandreject filters) that at all other frequencies is unchanged.

       In order to produce complex equalisation curves, this filter can be given several times, each
       with a different central frequency.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### frequency, f
           Set the filter's central frequency in Hz.

       **width**___**type,** **t**
           Set method to specify band-width of filter.

           **h**   Hz

           **q**   Q-Factor

           **o**   octave

           **s**   slope

           **k**   kHz

### width, w
           Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.

### gain, g
           Set the required gain or attenuation in dB.  Beware of clipping when using a positive
           gain.

### mix, m
           How much to use filtered signal in output. Default is 1.  Range is between 0 and 1.

### channels, c
           Specify which channels to filter, by default all available are filtered.

### normalize, n
           Normalize biquad coefficients, by default is disabled.  Enabling it will normalize
           magnitude response at DC to 0dB.

### transform, a
           Set transform type of IIR filter.

           **di**
           **dii**
           **tdii**
           **latt**
### precision, r
           Set precison of filtering.

           **auto**
               Pick automatic sample format depending on surround filters.

           **s16** Always use signed 16-bit.

           **s32** Always use signed 32-bit.

           **f32** Always use float 32-bit.

           **f64** Always use float 64-bit.

       _Examples_

       •   Attenuate 10 dB at 1000 Hz, with a bandwidth of 200 Hz:

                   equalizer=f=1000:t=h:width=200:g=-10

       •   Apply 2 dB gain at 1000 Hz with Q 1 and attenuate 5 dB at 100 Hz with Q 2:

                   equalizer=f=1000:t=q:w=1:g=2,equalizer=f=100:t=q:w=2:g=-5

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the following commands:

### frequency, f
           Change equalizer frequency.  Syntax for the command is : "_frequency_"

       **width**___**type,** **t**
           Change equalizer width_type.  Syntax for the command is : "_width_type_"

### width, w
           Change equalizer width.  Syntax for the command is : "_width_"

### gain, g
           Change equalizer gain.  Syntax for the command is : "_gain_"

### mix, m
           Change equalizer mix.  Syntax for the command is : "_mix_"

### extrastereo
       Linearly increases the difference between left and right channels which adds some sort of
       "live" effect to playback.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **m**   Sets the difference coefficient (default: 2.5). 0.0 means mono sound (average of both
           channels), with 1.0 sound will be unchanged, with -1.0 left and right channels will be
           swapped.

       **c**   Enable clipping. By default is enabled.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### firequalizer
       Apply FIR Equalization using arbitrary frequency response.

       The filter accepts the following option:

### gain
           Set gain curve equation (in dB). The expression can contain variables:

           **f**   the evaluated frequency

           **sr**  sample rate

           **ch**  channel number, set to 0 when multichannels evaluation is disabled

           **chid**
               channel id, see libavutil/channel_layout.h, set to the first channel id when
               multichannels evaluation is disabled

           **chs** number of channels

           **chlayout**
               channel_layout, see libavutil/channel_layout.h

           and functions:

           **gain**___**interpolate(f)**
               interpolate gain on frequency f based on gain_entry

           **cubic**___**interpolate(f)**
               same as gain_interpolate, but smoother

           This option is also available as command. Default is gain_interpolate(f).

       **gain**___**entry**
           Set gain entry for gain_interpolate function. The expression can contain functions:

           **entry(f,** **g)**
               store gain entry at frequency f with value g

           This option is also available as command.

### delay
           Set filter delay in seconds. Higher value means more accurate.  Default is 0.01.

### accuracy
           Set filter accuracy in Hz. Lower value means more accurate.  Default is 5.

### wfunc
           Set window function. Acceptable values are:

           **rectangular**
               rectangular window, useful when gain curve is already smooth

           **hann**
               hann window (default)

           **hamming**
               hamming window

           **blackman**
               blackman window

           **nuttall3**
               3-terms continuous 1st derivative nuttall window

           **mnuttall3**
               minimum 3-terms discontinuous nuttall window

           **nuttall**
               4-terms continuous 1st derivative nuttall window

           **bnuttall**
               minimum 4-terms discontinuous nuttall (blackman-nuttall) window

           **bharris**
               blackman-harris window

           **tukey**
               tukey window

### fixed
           If enabled, use fixed number of audio samples. This improves speed when filtering with
           large delay. Default is disabled.

### multi
           Enable multichannels evaluation on gain. Default is disabled.

       **zero**___**phase**
           Enable zero phase mode by subtracting timestamp to compensate delay.  Default is
           disabled.

### scale
           Set scale used by gain. Acceptable values are:

           **linlin**
               linear frequency, linear gain

           **linlog**
               linear frequency, logarithmic (in dB) gain (default)

           **loglin**
               logarithmic (in octave scale where 20 Hz is 0) frequency, linear gain

           **loglog**
               logarithmic frequency, logarithmic gain

### dumpfile
           Set file for dumping, suitable for gnuplot.

### dumpscale
           Set scale for dumpfile. Acceptable values are same with scale option.  Default is linlog.

### fft2
           Enable 2-channel convolution using complex FFT. This improves speed significantly.
           Default is disabled.

       **min**___**phase**
           Enable minimum phase impulse response. Default is disabled.

       _Examples_

       •   lowpass at 1000 Hz:

                   firequalizer=gain='if(lt(f,1000), 0, -INF)'

       •   lowpass at 1000 Hz with gain_entry:

                   firequalizer=gain_entry='entry(1000,0); entry(1001, -INF)'

       •   custom equalization:

                   firequalizer=gain_entry='entry(100,0); entry(400, -4); entry(1000, -6); entry(2000, 0)'

       •   higher delay with zero phase to compensate delay:

                   firequalizer=delay=0.1:fixed=on:zero_phase=on

       •   lowpass on left channel, highpass on right channel:

                   firequalizer=gain='if(eq(chid,1), gain_interpolate(f), if(eq(chid,2), gain_interpolate(1e6+f), 0))'
                   :gain_entry='entry(1000, 0); entry(1001,-INF); entry(1e6+1000,0)':multi=on

### flanger
       Apply a flanging effect to the audio.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### delay
           Set base delay in milliseconds. Range from 0 to 30. Default value is 0.

### depth
           Set added sweep delay in milliseconds. Range from 0 to 10. Default value is 2.

### regen
           Set percentage regeneration (delayed signal feedback). Range from -95 to 95.  Default
           value is 0.

### width
           Set percentage of delayed signal mixed with original. Range from 0 to 100.  Default value
           is 71.

### speed
           Set sweeps per second (Hz). Range from 0.1 to 10. Default value is 0.5.

### shape
           Set swept wave shape, can be _triangular_ or _sinusoidal_.  Default value is _sinusoidal_.

### phase
           Set swept wave percentage-shift for multi channel. Range from 0 to 100.  Default value is
           25.

### interp
           Set delay-line interpolation, _linear_ or _quadratic_.  Default is _linear_.

### haas
       Apply Haas effect to audio.

       Note that this makes most sense to apply on mono signals.  With this filter applied to mono
       signals it give some directionality and stretches its stereo image.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **level**___**in**
           Set input level. By default is _1_, or 0dB

       **level**___**out**
           Set output level. By default is _1_, or 0dB.

       **side**___**gain**
           Set gain applied to side part of signal. By default is _1_.

       **middle**___**source**
           Set kind of middle source. Can be one of the following:

           **left**
               Pick left channel.

           **right**
               Pick right channel.

           **mid** Pick middle part signal of stereo image.

           **side**
               Pick side part signal of stereo image.

       **middle**___**phase**
           Change middle phase. By default is disabled.

       **left**___**delay**
           Set left channel delay. By default is _2.05_ milliseconds.

       **left**___**balance**
           Set left channel balance. By default is _-1_.

       **left**___**gain**
           Set left channel gain. By default is _1_.

       **left**___**phase**
           Change left phase. By default is disabled.

       **right**___**delay**
           Set right channel delay. By defaults is _2.12_ milliseconds.

       **right**___**balance**
           Set right channel balance. By default is _1_.

       **right**___**gain**
           Set right channel gain. By default is _1_.

       **right**___**phase**
           Change right phase. By default is enabled.

### hdcd
       Decodes High Definition Compatible Digital (HDCD) data. A 16-bit PCM stream with embedded
       HDCD codes is expanded into a 20-bit PCM stream.

       The filter supports the Peak Extend and Low-level Gain Adjustment features of HDCD, and
       detects the Transient Filter flag.

               ffmpeg -i HDCD16.flac -af hdcd OUT24.flac

       When using the filter with wav, note the default encoding for wav is 16-bit, so the resulting
       20-bit stream will be truncated back to 16-bit. Use something like **-acodec** **pcm**___**s24le** after
       the filter to get 24-bit PCM output.

               ffmpeg -i HDCD16.wav -af hdcd OUT16.wav
               ffmpeg -i HDCD16.wav -af hdcd -c:a pcm_s24le OUT24.wav

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **disable**___**autoconvert**
           Disable any automatic format conversion or resampling in the filter graph.

       **process**___**stereo**
           Process the stereo channels together. If target_gain does not match between channels,
           consider it invalid and use the last valid target_gain.

       **cdt**___**ms**
           Set the code detect timer period in ms.

       **force**___**pe**
           Always extend peaks above -3dBFS even if PE isn't signaled.

       **analyze**___**mode**
           Replace audio with a solid tone and adjust the amplitude to signal some specific aspect
           of the decoding process. The output file can be loaded in an audio editor alongside the
           original to aid analysis.

           "analyze_mode=pe:force_pe=true" can be used to see all samples above the PE level.

           Modes are:

           **0,** **off**
               Disabled

           **1,** **lle**
               Gain adjustment level at each sample

           **2,** **pe**
               Samples where peak extend occurs

           **3,** **cdt**
               Samples where the code detect timer is active

           **4,** **tgm**
               Samples where the target gain does not match between channels

### headphone
       Apply head-related transfer functions (HRTFs) to create virtual loudspeakers around the user
       for binaural listening via headphones.  The HRIRs are provided via additional streams, for
       each channel one stereo input stream is needed.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **map** Set mapping of input streams for convolution.  The argument is a '|'-separated list of
           channel names in order as they are given as additional stream inputs for filter.  This
           also specify number of input streams. Number of input streams must be not less than
           number of channels in first stream plus one.

### gain
           Set gain applied to audio. Value is in dB. Default is 0.

### type
           Set processing type. Can be _time_ or _freq_. _time_ is processing audio in time domain which
           is slow.  _freq_ is processing audio in frequency domain which is fast.  Default is _freq_.

       **lfe** Set custom gain for LFE channels. Value is in dB. Default is 0.

### size
           Set size of frame in number of samples which will be processed at once.  Default value is
           _1024_. Allowed range is from 1024 to 96000.

### hrir
           Set format of hrir stream.  Default value is _stereo_. Alternative value is _multich_.  If
           value is set to _stereo_, number of additional streams should be greater or equal to number
           of input channels in first input stream.  Also each additional stream should have stereo
           number of channels.  If value is set to _multich_, number of additional streams should be
           exactly one. Also number of input channels of additional stream should be equal or
           greater than twice number of channels of first input stream.

       _Examples_

       •   Full example using wav files as coefficients with amovie filters for 7.1 downmix, each
           amovie filter use stereo file with IR coefficients as input.  The files give coefficients
           for each position of virtual loudspeaker:

                   ffmpeg -i input.wav
                   -filter_complex "amovie=azi_270_ele_0_DFC.wav[sr];amovie=azi_90_ele_0_DFC.wav[sl];amovie=azi_225_ele_0_DFC.wav[br];amovie=azi_135_ele_0_DFC.wav[bl];amovie=azi_0_ele_0_DFC.wav,asplit[fc][lfe];amovie=azi_35_ele_0_DFC.wav[fl];amovie=azi_325_ele_0_DFC.wav[fr];[0:a][fl][fr][fc][lfe][bl][br][sl][sr]headphone=FL|FR|FC|LFE|BL|BR|SL|SR"
                   output.wav

       •   Full example using wav files as coefficients with amovie filters for 7.1 downmix, but now
           in _multich_ _hrir_ format.

                   ffmpeg -i input.wav -filter_complex "amovie=minp.wav[hrirs];[0:a][hrirs]headphone=map=FL|FR|FC|LFE|BL|BR|SL|SR:hrir=multich"
                   output.wav

### highpass
       Apply a high-pass filter with 3dB point frequency.  The filter can be either single-pole, or
       double-pole (the default).  The filter roll off at 6dB per pole per octave (20dB per pole per
       decade).

       The filter accepts the following options:

### frequency, f
           Set frequency in Hz. Default is 3000.

### poles, p
           Set number of poles. Default is 2.

       **width**___**type,** **t**
           Set method to specify band-width of filter.

           **h**   Hz

           **q**   Q-Factor

           **o**   octave

           **s**   slope

           **k**   kHz

### width, w
           Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.  Applies only to double-pole
           filter.  The default is 0.707q and gives a Butterworth response.

### mix, m
           How much to use filtered signal in output. Default is 1.  Range is between 0 and 1.

### channels, c
           Specify which channels to filter, by default all available are filtered.

### normalize, n
           Normalize biquad coefficients, by default is disabled.  Enabling it will normalize
           magnitude response at DC to 0dB.

### transform, a
           Set transform type of IIR filter.

           **di**
           **dii**
           **tdii**
           **latt**
### precision, r
           Set precison of filtering.

           **auto**
               Pick automatic sample format depending on surround filters.

           **s16** Always use signed 16-bit.

           **s32** Always use signed 32-bit.

           **f32** Always use float 32-bit.

           **f64** Always use float 64-bit.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the following commands:

### frequency, f
           Change highpass frequency.  Syntax for the command is : "_frequency_"

       **width**___**type,** **t**
           Change highpass width_type.  Syntax for the command is : "_width_type_"

### width, w
           Change highpass width.  Syntax for the command is : "_width_"

### mix, m
           Change highpass mix.  Syntax for the command is : "_mix_"

### join
       Join multiple input streams into one multi-channel stream.

       It accepts the following parameters:

### inputs
           The number of input streams. It defaults to 2.

       **channel**___**layout**
           The desired output channel layout. It defaults to stereo.

       **map** Map channels from inputs to output. The argument is a '|'-separated list of mappings,
           each in the "_input_idx.in_channel-out_channel"_ form. _input_idx_ is the 0-based index of
           the input stream. _in_channel_ can be either the name of the input channel (e.g. FL for
           front left) or its index in the specified input stream. _out_channel_ is the name of the
           output channel.

       The filter will attempt to guess the mappings when they are not specified explicitly. It does
       so by first trying to find an unused matching input channel and if that fails it picks the
       first unused input channel.

       Join 3 inputs (with properly set channel layouts):

               ffmpeg -i INPUT1 -i INPUT2 -i INPUT3 -filter_complex join=inputs=3 OUTPUT

       Build a 5.1 output from 6 single-channel streams:

               ffmpeg -i fl -i fr -i fc -i sl -i sr -i lfe -filter_complex
               'join=inputs=6:channel_layout=5.1:map=0.0-FL|1.0-FR|2.0-FC|3.0-SL|4.0-SR|5.0-LFE'
               out

### ladspa
       Load a LADSPA (Linux Audio Developer's Simple Plugin API) plugin.

       To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with "--enable-ladspa".

### file, f
           Specifies the name of LADSPA plugin library to load. If the environment variable
           **LADSPA**___**PATH** is defined, the LADSPA plugin is searched in each one of the directories
           specified by the colon separated list in **LADSPA**___**PATH**, otherwise in the standard LADSPA
           paths, which are in this order: _HOME/.ladspa/lib/_, _/usr/local/lib/ladspa/_,
           _/usr/lib/ladspa/_.

### plugin, p
           Specifies the plugin within the library. Some libraries contain only one plugin, but
           others contain many of them. If this is not set filter will list all available plugins
           within the specified library.

### controls, c
           Set the '|' separated list of controls which are zero or more floating point values that
           determine the behavior of the loaded plugin (for example delay, threshold or gain).
           Controls need to be defined using the following syntax:
           c0=_value0_|c1=_value1_|c2=_value2_|..., where _valuei_ is the value set on the _i_-th control.
           Alternatively they can be also defined using the following syntax:
           _value0_|_value1_|_value2_|..., where _valuei_ is the value set on the _i_-th control.  If **controls**
           is set to "help", all available controls and their valid ranges are printed.

       **sample**___**rate,** **s**
           Specify the sample rate, default to 44100. Only used if plugin have zero inputs.

       **nb**___**samples,** **n**
           Set the number of samples per channel per each output frame, default is 1024. Only used
           if plugin have zero inputs.

### duration, d
           Set the minimum duration of the sourced audio. See **the** **Time** **duration** **section** **in** **the**
           [**ffmpeg-utils(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-utils/1/markdown)** **manual** for the accepted syntax.  Note that the resulting duration may be
           greater than the specified duration, as the generated audio is always cut at the end of a
           complete frame.  If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the audio is
           supposed to be generated forever.  Only used if plugin have zero inputs.

### latency, l
           Enable latency compensation, by default is disabled.  Only used if plugin have inputs.

       _Examples_

       •   List all available plugins within amp (LADSPA example plugin) library:

                   ladspa=file=amp

       •   List all available controls and their valid ranges for "vcf_notch" plugin from "VCF"
           library:

                   ladspa=f=vcf:p=vcf_notch:c=help

       •   Simulate low quality audio equipment using "Computer Music Toolkit" (CMT) plugin library:

                   ladspa=file=cmt:plugin=lofi:controls=c0=22|c1=12|c2=12

       •   Add reverberation to the audio using TAP-plugins (Tom's Audio Processing plugins):

                   ladspa=file=tap_reverb:tap_reverb

       •   Generate white noise, with 0.2 amplitude:

                   ladspa=file=cmt:noise_source_white:c=c0=.2

       •   Generate 20 bpm clicks using plugin "C* Click - Metronome" from the "C* Audio Plugin
           Suite" (CAPS) library:

                   ladspa=file=caps:Click:c=c1=20'

       •   Apply "C* Eq10X2 - Stereo 10-band equaliser" effect:

                   ladspa=caps:Eq10X2:c=c0=-48|c9=-24|c3=12|c4=2

       •   Increase volume by 20dB using fast lookahead limiter from Steve Harris "SWH Plugins"
           collection:

                   ladspa=fast_lookahead_limiter_1913:fastLookaheadLimiter:20|0|2

       •   Attenuate low frequencies using Multiband EQ from Steve Harris "SWH Plugins" collection:

                   ladspa=mbeq_1197:mbeq:-24|-24|-24|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0

       •   Reduce stereo image using "Narrower" from the "C* Audio Plugin Suite" (CAPS) library:

                   ladspa=caps:Narrower

       •   Another white noise, now using "C* Audio Plugin Suite" (CAPS) library:

                   ladspa=caps:White:.2

       •   Some fractal noise, using "C* Audio Plugin Suite" (CAPS) library:

                   ladspa=caps:Fractal:c=c1=1

       •   Dynamic volume normalization using "VLevel" plugin:

                   ladspa=vlevel-ladspa:vlevel_mono

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the following commands:

       **cN**  Modify the _N_-th control value.

           If the specified value is not valid, it is ignored and prior one is kept.

### loudnorm
       EBU R128 loudness normalization. Includes both dynamic and linear normalization modes.
       Support for both single pass (livestreams, files) and double pass (files) modes.  This
       algorithm can target IL, LRA, and maximum true peak. In dynamic mode, to accurately detect
       true peaks, the audio stream will be upsampled to 192 kHz.  Use the "-ar" option or
       "aresample" filter to explicitly set an output sample rate.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### I, i
           Set integrated loudness target.  Range is -70.0 - -5.0. Default value is -24.0.

### LRA, lra
           Set loudness range target.  Range is 1.0 - 20.0. Default value is 7.0.

### TP, tp
           Set maximum true peak.  Range is -9.0 - +0.0. Default value is -2.0.

       **measured**___**I,** **measured**___**i**
           Measured IL of input file.  Range is -99.0 - +0.0.

       **measured**___**LRA,** **measured**___**lra**
           Measured LRA of input file.  Range is  0.0 - 99.0.

       **measured**___**TP,** **measured**___**tp**
           Measured true peak of input file.  Range is  -99.0 - +99.0.

       **measured**___**thresh**
           Measured threshold of input file.  Range is -99.0 - +0.0.

### offset
           Set offset gain. Gain is applied before the true-peak limiter.  Range is  -99.0 - +99.0.
           Default is +0.0.

### linear
           Normalize by linearly scaling the source audio.  "measured_I", "measured_LRA",
           "measured_TP", and "measured_thresh" must all be specified. Target LRA shouldn't be lower
           than source LRA and the change in integrated loudness shouldn't result in a true peak
           which exceeds the target TP. If any of these conditions aren't met, normalization mode
           will revert to _dynamic_.  Options are "true" or "false". Default is "true".

       **dual**___**mono**
           Treat mono input files as "dual-mono". If a mono file is intended for playback on a
           stereo system, its EBU R128 measurement will be perceptually incorrect.  If set to
           "true", this option will compensate for this effect.  Multi-channel input files are not
           affected by this option.  Options are true or false. Default is false.

       **print**___**format**
           Set print format for stats. Options are summary, json, or none.  Default value is none.

### lowpass
       Apply a low-pass filter with 3dB point frequency.  The filter can be either single-pole or
       double-pole (the default).  The filter roll off at 6dB per pole per octave (20dB per pole per
       decade).

       The filter accepts the following options:

### frequency, f
           Set frequency in Hz. Default is 500.

### poles, p
           Set number of poles. Default is 2.

       **width**___**type,** **t**
           Set method to specify band-width of filter.

           **h**   Hz

           **q**   Q-Factor

           **o**   octave

           **s**   slope

           **k**   kHz

### width, w
           Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.  Applies only to double-pole
           filter.  The default is 0.707q and gives a Butterworth response.

### mix, m
           How much to use filtered signal in output. Default is 1.  Range is between 0 and 1.

### channels, c
           Specify which channels to filter, by default all available are filtered.

### normalize, n
           Normalize biquad coefficients, by default is disabled.  Enabling it will normalize
           magnitude response at DC to 0dB.

### transform, a
           Set transform type of IIR filter.

           **di**
           **dii**
           **tdii**
           **latt**
### precision, r
           Set precison of filtering.

           **auto**
               Pick automatic sample format depending on surround filters.

           **s16** Always use signed 16-bit.

           **s32** Always use signed 32-bit.

           **f32** Always use float 32-bit.

           **f64** Always use float 64-bit.

       _Examples_

       •   Lowpass only LFE channel, it LFE is not present it does nothing:

                   lowpass=c=LFE

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the following commands:

### frequency, f
           Change lowpass frequency.  Syntax for the command is : "_frequency_"

       **width**___**type,** **t**
           Change lowpass width_type.  Syntax for the command is : "_width_type_"

### width, w
           Change lowpass width.  Syntax for the command is : "_width_"

### mix, m
           Change lowpass mix.  Syntax for the command is : "_mix_"

### lv2
       Load a LV2 (LADSPA Version 2) plugin.

       To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with "--enable-lv2".

### plugin, p
           Specifies the plugin URI. You may need to escape ':'.

### controls, c
           Set the '|' separated list of controls which are zero or more floating point values that
           determine the behavior of the loaded plugin (for example delay, threshold or gain).  If
           **controls** is set to "help", all available controls and their valid ranges are printed.

       **sample**___**rate,** **s**
           Specify the sample rate, default to 44100. Only used if plugin have zero inputs.

       **nb**___**samples,** **n**
           Set the number of samples per channel per each output frame, default is 1024. Only used
           if plugin have zero inputs.

### duration, d
           Set the minimum duration of the sourced audio. See **the** **Time** **duration** **section** **in** **the**
           [**ffmpeg-utils(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-utils/1/markdown)** **manual** for the accepted syntax.  Note that the resulting duration may be
           greater than the specified duration, as the generated audio is always cut at the end of a
           complete frame.  If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the audio is
           supposed to be generated forever.  Only used if plugin have zero inputs.

       _Examples_

       •   Apply bass enhancer plugin from Calf:

                   lv2=p=http\\\\://calf.sourceforge.net/plugins/BassEnhancer:c=amount=2

       •   Apply vinyl plugin from Calf:

                   lv2=p=http\\\\://calf.sourceforge.net/plugins/Vinyl:c=drone=0.2|aging=0.5

       •   Apply bit crusher plugin from ArtyFX:

                   lv2=p=http\\\\://www.openavproductions.com/artyfx#bitta:c=crush=0.3

### mcompand
       Multiband Compress or expand the audio's dynamic range.

       The input audio is divided into bands using 4th order Linkwitz-Riley IIRs.  This is akin to
       the crossover of a loudspeaker, and results in flat frequency response when absent compander
       action.

       It accepts the following parameters:

### args
           This option syntax is: attack,decay,[attack,decay..] soft-knee points crossover_frequency
           [delay [initial_volume [gain]]] | attack,decay ...  For explanation of each item refer to
           compand filter documentation.

### pan
       Mix channels with specific gain levels. The filter accepts the output channel layout followed
       by a set of channels definitions.

       This filter is also designed to efficiently remap the channels of an audio stream.

       The filter accepts parameters of the form: "_l_|_outdef_|_outdef_|..."

       **l**   output channel layout or number of channels

### outdef
           output channel specification, of the form:
           "_out_name_=[_gain_*]_in_name_[(+-)[_gain_*]_in_name_...]"

       **out**___**name**
           output channel to define, either a channel name (FL, FR, etc.) or a channel number (c0,
           c1, etc.)

### gain
           multiplicative coefficient for the channel, 1 leaving the volume unchanged

       **in**___**name**
           input channel to use, see out_name for details; it is not possible to mix named and
           numbered input channels

       If the `=' in a channel specification is replaced by `<', then the gains for that
       specification will be renormalized so that the total is 1, thus avoiding clipping noise.

       _Mixing_ _examples_

       For example, if you want to down-mix from stereo to mono, but with a bigger factor for the
       left channel:

               pan=1c|c0=0.9*c0+0.1*c1

       A customized down-mix to stereo that works automatically for 3-, 4-, 5- and 7-channels
       surround:

               pan=stereo| FL < FL + 0.5*FC + 0.6*BL + 0.6*SL | FR < FR + 0.5*FC + 0.6*BR + 0.6*SR

       Note that **ffmpeg** integrates a default down-mix (and up-mix) system that should be preferred
       (see "-ac" option) unless you have very specific needs.

       _Remapping_ _examples_

       The channel remapping will be effective if, and only if:

       *<gain coefficients are zeroes or ones,>
       *<only one input per channel output,>

       If all these conditions are satisfied, the filter will notify the user ("Pure channel mapping
       detected"), and use an optimized and lossless method to do the remapping.

       For example, if you have a 5.1 source and want a stereo audio stream by dropping the extra
       channels:

               pan="stereo| c0=FL | c1=FR"

       Given the same source, you can also switch front left and front right channels and keep the
       input channel layout:

               pan="5.1| c0=c1 | c1=c0 | c2=c2 | c3=c3 | c4=c4 | c5=c5"

       If the input is a stereo audio stream, you can mute the front left channel (and still keep
       the stereo channel layout) with:

               pan="stereo|c1=c1"

       Still with a stereo audio stream input, you can copy the right channel in both front left and
       right:

               pan="stereo| c0=FR | c1=FR"

### replaygain
       ReplayGain scanner filter. This filter takes an audio stream as an input and outputs it
       unchanged.  At end of filtering it displays "track_gain" and "track_peak".

### resample
       Convert the audio sample format, sample rate and channel layout. It is not meant to be used
       directly.

### rubberband
       Apply time-stretching and pitch-shifting with librubberband.

       To enable compilation of this filter, you need to configure FFmpeg with
       "--enable-librubberband".

       The filter accepts the following options:

### tempo
           Set tempo scale factor.

### pitch
           Set pitch scale factor.

### transients
           Set transients detector.  Possible values are:

           _crisp_
           _mixed_
           _smooth_
### detector
           Set detector.  Possible values are:

           _compound_
           _percussive_
           _soft_
### phase
           Set phase.  Possible values are:

           _laminar_
           _independent_
### window
           Set processing window size.  Possible values are:

           _standard_
           _short_
           _long_
### smoothing
           Set smoothing.  Possible values are:

           _off_
           _on_
### formant
           Enable formant preservation when shift pitching.  Possible values are:

           _shifted_
           _preserved_
### pitchq
           Set pitch quality.  Possible values are:

           _quality_
           _speed_
           _consistency_
### channels
           Set channels.  Possible values are:

           _apart_
           _together_

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the following commands:

### tempo
           Change filter tempo scale factor.  Syntax for the command is : "_tempo_"

### pitch
           Change filter pitch scale factor.  Syntax for the command is : "_pitch_"

### sidechaincompress
       This filter acts like normal compressor but has the ability to compress detected signal using
       second input signal.  It needs two input streams and returns one output stream.  First input
       stream will be processed depending on second stream signal.  The filtered signal then can be
       filtered with other filters in later stages of processing. See **pan** and **amerge** filter.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **level**___**in**
           Set input gain. Default is 1. Range is between 0.015625 and 64.

### mode
           Set mode of compressor operation. Can be "upward" or "downward".  Default is "downward".

### threshold
           If a signal of second stream raises above this level it will affect the gain reduction of
           first stream.  By default is 0.125. Range is between 0.00097563 and 1.

### ratio
           Set a ratio about which the signal is reduced. 1:2 means that if the level raised 4dB
           above the threshold, it will be only 2dB above after the reduction.  Default is 2. Range
           is between 1 and 20.

### attack
           Amount of milliseconds the signal has to rise above the threshold before gain reduction
           starts. Default is 20. Range is between 0.01 and 2000.

### release
           Amount of milliseconds the signal has to fall below the threshold before reduction is
           decreased again. Default is 250. Range is between 0.01 and 9000.

### makeup
           Set the amount by how much signal will be amplified after processing.  Default is 1.
           Range is from 1 to 64.

### knee
           Curve the sharp knee around the threshold to enter gain reduction more softly.  Default
           is 2.82843. Range is between 1 and 8.

### link
           Choose if the "average" level between all channels of side-chain stream or the
           louder("maximum") channel of side-chain stream affects the reduction. Default is
           "average".

### detection
           Should the exact signal be taken in case of "peak" or an RMS one in case of "rms".
           Default is "rms" which is mainly smoother.

       **level**___**sc**
           Set sidechain gain. Default is 1. Range is between 0.015625 and 64.

       **mix** How much to use compressed signal in output. Default is 1.  Range is between 0 and 1.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

       _Examples_

       •   Full ffmpeg example taking 2 audio inputs, 1st input to be compressed depending on the
           signal of 2nd input and later compressed signal to be merged with 2nd input:

                   ffmpeg -i main.flac -i sidechain.flac -filter_complex "[1:a]asplit=2[sc][mix];[0:a][sc]sidechaincompress[compr];[compr][mix]amerge"

### sidechaingate
       A sidechain gate acts like a normal (wideband) gate but has the ability to filter the
       detected signal before sending it to the gain reduction stage.  Normally a gate uses the full
       range signal to detect a level above the threshold.  For example: If you cut all lower
       frequencies from your sidechain signal the gate will decrease the volume of your track only
       if not enough highs appear. With this technique you are able to reduce the resonation of a
       natural drum or remove "rumbling" of muted strokes from a heavily distorted guitar.  It needs
       two input streams and returns one output stream.  First input stream will be processed
       depending on second stream signal.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **level**___**in**
           Set input level before filtering.  Default is 1. Allowed range is from 0.015625 to 64.

### mode
           Set the mode of operation. Can be "upward" or "downward".  Default is "downward". If set
           to "upward" mode, higher parts of signal will be amplified, expanding dynamic range in
           upward direction.  Otherwise, in case of "downward" lower parts of signal will be
           reduced.

### range
           Set the level of gain reduction when the signal is below the threshold.  Default is
           0.06125. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.  Setting this to 0 disables reduction and then
           filter behaves like expander.

### threshold
           If a signal rises above this level the gain reduction is released.  Default is 0.125.
           Allowed range is from 0 to 1.

### ratio
           Set a ratio about which the signal is reduced.  Default is 2. Allowed range is from 1 to
           9000.

### attack
           Amount of milliseconds the signal has to rise above the threshold before gain reduction
           stops.  Default is 20 milliseconds. Allowed range is from 0.01 to 9000.

### release
           Amount of milliseconds the signal has to fall below the threshold before the reduction is
           increased again. Default is 250 milliseconds.  Allowed range is from 0.01 to 9000.

### makeup
           Set amount of amplification of signal after processing.  Default is 1. Allowed range is
           from 1 to 64.

### knee
           Curve the sharp knee around the threshold to enter gain reduction more softly.  Default
           is 2.828427125. Allowed range is from 1 to 8.

### detection
           Choose if exact signal should be taken for detection or an RMS like one.  Default is rms.
           Can be peak or rms.

### link
           Choose if the average level between all channels or the louder channel affects the
           reduction.  Default is average. Can be average or maximum.

       **level**___**sc**
           Set sidechain gain. Default is 1. Range is from 0.015625 to 64.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### silencedetect
       Detect silence in an audio stream.

       This filter logs a message when it detects that the input audio volume is less or equal to a
       noise tolerance value for a duration greater or equal to the minimum detected noise duration.

       The printed times and duration are expressed in seconds. The "lavfi.silence_start" or
       "lavfi.silence_start.X" metadata key is set on the first frame whose timestamp equals or
       exceeds the detection duration and it contains the timestamp of the first frame of the
       silence.

       The "lavfi.silence_duration" or "lavfi.silence_duration.X" and "lavfi.silence_end" or
       "lavfi.silence_end.X" metadata keys are set on the first frame after the silence. If **mono** is
       enabled, and each channel is evaluated separately, the ".X" suffixed keys are used, and "X"
       corresponds to the channel number.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### noise, n
           Set noise tolerance. Can be specified in dB (in case "dB" is appended to the specified
           value) or amplitude ratio. Default is -60dB, or 0.001.

### duration, d
           Set silence duration until notification (default is 2 seconds). See **the** **Time** **duration**
           **section** **in** **the** [**ffmpeg-utils(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-utils/1/markdown)** **manual** for the accepted syntax.

### mono, m
           Process each channel separately, instead of combined. By default is disabled.

       _Examples_

       •   Detect 5 seconds of silence with -50dB noise tolerance:

                   silencedetect=n=-50dB:d=5

       •   Complete example with **ffmpeg** to detect silence with 0.0001 noise tolerance in
           _silence.mp3_:

                   ffmpeg -i silence.mp3 -af silencedetect=noise=0.0001 -f null -

### silenceremove
       Remove silence from the beginning, middle or end of the audio.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **start**___**periods**
           This value is used to indicate if audio should be trimmed at beginning of the audio. A
           value of zero indicates no silence should be trimmed from the beginning. When specifying
           a non-zero value, it trims audio up until it finds non-silence. Normally, when trimming
           silence from beginning of audio the _start_periods_ will be 1 but it can be increased to
           higher values to trim all audio up to specific count of non-silence periods.  Default
           value is 0.

       **start**___**duration**
           Specify the amount of time that non-silence must be detected before it stops trimming
           audio. By increasing the duration, bursts of noises can be treated as silence and trimmed
           off. Default value is 0.

       **start**___**threshold**
           This indicates what sample value should be treated as silence. For digital audio, a value
           of 0 may be fine but for audio recorded from analog, you may wish to increase the value
           to account for background noise.  Can be specified in dB (in case "dB" is appended to the
           specified value) or amplitude ratio. Default value is 0.

       **start**___**silence**
           Specify max duration of silence at beginning that will be kept after trimming. Default is
           0, which is equal to trimming all samples detected as silence.

       **start**___**mode**
           Specify mode of detection of silence end in start of multi-channel audio.  Can be _any_ or
           _all_. Default is _any_.  With _any_, any sample that is detected as non-silence will cause
           stopped trimming of silence.  With _all_, only if all channels are detected as non-silence
           will cause stopped trimming of silence.

       **stop**___**periods**
           Set the count for trimming silence from the end of audio.  To remove silence from the
           middle of a file, specify a _stop_periods_ that is negative. This value is then treated as
           a positive value and is used to indicate the effect should restart processing as
           specified by _start_periods_, making it suitable for removing periods of silence in the
           middle of the audio.  Default value is 0.

       **stop**___**duration**
           Specify a duration of silence that must exist before audio is not copied any more. By
           specifying a higher duration, silence that is wanted can be left in the audio.  Default
           value is 0.

       **stop**___**threshold**
           This is the same as **start**___**threshold** but for trimming silence from the end of audio.  Can
           be specified in dB (in case "dB" is appended to the specified value) or amplitude ratio.
           Default value is 0.

       **stop**___**silence**
           Specify max duration of silence at end that will be kept after trimming. Default is 0,
           which is equal to trimming all samples detected as silence.

       **stop**___**mode**
           Specify mode of detection of silence start in end of multi-channel audio.  Can be _any_ or
           _all_. Default is _any_.  With _any_, any sample that is detected as non-silence will cause
           stopped trimming of silence.  With _all_, only if all channels are detected as non-silence
           will cause stopped trimming of silence.

### detection
           Set how is silence detected. Can be "rms" or "peak". Second is faster and works better
           with digital silence which is exactly 0.  Default value is "rms".

### window
           Set duration in number of seconds used to calculate size of window in number of samples
           for detecting silence.  Default value is 0.02. Allowed range is from 0 to 10.

       _Examples_

       •   The following example shows how this filter can be used to start a recording that does
           not contain the delay at the start which usually occurs between pressing the record
           button and the start of the performance:

                   silenceremove=start_periods=1:start_duration=5:start_threshold=0.02

       •   Trim all silence encountered from beginning to end where there is more than 1 second of
           silence in audio:

                   silenceremove=stop_periods=-1:stop_duration=1:stop_threshold=-90dB

       •   Trim all digital silence samples, using peak detection, from beginning to end where there
           is more than 0 samples of digital silence in audio and digital silence is detected in all
           channels at same positions in stream:

                   silenceremove=window=0:detection=peak:stop_mode=all:start_mode=all:stop_periods=-1:stop_threshold=0

### sofalizer
       SOFAlizer uses head-related transfer functions (HRTFs) to create virtual loudspeakers around
       the user for binaural listening via headphones (audio formats up to 9 channels supported).
       The HRTFs are stored in SOFA files (see <**<http://www.sofacoustics.org/>**> for a database).
       SOFAlizer is developed at the Acoustics Research Institute (ARI) of the Austrian Academy of
       Sciences.

       To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with "--enable-libmysofa".

       The filter accepts the following options:

### sofa
           Set the SOFA file used for rendering.

### gain
           Set gain applied to audio. Value is in dB. Default is 0.

### rotation
           Set rotation of virtual loudspeakers in deg. Default is 0.

### elevation
           Set elevation of virtual speakers in deg. Default is 0.

### radius
           Set distance in meters between loudspeakers and the listener with near-field HRTFs.
           Default is 1.

### type
           Set processing type. Can be _time_ or _freq_. _time_ is processing audio in time domain which
           is slow.  _freq_ is processing audio in frequency domain which is fast.  Default is _freq_.

### speakers
           Set custom positions of virtual loudspeakers. Syntax for this option is: <CH> <AZIM>
           <ELEV>[|<CH> <AZIM> <ELEV>|...].  Each virtual loudspeaker is described with short
           channel name following with azimuth and elevation in degrees.  Each virtual loudspeaker
           description is separated by '|'.  For example to override front left and front right
           channel positions use: 'speakers=FL 45 15|FR 345 15'.  Descriptions with unrecognised
           channel names are ignored.

### lfegain
           Set custom gain for LFE channels. Value is in dB. Default is 0.

### framesize
           Set custom frame size in number of samples. Default is 1024.  Allowed range is from 1024
           to 96000. Only used if option **type** is set to _freq_.

### normalize
           Should all IRs be normalized upon importing SOFA file.  By default is enabled.

### interpolate
           Should nearest IRs be interpolated with neighbor IRs if exact position does not match. By
           default is disabled.

### minphase
           Minphase all IRs upon loading of SOFA file. By default is disabled.

### anglestep
           Set neighbor search angle step. Only used if option _interpolate_ is enabled.

### radstep
           Set neighbor search radius step. Only used if option _interpolate_ is enabled.

       _Examples_

       •   Using ClubFritz6 sofa file:

                   sofalizer=sofa=/path/to/ClubFritz6.sofa:type=freq:radius=1

       •   Using ClubFritz12 sofa file and bigger radius with small rotation:

                   sofalizer=sofa=/path/to/ClubFritz12.sofa:type=freq:radius=2:rotation=5

       •   Similar as above but with custom speaker positions for front left, front right, back left
           and back right and also with custom gain:

                   "sofalizer=sofa=/path/to/ClubFritz6.sofa:type=freq:radius=2:speakers=FL 45|FR 315|BL 135|BR 225:gain=28"

### speechnorm
       Speech Normalizer.

       This filter expands or compresses each half-cycle of audio samples (local set of samples all
       above or all below zero and between two nearest zero crossings) depending on threshold value,
       so audio reaches target peak value under conditions controlled by below options.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### peak, p
           Set the expansion target peak value. This specifies the highest allowed absolute
           amplitude level for the normalized audio input. Default value is 0.95. Allowed range is
           from 0.0 to 1.0.

### expansion, e
           Set the maximum expansion factor. Allowed range is from 1.0 to 50.0. Default value is
           2.0.  This option controls maximum local half-cycle of samples expansion. The maximum
           expansion would be such that local peak value reaches target peak value but never to
           surpass it and that ratio between new and previous peak value does not surpass this
           option value.

### compression, c
           Set the maximum compression factor. Allowed range is from 1.0 to 50.0. Default value is
           2.0.  This option controls maximum local half-cycle of samples compression. This option
           is used only if **threshold** option is set to value greater than 0.0, then in such cases
           when local peak is lower or same as value set by **threshold** all samples belonging to that
           peak's half-cycle will be compressed by current compression factor.

### threshold, t
           Set the threshold value. Default value is 0.0. Allowed range is from 0.0 to 1.0.  This
           option specifies which half-cycles of samples will be compressed and which will be
           expanded.  Any half-cycle samples with their local peak value below or same as this
           option value will be compressed by current compression factor, otherwise, if greater than
           threshold value they will be expanded with expansion factor so that it could reach peak
           target value but never surpass it.

### raise, r
           Set the expansion raising amount per each half-cycle of samples. Default value is 0.001.
           Allowed range is from 0.0 to 1.0. This controls how fast expansion factor is raised per
           each new half-cycle until it reaches **expansion** value.  Setting this options too high may
           lead to distortions.

### fall, f
           Set the compression raising amount per each half-cycle of samples. Default value is
           0.001.  Allowed range is from 0.0 to 1.0. This controls how fast compression factor is
           raised per each new half-cycle until it reaches **compression** value.

### channels, h
           Specify which channels to filter, by default all available channels are filtered.

### invert, i
           Enable inverted filtering, by default is disabled. This inverts interpretation of
           **threshold** option. When enabled any half-cycle of samples with their local peak value
           below or same as **threshold** option will be expanded otherwise it will be compressed.

### link, l
           Link channels when calculating gain applied to each filtered channel sample, by default
           is disabled.  When disabled each filtered channel gain calculation is independent,
           otherwise when this option is enabled the minimum of all possible gains for each filtered
           channel is used.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### stereotools
       This filter has some handy utilities to manage stereo signals, for converting M/S stereo
       recordings to L/R signal while having control over the parameters or spreading the stereo
       image of master track.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **level**___**in**
           Set input level before filtering for both channels. Defaults is 1.  Allowed range is from
           0.015625 to 64.

       **level**___**out**
           Set output level after filtering for both channels. Defaults is 1.  Allowed range is from
           0.015625 to 64.

       **balance**___**in**
           Set input balance between both channels. Default is 0.  Allowed range is from -1 to 1.

       **balance**___**out**
           Set output balance between both channels. Default is 0.  Allowed range is from -1 to 1.

### softclip
           Enable softclipping. Results in analog distortion instead of harsh digital 0dB clipping.
           Disabled by default.

### mutel
           Mute the left channel. Disabled by default.

### muter
           Mute the right channel. Disabled by default.

### phasel
           Change the phase of the left channel. Disabled by default.

### phaser
           Change the phase of the right channel. Disabled by default.

### mode
           Set stereo mode. Available values are:

           **lr>lr**
               Left/Right to Left/Right, this is default.

           **lr>ms**
               Left/Right to Mid/Side.

           **ms>lr**
               Mid/Side to Left/Right.

           **lr>ll**
               Left/Right to Left/Left.

           **lr>rr**
               Left/Right to Right/Right.

           **lr>l+r**
               Left/Right to Left + Right.

           **lr>rl**
               Left/Right to Right/Left.

           **ms>ll**
               Mid/Side to Left/Left.

           **ms>rr**
               Mid/Side to Right/Right.

           **ms>rl**
               Mid/Side to Right/Left.

           **lr>l-r**
               Left/Right to Left - Right.

### slev
           Set level of side signal. Default is 1.  Allowed range is from 0.015625 to 64.

### sbal
           Set balance of side signal. Default is 0.  Allowed range is from -1 to 1.

### mlev
           Set level of the middle signal. Default is 1.  Allowed range is from 0.015625 to 64.

### mpan
           Set middle signal pan. Default is 0. Allowed range is from -1 to 1.

### base
           Set stereo base between mono and inversed channels. Default is 0.  Allowed range is from
           -1 to 1.

### delay
           Set delay in milliseconds how much to delay left from right channel and vice versa.
           Default is 0. Allowed range is from -20 to 20.

### sclevel
           Set S/C level. Default is 1. Allowed range is from 1 to 100.

### phase
           Set the stereo phase in degrees. Default is 0. Allowed range is from 0 to 360.

       **bmode**___**in,** **bmode**___**out**
           Set balance mode for balance_in/balance_out option.

           Can be one of the following:

           **balance**
               Classic balance mode. Attenuate one channel at time.  Gain is raised up to 1.

           **amplitude**
               Similar as classic mode above but gain is raised up to 2.

           **power**
               Equal power distribution, from -6dB to +6dB range.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

       _Examples_

       •   Apply karaoke like effect:

                   stereotools=mlev=0.015625

       •   Convert M/S signal to L/R:

                   "stereotools=mode=ms>lr"

### stereowiden
       This filter enhance the stereo effect by suppressing signal common to both channels and by
       delaying the signal of left into right and vice versa, thereby widening the stereo effect.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### delay
           Time in milliseconds of the delay of left signal into right and vice versa.  Default is
           20 milliseconds.

### feedback
           Amount of gain in delayed signal into right and vice versa. Gives a delay effect of left
           signal in right output and vice versa which gives widening effect. Default is 0.3.

### crossfeed
           Cross feed of left into right with inverted phase. This helps in suppressing the mono. If
           the value is 1 it will cancel all the signal common to both channels. Default is 0.3.

### drymix
           Set level of input signal of original channel. Default is 0.8.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options except "delay" as **commands**.

### superequalizer
       Apply 18 band equalizer.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **1b**  Set 65Hz band gain.

       **2b**  Set 92Hz band gain.

       **3b**  Set 131Hz band gain.

       **4b**  Set 185Hz band gain.

       **5b**  Set 262Hz band gain.

       **6b**  Set 370Hz band gain.

       **7b**  Set 523Hz band gain.

       **8b**  Set 740Hz band gain.

       **9b**  Set 1047Hz band gain.

       **10b** Set 1480Hz band gain.

       **11b** Set 2093Hz band gain.

       **12b** Set 2960Hz band gain.

       **13b** Set 4186Hz band gain.

       **14b** Set 5920Hz band gain.

       **15b** Set 8372Hz band gain.

       **16b** Set 11840Hz band gain.

       **17b** Set 16744Hz band gain.

       **18b** Set 20000Hz band gain.

### surround
       Apply audio surround upmix filter.

       This filter allows to produce multichannel output from audio stream.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **chl**___**out**
           Set output channel layout. By default, this is _5.1_.

           See **the** **Channel** **Layout** **section** **in** **the** [**ffmpeg-utils(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-utils/1/markdown)** **manual** for the required syntax.

       **chl**___**in**
           Set input channel layout. By default, this is _stereo_.

           See **the** **Channel** **Layout** **section** **in** **the** [**ffmpeg-utils(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-utils/1/markdown)** **manual** for the required syntax.

       **level**___**in**
           Set input volume level. By default, this is _1_.

       **level**___**out**
           Set output volume level. By default, this is _1_.

       **lfe** Enable LFE channel output if output channel layout has it. By default, this is enabled.

       **lfe**___**low**
           Set LFE low cut off frequency. By default, this is _128_ Hz.

       **lfe**___**high**
           Set LFE high cut off frequency. By default, this is _256_ Hz.

       **lfe**___**mode**
           Set LFE mode, can be _add_ or _sub_. Default is _add_.  In _add_ mode, LFE channel is created
           from input audio and added to output.  In _sub_ mode, LFE channel is created from input
           audio and added to output but also all non-LFE output channels are subtracted with output
           LFE channel.

### angle
           Set angle of stereo surround transform, Allowed range is from _0_ to _360_.  Default is _90_.

       **fc**___**in**
           Set front center input volume. By default, this is _1_.

       **fc**___**out**
           Set front center output volume. By default, this is _1_.

       **fl**___**in**
           Set front left input volume. By default, this is _1_.

       **fl**___**out**
           Set front left output volume. By default, this is _1_.

       **fr**___**in**
           Set front right input volume. By default, this is _1_.

       **fr**___**out**
           Set front right output volume. By default, this is _1_.

       **sl**___**in**
           Set side left input volume. By default, this is _1_.

       **sl**___**out**
           Set side left output volume. By default, this is _1_.

       **sr**___**in**
           Set side right input volume. By default, this is _1_.

       **sr**___**out**
           Set side right output volume. By default, this is _1_.

       **bl**___**in**
           Set back left input volume. By default, this is _1_.

       **bl**___**out**
           Set back left output volume. By default, this is _1_.

       **br**___**in**
           Set back right input volume. By default, this is _1_.

       **br**___**out**
           Set back right output volume. By default, this is _1_.

       **bc**___**in**
           Set back center input volume. By default, this is _1_.

       **bc**___**out**
           Set back center output volume. By default, this is _1_.

       **lfe**___**in**
           Set LFE input volume. By default, this is _1_.

       **lfe**___**out**
           Set LFE output volume. By default, this is _1_.

### allx
           Set spread usage of stereo image across X axis for all channels.

### ally
           Set spread usage of stereo image across Y axis for all channels.

### fcx, flx, frx, blx, brx, slx, srx, bcx
           Set spread usage of stereo image across X axis for each channel.

### fcy, fly, fry, bly, bry, sly, sry, bcy
           Set spread usage of stereo image across Y axis for each channel.

       **win**___**size**
           Set window size. Allowed range is from _1024_ to _65536_. Default size is _4096_.

       **win**___**func**
           Set window function.

           It accepts the following values:

           **rect**
           **bartlett**
           **hann,** **hanning**
           **hamming**
           **blackman**
           **welch**
           **flattop**
           **bharris**
           **bnuttall**
           **bhann**
           **sine**
           **nuttall**
           **lanczos**
           **gauss**
           **tukey**
           **dolph**
           **cauchy**
           **parzen**
           **poisson**
           **bohman**

           Default is "hann".

### overlap
           Set window overlap. If set to 1, the recommended overlap for selected window function
           will be picked. Default is 0.5.

### treble, highshelf
       Boost or cut treble (upper) frequencies of the audio using a two-pole shelving filter with a
       response similar to that of a standard hi-fi's tone-controls. This is also known as shelving
       equalisation (EQ).

       The filter accepts the following options:

### gain, g
           Give the gain at whichever is the lower of ~22 kHz and the Nyquist frequency. Its useful
           range is about -20 (for a large cut) to +20 (for a large boost). Beware of clipping when
           using a positive gain.

### frequency, f
           Set the filter's central frequency and so can be used to extend or reduce the frequency
           range to be boosted or cut.  The default value is 3000 Hz.

       **width**___**type,** **t**
           Set method to specify band-width of filter.

           **h**   Hz

           **q**   Q-Factor

           **o**   octave

           **s**   slope

           **k**   kHz

### width, w
           Determine how steep is the filter's shelf transition.

### poles, p
           Set number of poles. Default is 2.

### mix, m
           How much to use filtered signal in output. Default is 1.  Range is between 0 and 1.

### channels, c
           Specify which channels to filter, by default all available are filtered.

### normalize, n
           Normalize biquad coefficients, by default is disabled.  Enabling it will normalize
           magnitude response at DC to 0dB.

### transform, a
           Set transform type of IIR filter.

           **di**
           **dii**
           **tdii**
           **latt**
### precision, r
           Set precison of filtering.

           **auto**
               Pick automatic sample format depending on surround filters.

           **s16** Always use signed 16-bit.

           **s32** Always use signed 32-bit.

           **f32** Always use float 32-bit.

           **f64** Always use float 64-bit.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the following commands:

### frequency, f
           Change treble frequency.  Syntax for the command is : "_frequency_"

       **width**___**type,** **t**
           Change treble width_type.  Syntax for the command is : "_width_type_"

### width, w
           Change treble width.  Syntax for the command is : "_width_"

### gain, g
           Change treble gain.  Syntax for the command is : "_gain_"

### mix, m
           Change treble mix.  Syntax for the command is : "_mix_"

### tremolo
       Sinusoidal amplitude modulation.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **f**   Modulation frequency in Hertz. Modulation frequencies in the subharmonic range (20 Hz or
           lower) will result in a tremolo effect.  This filter may also be used as a ring modulator
           by specifying a modulation frequency higher than 20 Hz.  Range is 0.1 - 20000.0. Default
           value is 5.0 Hz.

       **d**   Depth of modulation as a percentage. Range is 0.0 - 1.0.  Default value is 0.5.

### vibrato
       Sinusoidal phase modulation.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **f**   Modulation frequency in Hertz.  Range is 0.1 - 20000.0. Default value is 5.0 Hz.

       **d**   Depth of modulation as a percentage. Range is 0.0 - 1.0.  Default value is 0.5.

### volume
       Adjust the input audio volume.

       It accepts the following parameters:

### volume
           Set audio volume expression.

           Output values are clipped to the maximum value.

           The output audio volume is given by the relation:

                   <output_volume> = <volume> * <input_volume>

           The default value for _volume_ is "1.0".

### precision
           This parameter represents the mathematical precision.

           It determines which input sample formats will be allowed, which affects the precision of
           the volume scaling.

           **fixed**
               8-bit fixed-point; this limits input sample format to U8, S16, and S32.

           **float**
               32-bit floating-point; this limits input sample format to FLT. (default)

           **double**
               64-bit floating-point; this limits input sample format to DBL.

### replaygain
           Choose the behaviour on encountering ReplayGain side data in input frames.

           **drop**
               Remove ReplayGain side data, ignoring its contents (the default).

           **ignore**
               Ignore ReplayGain side data, but leave it in the frame.

           **track**
               Prefer the track gain, if present.

           **album**
               Prefer the album gain, if present.

       **replaygain**___**preamp**
           Pre-amplification gain in dB to apply to the selected replaygain gain.

           Default value for _replaygain_preamp_ is 0.0.

       **replaygain**___**noclip**
           Prevent clipping by limiting the gain applied.

           Default value for _replaygain_noclip_ is 1.

### eval
           Set when the volume expression is evaluated.

           It accepts the following values:

           **once**
               only evaluate expression once during the filter initialization, or when the **volume**
               command is sent

           **frame**
               evaluate expression for each incoming frame

           Default value is **once**.

       The volume expression can contain the following parameters.

       **n**   frame number (starting at zero)

       **nb**___**channels**
           number of channels

       **nb**___**consumed**___**samples**
           number of samples consumed by the filter

       **nb**___**samples**
           number of samples in the current frame

       **pos** original frame position in the file

       **pts** frame PTS

       **sample**___**rate**
           sample rate

### startpts
           PTS at start of stream

### startt
           time at start of stream

       **t**   frame time

       **tb**  timestamp timebase

### volume
           last set volume value

       Note that when **eval** is set to **once** only the _sample_rate_ and _tb_ variables are available, all
       other variables will evaluate to NAN.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the following commands:

### volume
           Modify the volume expression.  The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding
           option.

           If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

       _Examples_

       •   Halve the input audio volume:

                   volume=volume=0.5
                   volume=volume=1/2
                   volume=volume=-6.0206dB

           In all the above example the named key for **volume** can be omitted, for example like in:

                   volume=0.5

       •   Increase input audio power by 6 decibels using fixed-point precision:

                   volume=volume=6dB:precision=fixed

       •   Fade volume after time 10 with an annihilation period of 5 seconds:

                   volume='if(lt(t,10),1,max(1-(t-10)/5,0))':eval=frame

### volumedetect
       Detect the volume of the input video.

       The filter has no parameters. The input is not modified. Statistics about the volume will be
       printed in the log when the input stream end is reached.

       In particular it will show the mean volume (root mean square), maximum volume (on a per-
       sample basis), and the beginning of a histogram of the registered volume values (from the
       maximum value to a cumulated 1/1000 of the samples).

       All volumes are in decibels relative to the maximum PCM value.

       _Examples_

       Here is an excerpt of the output:

               [Parsed_volumedetect_0  0xa23120] mean_volume: -27 dB
               [Parsed_volumedetect_0  0xa23120] max_volume: -4 dB
               [Parsed_volumedetect_0  0xa23120] histogram_4db: 6
               [Parsed_volumedetect_0  0xa23120] histogram_5db: 62
               [Parsed_volumedetect_0  0xa23120] histogram_6db: 286
               [Parsed_volumedetect_0  0xa23120] histogram_7db: 1042
               [Parsed_volumedetect_0  0xa23120] histogram_8db: 2551
               [Parsed_volumedetect_0  0xa23120] histogram_9db: 4609
               [Parsed_volumedetect_0  0xa23120] histogram_10db: 8409

       It means that:

       •   The mean square energy is approximately -27 dB, or 10^-2.7.

       •   The largest sample is at -4 dB, or more precisely between -4 dB and -5 dB.

       •   There are 6 samples at -4 dB, 62 at -5 dB, 286 at -6 dB, etc.

       In other words, raising the volume by +4 dB does not cause any clipping, raising it by +5 dB
       causes clipping for 6 samples, etc.

## AUDIO SOURCES
       Below is a description of the currently available audio sources.

### abuffer
       Buffer audio frames, and make them available to the filter chain.

       This source is mainly intended for a programmatic use, in particular through the interface
       defined in _libavfilter/buffersrc.h_.

       It accepts the following parameters:

       **time**___**base**
           The timebase which will be used for timestamps of submitted frames. It must be either a
           floating-point number or in _numerator_/_denominator_ form.

       **sample**___**rate**
           The sample rate of the incoming audio buffers.

       **sample**___**fmt**
           The sample format of the incoming audio buffers.  Either a sample format name or its
           corresponding integer representation from the enum AVSampleFormat in
           _libavutil/samplefmt.h_

       **channel**___**layout**
           The channel layout of the incoming audio buffers.  Either a channel layout name from
           channel_layout_map in _libavutil/channel_layout.c_ or its corresponding integer
           representation from the AV_CH_LAYOUT_* macros in _libavutil/channel_layout.h_

### channels
           The number of channels of the incoming audio buffers.  If both _channels_ and
           _channel_layout_ are specified, then they must be consistent.

       _Examples_

               abuffer=sample_rate=44100:sample_fmt=s16p:channel_layout=stereo

       will instruct the source to accept planar 16bit signed stereo at 44100Hz.  Since the sample
       format with name "s16p" corresponds to the number 6 and the "stereo" channel layout
       corresponds to the value 0x3, this is equivalent to:

               abuffer=sample_rate=44100:sample_fmt=6:channel_layout=0x3

### aevalsrc
       Generate an audio signal specified by an expression.

       This source accepts in input one or more expressions (one for each channel), which are
       evaluated and used to generate a corresponding audio signal.

       This source accepts the following options:

### exprs
           Set the '|'-separated expressions list for each separate channel. In case the
           **channel**___**layout** option is not specified, the selected channel layout depends on the number
           of provided expressions. Otherwise the last specified expression is applied to the
           remaining output channels.

       **channel**___**layout,** **c**
           Set the channel layout. The number of channels in the specified layout must be equal to
           the number of specified expressions.

### duration, d
           Set the minimum duration of the sourced audio. See **the** **Time** **duration** **section** **in** **the**
           [**ffmpeg-utils(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-utils/1/markdown)** **manual** for the accepted syntax.  Note that the resulting duration may be
           greater than the specified duration, as the generated audio is always cut at the end of a
           complete frame.

           If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the audio is supposed to be
           generated forever.

       **nb**___**samples,** **n**
           Set the number of samples per channel per each output frame, default to 1024.

       **sample**___**rate,** **s**
           Specify the sample rate, default to 44100.

       Each expression in _exprs_ can contain the following constants:

       **n**   number of the evaluated sample, starting from 0

       **t**   time of the evaluated sample expressed in seconds, starting from 0

       **s**   sample rate

       _Examples_

       •   Generate silence:

                   aevalsrc=0

       •   Generate a sin signal with frequency of 440 Hz, set sample rate to 8000 Hz:

                   aevalsrc="sin(440*2*PI*t):s=8000"

       •   Generate a two channels signal, specify the channel layout (Front Center + Back Center)
           explicitly:

                   aevalsrc="sin(420*2*PI*t)|cos(430*2*PI*t):c=FC|BC"

       •   Generate white noise:

                   aevalsrc="[-2+random(0)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/-2%2Brandom/0/markdown)"

       •   Generate an amplitude modulated signal:

                   aevalsrc="sin(10*2*PI*t)*sin(880*2*PI*t)"

       •   Generate 2.5 Hz binaural beats on a 360 Hz carrier:

                   aevalsrc="0.1*sin(2*PI*(360-2.5/2)*t) | 0.1*sin(2*PI*(360+2.5/2)*t)"

### afirsrc
       Generate a FIR coefficients using frequency sampling method.

       The resulting stream can be used with **afir** filter for filtering the audio signal.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### taps, t
           Set number of filter coefficents in output audio stream.  Default value is 1025.

### frequency, f
           Set frequency points from where magnitude and phase are set.  This must be in non
           decreasing order, and first element must be 0, while last element must be 1. Elements are
           separated by white spaces.

### magnitude, m
           Set magnitude value for every frequency point set by **frequency**.  Number of values must be
           same as number of frequency points.  Values are separated by white spaces.

### phase, p
           Set phase value for every frequency point set by **frequency**.  Number of values must be
           same as number of frequency points.  Values are separated by white spaces.

       **sample**___**rate,** **r**
           Set sample rate, default is 44100.

       **nb**___**samples,** **n**
           Set number of samples per each frame. Default is 1024.

       **win**___**func,** **w**
           Set window function. Default is blackman.

### anullsrc
       The null audio source, return unprocessed audio frames. It is mainly useful as a template and
       to be employed in analysis / debugging tools, or as the source for filters which ignore the
       input data (for example the sox synth filter).

       This source accepts the following options:

       **channel**___**layout,** **cl**
           Specifies the channel layout, and can be either an integer or a string representing a
           channel layout. The default value of _channel_layout_ is "stereo".

           Check the channel_layout_map definition in _libavutil/channel_layout.c_ for the mapping
           between strings and channel layout values.

       **sample**___**rate,** **r**
           Specifies the sample rate, and defaults to 44100.

       **nb**___**samples,** **n**
           Set the number of samples per requested frames.

### duration, d
           Set the duration of the sourced audio. See **the** **Time** **duration** **section** **in** **the**
           [**ffmpeg-utils(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-utils/1/markdown)** **manual** for the accepted syntax.

           If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the audio is supposed to be
           generated forever.

       _Examples_

       •   Set the sample rate to 48000 Hz and the channel layout to AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO.

                   anullsrc=r=48000:cl=4

       •   Do the same operation with a more obvious syntax:

                   anullsrc=r=48000:cl=mono

       All the parameters need to be explicitly defined.

### flite
       Synthesize a voice utterance using the libflite library.

       To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with "--enable-libflite".

       Note that versions of the flite library prior to 2.0 are not thread-safe.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **list**___**voices**
           If set to 1, list the names of the available voices and exit immediately. Default value
           is 0.

       **nb**___**samples,** **n**
           Set the maximum number of samples per frame. Default value is 512.

### textfile
           Set the filename containing the text to speak.

### text
           Set the text to speak.

### voice, v
           Set the voice to use for the speech synthesis. Default value is "kal". See also the
           _list_voices_ option.

       _Examples_

       •   Read from file _speech.txt_, and synthesize the text using the standard flite voice:

                   flite=textfile=speech.txt

       •   Read the specified text selecting the "slt" voice:

                   flite=text='So fare thee well, poor devil of a Sub-Sub, whose commentator I am':voice=slt

       •   Input text to ffmpeg:

                   ffmpeg -f lavfi -i flite=text='So fare thee well, poor devil of a Sub-Sub, whose commentator I am':voice=slt

       •   Make _ffplay_ speak the specified text, using "flite" and the "lavfi" device:

                   ffplay -f lavfi flite=text='No more be grieved for which that thou hast done.'

       For more information about libflite, check: <**<http://www.festvox.org/flite/>**>

### anoisesrc
       Generate a noise audio signal.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **sample**___**rate,** **r**
           Specify the sample rate. Default value is 48000 Hz.

### amplitude, a
           Specify the amplitude (0.0 - 1.0) of the generated audio stream. Default value is 1.0.

### duration, d
           Specify the duration of the generated audio stream. Not specifying this option results in
           noise with an infinite length.

### color, colour, c
           Specify the color of noise. Available noise colors are white, pink, brown, blue, violet
           and velvet. Default color is white.

### seed, s
           Specify a value used to seed the PRNG.

       **nb**___**samples,** **n**
           Set the number of samples per each output frame, default is 1024.

       _Examples_

       •   Generate 60 seconds of pink noise, with a 44.1 kHz sampling rate and an amplitude of 0.5:

                   anoisesrc=d=60:c=pink:r=44100:a=0.5

### hilbert
       Generate odd-tap Hilbert transform FIR coefficients.

       The resulting stream can be used with **afir** filter for phase-shifting the signal by 90
       degrees.

       This is used in many matrix coding schemes and for analytic signal generation.  The process
       is often written as a multiplication by i (or j), the imaginary unit.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **sample**___**rate,** **s**
           Set sample rate, default is 44100.

### taps, t
           Set length of FIR filter, default is 22051.

       **nb**___**samples,** **n**
           Set number of samples per each frame.

       **win**___**func,** **w**
           Set window function to be used when generating FIR coefficients.

### sinc
       Generate a sinc kaiser-windowed low-pass, high-pass, band-pass, or band-reject FIR
       coefficients.

       The resulting stream can be used with **afir** filter for filtering the audio signal.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **sample**___**rate,** **r**
           Set sample rate, default is 44100.

       **nb**___**samples,** **n**
           Set number of samples per each frame. Default is 1024.

       **hp**  Set high-pass frequency. Default is 0.

       **lp**  Set low-pass frequency. Default is 0.  If high-pass frequency is lower than low-pass
           frequency and low-pass frequency is higher than 0 then filter will create band-pass
           filter coefficients, otherwise band-reject filter coefficients.

### phase
           Set filter phase response. Default is 50. Allowed range is from 0 to 100.

### beta
           Set Kaiser window beta.

       **att** Set stop-band attenuation. Default is 120dB, allowed range is from 40 to 180 dB.

### round
           Enable rounding, by default is disabled.

### hptaps
           Set number of taps for high-pass filter.

### lptaps
           Set number of taps for low-pass filter.

### sine
       Generate an audio signal made of a sine wave with amplitude 1/8.

       The audio signal is bit-exact.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### frequency, f
           Set the carrier frequency. Default is 440 Hz.

       **beep**___**factor,** **b**
           Enable a periodic beep every second with frequency _beep_factor_ times the carrier
           frequency. Default is 0, meaning the beep is disabled.

       **sample**___**rate,** **r**
           Specify the sample rate, default is 44100.

### duration, d
           Specify the duration of the generated audio stream.

       **samples**___**per**___**frame**
           Set the number of samples per output frame.

           The expression can contain the following constants:

           **n**   The (sequential) number of the output audio frame, starting from 0.

           **pts** The PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) of the output audio frame, expressed in _TB_ units.

           **t**   The PTS of the output audio frame, expressed in seconds.

           **TB**  The timebase of the output audio frames.

           Default is 1024.

       _Examples_

       •   Generate a simple 440 Hz sine wave:

                   sine

       •   Generate a 220 Hz sine wave with a 880 Hz beep each second, for 5 seconds:

                   sine=220:4:d=5
                   sine=f=220:b=4:d=5
                   sine=frequency=220:beep_factor=4:duration=5

       •   Generate a 1 kHz sine wave following "1602,1601,1602,1601,1602" NTSC pattern:

                   sine=1000:samples_per_frame='st(0,mod(n,5)); 1602-not(not(eq([ld(0)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ld/0/markdown),1)+eq([ld(0)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ld/0/markdown),3)))'

## AUDIO SINKS
       Below is a description of the currently available audio sinks.

### abuffersink
       Buffer audio frames, and make them available to the end of filter chain.

       This sink is mainly intended for programmatic use, in particular through the interface
       defined in _libavfilter/buffersink.h_ or the options system.

       It accepts a pointer to an AVABufferSinkContext structure, which defines the incoming
       buffers' formats, to be passed as the opaque parameter to "avfilter_init_filter" for
       initialization.

### anullsink
       Null audio sink; do absolutely nothing with the input audio. It is mainly useful as a
       template and for use in analysis / debugging tools.

## VIDEO FILTERS
       When you configure your FFmpeg build, you can disable any of the existing filters using
       "--disable-filters".  The configure output will show the video filters included in your
       build.

       Below is a description of the currently available video filters.

### addroi
       Mark a region of interest in a video frame.

       The frame data is passed through unchanged, but metadata is attached to the frame indicating
       regions of interest which can affect the behaviour of later encoding.  Multiple regions can
       be marked by applying the filter multiple times.

       **x**   Region distance in pixels from the left edge of the frame.

       **y**   Region distance in pixels from the top edge of the frame.

       **w**   Region width in pixels.

       **h**   Region height in pixels.

           The parameters _x_, _y_, _w_ and _h_ are expressions, and may contain the following variables:

           **iw**  Width of the input frame.

           **ih**  Height of the input frame.

### qoffset
           Quantisation offset to apply within the region.

           This must be a real value in the range -1 to +1.  A value of zero indicates no quality
           change.  A negative value asks for better quality (less quantisation), while a positive
           value asks for worse quality (greater quantisation).

           The range is calibrated so that the extreme values indicate the largest possible offset -
           if the rest of the frame is encoded with the worst possible quality, an offset of -1
           indicates that this region should be encoded with the best possible quality anyway.
           Intermediate values are then interpolated in some codec-dependent way.

           For example, in 10-bit H.264 the quantisation parameter varies between -12 and 51.  A
           typical qoffset value of -1/10 therefore indicates that this region should be encoded
           with a QP around one-tenth of the full range better than the rest of the frame.  So, if
           most of the frame were to be encoded with a QP of around 30, this region would get a QP
           of around 24 (an offset of approximately -1/10 * (51 - -12) = -6.3).  An extreme value of
           -1 would indicate that this region should be encoded with the best possible quality
           regardless of the treatment of the rest of the frame - that is, should be encoded at a QP
           of -12.

### clear
           If set to true, remove any existing regions of interest marked on the frame before adding
           the new one.

       _Examples_

       •   Mark the centre quarter of the frame as interesting.

                   addroi=iw/4:ih/4:iw/2:ih/2:-1/10

       •   Mark the 100-pixel-wide region on the left edge of the frame as very uninteresting (to be
           encoded at much lower quality than the rest of the frame).

                   addroi=0:0:100:ih:+1/5

### alphaextract
       Extract the alpha component from the input as a grayscale video. This is especially useful
       with the _alphamerge_ filter.

### alphamerge
       Add or replace the alpha component of the primary input with the grayscale value of a second
       input. This is intended for use with _alphaextract_ to allow the transmission or storage of
       frame sequences that have alpha in a format that doesn't support an alpha channel.

       For example, to reconstruct full frames from a normal YUV-encoded video and a separate video
       created with _alphaextract_, you might use:

               movie=in_alpha.mkv [alpha]; [in][alpha] alphamerge [out]

### amplify
       Amplify differences between current pixel and pixels of adjacent frames in same pixel
       location.

       This filter accepts the following options:

### radius
           Set frame radius. Default is 2. Allowed range is from 1 to 63.  For example radius of 3
           will instruct filter to calculate average of 7 frames.

### factor
           Set factor to amplify difference. Default is 2. Allowed range is from 0 to 65535.

### threshold
           Set threshold for difference amplification. Any difference greater or equal to this value
           will not alter source pixel. Default is 10.  Allowed range is from 0 to 65535.

### tolerance
           Set tolerance for difference amplification. Any difference lower to this value will not
           alter source pixel. Default is 0.  Allowed range is from 0 to 65535.

       **low** Set lower limit for changing source pixel. Default is 65535. Allowed range is from 0 to
           65535.  This option controls maximum possible value that will decrease source pixel
           value.

### high
           Set high limit for changing source pixel. Default is 65535. Allowed range is from 0 to
           65535.  This option controls maximum possible value that will increase source pixel
           value.

### planes
           Set which planes to filter. Default is all. Allowed range is from 0 to 15.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the following **commands** that corresponds to option of same name:

### factor
### threshold
### tolerance
### low
### high
### planes

### ass
       Same as the **subtitles** filter, except that it doesn't require libavcodec and libavformat to
       work. On the other hand, it is limited to ASS (Advanced Substation Alpha) subtitles files.

       This filter accepts the following option in addition to the common options from the **subtitles**
       filter:

### shaping
           Set the shaping engine

           Available values are:

           **auto**
               The default libass shaping engine, which is the best available.

           **simple**
               Fast, font-agnostic shaper that can do only substitutions

           **complex**
               Slower shaper using OpenType for substitutions and positioning

           The default is "auto".

### atadenoise
       Apply an Adaptive Temporal Averaging Denoiser to the video input.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **0a**  Set threshold A for 1st plane. Default is 0.02.  Valid range is 0 to 0.3.

       **0b**  Set threshold B for 1st plane. Default is 0.04.  Valid range is 0 to 5.

       **1a**  Set threshold A for 2nd plane. Default is 0.02.  Valid range is 0 to 0.3.

       **1b**  Set threshold B for 2nd plane. Default is 0.04.  Valid range is 0 to 5.

       **2a**  Set threshold A for 3rd plane. Default is 0.02.  Valid range is 0 to 0.3.

       **2b**  Set threshold B for 3rd plane. Default is 0.04.  Valid range is 0 to 5.

           Threshold A is designed to react on abrupt changes in the input signal and threshold B is
           designed to react on continuous changes in the input signal.

       **s**   Set number of frames filter will use for averaging. Default is 9. Must be odd number in
           range [5, 129].

       **p**   Set what planes of frame filter will use for averaging. Default is all.

       **a**   Set what variant of algorithm filter will use for averaging. Default is "p" parallel.
           Alternatively can be set to "s" serial.

           Parallel can be faster then serial, while other way around is never true.  Parallel will
           abort early on first change being greater then thresholds, while serial will continue
           processing other side of frames if they are equal or below thresholds.

       **0s**
       **1s**
       **2s**  Set sigma for 1st plane, 2nd plane or 3rd plane. Default is 32767.  Valid range is from 0
           to 32767.  This options controls weight for each pixel in radius defined by size.
           Default value means every pixel have same weight.  Setting this option to 0 effectively
           disables filtering.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same **commands** as options except option "s".  The command accepts the
       same syntax of the corresponding option.

### avgblur
       Apply average blur filter.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### sizeX
           Set horizontal radius size.

### planes
           Set which planes to filter. By default all planes are filtered.

### sizeY
           Set vertical radius size, if zero it will be same as "sizeX".  Default is 0.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same commands as options.  The command accepts the same syntax of the
       corresponding option.

       If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

### bbox
       Compute the bounding box for the non-black pixels in the input frame luminance plane.

       This filter computes the bounding box containing all the pixels with a luminance value
       greater than the minimum allowed value.  The parameters describing the bounding box are
       printed on the filter log.

       The filter accepts the following option:

       **min**___**val**
           Set the minimal luminance value. Default is 16.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### bilateral
       Apply bilateral filter, spatial smoothing while preserving edges.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### sigmaS
           Set sigma of gaussian function to calculate spatial weight.  Allowed range is 0 to 512.
           Default is 0.1.

### sigmaR
           Set sigma of gaussian function to calculate range weight.  Allowed range is 0 to 1.
           Default is 0.1.

### planes
           Set planes to filter. Default is first only.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### bitplanenoise
       Show and measure bit plane noise.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### bitplane
           Set which plane to analyze. Default is 1.

### filter
           Filter out noisy pixels from "bitplane" set above.  Default is disabled.

### blackdetect
       Detect video intervals that are (almost) completely black. Can be useful to detect chapter
       transitions, commercials, or invalid recordings.

       The filter outputs its detection analysis to both the log as well as frame metadata. If a
       black segment of at least the specified minimum duration is found, a line with the start and
       end timestamps as well as duration is printed to the log with level "info". In addition, a
       log line with level "debug" is printed per frame showing the black amount detected for that
       frame.

       The filter also attaches metadata to the first frame of a black segment with key
       "lavfi.black_start" and to the first frame after the black segment ends with key
       "lavfi.black_end". The value is the frame's timestamp. This metadata is added regardless of
       the minimum duration specified.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **black**___**min**___**duration,** **d**
           Set the minimum detected black duration expressed in seconds. It must be a non-negative
           floating point number.

           Default value is 2.0.

       **picture**___**black**___**ratio**___**th,** **pic**___**th**
           Set the threshold for considering a picture "black".  Express the minimum value for the
           ratio:

                   <nb_black_pixels> / <nb_pixels>

           for which a picture is considered black.  Default value is 0.98.

       **pixel**___**black**___**th,** **pix**___**th**
           Set the threshold for considering a pixel "black".

           The threshold expresses the maximum pixel luminance value for which a pixel is considered
           "black". The provided value is scaled according to the following equation:

                   <absolute_threshold> = <luminance_minimum_value> + <pixel_black_th> * <luminance_range_size>

           _luminance_range_size_ and _luminance_minimum_value_ depend on the input video format, the
           range is [0-255] for YUV full-range formats and [16-235] for YUV non full-range formats.

           Default value is 0.10.

       The following example sets the maximum pixel threshold to the minimum value, and detects only
       black intervals of 2 or more seconds:

               blackdetect=d=2:pix_th=0.00

### blackframe
       Detect frames that are (almost) completely black. Can be useful to detect chapter transitions
       or commercials. Output lines consist of the frame number of the detected frame, the
       percentage of blackness, the position in the file if known or -1 and the timestamp in
       seconds.

       In order to display the output lines, you need to set the loglevel at least to the
       AV_LOG_INFO value.

       This filter exports frame metadata "lavfi.blackframe.pblack".  The value represents the
       percentage of pixels in the picture that are below the threshold value.

       It accepts the following parameters:

### amount
           The percentage of the pixels that have to be below the threshold; it defaults to 98.

### threshold, thresh
           The threshold below which a pixel value is considered black; it defaults to 32.

### blend
       Blend two video frames into each other.

       The "blend" filter takes two input streams and outputs one stream, the first input is the
       "top" layer and second input is "bottom" layer.  By default, the output terminates when the
       longest input terminates.

       The "tblend" (time blend) filter takes two consecutive frames from one single stream, and
       outputs the result obtained by blending the new frame on top of the old frame.

       A description of the accepted options follows.

       **c0**___**mode**
       **c1**___**mode**
       **c2**___**mode**
       **c3**___**mode**
       **all**___**mode**
           Set blend mode for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case of _all_mode_.
           Default value is "normal".

           Available values for component modes are:

           **addition**
           **grainmerge**
           **and**
           **average**
           **burn**
           **darken**
           **difference**
           **grainextract**
           **divide**
           **dodge**
           **freeze**
           **exclusion**
           **extremity**
           **glow**
           **hardlight**
           **hardmix**
           **heat**
           **lighten**
           **linearlight**
           **multiply**
           **multiply128**
           **negation**
           **normal**
           **or**
           **overlay**
           **phoenix**
           **pinlight**
           **reflect**
           **screen**
           **softlight**
           **subtract**
           **vividlight**
           **xor**
       **c0**___**opacity**
       **c1**___**opacity**
       **c2**___**opacity**
       **c3**___**opacity**
       **all**___**opacity**
           Set blend opacity for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case of
           _all_opacity_. Only used in combination with pixel component blend modes.

       **c0**___**expr**
       **c1**___**expr**
       **c2**___**expr**
       **c3**___**expr**
       **all**___**expr**
           Set blend expression for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case of
           _all_expr_. Note that related mode options will be ignored if those are set.

           The expressions can use the following variables:

           **N**   The sequential number of the filtered frame, starting from 0.

           **X**
           **Y**   the coordinates of the current sample

           **W**
           **H**   the width and height of currently filtered plane

           **SW**
           **SH**  Width and height scale for the plane being filtered. It is the ratio between the
               dimensions of the current plane to the luma plane, e.g. for a "yuv420p" frame, the
               values are "1,1" for the luma plane and "0.5,0.5" for the chroma planes.

           **T**   Time of the current frame, expressed in seconds.

           **TOP,** **A**
               Value of pixel component at current location for first video frame (top layer).

           **BOTTOM,** **B**
               Value of pixel component at current location for second video frame (bottom layer).

       The "blend" filter also supports the **framesync** options.

       _Examples_

       •   Apply transition from bottom layer to top layer in first 10 seconds:

                   blend=all_expr='A*(if(gte(T,10),1,T/10))+B*(1-(if(gte(T,10),1,T/10)))'

       •   Apply linear horizontal transition from top layer to bottom layer:

                   blend=all_expr='A*(X/W)+B*(1-X/W)'

       •   Apply 1x1 checkerboard effect:

                   blend=all_expr='if(eq(mod(X,2),mod(Y,2)),A,B)'

       •   Apply uncover left effect:

                   blend=all_expr='if(gte(N*SW+X,W),A,B)'

       •   Apply uncover down effect:

                   blend=all_expr='if(gte(Y-N*SH,0),A,B)'

       •   Apply uncover up-left effect:

                   blend=all_expr='if(gte(T*SH*40+Y,H)*gte((T*40*SW+X)*W/H,W),A,B)'

       •   Split diagonally video and shows top and bottom layer on each side:

                   blend=all_expr='if(gt(X,Y*(W/H)),A,B)'

       •   Display differences between the current and the previous frame:

                   tblend=all_mode=grainextract

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same **commands** as options.

### bm3d
       Denoise frames using Block-Matching 3D algorithm.

       The filter accepts the following options.

### sigma
           Set denoising strength. Default value is 1.  Allowed range is from 0 to 999.9.  The
           denoising algorithm is very sensitive to sigma, so adjust it according to the source.

### block
           Set local patch size. This sets dimensions in 2D.

### bstep
           Set sliding step for processing blocks. Default value is 4.  Allowed range is from 1 to
           64.  Smaller values allows processing more reference blocks and is slower.

### group
           Set maximal number of similar blocks for 3rd dimension. Default value is 1.  When set to
           1, no block matching is done. Larger values allows more blocks in single group.  Allowed
           range is from 1 to 256.

### range
           Set radius for search block matching. Default is 9.  Allowed range is from 1 to
           INT32_MAX.

### mstep
           Set step between two search locations for block matching. Default is 1.  Allowed range is
           from 1 to 64. Smaller is slower.

### thmse
           Set threshold of mean square error for block matching. Valid range is 0 to INT32_MAX.

### hdthr
           Set thresholding parameter for hard thresholding in 3D transformed domain.  Larger values
           results in stronger hard-thresholding filtering in frequency domain.

### estim
           Set filtering estimation mode. Can be "basic" or "final".  Default is "basic".

       **ref** If enabled, filter will use 2nd stream for block matching.  Default is disabled for
           "basic" value of _estim_ option, and always enabled if value of _estim_ is "final".

### planes
           Set planes to filter. Default is all available except alpha.

       _Examples_

       •   Basic filtering with bm3d:

                   bm3d=sigma=3:block=4:bstep=2:group=1:estim=basic

       •   Same as above, but filtering only luma:

                   bm3d=sigma=3:block=4:bstep=2:group=1:estim=basic:planes=1

       •   Same as above, but with both estimation modes:

                   split[a][b],[a]bm3d=sigma=3:block=4:bstep=2:group=1:estim=basic[a],[b][a]bm3d=sigma=3:block=4:bstep=2:group=16:estim=final:ref=1

       •   Same as above, but prefilter with **nlmeans** filter instead:

                   split[a][b],[a]nlmeans=s=3:r=7:p=3[a],[b][a]bm3d=sigma=3:block=4:bstep=2:group=16:estim=final:ref=1

### boxblur
       Apply a boxblur algorithm to the input video.

       It accepts the following parameters:

       **luma**___**radius,** **lr**
       **luma**___**power,** **lp**
       **chroma**___**radius,** **cr**
       **chroma**___**power,** **cp**
       **alpha**___**radius,** **ar**
       **alpha**___**power,** **ap**

       A description of the accepted options follows.

       **luma**___**radius,** **lr**
       **chroma**___**radius,** **cr**
       **alpha**___**radius,** **ar**
           Set an expression for the box radius in pixels used for blurring the corresponding input
           plane.

           The radius value must be a non-negative number, and must not be greater than the value of
           the expression "min(w,h)/2" for the luma and alpha planes, and of "min(cw,ch)/2" for the
           chroma planes.

           Default value for **luma**___**radius** is "2". If not specified, **chroma**___**radius** and **alpha**___**radius**
           default to the corresponding value set for **luma**___**radius**.

           The expressions can contain the following constants:

           **w**
           **h**   The input width and height in pixels.

           **cw**
           **ch**  The input chroma image width and height in pixels.

           **hsub**
           **vsub**
               The horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example, for the pixel
               format "yuv422p", _hsub_ is 2 and _vsub_ is 1.

       **luma**___**power,** **lp**
       **chroma**___**power,** **cp**
       **alpha**___**power,** **ap**
           Specify how many times the boxblur filter is applied to the corresponding plane.

           Default value for **luma**___**power** is 2. If not specified, **chroma**___**power** and **alpha**___**power** default
           to the corresponding value set for **luma**___**power**.

           A value of 0 will disable the effect.

       _Examples_

       •   Apply a boxblur filter with the luma, chroma, and alpha radii set to 2:

                   boxblur=luma_radius=2:luma_power=1
                   boxblur=2:1

       •   Set the luma radius to 2, and alpha and chroma radius to 0:

                   boxblur=2:1:cr=0:ar=0

       •   Set the luma and chroma radii to a fraction of the video dimension:

                   boxblur=luma_radius=min(h\,w)/10:luma_power=1:chroma_radius=min(cw\,ch)/10:chroma_power=1

### bwdif
       Deinterlace the input video ("bwdif" stands for "Bob Weaver Deinterlacing Filter").

       Motion adaptive deinterlacing based on yadif with the use of w3fdif and cubic interpolation
       algorithms.  It accepts the following parameters:

### mode
           The interlacing mode to adopt. It accepts one of the following values:

           **0,** **send**___**frame**
               Output one frame for each frame.

           **1,** **send**___**field**
               Output one frame for each field.

           The default value is "send_field".

### parity
           The picture field parity assumed for the input interlaced video. It accepts one of the
           following values:

           **0,** **tff**
               Assume the top field is first.

           **1,** **bff**
               Assume the bottom field is first.

           **-1,** **auto**
               Enable automatic detection of field parity.

           The default value is "auto".  If the interlacing is unknown or the decoder does not
           export this information, top field first will be assumed.

### deint
           Specify which frames to deinterlace. Accepts one of the following values:

           **0,** **all**
               Deinterlace all frames.

           **1,** **interlaced**
               Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.

           The default value is "all".

### cas
       Apply Contrast Adaptive Sharpen filter to video stream.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### strength
           Set the sharpening strength. Default value is 0.

### planes
           Set planes to filter. Default value is to filter all planes except alpha plane.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same **commands** as options.

### chromahold
       Remove all color information for all colors except for certain one.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### color
           The color which will not be replaced with neutral chroma.

### similarity
           Similarity percentage with the above color.  0.01 matches only the exact key color, while
           1.0 matches everything.

### blend
           Blend percentage.  0.0 makes pixels either fully gray, or not gray at all.  Higher values
           result in more preserved color.

       **yuv** Signals that the color passed is already in YUV instead of RGB.

           Literal colors like "green" or "red" don't make sense with this enabled anymore.  This
           can be used to pass exact YUV values as hexadecimal numbers.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same **commands** as options.  The command accepts the same syntax of the
       corresponding option.

       If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

### chromakey
       YUV colorspace color/chroma keying.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### color
           The color which will be replaced with transparency.

### similarity
           Similarity percentage with the key color.

           0.01 matches only the exact key color, while 1.0 matches everything.

### blend
           Blend percentage.

           0.0 makes pixels either fully transparent, or not transparent at all.

           Higher values result in semi-transparent pixels, with a higher transparency the more
           similar the pixels color is to the key color.

       **yuv** Signals that the color passed is already in YUV instead of RGB.

           Literal colors like "green" or "red" don't make sense with this enabled anymore.  This
           can be used to pass exact YUV values as hexadecimal numbers.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same **commands** as options.  The command accepts the same syntax of the
       corresponding option.

       If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

       _Examples_

       •   Make every green pixel in the input image transparent:

                   ffmpeg -i input.png -vf chromakey=green out.png

       •   Overlay a greenscreen-video on top of a static black background.

                   ffmpeg -f lavfi -i color=c=black:s=1280x720 -i video.mp4 -shortest -filter_complex "[1:v]chromakey=0x70de77:0.1:0.2[ckout];[0:v][ckout]overlay[out]" -map "[out]" output.mkv

### chromanr
       Reduce chrominance noise.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### thres
           Set threshold for averaging chrominance values.  Sum of absolute difference of Y, U and V
           pixel components of current pixel and neighbour pixels lower than this threshold will be
           used in averaging. Luma component is left unchanged and is copied to output.  Default
           value is 30. Allowed range is from 1 to 200.

### sizew
           Set horizontal radius of rectangle used for averaging.  Allowed range is from 1 to 100.
           Default value is 5.

### sizeh
           Set vertical radius of rectangle used for averaging.  Allowed range is from 1 to 100.
           Default value is 5.

### stepw
           Set horizontal step when averaging. Default value is 1.  Allowed range is from 1 to 50.
           Mostly useful to speed-up filtering.

### steph
           Set vertical step when averaging. Default value is 1.  Allowed range is from 1 to 50.
           Mostly useful to speed-up filtering.

### threy
           Set Y threshold for averaging chrominance values.  Set finer control for max allowed
           difference between Y components of current pixel and neigbour pixels.  Default value is
           200. Allowed range is from 1 to 200.

### threu
           Set U threshold for averaging chrominance values.  Set finer control for max allowed
           difference between U components of current pixel and neigbour pixels.  Default value is
           200. Allowed range is from 1 to 200.

### threv
           Set V threshold for averaging chrominance values.  Set finer control for max allowed
           difference between V components of current pixel and neigbour pixels.  Default value is
           200. Allowed range is from 1 to 200.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same **commands** as options.  The command accepts the same syntax of the
       corresponding option.

### chromashift
       Shift chroma pixels horizontally and/or vertically.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **cbh** Set amount to shift chroma-blue horizontally.

       **cbv** Set amount to shift chroma-blue vertically.

       **crh** Set amount to shift chroma-red horizontally.

       **crv** Set amount to shift chroma-red vertically.

### edge
           Set edge mode, can be _smear_, default, or _warp_.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### ciescope
       Display CIE color diagram with pixels overlaid onto it.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### system
           Set color system.

           **ntsc,** **470m**
           **ebu,** **470bg**
           **smpte**
           **240m**
           **apple**
           **widergb**
           **cie1931**
           **rec709,** **hdtv**
           **uhdtv,** **rec2020**
           **dcip3**
       **cie** Set CIE system.

           **xyy**
           **ucs**
           **luv**
### gamuts
           Set what gamuts to draw.

           See "system" option for available values.

### size, s
           Set ciescope size, by default set to 512.

### intensity, i
           Set intensity used to map input pixel values to CIE diagram.

### contrast
           Set contrast used to draw tongue colors that are out of active color system gamut.

### corrgamma
           Correct gamma displayed on scope, by default enabled.

### showwhite
           Show white point on CIE diagram, by default disabled.

### gamma
           Set input gamma. Used only with XYZ input color space.

### codecview
       Visualize information exported by some codecs.

       Some codecs can export information through frames using side-data or other means. For
       example, some MPEG based codecs export motion vectors through the _export_mvs_ flag in the
       codec **flags2** option.

       The filter accepts the following option:

       **mv**  Set motion vectors to visualize.

           Available flags for _mv_ are:

           **pf**  forward predicted MVs of P-frames

           **bf**  forward predicted MVs of B-frames

           **bb**  backward predicted MVs of B-frames

       **qp**  Display quantization parameters using the chroma planes.

       **mv**___**type,** **mvt**
           Set motion vectors type to visualize. Includes MVs from all frames unless specified by
           _frame_type_ option.

           Available flags for _mv_type_ are:

           **fp**  forward predicted MVs

           **bp**  backward predicted MVs

       **frame**___**type,** **ft**
           Set frame type to visualize motion vectors of.

           Available flags for _frame_type_ are:

           **if**  intra-coded frames (I-frames)

           **pf**  predicted frames (P-frames)

           **bf**  bi-directionally predicted frames (B-frames)

       _Examples_

       •   Visualize forward predicted MVs of all frames using **ffplay**:

                   ffplay -flags2 +export_mvs input.mp4 -vf codecview=mv_type=fp

       •   Visualize multi-directionals MVs of P and B-Frames using **ffplay**:

                   ffplay -flags2 +export_mvs input.mp4 -vf codecview=mv=pf+bf+bb

### colorbalance
       Modify intensity of primary colors (red, green and blue) of input frames.

       The filter allows an input frame to be adjusted in the shadows, midtones or highlights
       regions for the red-cyan, green-magenta or blue-yellow balance.

       A positive adjustment value shifts the balance towards the primary color, a negative value
       towards the complementary color.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **rs**
       **gs**
       **bs**  Adjust red, green and blue shadows (darkest pixels).

       **rm**
       **gm**
       **bm**  Adjust red, green and blue midtones (medium pixels).

       **rh**
       **gh**
       **bh**  Adjust red, green and blue highlights (brightest pixels).

           Allowed ranges for options are "[-1.0, 1.0]". Defaults are 0.

       **pl**  Preserve lightness when changing color balance. Default is disabled.

       _Examples_

       •   Add red color cast to shadows:

                   colorbalance=rs=.3

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### colorcontrast
       Adjust color contrast between RGB components.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **rc**  Set the red-cyan contrast. Defaults is 0.0. Allowed range is from -1.0 to 1.0.

       **gm**  Set the green-magenta contrast. Defaults is 0.0. Allowed range is from -1.0 to 1.0.

       **by**  Set the blue-yellow contrast. Defaults is 0.0. Allowed range is from -1.0 to 1.0.

### rcw
### gmw
       **byw** Set the weight of each "rc", "gm", "by" option value. Default value is 0.0.  Allowed
           range is from 0.0 to 1.0. If all weights are 0.0 filtering is disabled.

       **pl**  Set the amount of preserving lightness. Default value is 0.0. Allowed range is from 0.0
           to 1.0.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### colorcorrect
       Adjust color white balance selectively for blacks and whites.  This filter operates in YUV
       colorspace.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **rl**  Set the red shadow spot. Allowed range is from -1.0 to 1.0.  Default value is 0.

       **bl**  Set the blue shadow spot. Allowed range is from -1.0 to 1.0.  Default value is 0.

       **rh**  Set the red highlight spot. Allowed range is from -1.0 to 1.0.  Default value is 0.

       **bh**  Set the red highlight spot. Allowed range is from -1.0 to 1.0.  Default value is 0.

### saturation
           Set the amount of saturation. Allowed range is from -3.0 to 3.0.  Default value is 1.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### colorchannelmixer
       Adjust video input frames by re-mixing color channels.

       This filter modifies a color channel by adding the values associated to the other channels of
       the same pixels. For example if the value to modify is red, the output value will be:

               <red>=<red>*<rr> + <blue>*<rb> + <green>*<rg> + <alpha>*<ra>

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **rr**
       **rg**
       **rb**
       **ra**  Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output red channel.
           Default is 1 for _rr_, and 0 for _rg_, _rb_ and _ra_.

       **gr**
       **gg**
       **gb**
       **ga**  Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output green
           channel.  Default is 1 for _gg_, and 0 for _gr_, _gb_ and _ga_.

       **br**
       **bg**
       **bb**
       **ba**  Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output blue channel.
           Default is 1 for _bb_, and 0 for _br_, _bg_ and _ba_.

       **ar**
       **ag**
       **ab**
       **aa**  Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output alpha
           channel.  Default is 1 for _aa_, and 0 for _ar_, _ag_ and _ab_.

           Allowed ranges for options are "[-2.0, 2.0]".

       **pl**  Preserve lightness when changing colors. Allowed range is from "[0.0, 1.0]".  Default is
           0.0, thus disabled.

       _Examples_

       •   Convert source to grayscale:

                   colorchannelmixer=.3:.4:.3:0:.3:.4:.3:0:.3:.4:.3

       •   Simulate sepia tones:

                   colorchannelmixer=.393:.769:.189:0:.349:.686:.168:0:.272:.534:.131

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### colorize
       Overlay a solid color on the video stream.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **hue** Set the color hue. Allowed range is from 0 to 360.  Default value is 0.

### saturation
           Set the color saturation. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.  Default value is 0.5.

### lightness
           Set the color lightness. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.  Default value is 0.5.

       **mix** Set the mix of source lightness. By default is set to 1.0.  Allowed range is from 0.0 to
           1.0.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### colorkey
       RGB colorspace color keying.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### color
           The color which will be replaced with transparency.

### similarity
           Similarity percentage with the key color.

           0.01 matches only the exact key color, while 1.0 matches everything.

### blend
           Blend percentage.

           0.0 makes pixels either fully transparent, or not transparent at all.

           Higher values result in semi-transparent pixels, with a higher transparency the more
           similar the pixels color is to the key color.

       _Examples_

       •   Make every green pixel in the input image transparent:

                   ffmpeg -i input.png -vf colorkey=green out.png

       •   Overlay a greenscreen-video on top of a static background image.

                   ffmpeg -i background.png -i video.mp4 -filter_complex "[1:v]colorkey=0x3BBD1E:0.3:0.2[ckout];[0:v][ckout]overlay[out]" -map "[out]" output.flv

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same **commands** as options.  The command accepts the same syntax of the
       corresponding option.

       If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

### colorhold
       Remove all color information for all RGB colors except for certain one.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### color
           The color which will not be replaced with neutral gray.

### similarity
           Similarity percentage with the above color.  0.01 matches only the exact key color, while
           1.0 matches everything.

### blend
           Blend percentage. 0.0 makes pixels fully gray.  Higher values result in more preserved
           color.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same **commands** as options.  The command accepts the same syntax of the
       corresponding option.

       If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

### colorlevels
       Adjust video input frames using levels.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### rimin
### gimin
### bimin
### aimin
           Adjust red, green, blue and alpha input black point.  Allowed ranges for options are
           "[-1.0, 1.0]". Defaults are 0.

### rimax
### gimax
### bimax
### aimax
           Adjust red, green, blue and alpha input white point.  Allowed ranges for options are
           "[-1.0, 1.0]". Defaults are 1.

           Input levels are used to lighten highlights (bright tones), darken shadows (dark tones),
           change the balance of bright and dark tones.

### romin
### gomin
### bomin
### aomin
           Adjust red, green, blue and alpha output black point.  Allowed ranges for options are
           "[0, 1.0]". Defaults are 0.

### romax
### gomax
### bomax
### aomax
           Adjust red, green, blue and alpha output white point.  Allowed ranges for options are
           "[0, 1.0]". Defaults are 1.

           Output levels allows manual selection of a constrained output level range.

       _Examples_

       •   Make video output darker:

                   colorlevels=rimin=0.058:gimin=0.058:bimin=0.058

       •   Increase contrast:

                   colorlevels=rimin=0.039:gimin=0.039:bimin=0.039:rimax=0.96:gimax=0.96:bimax=0.96

       •   Make video output lighter:

                   colorlevels=rimax=0.902:gimax=0.902:bimax=0.902

       •   Increase brightness:

                   colorlevels=romin=0.5:gomin=0.5:bomin=0.5

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### colormatrix
       Convert color matrix.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### src
       **dst** Specify the source and destination color matrix. Both values must be specified.

           The accepted values are:

           **bt709**
               BT.709

           **fcc** FCC

           **bt601**
               BT.601

           **bt470**
               BT.470

           **bt470bg**
               BT.470BG

           **smpte170m**
               SMPTE-170M

           **smpte240m**
               SMPTE-240M

           **bt2020**
               BT.2020

       For example to convert from BT.601 to SMPTE-240M, use the command:

               colormatrix=bt601:smpte240m

### colorspace
       Convert colorspace, transfer characteristics or color primaries.  Input video needs to have
       an even size.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **all** Specify all color properties at once.

           The accepted values are:

           **bt470m**
               BT.470M

           **bt470bg**
               BT.470BG

           **bt601-6-525**
               BT.601-6 525

           **bt601-6-625**
               BT.601-6 625

           **bt709**
               BT.709

           **smpte170m**
               SMPTE-170M

           **smpte240m**
               SMPTE-240M

           **bt2020**
               BT.2020

### space
           Specify output colorspace.

           The accepted values are:

           **bt709**
               BT.709

           **fcc** FCC

           **bt470bg**
               BT.470BG or BT.601-6 625

           **smpte170m**
               SMPTE-170M or BT.601-6 525

           **smpte240m**
               SMPTE-240M

           **ycgco**
               YCgCo

           **bt2020ncl**
               BT.2020 with non-constant luminance

       **trc** Specify output transfer characteristics.

           The accepted values are:

           **bt709**
               BT.709

           **bt470m**
               BT.470M

           **bt470bg**
               BT.470BG

           **gamma22**
               Constant gamma of 2.2

           **gamma28**
               Constant gamma of 2.8

           **smpte170m**
               SMPTE-170M, BT.601-6 625 or BT.601-6 525

           **smpte240m**
               SMPTE-240M

           **srgb**
               SRGB

           **iec61966-2-1**
               iec61966-2-1

           **iec61966-2-4**
               iec61966-2-4

           **xvycc**
               xvycc

           **bt2020-10**
               BT.2020 for 10-bits content

           **bt2020-12**
               BT.2020 for 12-bits content

### primaries
           Specify output color primaries.

           The accepted values are:

           **bt709**
               BT.709

           **bt470m**
               BT.470M

           **bt470bg**
               BT.470BG or BT.601-6 625

           **smpte170m**
               SMPTE-170M or BT.601-6 525

           **smpte240m**
               SMPTE-240M

           **film**
               film

           **smpte431**
               SMPTE-431

           **smpte432**
               SMPTE-432

           **bt2020**
               BT.2020

           **jedec-p22**
               JEDEC P22 phosphors

### range
           Specify output color range.

           The accepted values are:

           **tv**  TV (restricted) range

           **mpeg**
               MPEG (restricted) range

           **pc**  PC (full) range

           **jpeg**
               JPEG (full) range

### format
           Specify output color format.

           The accepted values are:

           **yuv420p**
               YUV 4:2:0 planar 8-bits

           **yuv420p10**
               YUV 4:2:0 planar 10-bits

           **yuv420p12**
               YUV 4:2:0 planar 12-bits

           **yuv422p**
               YUV 4:2:2 planar 8-bits

           **yuv422p10**
               YUV 4:2:2 planar 10-bits

           **yuv422p12**
               YUV 4:2:2 planar 12-bits

           **yuv444p**
               YUV 4:4:4 planar 8-bits

           **yuv444p10**
               YUV 4:4:4 planar 10-bits

           **yuv444p12**
               YUV 4:4:4 planar 12-bits

### fast
           Do a fast conversion, which skips gamma/primary correction. This will take significantly
           less CPU, but will be mathematically incorrect. To get output compatible with that
           produced by the colormatrix filter, use fast=1.

### dither
           Specify dithering mode.

           The accepted values are:

           **none**
               No dithering

           **fsb** Floyd-Steinberg dithering

### wpadapt
           Whitepoint adaptation mode.

           The accepted values are:

           **bradford**
               Bradford whitepoint adaptation

           **vonkries**
               von Kries whitepoint adaptation

           **identity**
               identity whitepoint adaptation (i.e. no whitepoint adaptation)

### iall
           Override all input properties at once. Same accepted values as **all**.

### ispace
           Override input colorspace. Same accepted values as **space**.

### iprimaries
           Override input color primaries. Same accepted values as **primaries**.

### itrc
           Override input transfer characteristics. Same accepted values as **trc**.

### irange
           Override input color range. Same accepted values as **range**.

       The filter converts the transfer characteristics, color space and color primaries to the
       specified user values. The output value, if not specified, is set to a default value based on
       the "all" property. If that property is also not specified, the filter will log an error. The
       output color range and format default to the same value as the input color range and format.
       The input transfer characteristics, color space, color primaries and color range should be
       set on the input data. If any of these are missing, the filter will log an error and no
       conversion will take place.

       For example to convert the input to SMPTE-240M, use the command:

               colorspace=smpte240m

### colortemperature
       Adjust color temperature in video to simulate variations in ambient color temperature.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### temperature
           Set the temperature in Kelvin. Allowed range is from 1000 to 40000.  Default value is
           6500 K.

       **mix** Set mixing with filtered output. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.  Default value is 1.

       **pl**  Set the amount of preserving lightness. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.  Default value is
           0.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same **commands** as options.

### convolution
       Apply convolution of 3x3, 5x5, 7x7 or horizontal/vertical up to 49 elements.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **0m**
       **1m**
       **2m**
       **3m**  Set matrix for each plane.  Matrix is sequence of 9, 25 or 49 signed integers in _square_
           mode, and from 1 to 49 odd number of signed integers in _row_ mode.

### 0rdiv
### 1rdiv
### 2rdiv
### 3rdiv
           Set multiplier for calculated value for each plane.  If unset or 0, it will be sum of all
           matrix elements.

### 0bias
### 1bias
### 2bias
### 3bias
           Set bias for each plane. This value is added to the result of the multiplication.  Useful
           for making the overall image brighter or darker. Default is 0.0.

### 0mode
### 1mode
### 2mode
### 3mode
           Set matrix mode for each plane. Can be _square_, _row_ or _column_.  Default is _square_.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

       _Examples_

       •   Apply sharpen:

                   convolution="0 -1 0 -1 5 -1 0 -1 0:0 -1 0 -1 5 -1 0 -1 0:0 -1 0 -1 5 -1 0 -1 0:0 -1 0 -1 5 -1 0 -1 0"

       •   Apply blur:

                   convolution="1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1:1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1:1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1:1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1:1/9:1/9:1/9:1/9"

       •   Apply edge enhance:

                   convolution="0 0 0 -1 1 0 0 0 0:0 0 0 -1 1 0 0 0 0:0 0 0 -1 1 0 0 0 0:0 0 0 -1 1 0 0 0 0:5:1:1:1:0:128:128:128"

       •   Apply edge detect:

                   convolution="0 1 0 1 -4 1 0 1 0:0 1 0 1 -4 1 0 1 0:0 1 0 1 -4 1 0 1 0:0 1 0 1 -4 1 0 1 0:5:5:5:1:0:128:128:128"

       •   Apply laplacian edge detector which includes diagonals:

                   convolution="1 1 1 1 -8 1 1 1 1:1 1 1 1 -8 1 1 1 1:1 1 1 1 -8 1 1 1 1:1 1 1 1 -8 1 1 1 1:5:5:5:1:0:128:128:0"

       •   Apply emboss:

                   convolution="-2 -1 0 -1 1 1 0 1 2:-2 -1 0 -1 1 1 0 1 2:-2 -1 0 -1 1 1 0 1 2:-2 -1 0 -1 1 1 0 1 2"

### convolve
       Apply 2D convolution of video stream in frequency domain using second stream as impulse.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### planes
           Set which planes to process.

### impulse
           Set which impulse video frames will be processed, can be _first_ or _all_. Default is _all_.

       The "convolve" filter also supports the **framesync** options.

### copy
       Copy the input video source unchanged to the output. This is mainly useful for testing
       purposes.

### coreimage
       Video filtering on GPU using Apple's CoreImage API on OSX.

       Hardware acceleration is based on an OpenGL context. Usually, this means it is processed by
       video hardware. However, software-based OpenGL implementations exist which means there is no
       guarantee for hardware processing. It depends on the respective OSX.

       There are many filters and image generators provided by Apple that come with a large variety
       of options. The filter has to be referenced by its name along with its options.

       The coreimage filter accepts the following options:

       **list**___**filters**
           List all available filters and generators along with all their respective options as well
           as possible minimum and maximum values along with the default values.

                   list_filters=true

### filter
           Specify all filters by their respective name and options.  Use _list_filters_ to determine
           all valid filter names and options.  Numerical options are specified by a float value and
           are automatically clamped to their respective value range.  Vector and color options have
           to be specified by a list of space separated float values. Character escaping has to be
           done.  A special option name "default" is available to use default options for a filter.

           It is required to specify either "default" or at least one of the filter options.  All
           omitted options are used with their default values.  The syntax of the filter string is
           as follows:

                   filter=<NAME>@<OPTION>=<VALUE>[@<OPTION>=<VALUE>][@...][#<NAME>@<OPTION>=<VALUE>[@<OPTION>=<VALUE>][@...]][#...]

       **output**___**rect**
           Specify a rectangle where the output of the filter chain is copied into the input image.
           It is given by a list of space separated float values:

                   output_rect=x\ y\ width\ height

           If not given, the output rectangle equals the dimensions of the input image.  The output
           rectangle is automatically cropped at the borders of the input image. Negative values are
           valid for each component.

                   output_rect=25\ 25\ 100\ 100

       Several filters can be chained for successive processing without GPU-HOST transfers allowing
       for fast processing of complex filter chains.  Currently, only filters with zero (generators)
       or exactly one (filters) input image and one output image are supported. Also, transition
       filters are not yet usable as intended.

       Some filters generate output images with additional padding depending on the respective
       filter kernel. The padding is automatically removed to ensure the filter output has the same
       size as the input image.

       For image generators, the size of the output image is determined by the previous output image
       of the filter chain or the input image of the whole filterchain, respectively. The generators
       do not use the pixel information of this image to generate their output. However, the
       generated output is blended onto this image, resulting in partial or complete coverage of the
       output image.

       The **coreimagesrc** video source can be used for generating input images which are directly fed
       into the filter chain. By using it, providing input images by another video source or an
       input video is not required.

       _Examples_

       •   List all filters available:

                   coreimage=list_filters=true

       •   Use the CIBoxBlur filter with default options to blur an image:

                   coreimage=filter=CIBoxBlur@default

       •   Use a filter chain with CISepiaTone at default values and CIVignetteEffect with its
           center at 100x100 and a radius of 50 pixels:

                   coreimage=filter=CIBoxBlur@default#CIVignetteEffect@inputCenter=100\ 100@inputRadius=50

       •   Use nullsrc and CIQRCodeGenerator to create a QR code for the FFmpeg homepage, given as
           complete and escaped command-line for Apple's standard bash shell:

                   ffmpeg -f lavfi -i nullsrc=s=100x100,coreimage=filter=CIQRCodeGenerator@inputMessage=https\\\\\://FFmpeg.org/@inputCorrectionLevel=H -frames:v 1 QRCode.png

   **cover**___**rect**
       Cover a rectangular object

       It accepts the following options:

### cover
           Filepath of the optional cover image, needs to be in yuv420.

### mode
           Set covering mode.

           It accepts the following values:

           **cover**
               cover it by the supplied image

           **blur**
               cover it by interpolating the surrounding pixels

           Default value is _blur_.

       _Examples_

       •   Cover a rectangular object by the supplied image of a given video using **ffmpeg**:

                   ffmpeg -i file.ts -vf find_rect=newref.pgm,cover_rect=cover.jpg:mode=cover new.mkv

### crop
       Crop the input video to given dimensions.

       It accepts the following parameters:

       **w,** **out**___**w**
           The width of the output video. It defaults to "iw".  This expression is evaluated only
           once during the filter configuration, or when the **w** or **out**___**w** command is sent.

       **h,** **out**___**h**
           The height of the output video. It defaults to "ih".  This expression is evaluated only
           once during the filter configuration, or when the **h** or **out**___**h** command is sent.

       **x**   The horizontal position, in the input video, of the left edge of the output video. It
           defaults to "(in_w-out_w)/2".  This expression is evaluated per-frame.

       **y**   The vertical position, in the input video, of the top edge of the output video.  It
           defaults to "(in_h-out_h)/2".  This expression is evaluated per-frame.

       **keep**___**aspect**
           If set to 1 will force the output display aspect ratio to be the same of the input, by
           changing the output sample aspect ratio. It defaults to 0.

### exact
           Enable exact cropping. If enabled, subsampled videos will be cropped at exact
           width/height/x/y as specified and will not be rounded to nearest smaller value.  It
           defaults to 0.

       The _out_w_, _out_h_, _x_, _y_ parameters are expressions containing the following constants:

       **x**
       **y**   The computed values for _x_ and _y_. They are evaluated for each new frame.

       **in**___**w**
       **in**___**h**
           The input width and height.

       **iw**
       **ih**  These are the same as _in_w_ and _in_h_.

       **out**___**w**
       **out**___**h**
           The output (cropped) width and height.

       **ow**
       **oh**  These are the same as _out_w_ and _out_h_.

       **a**   same as _iw_ / _ih_

       **sar** input sample aspect ratio

       **dar** input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (_iw_ / _ih_) * _sar_

### hsub
### vsub
           horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the pixel format
           "yuv422p" _hsub_ is 2 and _vsub_ is 1.

       **n**   The number of the input frame, starting from 0.

       **pos** the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown

       **t**   The timestamp expressed in seconds. It's NAN if the input timestamp is unknown.

       The expression for _out_w_ may depend on the value of _out_h_, and the expression for _out_h_ may
       depend on _out_w_, but they cannot depend on _x_ and _y_, as _x_ and _y_ are evaluated after _out_w_ and
       _out_h_.

       The _x_ and _y_ parameters specify the expressions for the position of the top-left corner of the
       output (non-cropped) area. They are evaluated for each frame. If the evaluated value is not
       valid, it is approximated to the nearest valid value.

       The expression for _x_ may depend on _y_, and the expression for _y_ may depend on _x_.

       _Examples_

       •   Crop area with size 100x100 at position (12,34).

                   crop=100:100:12:34

           Using named options, the example above becomes:

                   crop=w=100:h=100:x=12:y=34

       •   Crop the central input area with size 100x100:

                   crop=100:100

       •   Crop the central input area with size 2/3 of the input video:

                   crop=2/3*in_w:2/3*in_h

       •   Crop the input video central square:

                   crop=out_w=in_h
                   crop=in_h

       •   Delimit the rectangle with the top-left corner placed at position 100:100 and the right-
           bottom corner corresponding to the right-bottom corner of the input image.

                   crop=in_w-100:in_h-100:100:100

       •   Crop 10 pixels from the left and right borders, and 20 pixels from the top and bottom
           borders

                   crop=in_w-2*10:in_h-2*20

       •   Keep only the bottom right quarter of the input image:

                   crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:in_w/2:in_h/2

       •   Crop height for getting Greek harmony:

                   crop=in_w:1/PHI*in_w

       •   Apply trembling effect:

                   crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:(in_w-out_w)/2+((in_w-out_w)/2)*sin(n/10):(in_h-out_h)/2 +((in_h-out_h)/2)*sin(n/7)

       •   Apply erratic camera effect depending on timestamp:

                   crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:(in_w-out_w)/2+((in_w-out_w)/2)*sin(t*10):(in_h-out_h)/2 +((in_h-out_h)/2)*sin(t*13)"

       •   Set x depending on the value of y:

                   crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:y:10+10*sin(n/10)

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the following commands:

       **w,** **out**___**w**
       **h,** **out**___**h**
       **x**
       **y**   Set width/height of the output video and the horizontal/vertical position in the input
           video.  The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.

           If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

### cropdetect
       Auto-detect the crop size.

       It calculates the necessary cropping parameters and prints the recommended parameters via the
       logging system. The detected dimensions correspond to the non-black area of the input video.

       It accepts the following parameters:

### limit
           Set higher black value threshold, which can be optionally specified from nothing (0) to
           everything (255 for 8-bit based formats). An intensity value greater to the set value is
           considered non-black. It defaults to 24.  You can also specify a value between 0.0 and
           1.0 which will be scaled depending on the bitdepth of the pixel format.

### round
           The value which the width/height should be divisible by. It defaults to 16. The offset is
           automatically adjusted to center the video. Use 2 to get only even dimensions (needed for
           4:2:2 video). 16 is best when encoding to most video codecs.

### skip
           Set the number of initial frames for which evaluation is skipped.  Default is 2. Range is
           0 to INT_MAX.

       **reset**___**count,** **reset**
           Set the counter that determines after how many frames cropdetect will reset the
           previously detected largest video area and start over to detect the current optimal crop
           area. Default value is 0.

           This can be useful when channel logos distort the video area. 0 indicates 'never reset',
           and returns the largest area encountered during playback.

### cue
       Delay video filtering until a given wallclock timestamp. The filter first passes on **preroll**
       amount of frames, then it buffers at most **buffer** amount of frames and waits for the cue.
       After reaching the cue it forwards the buffered frames and also any subsequent frames coming
       in its input.

       The filter can be used synchronize the output of multiple ffmpeg processes for realtime
       output devices like decklink. By putting the delay in the filtering chain and pre-buffering
       frames the process can pass on data to output almost immediately after the target wallclock
       timestamp is reached.

       Perfect frame accuracy cannot be guaranteed, but the result is good enough for some use
       cases.

       **cue** The cue timestamp expressed in a UNIX timestamp in microseconds. Default is 0.

### preroll
           The duration of content to pass on as preroll expressed in seconds. Default is 0.

### buffer
           The maximum duration of content to buffer before waiting for the cue expressed in
           seconds. Default is 0.

### curves
       Apply color adjustments using curves.

       This filter is similar to the Adobe Photoshop and GIMP curves tools. Each component (red,
       green and blue) has its values defined by _N_ key points tied from each other using a smooth
       curve. The x-axis represents the pixel values from the input frame, and the y-axis the new
       pixel values to be set for the output frame.

       By default, a component curve is defined by the two points _(0;0)_ and _(1;1)_. This creates a
       straight line where each original pixel value is "adjusted" to its own value, which means no
       change to the image.

       The filter allows you to redefine these two points and add some more. A new curve (using a
       natural cubic spline interpolation) will be define to pass smoothly through all these new
       coordinates. The new defined points needs to be strictly increasing over the x-axis, and
       their _x_ and _y_ values must be in the _[0;1]_ interval.  If the computed curves happened to go
       outside the vector spaces, the values will be clipped accordingly.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### preset
           Select one of the available color presets. This option can be used in addition to the **r**,
           **g**, **b** parameters; in this case, the later options takes priority on the preset values.
           Available presets are:

           **none**
           **color**___**negative**
           **cross**___**process**
           **darker**
           **increase**___**contrast**
           **lighter**
           **linear**___**contrast**
           **medium**___**contrast**
           **negative**
           **strong**___**contrast**
           **vintage**

           Default is "none".

### master, m
           Set the master key points. These points will define a second pass mapping. It is
           sometimes called a "luminance" or "value" mapping. It can be used with **r**, **g**, **b** or **all**
           since it acts like a post-processing LUT.

### red, r
           Set the key points for the red component.

### green, g
           Set the key points for the green component.

### blue, b
           Set the key points for the blue component.

       **all** Set the key points for all components (not including master).  Can be used in addition to
           the other key points component options. In this case, the unset component(s) will
           fallback on this **all** setting.

### psfile
           Specify a Photoshop curves file (".acv") to import the settings from.

### plot
           Save Gnuplot script of the curves in specified file.

       To avoid some filtergraph syntax conflicts, each key points list need to be defined using the
       following syntax: "x0/y0 x1/y1 x2/y2 ...".

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same **commands** as options.

       _Examples_

       •   Increase slightly the middle level of blue:

                   curves=blue='0/0 0.5/0.58 1/1'

       •   Vintage effect:

                   curves=r='0/0.11 .42/.51 1/0.95':g='0/0 0.50/0.48 1/1':b='0/0.22 .49/.44 1/0.8'

           Here we obtain the following coordinates for each components:

           _red_ "(0;0.11) (0.42;0.51) (1;0.95)"

           _green_
               "(0;0) (0.50;0.48) (1;1)"

           _blue_
               "(0;0.22) (0.49;0.44) (1;0.80)"

       •   The previous example can also be achieved with the associated built-in preset:

                   curves=preset=vintage

       •   Or simply:

                   curves=vintage

       •   Use a Photoshop preset and redefine the points of the green component:

                   curves=psfile='MyCurvesPresets/purple.acv':green='0/0 0.45/0.53 1/1'

       •   Check out the curves of the "cross_process" profile using **ffmpeg** and **gnuplot**:

                   ffmpeg -f lavfi -i color -vf curves=cross_process:plot=/tmp/curves.plt -frames:v 1 -f null -
                   gnuplot -p /tmp/curves.plt

### datascope
       Video data analysis filter.

       This filter shows hexadecimal pixel values of part of video.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### size, s
           Set output video size.

       **x**   Set x offset from where to pick pixels.

       **y**   Set y offset from where to pick pixels.

### mode
           Set scope mode, can be one of the following:

           **mono**
               Draw hexadecimal pixel values with white color on black background.

           **color**
               Draw hexadecimal pixel values with input video pixel color on black background.

           **color2**
               Draw hexadecimal pixel values on color background picked from input video, the text
               color is picked in such way so its always visible.

### axis
           Draw rows and columns numbers on left and top of video.

### opacity
           Set background opacity.

### format
           Set display number format. Can be "hex", or "dec". Default is "hex".

### components
           Set pixel components to display. By default all pixel components are displayed.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same **commands** as options excluding "size" option.

### dblur
       Apply Directional blur filter.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### angle
           Set angle of directional blur. Default is 45.

### radius
           Set radius of directional blur. Default is 5.

### planes
           Set which planes to filter. By default all planes are filtered.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same **commands** as options.  The command accepts the same syntax of the
       corresponding option.

       If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

### dctdnoiz
       Denoise frames using 2D DCT (frequency domain filtering).

       This filter is not designed for real time.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### sigma, s
           Set the noise sigma constant.

           This _sigma_ defines a hard threshold of "3 * sigma"; every DCT coefficient (absolute
           value) below this threshold with be dropped.

           If you need a more advanced filtering, see **expr**.

           Default is 0.

### overlap
           Set number overlapping pixels for each block. Since the filter can be slow, you may want
           to reduce this value, at the cost of a less effective filter and the risk of various
           artefacts.

           If the overlapping value doesn't permit processing the whole input width or height, a
           warning will be displayed and according borders won't be denoised.

           Default value is _blocksize_-1, which is the best possible setting.

### expr, e
           Set the coefficient factor expression.

           For each coefficient of a DCT block, this expression will be evaluated as a multiplier
           value for the coefficient.

           If this is option is set, the **sigma** option will be ignored.

           The absolute value of the coefficient can be accessed through the _c_ variable.

       **n**   Set the _blocksize_ using the number of bits. "1<<_n"_ defines the _blocksize_, which is the
           width and height of the processed blocks.

           The default value is _3_ (8x8) and can be raised to _4_ for a _blocksize_ of 16x16. Note that
           changing this setting has huge consequences on the speed processing. Also, a larger block
           size does not necessarily means a better de-noising.

       _Examples_

       Apply a denoise with a **sigma** of 4.5:

               dctdnoiz=4.5

       The same operation can be achieved using the expression system:

               dctdnoiz=e='gte(c, 4.5*3)'

       Violent denoise using a block size of "16x16":

               dctdnoiz=15:n=4

### deband
       Remove banding artifacts from input video.  It works by replacing banded pixels with average
       value of referenced pixels.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### 1thr
### 2thr
### 3thr
### 4thr
           Set banding detection threshold for each plane. Default is 0.02.  Valid range is 0.00003
           to 0.5.  If difference between current pixel and reference pixel is less than threshold,
           it will be considered as banded.

### range, r
           Banding detection range in pixels. Default is 16. If positive, random number in range 0
           to set value will be used. If negative, exact absolute value will be used.  The range
           defines square of four pixels around current pixel.

### direction, d
           Set direction in radians from which four pixel will be compared. If positive, random
           direction from 0 to set direction will be picked. If negative, exact of absolute value
           will be picked. For example direction 0, -PI or -2*PI radians will pick only pixels on
           same row and -PI/2 will pick only pixels on same column.

### blur, b
           If enabled, current pixel is compared with average value of all four surrounding pixels.
           The default is enabled. If disabled current pixel is compared with all four surrounding
           pixels. The pixel is considered banded if only all four differences with surrounding
           pixels are less than threshold.

### coupling, c
           If enabled, current pixel is changed if and only if all pixel components are banded, e.g.
           banding detection threshold is triggered for all color components.  The default is
           disabled.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### deblock
       Remove blocking artifacts from input video.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### filter
           Set filter type, can be _weak_ or _strong_. Default is _strong_.  This controls what kind of
           deblocking is applied.

### block
           Set size of block, allowed range is from 4 to 512. Default is _8_.

### alpha
### beta
### gamma
### delta
           Set blocking detection thresholds. Allowed range is 0 to 1.  Defaults are: _0.098_ for
           _alpha_ and _0.05_ for the rest.  Using higher threshold gives more deblocking strength.
           Setting _alpha_ controls threshold detection at exact edge of block.  Remaining options
           controls threshold detection near the edge. Each one for below/above or left/right.
           Setting any of those to _0_ disables deblocking.

### planes
           Set planes to filter. Default is to filter all available planes.

       _Examples_

       •   Deblock using weak filter and block size of 4 pixels.

                   deblock=filter=weak:block=4

       •   Deblock using strong filter, block size of 4 pixels and custom thresholds for deblocking
           more edges.

                   deblock=filter=strong:block=4:alpha=0.12:beta=0.07:gamma=0.06:delta=0.05

       •   Similar as above, but filter only first plane.

                   deblock=filter=strong:block=4:alpha=0.12:beta=0.07:gamma=0.06:delta=0.05:planes=1

       •   Similar as above, but filter only second and third plane.

                   deblock=filter=strong:block=4:alpha=0.12:beta=0.07:gamma=0.06:delta=0.05:planes=6

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### decimate
       Drop duplicated frames at regular intervals.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### cycle
           Set the number of frames from which one will be dropped. Setting this to _N_ means one
           frame in every batch of _N_ frames will be dropped.  Default is 5.

### dupthresh
           Set the threshold for duplicate detection. If the difference metric for a frame is less
           than or equal to this value, then it is declared as duplicate. Default is 1.1

### scthresh
           Set scene change threshold. Default is 15.

### blockx
### blocky
           Set the size of the x and y-axis blocks used during metric calculations.  Larger blocks
           give better noise suppression, but also give worse detection of small movements. Must be
           a power of two. Default is 32.

### ppsrc
           Mark main input as a pre-processed input and activate clean source input stream. This
           allows the input to be pre-processed with various filters to help the metrics calculation
           while keeping the frame selection lossless. When set to 1, the first stream is for the
           pre-processed input, and the second stream is the clean source from where the kept frames
           are chosen. Default is 0.

### chroma
           Set whether or not chroma is considered in the metric calculations. Default is 1.

### deconvolve
       Apply 2D deconvolution of video stream in frequency domain using second stream as impulse.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### planes
           Set which planes to process.

### impulse
           Set which impulse video frames will be processed, can be _first_ or _all_. Default is _all_.

### noise
           Set noise when doing divisions. Default is _0.0000001_. Useful when width and height are
           not same and not power of 2 or if stream prior to convolving had noise.

       The "deconvolve" filter also supports the **framesync** options.

### dedot
       Reduce cross-luminance (dot-crawl) and cross-color (rainbows) from video.

       It accepts the following options:

       **m**   Set mode of operation. Can be combination of _dotcrawl_ for cross-luminance reduction
           and/or _rainbows_ for cross-color reduction.

       **lt**  Set spatial luma threshold. Lower values increases reduction of cross-luminance.

       **tl**  Set tolerance for temporal luma. Higher values increases reduction of cross-luminance.

       **tc**  Set tolerance for chroma temporal variation. Higher values increases reduction of cross-
           color.

       **ct**  Set temporal chroma threshold. Lower values increases reduction of cross-color.

### deflate
       Apply deflate effect to the video.

       This filter replaces the pixel by the [local(3x3)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/local/3x3/markdown) average by taking into account only values
       lower than the pixel.

       It accepts the following options:

### threshold0
### threshold1
### threshold2
### threshold3
           Limit the maximum change for each plane, default is 65535.  If 0, plane will remain
           unchanged.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### deflicker
       Remove temporal frame luminance variations.

       It accepts the following options:

### size, s
           Set moving-average filter size in frames. Default is 5. Allowed range is 2 - 129.

### mode, m
           Set averaging mode to smooth temporal luminance variations.

           Available values are:

           **am**  Arithmetic mean

           **gm**  Geometric mean

           **hm**  Harmonic mean

           **qm**  Quadratic mean

           **cm**  Cubic mean

           **pm**  Power mean

           **median**
               Median

### bypass
           Do not actually modify frame. Useful when one only wants metadata.

### dejudder
       Remove judder produced by partially interlaced telecined content.

       Judder can be introduced, for instance, by **pullup** filter. If the original source was
       partially telecined content then the output of "pullup,dejudder" will have a variable frame
       rate. May change the recorded frame rate of the container. Aside from that change, this
       filter will not affect constant frame rate video.

       The option available in this filter is:

### cycle
           Specify the length of the window over which the judder repeats.

           Accepts any integer greater than 1. Useful values are:

           **4**   If the original was telecined from 24 to 30 fps (Film to NTSC).

           **5**   If the original was telecined from 25 to 30 fps (PAL to NTSC).

           **20**  If a mixture of the two.

           The default is **4**.

### delogo
       Suppress a TV station logo by a simple interpolation of the surrounding pixels. Just set a
       rectangle covering the logo and watch it disappear (and sometimes something even uglier
       appear - your mileage may vary).

       It accepts the following parameters:

       **x**
       **y**   Specify the top left corner coordinates of the logo. They must be specified.

       **w**
       **h**   Specify the width and height of the logo to clear. They must be specified.

### show
           When set to 1, a green rectangle is drawn on the screen to simplify finding the right _x_,
           _y_, _w_, and _h_ parameters.  The default value is 0.

           The rectangle is drawn on the outermost pixels which will be (partly) replaced with
           interpolated values. The values of the next pixels immediately outside this rectangle in
           each direction will be used to compute the interpolated pixel values inside the
           rectangle.

       _Examples_

       •   Set a rectangle covering the area with top left corner coordinates 0,0 and size 100x77:

                   delogo=x=0:y=0:w=100:h=77

### derain
       Remove the rain in the input image/video by applying the derain methods based on
       convolutional neural networks. Supported models:

       •   Recurrent Squeeze-and-Excitation Context Aggregation Net (RESCAN).  See
           <**<http://openaccess.thecvf.com/content>**___**ECCV**___**2018/papers/Xia**___**Li**___**Recurrent**___**Squeeze-and-Excitation**___**Context**___**ECCV**___**2018**___**paper.pdf**>.

       Training as well as model generation scripts are provided in the repository at
       <**<https://github.com/XueweiMeng/derain>**___**filter.git**>.

       Native model files (.model) can be generated from TensorFlow model files (.pb) by using
       tools/python/convert.py

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **filter**___**type**
           Specify which filter to use. This option accepts the following values:

           **derain**
               Derain filter. To conduct derain filter, you need to use a derain model.

           **dehaze**
               Dehaze filter. To conduct dehaze filter, you need to use a dehaze model.

           Default value is **derain**.

       **dnn**___**backend**
           Specify which DNN backend to use for model loading and execution. This option accepts the
           following values:

           **native**
               Native implementation of DNN loading and execution.

           **tensorflow**
               TensorFlow backend. To enable this backend you need to install the TensorFlow for C
               library (see <**<https://www.tensorflow.org/install/install>**___**c**>) and configure FFmpeg
               with "--enable-libtensorflow"

           Default value is **native**.

### model
           Set path to model file specifying network architecture and its parameters.  Note that
           different backends use different file formats. TensorFlow and native backend can load
           files for only its format.

       It can also be finished with **dnn**___**processing** filter.

### deshake
       Attempt to fix small changes in horizontal and/or vertical shift. This filter helps remove
       camera shake from hand-holding a camera, bumping a tripod, moving on a vehicle, etc.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **x**
       **y**
       **w**
       **h**   Specify a rectangular area where to limit the search for motion vectors.  If desired the
           search for motion vectors can be limited to a rectangular area of the frame defined by
           its top left corner, width and height. These parameters have the same meaning as the
           drawbox filter which can be used to visualise the position of the bounding box.

           This is useful when simultaneous movement of subjects within the frame might be confused
           for camera motion by the motion vector search.

           If any or all of _x_, _y_, _w_ and _h_ are set to -1 then the full frame is used. This allows
           later options to be set without specifying the bounding box for the motion vector search.

           Default - search the whole frame.

       **rx**
       **ry**  Specify the maximum extent of movement in x and y directions in the range 0-64 pixels.
           Default 16.

### edge
           Specify how to generate pixels to fill blanks at the edge of the frame. Available values
           are:

           **blank,** **0**
               Fill zeroes at blank locations

           **original,** **1**
               Original image at blank locations

           **clamp,** **2**
               Extruded edge value at blank locations

           **mirror,** **3**
               Mirrored edge at blank locations

           Default value is **mirror**.

### blocksize
           Specify the blocksize to use for motion search. Range 4-128 pixels, default 8.

### contrast
           Specify the contrast threshold for blocks. Only blocks with more than the specified
           contrast (difference between darkest and lightest pixels) will be considered. Range
           1-255, default 125.

### search
           Specify the search strategy. Available values are:

           **exhaustive,** **0**
               Set exhaustive search

           **less,** **1**
               Set less exhaustive search.

           Default value is **exhaustive**.

### filename
           If set then a detailed log of the motion search is written to the specified file.

### despill
       Remove unwanted contamination of foreground colors, caused by reflected color of greenscreen
       or bluescreen.

       This filter accepts the following options:

### type
           Set what type of despill to use.

       **mix** Set how spillmap will be generated.

### expand
           Set how much to get rid of still remaining spill.

       **red** Controls amount of red in spill area.

### green
           Controls amount of green in spill area.  Should be -1 for greenscreen.

### blue
           Controls amount of blue in spill area.  Should be -1 for bluescreen.

### brightness
           Controls brightness of spill area, preserving colors.

### alpha
           Modify alpha from generated spillmap.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### detelecine
       Apply an exact inverse of the telecine operation. It requires a predefined pattern specified
       using the pattern option which must be the same as that passed to the telecine filter.

       This filter accepts the following options:

       **first**___**field**
           **top,** **t**
               top field first

           **bottom,** **b**
               bottom field first The default value is "top".

### pattern
           A string of numbers representing the pulldown pattern you wish to apply.  The default
           value is 23.

       **start**___**frame**
           A number representing position of the first frame with respect to the telecine pattern.
           This is to be used if the stream is cut. The default value is 0.

### dilation
       Apply dilation effect to the video.

       This filter replaces the pixel by the [local(3x3)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/local/3x3/markdown) maximum.

       It accepts the following options:

### threshold0
### threshold1
### threshold2
### threshold3
           Limit the maximum change for each plane, default is 65535.  If 0, plane will remain
           unchanged.

### coordinates
           Flag which specifies the pixel to refer to. Default is 255 i.e. all eight pixels are
           used.

           Flags to local 3x3 coordinates maps like this:

               1 2 3
               4   5
               6 7 8

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### displace
       Displace pixels as indicated by second and third input stream.

       It takes three input streams and outputs one stream, the first input is the source, and
       second and third input are displacement maps.

       The second input specifies how much to displace pixels along the x-axis, while the third
       input specifies how much to displace pixels along the y-axis.  If one of displacement map
       streams terminates, last frame from that displacement map will be used.

       Note that once generated, displacements maps can be reused over and over again.

       A description of the accepted options follows.

### edge
           Set displace behavior for pixels that are out of range.

           Available values are:

           **blank**
               Missing pixels are replaced by black pixels.

           **smear**
               Adjacent pixels will spread out to replace missing pixels.

           **wrap**
               Out of range pixels are wrapped so they point to pixels of other side.

           **mirror**
               Out of range pixels will be replaced with mirrored pixels.

           Default is **smear**.

       _Examples_

       •   Add ripple effect to rgb input of video size hd720:

                   ffmpeg -i INPUT -f lavfi -i nullsrc=s=hd720,lutrgb=128:128:128 -f lavfi -i nullsrc=s=hd720,geq='r=128+30*sin(2*PI*X/400+T):g=128+30*sin(2*PI*X/400+T):b=128+30*sin(2*PI*X/400+T)' -lavfi '[0][1][2]displace' OUTPUT

       •   Add wave effect to rgb input of video size hd720:

                   ffmpeg -i INPUT -f lavfi -i nullsrc=hd720,geq='r=128+80*(sin(sqrt((X-W/2)*(X-W/2)+(Y-H/2)*(Y-H/2))/220*2*PI+T)):g=128+80*(sin(sqrt((X-W/2)*(X-W/2)+(Y-H/2)*(Y-H/2))/220*2*PI+T)):b=128+80*(sin(sqrt((X-W/2)*(X-W/2)+(Y-H/2)*(Y-H/2))/220*2*PI+T))' -lavfi '[1]split[x][y],[0][x][y]displace' OUTPUT

   **dnn**___**processing**
       Do image processing with deep neural networks. It works together with another filter which
       converts the pixel format of the Frame to what the dnn network requires.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **dnn**___**backend**
           Specify which DNN backend to use for model loading and execution. This option accepts the
           following values:

           **native**
               Native implementation of DNN loading and execution.

           **tensorflow**
               TensorFlow backend. To enable this backend you need to install the TensorFlow for C
               library (see <**<https://www.tensorflow.org/install/install>**___**c**>) and configure FFmpeg
               with "--enable-libtensorflow"

           **openvino**
               OpenVINO backend. To enable this backend you need to build and install the OpenVINO
               for C library (see
               <**<https://github.com/openvinotoolkit/openvino/blob/master/build-instruction.md>**>) and
               configure FFmpeg with "--enable-libopenvino" (--extra-cflags=-I...
               --extra-ldflags=-L... might be needed if the header files and libraries are not
               installed into system path)

           Default value is **native**.

### model
           Set path to model file specifying network architecture and its parameters.  Note that
           different backends use different file formats. TensorFlow, OpenVINO and native backend
           can load files for only its format.

           Native model file (.model) can be generated from TensorFlow model file (.pb) by using
           tools/python/convert.py

### input
           Set the input name of the dnn network.

### output
           Set the output name of the dnn network.

### async
           use DNN async execution if set (default: set), roll back to sync execution if the backend
           does not support async.

       _Examples_

       •   Remove rain in rgb24 frame with can.pb (see **derain** filter):

                   ./ffmpeg -i rain.jpg -vf format=rgb24,dnn_processing=dnn_backend=tensorflow:model=can.pb:input=x:output=y derain.jpg

       •   Halve the pixel value of the frame with format gray32f:

                   ffmpeg -i input.jpg -vf format=grayf32,dnn_processing=model=halve_gray_float.model:input=dnn_in:output=dnn_out:dnn_backend=native -y out.native.png

       •   Handle the Y channel with srcnn.pb (see **sr** filter) for frame with yuv420p (planar YUV
           formats supported):

                   ./ffmpeg -i 480p.jpg -vf format=yuv420p,scale=w=iw*2:h=ih*2,dnn_processing=dnn_backend=tensorflow:model=srcnn.pb:input=x:output=y -y srcnn.jpg

       •   Handle the Y channel with espcn.pb (see **sr** filter), which changes frame size, for format
           yuv420p (planar YUV formats supported):

                   ./ffmpeg -i 480p.jpg -vf format=yuv420p,dnn_processing=dnn_backend=tensorflow:model=espcn.pb:input=x:output=y -y tmp.espcn.jpg

### drawbox
       Draw a colored box on the input image.

       It accepts the following parameters:

       **x**
       **y**   The expressions which specify the top left corner coordinates of the box. It defaults to
           0.

### width, w
### height, h
           The expressions which specify the width and height of the box; if 0 they are interpreted
           as the input width and height. It defaults to 0.

### color, c
           Specify the color of the box to write. For the general syntax of this option, check the
           **"Color"** **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**. If the special value "invert" is used, the
           box edge color is the same as the video with inverted luma.

### thickness, t
           The expression which sets the thickness of the box edge.  A value of "fill" will create a
           filled box. Default value is 3.

           See below for the list of accepted constants.

### replace
           Applicable if the input has alpha. With value 1, the pixels of the painted box will
           overwrite the video's color and alpha pixels.  Default is 0, which composites the box
           onto the input, leaving the video's alpha intact.

       The parameters for _x_, _y_, _w_ and _h_ and _t_ are expressions containing the following constants:

       **dar** The input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (_w_ / _h_) * _sar_.

### hsub
### vsub
           horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the pixel format
           "yuv422p" _hsub_ is 2 and _vsub_ is 1.

       **in**___**h,** **ih**
       **in**___**w,** **iw**
           The input width and height.

       **sar** The input sample aspect ratio.

       **x**
       **y**   The x and y offset coordinates where the box is drawn.

       **w**
       **h**   The width and height of the drawn box.

       **t**   The thickness of the drawn box.

           These constants allow the _x_, _y_, _w_, _h_ and _t_ expressions to refer to each other, so you may
           for example specify "y=x/dar" or "h=w/dar".

       _Examples_

       •   Draw a black box around the edge of the input image:

                   drawbox

       •   Draw a box with color red and an opacity of 50%:

                   drawbox=10:20:200:60:<red@0.5>

           The previous example can be specified as:

                   drawbox=x=10:y=20:w=200:h=60:color=<red@0.5>

       •   Fill the box with pink color:

                   drawbox=x=10:y=10:w=100:h=100:color=<pink@0.5>:t=fill

       •   Draw a 2-pixel red 2.40:1 mask:

                   drawbox=x=-t:y=0.5*(ih-iw/2.4)-t:w=iw+t*2:h=iw/2.4+t*2:t=2:c=red

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same commands as options.  The command accepts the same syntax of the
       corresponding option.

       If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

### drawgraph
       Draw a graph using input video metadata.

       It accepts the following parameters:

       **m1**  Set 1st frame metadata key from which metadata values will be used to draw a graph.

       **fg1** Set 1st foreground color expression.

       **m2**  Set 2nd frame metadata key from which metadata values will be used to draw a graph.

       **fg2** Set 2nd foreground color expression.

       **m3**  Set 3rd frame metadata key from which metadata values will be used to draw a graph.

       **fg3** Set 3rd foreground color expression.

       **m4**  Set 4th frame metadata key from which metadata values will be used to draw a graph.

       **fg4** Set 4th foreground color expression.

       **min** Set minimal value of metadata value.

       **max** Set maximal value of metadata value.

       **bg**  Set graph background color. Default is white.

### mode
           Set graph mode.

           Available values for mode is:

           **bar**
           **dot**
           **line**

           Default is "line".

### slide
           Set slide mode.

           Available values for slide is:

           **frame**
               Draw new frame when right border is reached.

           **replace**
               Replace old columns with new ones.

           **scroll**
               Scroll from right to left.

           **rscroll**
               Scroll from left to right.

           **picture**
               Draw single picture.

           Default is "frame".

### size
           Set size of graph video. For the syntax of this option, check the **"Video** **size"** **section** **in**
           **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.  The default value is "900x256".

### rate, r
           Set the output frame rate. Default value is 25.

           The foreground color expressions can use the following variables:

           **MIN** Minimal value of metadata value.

           **MAX** Maximal value of metadata value.

           **VAL** Current metadata key value.

           The color is defined as 0xAABBGGRR.

       Example using metadata from **signalstats** filter:

               signalstats,drawgraph=lavfi.signalstats.YAVG:min=0:max=255

       Example using metadata from **ebur128** filter:

               ebur128=metadata=1,adrawgraph=lavfi.r128.M:min=-120:max=5

### drawgrid
       Draw a grid on the input image.

       It accepts the following parameters:

       **x**
       **y**   The expressions which specify the coordinates of some point of grid intersection (meant
           to configure offset). Both default to 0.

### width, w
### height, h
           The expressions which specify the width and height of the grid cell, if 0 they are
           interpreted as the input width and height, respectively, minus "thickness", so image gets
           framed. Default to 0.

### color, c
           Specify the color of the grid. For the general syntax of this option, check the **"Color"**
           **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**. If the special value "invert" is used, the grid color
           is the same as the video with inverted luma.

### thickness, t
           The expression which sets the thickness of the grid line. Default value is 1.

           See below for the list of accepted constants.

### replace
           Applicable if the input has alpha. With 1 the pixels of the painted grid will overwrite
           the video's color and alpha pixels.  Default is 0, which composites the grid onto the
           input, leaving the video's alpha intact.

       The parameters for _x_, _y_, _w_ and _h_ and _t_ are expressions containing the following constants:

       **dar** The input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (_w_ / _h_) * _sar_.

### hsub
### vsub
           horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the pixel format
           "yuv422p" _hsub_ is 2 and _vsub_ is 1.

       **in**___**h,** **ih**
       **in**___**w,** **iw**
           The input grid cell width and height.

       **sar** The input sample aspect ratio.

       **x**
       **y**   The x and y coordinates of some point of grid intersection (meant to configure offset).

       **w**
       **h**   The width and height of the drawn cell.

       **t**   The thickness of the drawn cell.

           These constants allow the _x_, _y_, _w_, _h_ and _t_ expressions to refer to each other, so you may
           for example specify "y=x/dar" or "h=w/dar".

       _Examples_

       •   Draw a grid with cell 100x100 pixels, thickness 2 pixels, with color red and an opacity
           of 50%:

                   drawgrid=width=100:height=100:thickness=2:color=<red@0.5>

       •   Draw a white 3x3 grid with an opacity of 50%:

                   drawgrid=w=iw/3:h=ih/3:t=2:c=<white@0.5>

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same commands as options.  The command accepts the same syntax of the
       corresponding option.

       If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

### drawtext
       Draw a text string or text from a specified file on top of a video, using the libfreetype
       library.

       To enable compilation of this filter, you need to configure FFmpeg with
       "--enable-libfreetype".  To enable default font fallback and the _font_ option you need to
       configure FFmpeg with "--enable-libfontconfig".  To enable the _text_shaping_ option, you need
       to configure FFmpeg with "--enable-libfribidi".

       _Syntax_

       It accepts the following parameters:

       **box** Used to draw a box around text using the background color.  The value must be either 1
           (enable) or 0 (disable).  The default value of _box_ is 0.

### boxborderw
           Set the width of the border to be drawn around the box using _boxcolor_.  The default value
           of _boxborderw_ is 0.

### boxcolor
           The color to be used for drawing box around text. For the syntax of this option, check
           the **"Color"** **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.

           The default value of _boxcolor_ is "white".

       **line**___**spacing**
           Set the line spacing in pixels of the border to be drawn around the box using _box_.  The
           default value of _line_spacing_ is 0.

### borderw
           Set the width of the border to be drawn around the text using _bordercolor_.  The default
           value of _borderw_ is 0.

### bordercolor
           Set the color to be used for drawing border around text. For the syntax of this option,
           check the **"Color"** **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.

           The default value of _bordercolor_ is "black".

### expansion
           Select how the _text_ is expanded. Can be either "none", "strftime" (deprecated) or
           "normal" (default). See the **drawtext**___**expansion,** **Text** **expansion** section below for details.

### basetime
           Set a start time for the count. Value is in microseconds. Only applied in the deprecated
           strftime expansion mode. To emulate in normal expansion mode use the "pts" function,
           supplying the start time (in seconds) as the second argument.

       **fix**___**bounds**
           If true, check and fix text coords to avoid clipping.

### fontcolor
           The color to be used for drawing fonts. For the syntax of this option, check the **"Color"**
           **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.

           The default value of _fontcolor_ is "black".

       **fontcolor**___**expr**
           String which is expanded the same way as _text_ to obtain dynamic _fontcolor_ value. By
           default this option has empty value and is not processed. When this option is set, it
           overrides _fontcolor_ option.

### font
           The font family to be used for drawing text. By default Sans.

### fontfile
           The font file to be used for drawing text. The path must be included.  This parameter is
           mandatory if the fontconfig support is disabled.

### alpha
           Draw the text applying alpha blending. The value can be a number between 0.0 and 1.0.
           The expression accepts the same variables _x,_ _y_ as well.  The default value is 1.  Please
           see _fontcolor_expr_.

### fontsize
           The font size to be used for drawing text.  The default value of _fontsize_ is 16.

       **text**___**shaping**
           If set to 1, attempt to shape the text (for example, reverse the order of right-to-left
           text and join Arabic characters) before drawing it.  Otherwise, just draw the text
           exactly as given.  By default 1 (if supported).

       **ft**___**load**___**flags**
           The flags to be used for loading the fonts.

           The flags map the corresponding flags supported by libfreetype, and are a combination of
           the following values:

           _default_
           _no_scale_
           _no_hinting_
           _render_
           _no_bitmap_
           _vertical_layout_
           _force_autohint_
           _crop_bitmap_
           _pedantic_
           _ignore_global_advance_width_
           _no_recurse_
           _ignore_transform_
           _monochrome_
           _linear_design_
           _no_autohint_

           Default value is "default".

           For more information consult the documentation for the FT_LOAD_* libfreetype flags.

### shadowcolor
           The color to be used for drawing a shadow behind the drawn text. For the syntax of this
           option, check the **"Color"** **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.

           The default value of _shadowcolor_ is "black".

### shadowx
### shadowy
           The x and y offsets for the text shadow position with respect to the position of the
           text. They can be either positive or negative values. The default value for both is "0".

       **start**___**number**
           The starting frame number for the n/frame_num variable. The default value is "0".

### tabsize
           The size in number of spaces to use for rendering the tab.  Default value is 4.

### timecode
           Set the initial timecode representation in "hh:mm:ss[:;.]ff" format. It can be used with
           or without text parameter. _timecode_rate_ option must be specified.

       **timecode**___**rate,** **rate,** **r**
           Set the timecode frame rate (timecode only). Value will be rounded to nearest integer.
           Minimum value is "1".  Drop-frame timecode is supported for frame rates 30 & 60.

### tc24hmax
           If set to 1, the output of the timecode option will wrap around at 24 hours.  Default is
           0 (disabled).

### text
           The text string to be drawn. The text must be a sequence of UTF-8 encoded characters.
           This parameter is mandatory if no file is specified with the parameter _textfile_.

### textfile
           A text file containing text to be drawn. The text must be a sequence of UTF-8 encoded
           characters.

           This parameter is mandatory if no text string is specified with the parameter _text_.

           If both _text_ and _textfile_ are specified, an error is thrown.

### reload
           If set to 1, the _textfile_ will be reloaded before each frame.  Be sure to update it
           atomically, or it may be read partially, or even fail.

       **x**
       **y**   The expressions which specify the offsets where text will be drawn within the video
           frame. They are relative to the top/left border of the output image.

           The default value of _x_ and _y_ is "0".

           See below for the list of accepted constants and functions.

       The parameters for _x_ and _y_ are expressions containing the following constants and functions:

       **dar** input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (_w_ / _h_) * _sar_

### hsub
### vsub
           horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the pixel format
           "yuv422p" _hsub_ is 2 and _vsub_ is 1.

       **line**___**h,** **lh**
           the height of each text line

       **main**___**h,** **h,** **H**
           the input height

       **main**___**w,** **w,** **W**
           the input width

       **max**___**glyph**___**a,** **ascent**
           the maximum distance from the baseline to the highest/upper grid coordinate used to place
           a glyph outline point, for all the rendered glyphs.  It is a positive value, due to the
           grid's orientation with the Y axis upwards.

       **max**___**glyph**___**d,** **descent**
           the maximum distance from the baseline to the lowest grid coordinate used to place a
           glyph outline point, for all the rendered glyphs.  This is a negative value, due to the
           grid's orientation, with the Y axis upwards.

       **max**___**glyph**___**h**
           maximum glyph height, that is the maximum height for all the glyphs contained in the
           rendered text, it is equivalent to _ascent_ - _descent_.

       **max**___**glyph**___**w**
           maximum glyph width, that is the maximum width for all the glyphs contained in the
           rendered text

       **n**   the number of input frame, starting from 0

### rand(min, max)
           return a random number included between _min_ and _max_

       **sar** The input sample aspect ratio.

       **t**   timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown

       **text**___**h,** **th**
           the height of the rendered text

       **text**___**w,** **tw**
           the width of the rendered text

       **x**
       **y**   the x and y offset coordinates where the text is drawn.

           These parameters allow the _x_ and _y_ expressions to refer to each other, so you can for
           example specify "y=x/dar".

       **pict**___**type**
           A one character description of the current frame's picture type.

       **pkt**___**pos**
           The current packet's position in the input file or stream (in bytes, from the start of
           the input). A value of -1 indicates this info is not available.

       **pkt**___**duration**
           The current packet's duration, in seconds.

       **pkt**___**size**
           The current packet's size (in bytes).

       _Text_ _expansion_

       If **expansion** is set to "strftime", the filter recognizes **strftime()** sequences in the provided
       text and expands them accordingly. Check the documentation of **strftime()**. This feature is
       deprecated.

       If **expansion** is set to "none", the text is printed verbatim.

       If **expansion** is set to "normal" (which is the default), the following expansion mechanism is
       used.

       The backslash character **\**, followed by any character, always expands to the second character.

       Sequences of the form "%{...}" are expanded. The text between the braces is a function name,
       possibly followed by arguments separated by ':'.  If the arguments contain special characters
       or delimiters (':' or '}'), they should be escaped.

       Note that they probably must also be escaped as the value for the **text** option in the filter
       argument string and as the filter argument in the filtergraph description, and possibly also
       for the shell, that makes up to four levels of escaping; using a text file avoids these
       problems.

       The following functions are available:

### expr, e
           The expression evaluation result.

           It must take one argument specifying the expression to be evaluated, which accepts the
           same constants and functions as the _x_ and _y_ values. Note that not all constants should be
           used, for example the text size is not known when evaluating the expression, so the
           constants _text_w_ and _text_h_ will have an undefined value.

       **expr**___**int**___**format,** **eif**
           Evaluate the expression's value and output as formatted integer.

           The first argument is the expression to be evaluated, just as for the _expr_ function.  The
           second argument specifies the output format. Allowed values are **x**, **X**, **d** and **u**. They are
           treated exactly as in the "printf" function.  The third parameter is optional and sets
           the number of positions taken by the output.  It can be used to add padding with zeros
           from the left.

### gmtime
           The time at which the filter is running, expressed in UTC.  It can accept an argument: a
           **strftime()** format string.

### localtime
           The time at which the filter is running, expressed in the local time zone.  It can accept
           an argument: a **strftime()** format string.

### metadata
           Frame metadata. Takes one or two arguments.

           The first argument is mandatory and specifies the metadata key.

           The second argument is optional and specifies a default value, used when the metadata key
           is not found or empty.

           Available metadata can be identified by inspecting entries starting with TAG included
           within each frame section printed by running "ffprobe -show_frames".

           String metadata generated in filters leading to the drawtext filter are also available.

       **n,** **frame**___**num**
           The frame number, starting from 0.

       **pict**___**type**
           A one character description of the current picture type.

       **pts** The timestamp of the current frame.  It can take up to three arguments.

           The first argument is the format of the timestamp; it defaults to "flt" for seconds as a
           decimal number with microsecond accuracy; "hms" stands for a formatted _[-]HH:MM:SS.mmm_
           timestamp with millisecond accuracy.  "gmtime" stands for the timestamp of the frame
           formatted as UTC time; "localtime" stands for the timestamp of the frame formatted as
           local time zone time.

           The second argument is an offset added to the timestamp.

           If the format is set to "hms", a third argument "24HH" may be supplied to present the
           hour part of the formatted timestamp in 24h format (00-23).

           If the format is set to "localtime" or "gmtime", a third argument may be supplied: a
           **strftime()** format string.  By default, _YYYY-MM-DD_ _HH:MM:SS_ format will be used.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports altering parameters via commands:

### reinit
           Alter existing filter parameters.

           Syntax for the argument is the same as for filter invocation, e.g.

                   fontsize=56:fontcolor=green:text='Hello World'

           Full filter invocation with sendcmd would look like this:

                   sendcmd=c='56.0 drawtext reinit fontsize=56\:fontcolor=green\:text=Hello\\ World'

       If the entire argument can't be parsed or applied as valid values then the filter will
       continue with its existing parameters.

       _Examples_

       •   Draw "Test Text" with font FreeSerif, using the default values for the optional
           parameters.

                   drawtext="fontfile=/usr/share/fonts/truetype/freefont/FreeSerif.ttf: text='Test Text'"

       •   Draw 'Test Text' with font FreeSerif of size 24 at position x=100 and y=50 (counting from
           the top-left corner of the screen), text is yellow with a red box around it. Both the
           text and the box have an opacity of 20%.

                   drawtext="fontfile=/usr/share/fonts/truetype/freefont/FreeSerif.ttf: text='Test Text':\
                             x=100: y=50: fontsize=24: fontcolor=<yellow@0.2>: box=1: boxcolor=<red@0.2>"

           Note that the double quotes are not necessary if spaces are not used within the parameter
           list.

       •   Show the text at the center of the video frame:

                   drawtext="fontsize=30:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text='hello world':x=(w-text_w)/2:y=(h-text_h)/2"

       •   Show the text at a random position, switching to a new position every 30 seconds:

                   drawtext="fontsize=30:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text='hello world':x=if(eq(mod(t\,30)\,0)\,rand(0\,(w-text_w))\,x):y=if(eq(mod(t\,30)\,0)\,rand(0\,(h-text_h))\,y)"

       •   Show a text line sliding from right to left in the last row of the video frame. The file
           _LONG_LINE_ is assumed to contain a single line with no newlines.

                   drawtext="fontsize=15:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=LONG_LINE:y=h-line_h:x=-50*t"

       •   Show the content of file _CREDITS_ off the bottom of the frame and scroll up.

                   drawtext="fontsize=20:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:textfile=CREDITS:y=h-20*t"

       •   Draw a single green letter "g", at the center of the input video.  The glyph baseline is
           placed at half screen height.

                   drawtext="fontsize=60:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:fontcolor=green:text=g:x=(w-max_glyph_w)/2:y=h/2-ascent"

       •   Show text for 1 second every 3 seconds:

                   drawtext="fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:fontcolor=white:x=100:y=x/dar:enable=lt(mod(t\,3)\,1):text='blink'"

       •   Use fontconfig to set the font. Note that the colons need to be escaped.

                   drawtext='fontfile=Linux Libertine O-40\:style=Semibold:text=FFmpeg'

       •   Draw "Test Text" with font size dependent on height of the video.

                   drawtext="text='Test Text': fontsize=h/30: x=(w-text_w)/2: y=(h-text_h*2)"

       •   Print the date of a real-time encoding (see [**strftime**(3)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/strftime/3/markdown)):

                   drawtext='fontfile=FreeSans.ttf:text=%{localtime\:%a %b %d %Y}'

       •   Show text fading in and out (appearing/disappearing):

                   #!/bin/sh
                   DS=1.0 # display start
                   DE=10.0 # display end
                   FID=1.5 # fade in duration
                   FOD=5 # fade out duration
                   ffplay -f lavfi "color,drawtext=text=TEST:fontsize=50:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:fontcolor_expr=ff0000%{eif\\\\: clip(255*(1*between(t\\, $DS + $FID\\, $DE - $FOD) + ((t - $DS)/$FID)*between(t\\, $DS\\, $DS + $FID) + (-(t - $DE)/$FOD)*between(t\\, $DE - $FOD\\, $DE) )\\, 0\\, 255) \\\\: x\\\\: 2 }"

       •   Horizontally align multiple separate texts. Note that **max**___**glyph**___**a** and the **fontsize** value
           are included in the **y** offset.

                   drawtext=fontfile=FreeSans.ttf:text=DOG:fontsize=24:x=10:y=20+24-max_glyph_a,
                   drawtext=fontfile=FreeSans.ttf:text=cow:fontsize=24:x=80:y=20+24-max_glyph_a

       •   Plot special _lavf.image2dec.source_basename_ metadata onto each frame if such metadata
           exists. Otherwise, plot the string "NA". Note that image2 demuxer must have option
           **-export**___**path**___**metadata** **1** for the special metadata fields to be available for filters.

                   drawtext="fontsize=20:fontcolor=white:fontfile=FreeSans.ttf:text='%{metadata\:lavf.image2dec.source_basename\:NA}':x=10:y=10"

       For more information about libfreetype, check: <**<http://www.freetype.org/>**>.

       For more information about fontconfig, check:
       <**<http://freedesktop.org/software/fontconfig/fontconfig-user.html>**>.

       For more information about libfribidi, check: <**<http://fribidi.org/>**>.

### edgedetect
       Detect and draw edges. The filter uses the Canny Edge Detection algorithm.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### low
### high
           Set low and high threshold values used by the Canny thresholding algorithm.

           The high threshold selects the "strong" edge pixels, which are then connected through
           8-connectivity with the "weak" edge pixels selected by the low threshold.

           _low_ and _high_ threshold values must be chosen in the range [0,1], and _low_ should be lesser
           or equal to _high_.

           Default value for _low_ is "20/255", and default value for _high_ is "50/255".

### mode
           Define the drawing mode.

           **wires**
               Draw white/gray wires on black background.

           **colormix**
               Mix the colors to create a paint/cartoon effect.

           **canny**
               Apply Canny edge detector on all selected planes.

           Default value is _wires_.

### planes
           Select planes for filtering. By default all available planes are filtered.

       _Examples_

       •   Standard edge detection with custom values for the hysteresis thresholding:

                   edgedetect=low=0.1:high=0.4

       •   Painting effect without thresholding:

                   edgedetect=mode=colormix:high=0

### elbg
       Apply a posterize effect using the ELBG (Enhanced LBG) algorithm.

       For each input image, the filter will compute the optimal mapping from the input to the
       output given the codebook length, that is the number of distinct output colors.

       This filter accepts the following options.

       **codebook**___**length,** **l**
           Set codebook length. The value must be a positive integer, and represents the number of
           distinct output colors. Default value is 256.

       **nb**___**steps,** **n**
           Set the maximum number of iterations to apply for computing the optimal mapping. The
           higher the value the better the result and the higher the computation time. Default value
           is 1.

### seed, s
           Set a random seed, must be an integer included between 0 and UINT32_MAX. If not
           specified, or if explicitly set to -1, the filter will try to use a good random seed on a
           best effort basis.

### pal8
           Set pal8 output pixel format. This option does not work with codebook length greater than
           256.

### entropy
       Measure graylevel entropy in histogram of color channels of video frames.

       It accepts the following parameters:

### mode
           Can be either _normal_ or _diff_. Default is _normal_.

           _diff_ mode measures entropy of histogram delta values, absolute differences between
           neighbour histogram values.

### epx
       Apply the EPX magnification filter which is designed for pixel art.

       It accepts the following option:

       **n**   Set the scaling dimension: 2 for "2xEPX", 3 for "3xEPX".  Default is 3.

   **eq**
       Set brightness, contrast, saturation and approximate gamma adjustment.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### contrast
           Set the contrast expression. The value must be a float value in range "-1000.0" to
           1000.0. The default value is "1".

### brightness
           Set the brightness expression. The value must be a float value in range "-1.0" to 1.0.
           The default value is "0".

### saturation
           Set the saturation expression. The value must be a float in range 0.0 to 3.0. The default
           value is "1".

### gamma
           Set the gamma expression. The value must be a float in range 0.1 to 10.0.  The default
           value is "1".

       **gamma**___**r**
           Set the gamma expression for red. The value must be a float in range 0.1 to 10.0. The
           default value is "1".

       **gamma**___**g**
           Set the gamma expression for green. The value must be a float in range 0.1 to 10.0. The
           default value is "1".

       **gamma**___**b**
           Set the gamma expression for blue. The value must be a float in range 0.1 to 10.0. The
           default value is "1".

       **gamma**___**weight**
           Set the gamma weight expression. It can be used to reduce the effect of a high gamma
           value on bright image areas, e.g. keep them from getting overamplified and just plain
           white. The value must be a float in range 0.0 to 1.0. A value of 0.0 turns the gamma
           correction all the way down while 1.0 leaves it at its full strength. Default is "1".

### eval
           Set when the expressions for brightness, contrast, saturation and gamma expressions are
           evaluated.

           It accepts the following values:

           **init**
               only evaluate expressions once during the filter initialization or when a command is
               processed

           **frame**
               evaluate expressions for each incoming frame

           Default value is **init**.

       The expressions accept the following parameters:

       **n**   frame count of the input frame starting from 0

       **pos** byte position of the corresponding packet in the input file, NAN if unspecified

       **r**   frame rate of the input video, NAN if the input frame rate is unknown

       **t**   timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown

       _Commands_

       The filter supports the following commands:

### contrast
           Set the contrast expression.

### brightness
           Set the brightness expression.

### saturation
           Set the saturation expression.

### gamma
           Set the gamma expression.

       **gamma**___**r**
           Set the gamma_r expression.

       **gamma**___**g**
           Set gamma_g expression.

       **gamma**___**b**
           Set gamma_b expression.

       **gamma**___**weight**
           Set gamma_weight expression.

           The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.

           If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

### erosion
       Apply erosion effect to the video.

       This filter replaces the pixel by the [local(3x3)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/local/3x3/markdown) minimum.

       It accepts the following options:

### threshold0
### threshold1
### threshold2
### threshold3
           Limit the maximum change for each plane, default is 65535.  If 0, plane will remain
           unchanged.

### coordinates
           Flag which specifies the pixel to refer to. Default is 255 i.e. all eight pixels are
           used.

           Flags to local 3x3 coordinates maps like this:

               1 2 3
               4   5
               6 7 8

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### estdif
       Deinterlace the input video ("estdif" stands for "Edge Slope Tracing Deinterlacing Filter").

       Spatial only filter that uses edge slope tracing algorithm to interpolate missing lines.  It
       accepts the following parameters:

### mode
           The interlacing mode to adopt. It accepts one of the following values:

           **frame**
               Output one frame for each frame.

           **field**
               Output one frame for each field.

           The default value is "field".

### parity
           The picture field parity assumed for the input interlaced video. It accepts one of the
           following values:

           **tff** Assume the top field is first.

           **bff** Assume the bottom field is first.

           **auto**
               Enable automatic detection of field parity.

           The default value is "auto".  If the interlacing is unknown or the decoder does not
           export this information, top field first will be assumed.

### deint
           Specify which frames to deinterlace. Accepts one of the following values:

           **all** Deinterlace all frames.

           **interlaced**
               Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.

           The default value is "all".

### rslope
           Specify the search radius for edge slope tracing. Default value is 1.  Allowed range is
           from 1 to 15.

### redge
           Specify the search radius for best edge matching. Default value is 2.  Allowed range is
           from 0 to 15.

### interp
           Specify the interpolation used. Default is 4-point interpolation. It accepts one of the
           following values:

           **2p**  Two-point interpolation.

           **4p**  Four-point interpolation.

           **6p**  Six-point interpolation.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same **commands** as options.

### exposure
       Adjust exposure of the video stream.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### exposure
           Set the exposure correction in EV. Allowed range is from -3.0 to 3.0 EV Default value is
           0 EV.

### black
           Set the black level correction. Allowed range is from -1.0 to 1.0.  Default value is 0.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same **commands** as options.

### extractplanes
       Extract color channel components from input video stream into separate grayscale video
       streams.

       The filter accepts the following option:

### planes
           Set plane(s) to extract.

           Available values for planes are:

           **y**
           **u**
           **v**
           **a**
           **r**
           **g**
           **b**

           Choosing planes not available in the input will result in an error.  That means you
           cannot select "r", "g", "b" planes with "y", "u", "v" planes at same time.

       _Examples_

       •   Extract luma, u and v color channel component from input video frame into 3 grayscale
           outputs:

                   ffmpeg -i video.avi -filter_complex 'extractplanes=y+u+v[y][u][v]' -map '[y]' y.avi -map '[u]' u.avi -map '[v]' v.avi

### fade
       Apply a fade-in/out effect to the input video.

       It accepts the following parameters:

### type, t
           The effect type can be either "in" for a fade-in, or "out" for a fade-out effect.
           Default is "in".

       **start**___**frame,** **s**
           Specify the number of the frame to start applying the fade effect at. Default is 0.

       **nb**___**frames,** **n**
           The number of frames that the fade effect lasts. At the end of the fade-in effect, the
           output video will have the same intensity as the input video.  At the end of the fade-out
           transition, the output video will be filled with the selected **color**.  Default is 25.

### alpha
           If set to 1, fade only alpha channel, if one exists on the input.  Default value is 0.

       **start**___**time,** **st**
           Specify the timestamp (in seconds) of the frame to start to apply the fade effect. If
           both start_frame and start_time are specified, the fade will start at whichever comes
           last.  Default is 0.

### duration, d
           The number of seconds for which the fade effect has to last. At the end of the fade-in
           effect the output video will have the same intensity as the input video, at the end of
           the fade-out transition the output video will be filled with the selected **color**.  If both
           duration and nb_frames are specified, duration is used. Default is 0 (nb_frames is used
           by default).

### color, c
           Specify the color of the fade. Default is "black".

       _Examples_

       •   Fade in the first 30 frames of video:

                   fade=in:0:30

           The command above is equivalent to:

                   fade=t=in:s=0:n=30

       •   Fade out the last 45 frames of a 200-frame video:

                   fade=out:155:45
                   fade=type=out:start_frame=155:nb_frames=45

       •   Fade in the first 25 frames and fade out the last 25 frames of a 1000-frame video:

                   fade=in:0:25, fade=out:975:25

       •   Make the first 5 frames yellow, then fade in from frame 5-24:

                   fade=in:5:20:color=yellow

       •   Fade in alpha over first 25 frames of video:

                   fade=in:0:25:alpha=1

       •   Make the first 5.5 seconds black, then fade in for 0.5 seconds:

                   fade=t=in:st=5.5:d=0.5

### fftdnoiz
       Denoise frames using 3D FFT (frequency domain filtering).

       The filter accepts the following options:

### sigma
           Set the noise sigma constant. This sets denoising strength.  Default value is 1. Allowed
           range is from 0 to 30.  Using very high sigma with low overlap may give blocking
           artifacts.

### amount
           Set amount of denoising. By default all detected noise is reduced.  Default value is 1.
           Allowed range is from 0 to 1.

### block
           Set size of block, Default is 4, can be 3, 4, 5 or 6.  Actual size of block in pixels is
           2 to power of _block_, so by default block size in pixels is 2^4 which is 16.

### overlap
           Set block overlap. Default is 0.5. Allowed range is from 0.2 to 0.8.

### prev
           Set number of previous frames to use for denoising. By default is set to 0.

### next
           Set number of next frames to to use for denoising. By default is set to 0.

### planes
           Set planes which will be filtered, by default are all available filtered except alpha.

### fftfilt
       Apply arbitrary expressions to samples in frequency domain

       **dc**___**Y**
           Adjust the dc value (gain) of the luma plane of the image. The filter accepts an integer
           value in range 0 to 1000. The default value is set to 0.

       **dc**___**U**
           Adjust the dc value (gain) of the 1st chroma plane of the image. The filter accepts an
           integer value in range 0 to 1000. The default value is set to 0.

       **dc**___**V**
           Adjust the dc value (gain) of the 2nd chroma plane of the image. The filter accepts an
           integer value in range 0 to 1000. The default value is set to 0.

       **weight**___**Y**
           Set the frequency domain weight expression for the luma plane.

       **weight**___**U**
           Set the frequency domain weight expression for the 1st chroma plane.

       **weight**___**V**
           Set the frequency domain weight expression for the 2nd chroma plane.

### eval
           Set when the expressions are evaluated.

           It accepts the following values:

           **init**
               Only evaluate expressions once during the filter initialization.

           **frame**
               Evaluate expressions for each incoming frame.

           Default value is **init**.

           The filter accepts the following variables:

       **X**
       **Y**   The coordinates of the current sample.

       **W**
       **H**   The width and height of the image.

       **N**   The number of input frame, starting from 0.

       _Examples_

       •   High-pass:

                   fftfilt=dc_Y=128:weight_Y='squish(1-(Y+X)/100)'

       •   Low-pass:

                   fftfilt=dc_Y=0:weight_Y='squish((Y+X)/100-1)'

       •   Sharpen:

                   fftfilt=dc_Y=0:weight_Y='1+squish(1-(Y+X)/100)'

       •   Blur:

                   fftfilt=dc_Y=0:weight_Y='exp(-4 * ((Y+X)/(W+H)))'

### field
       Extract a single field from an interlaced image using stride arithmetic to avoid wasting CPU
       time. The output frames are marked as non-interlaced.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### type
           Specify whether to extract the top (if the value is 0 or "top") or the bottom field (if
           the value is 1 or "bottom").

### fieldhint
       Create new frames by copying the top and bottom fields from surrounding frames supplied as
       numbers by the hint file.

### hint
           Set file containing hints: absolute/relative frame numbers.

           There must be one line for each frame in a clip. Each line must contain two numbers
           separated by the comma, optionally followed by "-" or "+".  Numbers supplied on each line
           of file can not be out of [N-1,N+1] where N is current frame number for "absolute" mode
           or out of [-1, 1] range for "relative" mode. First number tells from which frame to pick
           up top field and second number tells from which frame to pick up bottom field.

           If optionally followed by "+" output frame will be marked as interlaced, else if followed
           by "-" output frame will be marked as progressive, else it will be marked same as input
           frame.  If optionally followed by "t" output frame will use only top field, or in case of
           "b" it will use only bottom field.  If line starts with "#" or ";" that line is skipped.

### mode
           Can be item "absolute" or "relative". Default is "absolute".

       Example of first several lines of "hint" file for "relative" mode:

               0,0 - # first frame
               1,0 - # second frame, use third's frame top field and second's frame bottom field
               1,0 - # third frame, use fourth's frame top field and third's frame bottom field
               1,0 -
               0,0 -
               0,0 -
               1,0 -
               1,0 -
               1,0 -
               0,0 -
               0,0 -
               1,0 -
               1,0 -
               1,0 -
               0,0 -

### fieldmatch
       Field matching filter for inverse telecine. It is meant to reconstruct the progressive frames
       from a telecined stream. The filter does not drop duplicated frames, so to achieve a complete
       inverse telecine "fieldmatch" needs to be followed by a decimation filter such as **decimate** in
       the filtergraph.

       The separation of the field matching and the decimation is notably motivated by the
       possibility of inserting a de-interlacing filter fallback between the two.  If the source has
       mixed telecined and real interlaced content, "fieldmatch" will not be able to match fields
       for the interlaced parts.  But these remaining combed frames will be marked as interlaced,
       and thus can be de-interlaced by a later filter such as **yadif** before decimation.

       In addition to the various configuration options, "fieldmatch" can take an optional second
       stream, activated through the **ppsrc** option. If enabled, the frames reconstruction will be
       based on the fields and frames from this second stream. This allows the first input to be
       pre-processed in order to help the various algorithms of the filter, while keeping the output
       lossless (assuming the fields are matched properly). Typically, a field-aware denoiser, or
       brightness/contrast adjustments can help.

       Note that this filter uses the same algorithms as TIVTC/TFM (AviSynth project) and VIVTC/VFM
       (VapourSynth project). The later is a light clone of TFM from which "fieldmatch" is based on.
       While the semantic and usage are very close, some behaviour and options names can differ.

       The **decimate** filter currently only works for constant frame rate input.  If your input has
       mixed telecined (30fps) and progressive content with a lower framerate like 24fps use the
       following filterchain to produce the necessary cfr stream:
       "dejudder,fps=30000/1001,fieldmatch,decimate".

       The filter accepts the following options:

### order
           Specify the assumed field order of the input stream. Available values are:

           **auto**
               Auto detect parity (use FFmpeg's internal parity value).

           **bff** Assume bottom field first.

           **tff** Assume top field first.

           Note that it is sometimes recommended not to trust the parity announced by the stream.

           Default value is _auto_.

### mode
           Set the matching mode or strategy to use. **pc** mode is the safest in the sense that it
           won't risk creating jerkiness due to duplicate frames when possible, but if there are bad
           edits or blended fields it will end up outputting combed frames when a good match might
           actually exist. On the other hand, **pcn**___**ub** mode is the most risky in terms of creating
           jerkiness, but will almost always find a good frame if there is one. The other values are
           all somewhere in between **pc** and **pcn**___**ub** in terms of risking jerkiness and creating
           duplicate frames versus finding good matches in sections with bad edits, orphaned fields,
           blended fields, etc.

           More details about p/c/n/u/b are available in **p/c/n/u/b** **meaning** section.

           Available values are:

           **pc**  2-way matching (p/c)

           **pc**___**n**
               2-way matching, and trying 3rd match if still combed (p/c + n)

           **pc**___**u**
               2-way matching, and trying 3rd match (same order) if still combed (p/c + u)

           **pc**___**n**___**ub**
               2-way matching, trying 3rd match if still combed, and trying 4th/5th matches if still
               combed (p/c + n + u/b)

           **pcn** 3-way matching (p/c/n)

           **pcn**___**ub**
               3-way matching, and trying 4th/5th matches if all 3 of the original matches are
               detected as combed (p/c/n + u/b)

           The parenthesis at the end indicate the matches that would be used for that mode assuming
           **order**=_tff_ (and **field** on _auto_ or _top_).

           In terms of speed **pc** mode is by far the fastest and **pcn**___**ub** is the slowest.

           Default value is _pc_n_.

### ppsrc
           Mark the main input stream as a pre-processed input, and enable the secondary input
           stream as the clean source to pick the fields from. See the filter introduction for more
           details. It is similar to the **clip2** feature from VFM/TFM.

           Default value is 0 (disabled).

### field
           Set the field to match from. It is recommended to set this to the same value as **order**
           unless you experience matching failures with that setting. In certain circumstances
           changing the field that is used to match from can have a large impact on matching
           performance. Available values are:

           **auto**
               Automatic (same value as **order**).

           **bottom**
               Match from the bottom field.

           **top** Match from the top field.

           Default value is _auto_.

### mchroma
           Set whether or not chroma is included during the match comparisons. In most cases it is
           recommended to leave this enabled. You should set this to 0 only if your clip has bad
           chroma problems such as heavy rainbowing or other artifacts. Setting this to 0 could also
           be used to speed things up at the cost of some accuracy.

           Default value is 1.

       **y0**
       **y1**  These define an exclusion band which excludes the lines between **y0** and **y1** from being
           included in the field matching decision. An exclusion band can be used to ignore
           subtitles, a logo, or other things that may interfere with the matching. **y0** sets the
           starting scan line and **y1** sets the ending line; all lines in between **y0** and **y1** (including
           **y0** and **y1**) will be ignored. Setting **y0** and **y1** to the same value will disable the feature.
           **y0** and **y1** defaults to 0.

### scthresh
           Set the scene change detection threshold as a percentage of maximum change on the luma
           plane. Good values are in the "[8.0, 14.0]" range. Scene change detection is only
           relevant in case **combmatch**=_sc_.  The range for **scthresh** is "[0.0, 100.0]".

           Default value is 12.0.

### combmatch
           When **combatch** is not _none_, "fieldmatch" will take into account the combed scores of
           matches when deciding what match to use as the final match. Available values are:

           **none**
               No final matching based on combed scores.

           **sc**  Combed scores are only used when a scene change is detected.

           **full**
               Use combed scores all the time.

           Default is _sc_.

### combdbg
           Force "fieldmatch" to calculate the combed metrics for certain matches and print them.
           This setting is known as **micout** in TFM/VFM vocabulary.  Available values are:

           **none**
               No forced calculation.

           **pcn** Force p/c/n calculations.

           **pcnub**
               Force p/c/n/u/b calculations.

           Default value is _none_.

### cthresh
           This is the area combing threshold used for combed frame detection. This essentially
           controls how "strong" or "visible" combing must be to be detected.  Larger values mean
           combing must be more visible and smaller values mean combing can be less visible or
           strong and still be detected. Valid settings are from "-1" (every pixel will be detected
           as combed) to 255 (no pixel will be detected as combed). This is basically a pixel
           difference value. A good range is "[8, 12]".

           Default value is 9.

### chroma
           Sets whether or not chroma is considered in the combed frame decision.  Only disable this
           if your source has chroma problems (rainbowing, etc.) that are causing problems for the
           combed frame detection with chroma enabled. Actually, using **chroma**=_0_ is usually more
           reliable, except for the case where there is chroma only combing in the source.

           Default value is 0.

### blockx
### blocky
           Respectively set the x-axis and y-axis size of the window used during combed frame
           detection. This has to do with the size of the area in which **combpel** pixels are required
           to be detected as combed for a frame to be declared combed. See the **combpel** parameter
           description for more info.  Possible values are any number that is a power of 2 starting
           at 4 and going up to 512.

           Default value is 16.

### combpel
           The number of combed pixels inside any of the **blocky** by **blockx** size blocks on the frame
           for the frame to be detected as combed. While **cthresh** controls how "visible" the combing
           must be, this setting controls "how much" combing there must be in any localized area (a
           window defined by the **blockx** and **blocky** settings) on the frame. Minimum value is 0 and
           maximum is "blocky x blockx" (at which point no frames will ever be detected as combed).
           This setting is known as **MI** in TFM/VFM vocabulary.

           Default value is 80.

       _p/c/n/u/b_ _meaning_

       p/c/n

       We assume the following telecined stream:

               Top fields:     1 2 2 3 4
               Bottom fields:  1 2 3 4 4

       The numbers correspond to the progressive frame the fields relate to. Here, the first two
       frames are progressive, the 3rd and 4th are combed, and so on.

       When "fieldmatch" is configured to run a matching from bottom (**field**=_bottom_) this is how this
       input stream get transformed:

               Input stream:
                               T     1 2 2 3 4
                               B     1 2 3 4 4   <-- matching reference

               Matches:              c c n n c

               Output stream:
                               T     1 2 3 4 4
                               B     1 2 3 4 4

       As a result of the field matching, we can see that some frames get duplicated.  To perform a
       complete inverse telecine, you need to rely on a decimation filter after this operation. See
       for instance the **decimate** filter.

       The same operation now matching from top fields (**field**=_top_) looks like this:

               Input stream:
                               T     1 2 2 3 4   <-- matching reference
                               B     1 2 3 4 4

               Matches:              c c p p c

               Output stream:
                               T     1 2 2 3 4
                               B     1 2 2 3 4

       In these examples, we can see what _p_, _c_ and _n_ mean; basically, they refer to the frame and
       field of the opposite parity:

       *<_p_ matches the field of the opposite parity in the previous frame>
       *<_c_ matches the field of the opposite parity in the current frame>
       *<_n_ matches the field of the opposite parity in the next frame>

       u/b

       The _u_ and _b_ matching are a bit special in the sense that they match from the opposite parity
       flag. In the following examples, we assume that we are currently matching the 2nd frame
       (Top:2, bottom:2). According to the match, a 'x' is placed above and below each matched
       fields.

       With bottom matching (**field**=_bottom_):

               Match:           c         p           n          b          u

                                x       x               x        x          x
                 Top          1 2 2     1 2 2       1 2 2      1 2 2      1 2 2
                 Bottom       1 2 3     1 2 3       1 2 3      1 2 3      1 2 3
                                x         x           x        x              x

               Output frames:
                                2          1          2          2          2
                                2          2          2          1          3

       With top matching (**field**=_top_):

               Match:           c         p           n          b          u

                                x         x           x        x              x
                 Top          1 2 2     1 2 2       1 2 2      1 2 2      1 2 2
                 Bottom       1 2 3     1 2 3       1 2 3      1 2 3      1 2 3
                                x       x               x        x          x

               Output frames:
                                2          2          2          1          2
                                2          1          3          2          2

       _Examples_

       Simple IVTC of a top field first telecined stream:

               fieldmatch=order=tff:combmatch=none, decimate

       Advanced IVTC, with fallback on **yadif** for still combed frames:

               fieldmatch=order=tff:combmatch=full, yadif=deint=interlaced, decimate

### fieldorder
       Transform the field order of the input video.

       It accepts the following parameters:

### order
           The output field order. Valid values are _tff_ for top field first or _bff_ for bottom field
           first.

       The default value is **tff**.

       The transformation is done by shifting the picture content up or down by one line, and
       filling the remaining line with appropriate picture content.  This method is consistent with
       most broadcast field order converters.

       If the input video is not flagged as being interlaced, or it is already flagged as being of
       the required output field order, then this filter does not alter the incoming video.

       It is very useful when converting to or from PAL DV material, which is bottom field first.

       For example:

               ffmpeg -i in.vob -vf "fieldorder=bff" out.dv

### fifo, afifo
       Buffer input images and send them when they are requested.

       It is mainly useful when auto-inserted by the libavfilter framework.

       It does not take parameters.

### fillborders
       Fill borders of the input video, without changing video stream dimensions.  Sometimes video
       can have garbage at the four edges and you may not want to crop video input to keep size
       multiple of some number.

       This filter accepts the following options:

### left
           Number of pixels to fill from left border.

### right
           Number of pixels to fill from right border.

       **top** Number of pixels to fill from top border.

### bottom
           Number of pixels to fill from bottom border.

### mode
           Set fill mode.

           It accepts the following values:

           **smear**
               fill pixels using outermost pixels

           **mirror**
               fill pixels using mirroring (half sample symmetric)

           **fixed**
               fill pixels with constant value

           **reflect**
               fill pixels using reflecting (whole sample symmetric)

           **wrap**
               fill pixels using wrapping

           **fade**
               fade pixels to constant value

           Default is _smear_.

### color
           Set color for pixels in fixed or fade mode. Default is _black_.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same **commands** as options.  The command accepts the same syntax of the
       corresponding option.

       If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

   **find**___**rect**
       Find a rectangular object

       It accepts the following options:

### object
           Filepath of the object image, needs to be in gray8.

### threshold
           Detection threshold, default is 0.5.

### mipmaps
           Number of mipmaps, default is 3.

### xmin, ymin, xmax, ymax
           Specifies the rectangle in which to search.

       _Examples_

       •   Cover a rectangular object by the supplied image of a given video using **ffmpeg**:

                   ffmpeg -i file.ts -vf find_rect=newref.pgm,cover_rect=cover.jpg:mode=cover new.mkv

### floodfill
       Flood area with values of same pixel components with another values.

       It accepts the following options:

       **x**   Set pixel x coordinate.

       **y**   Set pixel y coordinate.

       **s0**  Set source #0 component value.

       **s1**  Set source #1 component value.

       **s2**  Set source #2 component value.

       **s3**  Set source #3 component value.

       **d0**  Set destination #0 component value.

       **d1**  Set destination #1 component value.

       **d2**  Set destination #2 component value.

       **d3**  Set destination #3 component value.

### format
       Convert the input video to one of the specified pixel formats.  Libavfilter will try to pick
       one that is suitable as input to the next filter.

       It accepts the following parameters:

       **pix**___**fmts**
           A '|'-separated list of pixel format names, such as "pix_fmts=yuv420p|monow|rgb24".

       _Examples_

       •   Convert the input video to the _yuv420p_ format

                   format=pix_fmts=yuv420p

           Convert the input video to any of the formats in the list

                   format=pix_fmts=yuv420p|yuv444p|yuv410p

### fps
       Convert the video to specified constant frame rate by duplicating or dropping frames as
       necessary.

       It accepts the following parameters:

       **fps** The desired output frame rate. The default is 25.

       **start**___**time**
           Assume the first PTS should be the given value, in seconds. This allows for
           padding/trimming at the start of stream. By default, no assumption is made about the
           first frame's expected PTS, so no padding or trimming is done.  For example, this could
           be set to 0 to pad the beginning with duplicates of the first frame if a video stream
           starts after the audio stream or to trim any frames with a negative PTS.

### round
           Timestamp (PTS) rounding method.

           Possible values are:

           **zero**
               round towards 0

           **inf** round away from 0

           **down**
               round towards -infinity

           **up**  round towards +infinity

           **near**
               round to nearest

           The default is "near".

       **eof**___**action**
           Action performed when reading the last frame.

           Possible values are:

           **round**
               Use same timestamp rounding method as used for other frames.

           **pass**
               Pass through last frame if input duration has not been reached yet.

           The default is "round".

       Alternatively, the options can be specified as a flat string: _fps_[:_start_time_[:_round_]].

       See also the **setpts** filter.

       _Examples_

       •   A typical usage in order to set the fps to 25:

                   fps=fps=25

       •   Sets the fps to 24, using abbreviation and rounding method to round to nearest:

                   fps=fps=film:round=near

### framepack
       Pack two different video streams into a stereoscopic video, setting proper metadata on
       supported codecs. The two views should have the same size and framerate and processing will
       stop when the shorter video ends. Please note that you may conveniently adjust view
       properties with the **scale** and **fps** filters.

       It accepts the following parameters:

### format
           The desired packing format. Supported values are:

           **sbs** The views are next to each other (default).

           **tab** The views are on top of each other.

           **lines**
               The views are packed by line.

           **columns**
               The views are packed by column.

           **frameseq**
               The views are temporally interleaved.

       Some examples:

               # Convert left and right views into a frame-sequential video
               ffmpeg -i LEFT -i RIGHT -filter_complex framepack=frameseq OUTPUT

               # Convert views into a side-by-side video with the same output resolution as the input
               ffmpeg -i LEFT -i RIGHT -filter_complex [0:v]scale=w=iw/2[left],[1:v]scale=w=iw/2[right],[left][right]framepack=sbs OUTPUT

### framerate
       Change the frame rate by interpolating new video output frames from the source frames.

       This filter is not designed to function correctly with interlaced media. If you wish to
       change the frame rate of interlaced media then you are required to deinterlace before this
       filter and re-interlace after this filter.

       A description of the accepted options follows.

       **fps** Specify the output frames per second. This option can also be specified as a value alone.
           The default is 50.

       **interp**___**start**
           Specify the start of a range where the output frame will be created as a linear
           interpolation of two frames. The range is [0-255], the default is 15.

       **interp**___**end**
           Specify the end of a range where the output frame will be created as a linear
           interpolation of two frames. The range is [0-255], the default is 240.

### scene
           Specify the level at which a scene change is detected as a value between 0 and 100 to
           indicate a new scene; a low value reflects a low probability for the current frame to
           introduce a new scene, while a higher value means the current frame is more likely to be
           one.  The default is 8.2.

### flags
           Specify flags influencing the filter process.

           Available value for _flags_ is:

           **scene**___**change**___**detect,** **scd**
               Enable scene change detection using the value of the option _scene_.  This flag is
               enabled by default.

### framestep
       Select one frame every N-th frame.

       This filter accepts the following option:

### step
           Select frame after every "step" frames.  Allowed values are positive integers higher than
           0. Default value is 1.

### freezedetect
       Detect frozen video.

       This filter logs a message and sets frame metadata when it detects that the input video has
       no significant change in content during a specified duration.  Video freeze detection
       calculates the mean average absolute difference of all the components of video frames and
       compares it to a noise floor.

       The printed times and duration are expressed in seconds. The
       "lavfi.freezedetect.freeze_start" metadata key is set on the first frame whose timestamp
       equals or exceeds the detection duration and it contains the timestamp of the first frame of
       the freeze. The "lavfi.freezedetect.freeze_duration" and "lavfi.freezedetect.freeze_end"
       metadata keys are set on the first frame after the freeze.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### noise, n
           Set noise tolerance. Can be specified in dB (in case "dB" is appended to the specified
           value) or as a difference ratio between 0 and 1. Default is -60dB, or 0.001.

### duration, d
           Set freeze duration until notification (default is 2 seconds).

### freezeframes
       Freeze video frames.

       This filter freezes video frames using frame from 2nd input.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### first
           Set number of first frame from which to start freeze.

### last
           Set number of last frame from which to end freeze.

### replace
           Set number of frame from 2nd input which will be used instead of replaced frames.

### frei0r
       Apply a frei0r effect to the input video.

       To enable the compilation of this filter, you need to install the frei0r header and configure
       FFmpeg with "--enable-frei0r".

       It accepts the following parameters:

       **filter**___**name**
           The name of the frei0r effect to load. If the environment variable **FREI0R**___**PATH** is
           defined, the frei0r effect is searched for in each of the directories specified by the
           colon-separated list in **FREI0R**___**PATH**.  Otherwise, the standard frei0r paths are searched,
           in this order: _HOME/.frei0r-1/lib/_, _/usr/local/lib/frei0r-1/_, _/usr/lib/frei0r-1/_.

       **filter**___**params**
           A '|'-separated list of parameters to pass to the frei0r effect.

       A frei0r effect parameter can be a boolean (its value is either "y" or "n"), a double, a
       color (specified as _R_/_G_/_B_, where _R_, _G_, and _B_ are floating point numbers between 0.0 and 1.0,
       inclusive) or a color description as specified in the **"Color"** **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils**
       **manual**, a position (specified as _X_/_Y_, where _X_ and _Y_ are floating point numbers) and/or a
       string.

       The number and types of parameters depend on the loaded effect. If an effect parameter is not
       specified, the default value is set.

       _Examples_

       •   Apply the distort0r effect, setting the first two double parameters:

                   frei0r=filter_name=distort0r:filter_params=0.5|0.01

       •   Apply the colordistance effect, taking a color as the first parameter:

                   frei0r=colordistance:0.2/0.3/0.4
                   frei0r=colordistance:violet
                   frei0r=colordistance:0x112233

       •   Apply the perspective effect, specifying the top left and top right image positions:

                   frei0r=perspective:0.2/0.2|0.8/0.2

       For more information, see <**<http://frei0r.dyne.org>**>

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the **filter**___**params** option as **commands**.

### fspp
       Apply fast and simple postprocessing. It is a faster version of **spp**.

       It splits (I)DCT into horizontal/vertical passes. Unlike the simple post- processing filter,
       one of them is performed once per block, not per pixel.  This allows for much higher speed.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### quality
           Set quality. This option defines the number of levels for averaging. It accepts an
           integer in the range 4-5. Default value is 4.

       **qp**  Force a constant quantization parameter. It accepts an integer in range 0-63.  If not
           set, the filter will use the QP from the video stream (if available).

### strength
           Set filter strength. It accepts an integer in range -15 to 32. Lower values mean more
           details but also more artifacts, while higher values make the image smoother but also
           blurrier. Default value is 0 X PSNR optimal.

       **use**___**bframe**___**qp**
           Enable the use of the QP from the B-Frames if set to 1. Using this option may cause
           flicker since the B-Frames have often larger QP. Default is 0 (not enabled).

### gblur
       Apply Gaussian blur filter.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### sigma
           Set horizontal sigma, standard deviation of Gaussian blur. Default is 0.5.

### steps
           Set number of steps for Gaussian approximation. Default is 1.

### planes
           Set which planes to filter. By default all planes are filtered.

### sigmaV
           Set vertical sigma, if negative it will be same as "sigma".  Default is "-1".

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same commands as options.  The command accepts the same syntax of the
       corresponding option.

       If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

### geq
       Apply generic equation to each pixel.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **lum**___**expr,** **lum**
           Set the luminance expression.

       **cb**___**expr,** **cb**
           Set the chrominance blue expression.

       **cr**___**expr,** **cr**
           Set the chrominance red expression.

       **alpha**___**expr,** **a**
           Set the alpha expression.

       **red**___**expr,** **r**
           Set the red expression.

       **green**___**expr,** **g**
           Set the green expression.

       **blue**___**expr,** **b**
           Set the blue expression.

       The colorspace is selected according to the specified options. If one of the **lum**___**expr**,
       **cb**___**expr**, or **cr**___**expr** options is specified, the filter will automatically select a YCbCr
       colorspace. If one of the **red**___**expr**, **green**___**expr**, or **blue**___**expr** options is specified, it will
       select an RGB colorspace.

       If one of the chrominance expression is not defined, it falls back on the other one. If no
       alpha expression is specified it will evaluate to opaque value.  If none of chrominance
       expressions are specified, they will evaluate to the luminance expression.

       The expressions can use the following variables and functions:

       **N**   The sequential number of the filtered frame, starting from 0.

       **X**
       **Y**   The coordinates of the current sample.

       **W**
       **H**   The width and height of the image.

       **SW**
       **SH**  Width and height scale depending on the currently filtered plane. It is the ratio between
           the corresponding luma plane number of pixels and the current plane ones. E.g. for
           YUV4:2:0 the values are "1,1" for the luma plane, and "0.5,0.5" for chroma planes.

       **T**   Time of the current frame, expressed in seconds.

### p(x, y)
           Return the value of the pixel at location (_x_,_y_) of the current plane.

### lum(x, y)
           Return the value of the pixel at location (_x_,_y_) of the luminance plane.

### cb(x, y)
           Return the value of the pixel at location (_x_,_y_) of the blue-difference chroma plane.
           Return 0 if there is no such plane.

### cr(x, y)
           Return the value of the pixel at location (_x_,_y_) of the red-difference chroma plane.
           Return 0 if there is no such plane.

### r(x, y)
### g(x, y)
### b(x, y)
           Return the value of the pixel at location (_x_,_y_) of the red/green/blue component. Return 0
           if there is no such component.

### alpha(x, y)
           Return the value of the pixel at location (_x_,_y_) of the alpha plane. Return 0 if there is
           no such plane.

### psum(x,y), lumsum(x, y), cbsum(x,y), crsum(x,y), rsum(x,y), gsum(x,y), bsum(x,y),
### alphasum(x,y)
           Sum of sample values in the rectangle from (0,0) to (x,y), this allows obtaining sums of
           samples within a rectangle. See the functions without the sum postfix.

### interpolation
           Set one of interpolation methods:

           **nearest,** **n**
           **bilinear,** **b**

           Default is bilinear.

       For functions, if _x_ and _y_ are outside the area, the value will be automatically clipped to
       the closer edge.

       Please note that this filter can use multiple threads in which case each slice will have its
       own expression state. If you want to use only a single expression state because your
       expressions depend on previous state then you should limit the number of filter threads to 1.

       _Examples_

       •   Flip the image horizontally:

                   geq=p(W-X\,Y)

       •   Generate a bidimensional sine wave, with angle "PI/3" and a wavelength of 100 pixels:

                   geq=128 + 100*sin(2*(PI/100)*(cos(PI/3)*(X-50*T) + sin(PI/3)*Y)):128:128

       •   Generate a fancy enigmatic moving light:

                   nullsrc=s=256x256,geq=[random(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/random/1/markdown)/hypot(X-cos(N*0.07)*W/2-W/2\,Y-sin(N*0.09)*H/2-H/2)^2*1000000*sin(N*0.02):128:128

       •   Generate a quick emboss effect:

                   format=gray,geq=lum_expr='(p(X,Y)+(256-p(X-4,Y-4)))/2'

       •   Modify RGB components depending on pixel position:

                   geq=r='X/W*r(X,Y)':g='(1-X/W)*g(X,Y)':b='(H-Y)/H*b(X,Y)'

       •   Create a radial gradient that is the same size as the input (also see the **vignette**
           filter):

                   geq=lum=255*gauss((X/W-0.5)*3)*gauss((Y/H-0.5)*3)/[gauss(0)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/gauss/0/markdown)/[gauss(0)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/gauss/0/markdown),format=gray

### gradfun
       Fix the banding artifacts that are sometimes introduced into nearly flat regions by
       truncation to 8-bit color depth.  Interpolate the gradients that should go where the bands
       are, and dither them.

       It is designed for playback only.  Do not use it prior to lossy compression, because
       compression tends to lose the dither and bring back the bands.

       It accepts the following parameters:

### strength
           The maximum amount by which the filter will change any one pixel. This is also the
           threshold for detecting nearly flat regions. Acceptable values range from .51 to 64; the
           default value is 1.2. Out-of-range values will be clipped to the valid range.

### radius
           The neighborhood to fit the gradient to. A larger radius makes for smoother gradients,
           but also prevents the filter from modifying the pixels near detailed regions. Acceptable
           values are 8-32; the default value is 16. Out-of-range values will be clipped to the
           valid range.

       Alternatively, the options can be specified as a flat string: _strength_[:_radius_]

       _Examples_

       •   Apply the filter with a 3.5 strength and radius of 8:

                   gradfun=3.5:8

       •   Specify radius, omitting the strength (which will fall-back to the default value):

                   gradfun=radius=8

### graphmonitor
       Show various filtergraph stats.

       With this filter one can debug complete filtergraph.  Especially issues with links filling
       with queued frames.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### size, s
           Set video output size. Default is _hd720_.

### opacity, o
           Set video opacity. Default is _0.9_. Allowed range is from _0_ to _1_.

### mode, m
           Set output mode, can be _fulll_ or _compact_.  In _compact_ mode only filters with some queued
           frames have displayed stats.

### flags, f
           Set flags which enable which stats are shown in video.

           Available values for flags are:

           **queue**
               Display number of queued frames in each link.

           **frame**___**count**___**in**
               Display number of frames taken from filter.

           **frame**___**count**___**out**
               Display number of frames given out from filter.

           **pts** Display current filtered frame pts.

           **time**
               Display current filtered frame time.

           **timebase**
               Display time base for filter link.

           **format**
               Display used format for filter link.

           **size**
               Display video size or number of audio channels in case of audio used by filter link.

           **rate**
               Display video frame rate or sample rate in case of audio used by filter link.

           **eof** Display link output status.

### rate, r
           Set upper limit for video rate of output stream, Default value is _25_.  This guarantee
           that output video frame rate will not be higher than this value.

### greyedge
       A color constancy variation filter which estimates scene illumination via grey edge algorithm
       and corrects the scene colors accordingly.

       See: <**<https://staff.science.uva.nl/th.gevers/pub/GeversTIP07.pdf>**>

       The filter accepts the following options:

### difford
           The order of differentiation to be applied on the scene. Must be chosen in the range
           [0,2] and default value is 1.

### minknorm
           The Minkowski parameter to be used for calculating the Minkowski distance. Must be chosen
           in the range [0,20] and default value is 1. Set to 0 for getting max value instead of
           calculating Minkowski distance.

### sigma
           The standard deviation of Gaussian blur to be applied on the scene. Must be chosen in the
           range [0,1024.0] and default value = 1. floor( _sigma_ * **break**___**off**___**[sigma**(3)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/sigma/3/markdown) ) can't be
           equal to 0 if _difford_ is greater than 0.

       _Examples_

       •   Grey Edge:

                   greyedge=difford=1:minknorm=5:sigma=2

       •   Max Edge:

                   greyedge=difford=1:minknorm=0:sigma=2

### haldclut
       Apply a Hald CLUT to a video stream.

       First input is the video stream to process, and second one is the Hald CLUT.  The Hald CLUT
       input can be a simple picture or a complete video stream.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### shortest
           Force termination when the shortest input terminates. Default is 0.

### repeatlast
           Continue applying the last CLUT after the end of the stream. A value of 0 disable the
           filter after the last frame of the CLUT is reached.  Default is 1.

       "haldclut" also has the same interpolation options as **lut3d** (both filters share the same
       internals).

       This filter also supports the **framesync** options.

       More information about the Hald CLUT can be found on Eskil Steenberg's website (Hald CLUT
       author) at <**<http://www.quelsolaar.com/technology/clut.html>**>.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the "interp" option as **commands**.

       _Workflow_ _examples_

       Hald CLUT video stream

       Generate an identity Hald CLUT stream altered with various effects:

               ffmpeg -f lavfi -i B<haldclutsrc>=8 -vf "hue=H=2*PI*t:s=sin(2*PI*t)+1, curves=cross_process" -t 10 -c:v ffv1 clut.nut

       Note: make sure you use a lossless codec.

       Then use it with "haldclut" to apply it on some random stream:

               ffmpeg -f lavfi -i mandelbrot -i clut.nut -filter_complex '[0][1] haldclut' -t 20 mandelclut.mkv

       The Hald CLUT will be applied to the 10 first seconds (duration of _clut.nut_), then the latest
       picture of that CLUT stream will be applied to the remaining frames of the "mandelbrot"
       stream.

       Hald CLUT with preview

       A Hald CLUT is supposed to be a squared image of "Level*Level*Level" by "Level*Level*Level"
       pixels. For a given Hald CLUT, FFmpeg will select the biggest possible square starting at the
       top left of the picture. The remaining padding pixels (bottom or right) will be ignored. This
       area can be used to add a preview of the Hald CLUT.

       Typically, the following generated Hald CLUT will be supported by the "haldclut" filter:

               ffmpeg -f lavfi -i B<haldclutsrc>=8 -vf "
                  pad=iw+320 [padded_clut];
                  smptebars=s=320x256, split [a][b];
                  [padded_clut][a] overlay=W-320:h, curves=color_negative [main];
                  [main][b] overlay=W-320" -frames:v 1 clut.png

       It contains the original and a preview of the effect of the CLUT: SMPTE color bars are
       displayed on the right-top, and below the same color bars processed by the color changes.

       Then, the effect of this Hald CLUT can be visualized with:

               ffplay input.mkv -vf "movie=clut.png, [in] haldclut"

### hflip
       Flip the input video horizontally.

       For example, to horizontally flip the input video with **ffmpeg**:

               ffmpeg -i in.avi -vf "hflip" out.avi

### histeq
       This filter applies a global color histogram equalization on a per-frame basis.

       It can be used to correct video that has a compressed range of pixel intensities.  The filter
       redistributes the pixel intensities to equalize their distribution across the intensity
       range. It may be viewed as an "automatically adjusting contrast filter". This filter is
       useful only for correcting degraded or poorly captured source video.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### strength
           Determine the amount of equalization to be applied.  As the strength is reduced, the
           distribution of pixel intensities more-and-more approaches that of the input frame. The
           value must be a float number in the range [0,1] and defaults to 0.200.

### intensity
           Set the maximum intensity that can generated and scale the output values appropriately.
           The strength should be set as desired and then the intensity can be limited if needed to
           avoid washing-out. The value must be a float number in the range [0,1] and defaults to
           0.210.

### antibanding
           Set the antibanding level. If enabled the filter will randomly vary the luminance of
           output pixels by a small amount to avoid banding of the histogram. Possible values are
           "none", "weak" or "strong". It defaults to "none".

### histogram
       Compute and draw a color distribution histogram for the input video.

       The computed histogram is a representation of the color component distribution in an image.

       Standard histogram displays the color components distribution in an image.  Displays color
       graph for each color component. Shows distribution of the Y, U, V, A or R, G, B components,
       depending on input format, in the current frame. Below each graph a color component scale
       meter is shown.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **level**___**height**
           Set height of level. Default value is 200.  Allowed range is [50, 2048].

       **scale**___**height**
           Set height of color scale. Default value is 12.  Allowed range is [0, 40].

       **display**___**mode**
           Set display mode.  It accepts the following values:

           **stack**
               Per color component graphs are placed below each other.

           **parade**
               Per color component graphs are placed side by side.

           **overlay**
               Presents information identical to that in the "parade", except that the graphs
               representing color components are superimposed directly over one another.

           Default is "stack".

       **levels**___**mode**
           Set mode. Can be either "linear", or "logarithmic".  Default is "linear".

### components
           Set what color components to display.  Default is 7.

### fgopacity
           Set foreground opacity. Default is 0.7.

### bgopacity
           Set background opacity. Default is 0.5.

       _Examples_

       •   Calculate and draw histogram:

                   ffplay -i input -vf histogram

### hqdn3d
       This is a high precision/quality 3d denoise filter. It aims to reduce image noise, producing
       smooth images and making still images really still. It should enhance compressibility.

       It accepts the following optional parameters:

       **luma**___**spatial**
           A non-negative floating point number which specifies spatial luma strength.  It defaults
           to 4.0.

       **chroma**___**spatial**
           A non-negative floating point number which specifies spatial chroma strength.  It
           defaults to 3.0*_luma_spatial_/4.0.

       **luma**___**tmp**
           A floating point number which specifies luma temporal strength. It defaults to
           6.0*_luma_spatial_/4.0.

       **chroma**___**tmp**
           A floating point number which specifies chroma temporal strength. It defaults to
           _luma_tmp_*_chroma_spatial_/_luma_spatial_.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same **commands** as options.  The command accepts the same syntax of the
       corresponding option.

       If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

### hwdownload
       Download hardware frames to system memory.

       The input must be in hardware frames, and the output a non-hardware format.  Not all formats
       will be supported on the output - it may be necessary to insert an additional **format** filter
       immediately following in the graph to get the output in a supported format.

### hwmap
       Map hardware frames to system memory or to another device.

       This filter has several different modes of operation; which one is used depends on the input
       and output formats:

       •   Hardware frame input, normal frame output

           Map the input frames to system memory and pass them to the output.  If the original
           hardware frame is later required (for example, after overlaying something else on part of
           it), the **hwmap** filter can be used again in the next mode to retrieve it.

       •   Normal frame input, hardware frame output

           If the input is actually a software-mapped hardware frame, then unmap it - that is,
           return the original hardware frame.

           Otherwise, a device must be provided.  Create new hardware surfaces on that device for
           the output, then map them back to the software format at the input and give those frames
           to the preceding filter.  This will then act like the **hwupload** filter, but may be able to
           avoid an additional copy when the input is already in a compatible format.

       •   Hardware frame input and output

           A device must be supplied for the output, either directly or with the **derive**___**device**
           option.  The input and output devices must be of different types and compatible - the
           exact meaning of this is system-dependent, but typically it means that they must refer to
           the same underlying hardware context (for example, refer to the same graphics card).

           If the input frames were originally created on the output device, then unmap to retrieve
           the original frames.

           Otherwise, map the frames to the output device - create new hardware frames on the output
           corresponding to the frames on the input.

       The following additional parameters are accepted:

### mode
           Set the frame mapping mode.  Some combination of:

           _read_
               The mapped frame should be readable.

           _write_
               The mapped frame should be writeable.

           _overwrite_
               The mapping will always overwrite the entire frame.

               This may improve performance in some cases, as the original contents of the frame
               need not be loaded.

           _direct_
               The mapping must not involve any copying.

               Indirect mappings to copies of frames are created in some cases where either direct
               mapping is not possible or it would have unexpected properties.  Setting this flag
               ensures that the mapping is direct and will fail if that is not possible.

           Defaults to _read+write_ if not specified.

       **derive**___**device** _type_
           Rather than using the device supplied at initialisation, instead derive a new device of
           type _type_ from the device the input frames exist on.

### reverse
           In a hardware to hardware mapping, map in reverse - create frames in the sink and map
           them back to the source.  This may be necessary in some cases where a mapping in one
           direction is required but only the opposite direction is supported by the devices being
           used.

           This option is dangerous - it may break the preceding filter in undefined ways if there
           are any additional constraints on that filter's output.  Do not use it without fully
           understanding the implications of its use.

### hwupload
       Upload system memory frames to hardware surfaces.

       The device to upload to must be supplied when the filter is initialised.  If using ffmpeg,
       select the appropriate device with the **-filter**___**hw**___**device** option or with the **derive**___**device**
       option.  The input and output devices must be of different types and compatible - the exact
       meaning of this is system-dependent, but typically it means that they must refer to the same
       underlying hardware context (for example, refer to the same graphics card).

       The following additional parameters are accepted:

       **derive**___**device** _type_
           Rather than using the device supplied at initialisation, instead derive a new device of
           type _type_ from the device the input frames exist on.

   **hwupload**___**cuda**
       Upload system memory frames to a CUDA device.

       It accepts the following optional parameters:

### device
           The number of the CUDA device to use

### hqx
       Apply a high-quality magnification filter designed for pixel art. This filter was originally
       created by Maxim Stepin.

       It accepts the following option:

       **n**   Set the scaling dimension: 2 for "hq2x", 3 for "hq3x" and 4 for "hq4x".  Default is 3.

### hstack
       Stack input videos horizontally.

       All streams must be of same pixel format and of same height.

       Note that this filter is faster than using **overlay** and **pad** filter to create same output.

       The filter accepts the following option:

### inputs
           Set number of input streams. Default is 2.

### shortest
           If set to 1, force the output to terminate when the shortest input terminates. Default
           value is 0.

### hue
       Modify the hue and/or the saturation of the input.

       It accepts the following parameters:

       **h**   Specify the hue angle as a number of degrees. It accepts an expression, and defaults to
           "0".

       **s**   Specify the saturation in the [-10,10] range. It accepts an expression and defaults to
           "1".

       **H**   Specify the hue angle as a number of radians. It accepts an expression, and defaults to
           "0".

       **b**   Specify the brightness in the [-10,10] range. It accepts an expression and defaults to
           "0".

       **h** and **H** are mutually exclusive, and can't be specified at the same time.

       The **b**, **h**, **H** and **s** option values are expressions containing the following constants:

       **n**   frame count of the input frame starting from 0

       **pts** presentation timestamp of the input frame expressed in time base units

       **r**   frame rate of the input video, NAN if the input frame rate is unknown

       **t**   timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown

       **tb**  time base of the input video

       _Examples_

       •   Set the hue to 90 degrees and the saturation to 1.0:

                   hue=h=90:s=1

       •   Same command but expressing the hue in radians:

                   hue=H=PI/2:s=1

       •   Rotate hue and make the saturation swing between 0 and 2 over a period of 1 second:

                   hue="H=2*PI*t: s=sin(2*PI*t)+1"

       •   Apply a 3 seconds saturation fade-in effect starting at 0:

                   hue="s=min(t/3\,1)"

           The general fade-in expression can be written as:

                   hue="s=min(0\, max((t-START)/DURATION\, 1))"

       •   Apply a 3 seconds saturation fade-out effect starting at 5 seconds:

                   hue="s=max(0\, min(1\, (8-t)/3))"

           The general fade-out expression can be written as:

                   hue="s=max(0\, min(1\, (START+DURATION-t)/DURATION))"

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the following commands:

       **b**
       **s**
       **h**
       **H**   Modify the hue and/or the saturation and/or brightness of the input video.  The command
           accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.

           If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

### hysteresis
       Grow first stream into second stream by connecting components.  This makes it possible to
       build more robust edge masks.

       This filter accepts the following options:

### planes
           Set which planes will be processed as bitmap, unprocessed planes will be copied from
           first stream.  By default value 0xf, all planes will be processed.

### threshold
           Set threshold which is used in filtering. If pixel component value is higher than this
           value filter algorithm for connecting components is activated.  By default value is 0.

       The "hysteresis" filter also supports the **framesync** options.

### identity
       Obtain the identity score between two input videos.

       This filter takes two input videos.

       Both input videos must have the same resolution and pixel format for this filter to work
       correctly. Also it assumes that both inputs have the same number of frames, which are
       compared one by one.

       The obtained per component, average, min and max identity score is printed through the
       logging system.

       The filter stores the calculated identity scores of each frame in frame metadata.

       In the below example the input file _main.mpg_ being processed is compared with the reference
       file _ref.mpg_.

               ffmpeg -i main.mpg -i ref.mpg -lavfi identity -f null -

### idet
       Detect video interlacing type.

       This filter tries to detect if the input frames are interlaced, progressive, top or bottom
       field first. It will also try to detect fields that are repeated between adjacent frames (a
       sign of telecine).

       Single frame detection considers only immediately adjacent frames when classifying each
       frame.  Multiple frame detection incorporates the classification history of previous frames.

       The filter will log these metadata values:

       **single.current**___**frame**
           Detected type of current frame using single-frame detection. One of: ``tff'' (top field
           first), ``bff'' (bottom field first), ``progressive'', or ``undetermined''

### single.tff
           Cumulative number of frames detected as top field first using single-frame detection.

### multiple.tff
           Cumulative number of frames detected as top field first using multiple-frame detection.

### single.bff
           Cumulative number of frames detected as bottom field first using single-frame detection.

       **multiple.current**___**frame**
           Detected type of current frame using multiple-frame detection. One of: ``tff'' (top field
           first), ``bff'' (bottom field first), ``progressive'', or ``undetermined''

### multiple.bff
           Cumulative number of frames detected as bottom field first using multiple-frame
           detection.

### single.progressive
           Cumulative number of frames detected as progressive using single-frame detection.

### multiple.progressive
           Cumulative number of frames detected as progressive using multiple-frame detection.

### single.undetermined
           Cumulative number of frames that could not be classified using single-frame detection.

### multiple.undetermined
           Cumulative number of frames that could not be classified using multiple-frame detection.

       **repeated.current**___**frame**
           Which field in the current frame is repeated from the last. One of ``neither'', ``top'',
           or ``bottom''.

### repeated.neither
           Cumulative number of frames with no repeated field.

### repeated.top
           Cumulative number of frames with the top field repeated from the previous frame's top
           field.

### repeated.bottom
           Cumulative number of frames with the bottom field repeated from the previous frame's
           bottom field.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **intl**___**thres**
           Set interlacing threshold.

       **prog**___**thres**
           Set progressive threshold.

       **rep**___**thres**
           Threshold for repeated field detection.

       **half**___**life**
           Number of frames after which a given frame's contribution to the statistics is halved
           (i.e., it contributes only 0.5 to its classification). The default of 0 means that all
           frames seen are given full weight of 1.0 forever.

       **analyze**___**interlaced**___**flag**
           When this is not 0 then idet will use the specified number of frames to determine if the
           interlaced flag is accurate, it will not count undetermined frames.  If the flag is found
           to be accurate it will be used without any further computations, if it is found to be
           inaccurate it will be cleared without any further computations. This allows inserting the
           idet filter as a low computational method to clean up the interlaced flag

   **il**
       Deinterleave or interleave fields.

       This filter allows one to process interlaced images fields without deinterlacing them.
       Deinterleaving splits the input frame into 2 fields (so called half pictures). Odd lines are
       moved to the top half of the output image, even lines to the bottom half.  You can process
       (filter) them independently and then re-interleave them.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **luma**___**mode,** **l**
       **chroma**___**mode,** **c**
       **alpha**___**mode,** **a**
           Available values for _luma_mode_, _chroma_mode_ and _alpha_mode_ are:

           **none**
               Do nothing.

           **deinterleave,** **d**
               Deinterleave fields, placing one above the other.

           **interleave,** **i**
               Interleave fields. Reverse the effect of deinterleaving.

           Default value is "none".

       **luma**___**swap,** **ls**
       **chroma**___**swap,** **cs**
       **alpha**___**swap,** **as**
           Swap luma/chroma/alpha fields. Exchange even & odd lines. Default value is 0.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### inflate
       Apply inflate effect to the video.

       This filter replaces the pixel by the [local(3x3)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/local/3x3/markdown) average by taking into account only values
       higher than the pixel.

       It accepts the following options:

### threshold0
### threshold1
### threshold2
### threshold3
           Limit the maximum change for each plane, default is 65535.  If 0, plane will remain
           unchanged.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### interlace
       Simple interlacing filter from progressive contents. This interleaves upper (or lower) lines
       from odd frames with lower (or upper) lines from even frames, halving the frame rate and
       preserving image height.

                  Original        Original             New Frame
                  Frame 'j'      Frame 'j+1'             (tff)
                 ==========      ===========       ==================
                   Line 0  -------------------->    Frame 'j' Line 0
                   Line 1          Line 1  ---->   Frame 'j+1' Line 1
                   Line 2 --------------------->    Frame 'j' Line 2
                   Line 3          Line 3  ---->   Frame 'j+1' Line 3
                    ...             ...                   ...
               New Frame + 1 will be generated by Frame 'j+2' and Frame 'j+3' and so on

       It accepts the following optional parameters:

### scan
           This determines whether the interlaced frame is taken from the even (tff - default) or
           odd (bff) lines of the progressive frame.

### lowpass
           Vertical lowpass filter to avoid twitter interlacing and reduce moire patterns.

           **0,** **off**
               Disable vertical lowpass filter

           **1,** **linear**
               Enable linear filter (default)

           **2,** **complex**
               Enable complex filter. This will slightly less reduce twitter and moire but better
               retain detail and subjective sharpness impression.

### kerndeint
       Deinterlace input video by applying Donald Graft's adaptive kernel deinterling. Work on
       interlaced parts of a video to produce progressive frames.

       The description of the accepted parameters follows.

### thresh
           Set the threshold which affects the filter's tolerance when determining if a pixel line
           must be processed. It must be an integer in the range [0,255] and defaults to 10. A value
           of 0 will result in applying the process on every pixels.

       **map** Paint pixels exceeding the threshold value to white if set to 1.  Default is 0.

### order
           Set the fields order. Swap fields if set to 1, leave fields alone if 0. Default is 0.

### sharp
           Enable additional sharpening if set to 1. Default is 0.

### twoway
           Enable twoway sharpening if set to 1. Default is 0.

       _Examples_

       •   Apply default values:

                   kerndeint=thresh=10:map=0:order=0:sharp=0:twoway=0

       •   Enable additional sharpening:

                   kerndeint=sharp=1

       •   Paint processed pixels in white:

                   kerndeint=map=1

### kirsch
       Apply kirsch operator to input video stream.

       The filter accepts the following option:

### planes
           Set which planes will be processed, unprocessed planes will be copied.  By default value
           0xf, all planes will be processed.

### scale
           Set value which will be multiplied with filtered result.

### delta
           Set value which will be added to filtered result.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### lagfun
       Slowly update darker pixels.

       This filter makes short flashes of light appear longer.  This filter accepts the following
       options:

### decay
           Set factor for decaying. Default is .95. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.

### planes
           Set which planes to filter. Default is all. Allowed range is from 0 to 15.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### lenscorrection
       Correct radial lens distortion

       This filter can be used to correct for radial distortion as can result from the use of wide
       angle lenses, and thereby re-rectify the image. To find the right parameters one can use
       tools available for example as part of opencv or simply trial-and-error.  To use opencv use
       the calibration sample (under samples/cpp) from the opencv sources and extract the k1 and k2
       coefficients from the resulting matrix.

       Note that effectively the same filter is available in the open-source tools Krita and Digikam
       from the KDE project.

       In contrast to the **vignette** filter, which can also be used to compensate lens errors, this
       filter corrects the distortion of the image, whereas **vignette** corrects the brightness
       distribution, so you may want to use both filters together in certain cases, though you will
       have to take care of ordering, i.e. whether vignetting should be applied before or after lens
       correction.

       _Options_

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **cx**  Relative x-coordinate of the focal point of the image, and thereby the center of the
           distortion. This value has a range [0,1] and is expressed as fractions of the image
           width. Default is 0.5.

       **cy**  Relative y-coordinate of the focal point of the image, and thereby the center of the
           distortion. This value has a range [0,1] and is expressed as fractions of the image
           height. Default is 0.5.

       **k1**  Coefficient of the quadratic correction term. This value has a range [-1,1]. 0 means no
           correction. Default is 0.

       **k2**  Coefficient of the double quadratic correction term. This value has a range [-1,1].  0
           means no correction. Default is 0.

       **i**   Set interpolation type. Can be "nearest" or "bilinear".  Default is "nearest".

       **fc**  Specify the color of the unmapped pixels. For the syntax of this option, check the
           **"Color"** **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**. Default color is "black@0".

       The formula that generates the correction is:

       _r_src_ = _r_tgt_ * (1 + _k1_ * (_r_tgt_ / _r_0_)^2 + _k2_ * (_r_tgt_ / _r_0_)^4)

       where _r_0_ is halve of the image diagonal and _r_src_ and _r_tgt_ are the distances from the focal
       point in the source and target images, respectively.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### lensfun
       Apply lens correction via the lensfun library (<**<http://lensfun.sourceforge.net/>**>).

       The "lensfun" filter requires the camera make, camera model, and lens model to apply the lens
       correction. The filter will load the lensfun database and query it to find the corresponding
       camera and lens entries in the database. As long as these entries can be found with the given
       options, the filter can perform corrections on frames. Note that incomplete strings will
       result in the filter choosing the best match with the given options, and the filter will
       output the chosen camera and lens models (logged with level "info"). You must provide the
       make, camera model, and lens model as they are required.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### make
           The make of the camera (for example, "Canon"). This option is required.

### model
           The model of the camera (for example, "Canon EOS 100D"). This option is required.

       **lens**___**model**
           The model of the lens (for example, "Canon EF-S 18-55mm f/3.5-5.6 IS STM"). This option
           is required.

### mode
           The type of correction to apply. The following values are valid options:

           **vignetting**
               Enables fixing lens vignetting.

           **geometry**
               Enables fixing lens geometry. This is the default.

           **subpixel**
               Enables fixing chromatic aberrations.

           **vig**___**geo**
               Enables fixing lens vignetting and lens geometry.

           **vig**___**subpixel**
               Enables fixing lens vignetting and chromatic aberrations.

           **distortion**
               Enables fixing both lens geometry and chromatic aberrations.

           **all** Enables all possible corrections.

       **focal**___**length**
           The focal length of the image/video (zoom; expected constant for video). For example, a
           18--55mm lens has focal length range of [18--55], so a value in that range should be
           chosen when using that lens. Default 18.

### aperture
           The aperture of the image/video (expected constant for video). Note that aperture is only
           used for vignetting correction. Default 3.5.

       **focus**___**distance**
           The focus distance of the image/video (expected constant for video). Note that focus
           distance is only used for vignetting and only slightly affects the vignetting correction
           process. If unknown, leave it at the default value (which is 1000).

### scale
           The scale factor which is applied after transformation. After correction the video is no
           longer necessarily rectangular. This parameter controls how much of the resulting image
           is visible. The value 0 means that a value will be chosen automatically such that there
           is little or no unmapped area in the output image. 1.0 means that no additional scaling
           is done. Lower values may result in more of the corrected image being visible, while
           higher values may avoid unmapped areas in the output.

       **target**___**geometry**
           The target geometry of the output image/video. The following values are valid options:

           **rectilinear** **(default)**
           **fisheye**
           **panoramic**
           **equirectangular**
           **fisheye**___**orthographic**
           **fisheye**___**stereographic**
           **fisheye**___**equisolid**
           **fisheye**___**thoby**
### reverse
           Apply the reverse of image correction (instead of correcting distortion, apply it).

### interpolation
           The type of interpolation used when correcting distortion. The following values are valid
           options:

           **nearest**
           **linear** **(default)**
           **lanczos**

       _Examples_

       •   Apply lens correction with make "Canon", camera model "Canon EOS 100D", and lens model
           "Canon EF-S 18-55mm f/3.5-5.6 IS STM" with focal length of "18" and aperture of "8.0".

                   ffmpeg -i input.mov -vf lensfun=make=Canon:model="Canon EOS 100D":lens_model="Canon EF-S 18-55mm f/3.5-5.6 IS STM":focal_length=18:aperture=8 -c:v h264 -b:v 8000k output.mov

       •   Apply the same as before, but only for the first 5 seconds of video.

                   ffmpeg -i input.mov -vf lensfun=make=Canon:model="Canon EOS 100D":lens_model="Canon EF-S 18-55mm f/3.5-5.6 IS STM":focal_length=18:aperture=8:enable='lte(t\,5)' -c:v h264 -b:v 8000k output.mov

### libvmaf
       Obtain the VMAF (Video Multi-Method Assessment Fusion) score between two input videos.

       The obtained VMAF score is printed through the logging system.

       It requires Netflix's vmaf library (libvmaf) as a pre-requisite.  After installing the
       library it can be enabled using: "./configure --enable-libvmaf".  If no model path is
       specified it uses the default model: "vmaf_v0.6.1.pkl".

       The filter has following options:

       **model**___**path**
           Set the model path which is to be used for SVM.  Default value:
           "/usr/local/share/model/vmaf_v0.6.1.pkl"

       **log**___**path**
           Set the file path to be used to store logs.

       **log**___**fmt**
           Set the format of the log file (csv, json or xml).

       **enable**___**transform**
           This option can enable/disable the "score_transform" applied to the final predicted VMAF
           score, if you have specified score_transform option in the input parameter file passed to
           "run_vmaf_training.py" Default value: "false"

       **phone**___**model**
           Invokes the phone model which will generate VMAF scores higher than in the regular model,
           which is more suitable for laptop, TV, etc. viewing conditions.  Default value: "false"

### psnr
           Enables computing psnr along with vmaf.  Default value: "false"

### ssim
           Enables computing ssim along with vmaf.  Default value: "false"

       **ms**___**ssim**
           Enables computing ms_ssim along with vmaf.  Default value: "false"

### pool
           Set the pool method to be used for computing vmaf.  Options are "min", "harmonic_mean" or
           "mean" (default).

       **n**___**threads**
           Set number of threads to be used when computing vmaf.  Default value: 0, which makes use
           of all available logical processors.

       **n**___**subsample**
           Set interval for frame subsampling used when computing vmaf.  Default value: 1

       **enable**___**conf**___**interval**
           Enables confidence interval.  Default value: "false"

       This filter also supports the **framesync** options.

       _Examples_

       •   On the below examples the input file _main.mpg_ being processed is compared with the
           reference file _ref.mpg_.

                   ffmpeg -i main.mpg -i ref.mpg -lavfi libvmaf -f null -

       •   Example with options:

                   ffmpeg -i main.mpg -i ref.mpg -lavfi libvmaf="psnr=1:log_fmt=json" -f null -

       •   Example with options and different containers:

                   ffmpeg -i main.mpg -i ref.mkv -lavfi "[0:v]settb=AVTB,setpts=PTS-STARTPTS[main];[1:v]settb=AVTB,setpts=PTS-STARTPTS[ref];[main][ref]libvmaf=psnr=1:log_fmt=json" -f null -

### limiter
       Limits the pixel components values to the specified range [min, max].

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **min** Lower bound. Defaults to the lowest allowed value for the input.

       **max** Upper bound. Defaults to the highest allowed value for the input.

### planes
           Specify which planes will be processed. Defaults to all available.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### loop
       Loop video frames.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### loop
           Set the number of loops. Setting this value to -1 will result in infinite loops.  Default
           is 0.

### size
           Set maximal size in number of frames. Default is 0.

### start
           Set first frame of loop. Default is 0.

       _Examples_

       •   Loop single first frame infinitely:

                   loop=loop=-1:size=1:start=0

       •   Loop single first frame 10 times:

                   loop=loop=10:size=1:start=0

       •   Loop 10 first frames 5 times:

                   loop=loop=5:size=10:start=0

### lut1d
       Apply a 1D LUT to an input video.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### file
           Set the 1D LUT file name.

           Currently supported formats:

           **cube**
               Iridas

           **csp** cineSpace

### interp
           Select interpolation mode.

           Available values are:

           **nearest**
               Use values from the nearest defined point.

           **linear**
               Interpolate values using the linear interpolation.

           **cosine**
               Interpolate values using the cosine interpolation.

           **cubic**
               Interpolate values using the cubic interpolation.

           **spline**
               Interpolate values using the spline interpolation.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### lut3d
       Apply a 3D LUT to an input video.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### file
           Set the 3D LUT file name.

           Currently supported formats:

           **3dl** AfterEffects

           **cube**
               Iridas

           **dat** DaVinci

           **m3d** Pandora

           **csp** cineSpace

### interp
           Select interpolation mode.

           Available values are:

           **nearest**
               Use values from the nearest defined point.

           **trilinear**
               Interpolate values using the 8 points defining a cube.

           **tetrahedral**
               Interpolate values using a tetrahedron.

           **pyramid**
               Interpolate values using a pyramid.

           **prism**
               Interpolate values using a prism.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the "interp" option as **commands**.

### lumakey
       Turn certain luma values into transparency.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### threshold
           Set the luma which will be used as base for transparency.  Default value is 0.

### tolerance
           Set the range of luma values to be keyed out.  Default value is 0.01.

### softness
           Set the range of softness. Default value is 0.  Use this to control gradual transition
           from zero to full transparency.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same **commands** as options.  The command accepts the same syntax of the
       corresponding option.

       If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

### lut, lutrgb, lutyuv
       Compute a look-up table for binding each pixel component input value to an output value, and
       apply it to the input video.

       _lutyuv_ applies a lookup table to a YUV input video, _lutrgb_ to an RGB input video.

       These filters accept the following parameters:

       **c0**  set first pixel component expression

       **c1**  set second pixel component expression

       **c2**  set third pixel component expression

       **c3**  set fourth pixel component expression, corresponds to the alpha component

       **r**   set red component expression

       **g**   set green component expression

       **b**   set blue component expression

       **a**   alpha component expression

       **y**   set Y/luminance component expression

       **u**   set U/Cb component expression

       **v**   set V/Cr component expression

       Each of them specifies the expression to use for computing the lookup table for the
       corresponding pixel component values.

       The exact component associated to each of the _c*_ options depends on the format in input.

       The _lut_ filter requires either YUV or RGB pixel formats in input, _lutrgb_ requires RGB pixel
       formats in input, and _lutyuv_ requires YUV.

       The expressions can contain the following constants and functions:

       **w**
       **h**   The input width and height.

       **val** The input value for the pixel component.

### clipval
           The input value, clipped to the _minval_-_maxval_ range.

### maxval
           The maximum value for the pixel component.

### minval
           The minimum value for the pixel component.

### negval
           The negated value for the pixel component value, clipped to the _minval_-_maxval_ range; it
           corresponds to the expression "maxval-clipval+minval".

### clip(val)
           The computed value in _val_, clipped to the _minval_-_maxval_ range.

### gammaval(gamma)
           The computed gamma correction value of the pixel component value, clipped to the
           _minval_-_maxval_ range. It corresponds to the expression
           "pow((clipval-minval)/(maxval-minval)\,_gamma_)*(maxval-minval)+minval"

       All expressions default to "val".

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same **commands** as options.

       _Examples_

       •   Negate input video:

                   lutrgb="r=maxval+minval-val:g=maxval+minval-val:b=maxval+minval-val"
                   lutyuv="y=maxval+minval-val:u=maxval+minval-val:v=maxval+minval-val"

           The above is the same as:

                   lutrgb="r=negval:g=negval:b=negval"
                   lutyuv="y=negval:u=negval:v=negval"

       •   Negate luminance:

                   lutyuv=y=negval

       •   Remove chroma components, turning the video into a graytone image:

                   lutyuv="u=128:v=128"

       •   Apply a luma burning effect:

                   lutyuv="y=2*val"

       •   Remove green and blue components:

                   lutrgb="g=0:b=0"

       •   Set a constant alpha channel value on input:

                   format=rgba,lutrgb=a="maxval-minval/2"

       •   Correct luminance gamma by a factor of 0.5:

                   lutyuv=y=gammaval(0.5)

       •   Discard least significant bits of luma:

                   lutyuv=y='bitand(val, 128+64+32)'

       •   Technicolor like effect:

                   lutyuv=u='(val-maxval/2)*2+maxval/2':v='(val-maxval/2)*2+maxval/2'

### lut2, tlut2
       The "lut2" filter takes two input streams and outputs one stream.

       The "tlut2" (time lut2) filter takes two consecutive frames from one single stream.

       This filter accepts the following parameters:

       **c0**  set first pixel component expression

       **c1**  set second pixel component expression

       **c2**  set third pixel component expression

       **c3**  set fourth pixel component expression, corresponds to the alpha component

       **d**   set output bit depth, only available for "lut2" filter. By default is 0, which means bit
           depth is automatically picked from first input format.

       The "lut2" filter also supports the **framesync** options.

       Each of them specifies the expression to use for computing the lookup table for the
       corresponding pixel component values.

       The exact component associated to each of the _c*_ options depends on the format in inputs.

       The expressions can contain the following constants:

       **w**
       **h**   The input width and height.

       **x**   The first input value for the pixel component.

       **y**   The second input value for the pixel component.

       **bdx** The first input video bit depth.

       **bdy** The second input video bit depth.

       All expressions default to "x".

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands** except option "d".

       _Examples_

       •   Highlight differences between two RGB video streams:

                   lut2='ifnot(x-y,0,pow(2,bdx)-1):ifnot(x-y,0,pow(2,bdx)-1):ifnot(x-y,0,pow(2,bdx)-1)'

       •   Highlight differences between two YUV video streams:

                   lut2='ifnot(x-y,0,pow(2,bdx)-1):ifnot(x-y,pow(2,bdx-1),pow(2,bdx)-1):ifnot(x-y,pow(2,bdx-1),pow(2,bdx)-1)'

       •   Show max difference between two video streams:

                   lut2='if(lt(x,y),0,if(gt(x,y),pow(2,bdx)-1,pow(2,bdx-1))):if(lt(x,y),0,if(gt(x,y),pow(2,bdx)-1,pow(2,bdx-1))):if(lt(x,y),0,if(gt(x,y),pow(2,bdx)-1,pow(2,bdx-1)))'

### maskedclamp
       Clamp the first input stream with the second input and third input stream.

       Returns the value of first stream to be between second input stream - "undershoot" and third
       input stream + "overshoot".

       This filter accepts the following options:

### undershoot
           Default value is 0.

### overshoot
           Default value is 0.

### planes
           Set which planes will be processed as bitmap, unprocessed planes will be copied from
           first stream.  By default value 0xf, all planes will be processed.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### maskedmax
       Merge the second and third input stream into output stream using absolute differences between
       second input stream and first input stream and absolute difference between third input stream
       and first input stream. The picked value will be from second input stream if second absolute
       difference is greater than first one or from third input stream otherwise.

       This filter accepts the following options:

### planes
           Set which planes will be processed as bitmap, unprocessed planes will be copied from
           first stream.  By default value 0xf, all planes will be processed.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### maskedmerge
       Merge the first input stream with the second input stream using per pixel weights in the
       third input stream.

       A value of 0 in the third stream pixel component means that pixel component from first stream
       is returned unchanged, while maximum value (eg. 255 for 8-bit videos) means that pixel
       component from second stream is returned unchanged. Intermediate values define the amount of
       merging between both input stream's pixel components.

       This filter accepts the following options:

### planes
           Set which planes will be processed as bitmap, unprocessed planes will be copied from
           first stream.  By default value 0xf, all planes will be processed.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### maskedmin
       Merge the second and third input stream into output stream using absolute differences between
       second input stream and first input stream and absolute difference between third input stream
       and first input stream. The picked value will be from second input stream if second absolute
       difference is less than first one or from third input stream otherwise.

       This filter accepts the following options:

### planes
           Set which planes will be processed as bitmap, unprocessed planes will be copied from
           first stream.  By default value 0xf, all planes will be processed.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### maskedthreshold
       Pick pixels comparing absolute difference of two video streams with fixed threshold.

       If absolute difference between pixel component of first and second video stream is equal or
       lower than user supplied threshold than pixel component from first video stream is picked,
       otherwise pixel component from second video stream is picked.

       This filter accepts the following options:

### threshold
           Set threshold used when picking pixels from absolute difference from two input video
           streams.

### planes
           Set which planes will be processed as bitmap, unprocessed planes will be copied from
           second stream.  By default value 0xf, all planes will be processed.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### maskfun
       Create mask from input video.

       For example it is useful to create motion masks after "tblend" filter.

       This filter accepts the following options:

       **low** Set low threshold. Any pixel component lower or exact than this value will be set to 0.

### high
           Set high threshold. Any pixel component higher than this value will be set to max value
           allowed for current pixel format.

### planes
           Set planes to filter, by default all available planes are filtered.

### fill
           Fill all frame pixels with this value.

       **sum** Set max average pixel value for frame. If sum of all pixel components is higher that this
           average, output frame will be completely filled with value set by _fill_ option.  Typically
           useful for scene changes when used in combination with "tblend" filter.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### mcdeint
       Apply motion-compensation deinterlacing.

       It needs one field per frame as input and must thus be used together with yadif=1/3 or
       equivalent.

       This filter accepts the following options:

### mode
           Set the deinterlacing mode.

           It accepts one of the following values:

           **fast**
           **medium**
           **slow**
               use iterative motion estimation

           **extra**___**slow**
               like **slow**, but use multiple reference frames.

           Default value is **fast**.

### parity
           Set the picture field parity assumed for the input video. It must be one of the following
           values:

           **0,** **tff**
               assume top field first

           **1,** **bff**
               assume bottom field first

           Default value is **bff**.

       **qp**  Set per-block quantization parameter (QP) used by the internal encoder.

           Higher values should result in a smoother motion vector field but less optimal individual
           vectors. Default value is 1.

### median
       Pick median pixel from certain rectangle defined by radius.

       This filter accepts the following options:

### radius
           Set horizontal radius size. Default value is 1.  Allowed range is integer from 1 to 127.

### planes
           Set which planes to process. Default is 15, which is all available planes.

### radiusV
           Set vertical radius size. Default value is 0.  Allowed range is integer from 0 to 127.
           If it is 0, value will be picked from horizontal "radius" option.

### percentile
           Set median percentile. Default value is 0.5.  Default value of 0.5 will pick always
           median values, while 0 will pick minimum values, and 1 maximum values.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same **commands** as options.  The command accepts the same syntax of the
       corresponding option.

       If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

### mergeplanes
       Merge color channel components from several video streams.

       The filter accepts up to 4 input streams, and merge selected input planes to the output
       video.

       This filter accepts the following options:

### mapping
           Set input to output plane mapping. Default is 0.

           The mappings is specified as a bitmap. It should be specified as a hexadecimal number in
           the form 0xAa[Bb[Cc[Dd]]]. 'Aa' describes the mapping for the first plane of the output
           stream. 'A' sets the number of the input stream to use (from 0 to 3), and 'a' the plane
           number of the corresponding input to use (from 0 to 3). The rest of the mappings is
           similar, 'Bb' describes the mapping for the output stream second plane, 'Cc' describes
           the mapping for the output stream third plane and 'Dd' describes the mapping for the
           output stream fourth plane.

### format
           Set output pixel format. Default is "yuva444p".

       _Examples_

       •   Merge three gray video streams of same width and height into single video stream:

                   [a0][a1][a2]mergeplanes=0x001020:yuv444p

       •   Merge 1st yuv444p stream and 2nd gray video stream into yuva444p video stream:

                   [a0][a1]mergeplanes=0x00010210:yuva444p

       •   Swap Y and A plane in yuva444p stream:

                   format=yuva444p,mergeplanes=0x03010200:yuva444p

       •   Swap U and V plane in yuv420p stream:

                   format=yuv420p,mergeplanes=0x000201:yuv420p

       •   Cast a rgb24 clip to yuv444p:

                   format=rgb24,mergeplanes=0x000102:yuv444p

### mestimate
       Estimate and export motion vectors using block matching algorithms.  Motion vectors are
       stored in frame side data to be used by other filters.

       This filter accepts the following options:

### method
           Specify the motion estimation method. Accepts one of the following values:

           **esa** Exhaustive search algorithm.

           **tss** Three step search algorithm.

           **tdls**
               Two dimensional logarithmic search algorithm.

           **ntss**
               New three step search algorithm.

           **fss** Four step search algorithm.

           **ds**  Diamond search algorithm.

           **hexbs**
               Hexagon-based search algorithm.

           **epzs**
               Enhanced predictive zonal search algorithm.

           **umh** Uneven multi-hexagon search algorithm.

           Default value is **esa**.

       **mb**___**size**
           Macroblock size. Default 16.

       **search**___**param**
           Search parameter. Default 7.

### midequalizer
       Apply Midway Image Equalization effect using two video streams.

       Midway Image Equalization adjusts a pair of images to have the same histogram, while
       maintaining their dynamics as much as possible. It's useful for e.g. matching exposures from
       a pair of stereo cameras.

       This filter has two inputs and one output, which must be of same pixel format, but may be of
       different sizes. The output of filter is first input adjusted with midway histogram of both
       inputs.

       This filter accepts the following option:

### planes
           Set which planes to process. Default is 15, which is all available planes.

### minterpolate
       Convert the video to specified frame rate using motion interpolation.

       This filter accepts the following options:

       **fps** Specify the output frame rate. This can be rational e.g. "60000/1001". Frames are dropped
           if _fps_ is lower than source fps. Default 60.

       **mi**___**mode**
           Motion interpolation mode. Following values are accepted:

           **dup** Duplicate previous or next frame for interpolating new ones.

           **blend**
               Blend source frames. Interpolated frame is mean of previous and next frames.

           **mci** Motion compensated interpolation. Following options are effective when this mode is
               selected:

               **mc**___**mode**
                   Motion compensation mode. Following values are accepted:

                   **obmc**
                       Overlapped block motion compensation.

                   **aobmc**
                       Adaptive overlapped block motion compensation. Window weighting coefficients
                       are controlled adaptively according to the reliabilities of the neighboring
                       motion vectors to reduce oversmoothing.

                   Default mode is **obmc**.

               **me**___**mode**
                   Motion estimation mode. Following values are accepted:

                   **bidir**
                       Bidirectional motion estimation. Motion vectors are estimated for each source
                       frame in both forward and backward directions.

                   **bilat**
                       Bilateral motion estimation. Motion vectors are estimated directly for
                       interpolated frame.

                   Default mode is **bilat**.

               **me**  The algorithm to be used for motion estimation. Following values are accepted:

                   **esa** Exhaustive search algorithm.

                   **tss** Three step search algorithm.

                   **tdls**
                       Two dimensional logarithmic search algorithm.

                   **ntss**
                       New three step search algorithm.

                   **fss** Four step search algorithm.

                   **ds**  Diamond search algorithm.

                   **hexbs**
                       Hexagon-based search algorithm.

                   **epzs**
                       Enhanced predictive zonal search algorithm.

                   **umh** Uneven multi-hexagon search algorithm.

                   Default algorithm is **epzs**.

               **mb**___**size**
                   Macroblock size. Default 16.

               **search**___**param**
                   Motion estimation search parameter. Default 32.

               **vsbmc**
                   Enable variable-size block motion compensation. Motion estimation is applied with
                   smaller block sizes at object boundaries in order to make the them less blur.
                   Default is 0 (disabled).

       **scd** Scene change detection method. Scene change leads motion vectors to be in random
           direction. Scene change detection replace interpolated frames by duplicate ones. May not
           be needed for other modes. Following values are accepted:

           **none**
               Disable scene change detection.

           **fdiff**
               Frame difference. Corresponding pixel values are compared and if it satisfies
               _scd_threshold_ scene change is detected.

           Default method is **fdiff**.

       **scd**___**threshold**
           Scene change detection threshold. Default is 10..

### mix
       Mix several video input streams into one video stream.

       A description of the accepted options follows.

       **nb**___**inputs**
           The number of inputs. If unspecified, it defaults to 2.

### weights
           Specify weight of each input video stream as sequence.  Each weight is separated by
           space. If number of weights is smaller than number of _frames_ last specified weight will
           be used for all remaining unset weights.

### scale
           Specify scale, if it is set it will be multiplied with sum of each weight multiplied with
           pixel values to give final destination pixel value. By default _scale_ is auto scaled to
           sum of weights.

### duration
           Specify how end of stream is determined.

           **longest**
               The duration of the longest input. (default)

           **shortest**
               The duration of the shortest input.

           **first**
               The duration of the first input.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the following commands:

### weights
### scale
           Syntax is same as option with same name.

### monochrome
       Convert video to gray using custom color filter.

       A description of the accepted options follows.

       **cb**  Set the chroma blue spot. Allowed range is from -1 to 1.  Default value is 0.

       **cr**  Set the chroma red spot. Allowed range is from -1 to 1.  Default value is 0.

### size
           Set the color filter size. Allowed range is from .1 to 10.  Default value is 1.

### high
           Set the highlights strength. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.  Default value is 0.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### mpdecimate
       Drop frames that do not differ greatly from the previous frame in order to reduce frame rate.

       The main use of this filter is for very-low-bitrate encoding (e.g. streaming over dialup
       modem), but it could in theory be used for fixing movies that were inverse-telecined
       incorrectly.

       A description of the accepted options follows.

       **max** Set the maximum number of consecutive frames which can be dropped (if positive), or the
           minimum interval between dropped frames (if negative). If the value is 0, the frame is
           dropped disregarding the number of previous sequentially dropped frames.

           Default value is 0.

       **hi**
       **lo**
### frac
           Set the dropping threshold values.

           Values for **hi** and **lo** are for 8x8 pixel blocks and represent actual pixel value
           differences, so a threshold of 64 corresponds to 1 unit of difference for each pixel, or
           the same spread out differently over the block.

           A frame is a candidate for dropping if no 8x8 blocks differ by more than a threshold of
           **hi**, and if no more than **frac** blocks (1 meaning the whole image) differ by more than a
           threshold of **lo**.

           Default value for **hi** is 64*12, default value for **lo** is 64*5, and default value for **frac**
           is 0.33.

### msad
       Obtain the MSAD (Mean Sum of Absolute Differences) between two input videos.

       This filter takes two input videos.

       Both input videos must have the same resolution and pixel format for this filter to work
       correctly. Also it assumes that both inputs have the same number of frames, which are
       compared one by one.

       The obtained per component, average, min and max MSAD is printed through the logging system.

       The filter stores the calculated MSAD of each frame in frame metadata.

       In the below example the input file _main.mpg_ being processed is compared with the reference
       file _ref.mpg_.

               ffmpeg -i main.mpg -i ref.mpg -lavfi msad -f null -

### negate
       Negate (invert) the input video.

       It accepts the following option:

       **negate**___**alpha**
           With value 1, it negates the alpha component, if present. Default value is 0.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same **commands** as options.

### nlmeans
       Denoise frames using Non-Local Means algorithm.

       Each pixel is adjusted by looking for other pixels with similar contexts. This context
       similarity is defined by comparing their surrounding patches of size **p**x**p**. Patches are
       searched in an area of **r**x**r** around the pixel.

       Note that the research area defines centers for patches, which means some patches will be
       made of pixels outside that research area.

       The filter accepts the following options.

       **s**   Set denoising strength. Default is 1.0. Must be in range [1.0, 30.0].

       **p**   Set patch size. Default is 7. Must be odd number in range [0, 99].

       **pc**  Same as **p** but for chroma planes.

           The default value is _0_ and means automatic.

       **r**   Set research size. Default is 15. Must be odd number in range [0, 99].

       **rc**  Same as **r** but for chroma planes.

           The default value is _0_ and means automatic.

### nnedi
       Deinterlace video using neural network edge directed interpolation.

       This filter accepts the following options:

### weights
           Mandatory option, without binary file filter can not work.  Currently file can be found
           here: <https://github.com/dubhater/vapoursynth-nnedi3/blob/master/src/nnedi3_weights.bin>

### deint
           Set which frames to deinterlace, by default it is "all".  Can be "all" or "interlaced".

### field
           Set mode of operation.

           Can be one of the following:

           **af**  Use frame flags, both fields.

           **a**   Use frame flags, single field.

           **t**   Use top field only.

           **b**   Use bottom field only.

           **tf**  Use both fields, top first.

           **bf**  Use both fields, bottom first.

### planes
           Set which planes to process, by default filter process all frames.

### nsize
           Set size of local neighborhood around each pixel, used by the predictor neural network.

           Can be one of the following:

           **s8x6**
           **s16x6**
           **s32x6**
           **s48x6**
           **s8x4**
           **s16x4**
           **s32x4**
       **nns** Set the number of neurons in predictor neural network.  Can be one of the following:

           **n16**
           **n32**
           **n64**
           **n128**
           **n256**
### qual
           Controls the number of different neural network predictions that are blended together to
           compute the final output value. Can be "fast", default or "slow".

### etype
           Set which set of weights to use in the predictor.  Can be one of the following:

           **a,** **abs**
               weights trained to minimize absolute error

           **s,** **mse**
               weights trained to minimize squared error

### pscrn
           Controls whether or not the prescreener neural network is used to decide which pixels
           should be processed by the predictor neural network and which can be handled by simple
           cubic interpolation.  The prescreener is trained to know whether cubic interpolation will
           be sufficient for a pixel or whether it should be predicted by the predictor nn.  The
           computational complexity of the prescreener nn is much less than that of the predictor
           nn. Since most pixels can be handled by cubic interpolation, using the prescreener
           generally results in much faster processing.  The prescreener is pretty accurate, so the
           difference between using it and not using it is almost always unnoticeable.

           Can be one of the following:

           **none**
           **original**
           **new**
           **new2**
           **new3**

           Default is "new".

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same **commands** as options, excluding _weights_ option.

### noformat
       Force libavfilter not to use any of the specified pixel formats for the input to the next
       filter.

       It accepts the following parameters:

       **pix**___**fmts**
           A '|'-separated list of pixel format names, such as pix_fmts=yuv420p|monow|rgb24".

       _Examples_

       •   Force libavfilter to use a format different from _yuv420p_ for the input to the vflip
           filter:

                   noformat=pix_fmts=yuv420p,vflip

       •   Convert the input video to any of the formats not contained in the list:

                   noformat=yuv420p|yuv444p|yuv410p

### noise
       Add noise on video input frame.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **all**___**seed**
       **c0**___**seed**
       **c1**___**seed**
       **c2**___**seed**
       **c3**___**seed**
           Set noise seed for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case of _all_seed_.
           Default value is 123457.

       **all**___**strength,** **alls**
       **c0**___**strength,** **c0s**
       **c1**___**strength,** **c1s**
       **c2**___**strength,** **c2s**
       **c3**___**strength,** **c3s**
           Set noise strength for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case
           _all_strength_. Default value is 0. Allowed range is [0, 100].

       **all**___**flags,** **allf**
       **c0**___**flags,** **c0f**
       **c1**___**flags,** **c1f**
       **c2**___**flags,** **c2f**
       **c3**___**flags,** **c3f**
           Set pixel component flags or set flags for all components if _all_flags_.  Available values
           for component flags are:

           **a**   averaged temporal noise (smoother)

           **p**   mix random noise with a (semi)regular pattern

           **t**   temporal noise (noise pattern changes between frames)

           **u**   uniform noise (gaussian otherwise)

       _Examples_

       Add temporal and uniform noise to input video:

               noise=alls=20:allf=t+u

### normalize
       Normalize RGB video (aka histogram stretching, contrast stretching).  See:
       <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Normalization_>(image_processing)

       For each channel of each frame, the filter computes the input range and maps it linearly to
       the user-specified output range. The output range defaults to the full dynamic range from
       pure black to pure white.

       Temporal smoothing can be used on the input range to reduce flickering (rapid changes in
       brightness) caused when small dark or bright objects enter or leave the scene. This is
       similar to the auto-exposure (automatic gain control) on a video camera, and, like a video
       camera, it may cause a period of over- or under-exposure of the video.

       The R,G,B channels can be normalized independently, which may cause some color shifting, or
       linked together as a single channel, which prevents color shifting. Linked normalization
       preserves hue. Independent normalization does not, so it can be used to remove some color
       casts. Independent and linked normalization can be combined in any ratio.

       The normalize filter accepts the following options:

### blackpt
### whitept
           Colors which define the output range. The minimum input value is mapped to the _blackpt_.
           The maximum input value is mapped to the _whitept_.  The defaults are black and white
           respectively. Specifying white for _blackpt_ and black for _whitept_ will give color-
           inverted, normalized video. Shades of grey can be used to reduce the dynamic range
           (contrast). Specifying saturated colors here can create some interesting effects.

### smoothing
           The number of previous frames to use for temporal smoothing. The input range of each
           channel is smoothed using a rolling average over the current frame and the _smoothing_
           previous frames. The default is 0 (no temporal smoothing).

### independence
           Controls the ratio of independent (color shifting) channel normalization to linked (color
           preserving) normalization. 0.0 is fully linked, 1.0 is fully independent. Defaults to 1.0
           (fully independent).

### strength
           Overall strength of the filter. 1.0 is full strength. 0.0 is a rather expensive no-op.
           Defaults to 1.0 (full strength).

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same **commands** as options, excluding _smoothing_ option.  The command
       accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.

       If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

       _Examples_

       Stretch video contrast to use the full dynamic range, with no temporal smoothing; may flicker
       depending on the source content:

               normalize=blackpt=black:whitept=white:smoothing=0

       As above, but with 50 frames of temporal smoothing; flicker should be reduced, depending on
       the source content:

               normalize=blackpt=black:whitept=white:smoothing=50

       As above, but with hue-preserving linked channel normalization:

               normalize=blackpt=black:whitept=white:smoothing=50:independence=0

       As above, but with half strength:

               normalize=blackpt=black:whitept=white:smoothing=50:independence=0:strength=0.5

       Map the darkest input color to red, the brightest input color to cyan:

               normalize=blackpt=red:whitept=cyan

### null
       Pass the video source unchanged to the output.

### ocr
       Optical Character Recognition

       This filter uses Tesseract for optical character recognition. To enable compilation of this
       filter, you need to configure FFmpeg with "--enable-libtesseract".

       It accepts the following options:

### datapath
           Set datapath to tesseract data. Default is to use whatever was set at installation.

### language
           Set language, default is "eng".

### whitelist
           Set character whitelist.

### blacklist
           Set character blacklist.

       The filter exports recognized text as the frame metadata "lavfi.ocr.text".  The filter
       exports confidence of recognized words as the frame metadata "lavfi.ocr.confidence".

### ocv
       Apply a video transform using libopencv.

       To enable this filter, install the libopencv library and headers and configure FFmpeg with
       "--enable-libopencv".

       It accepts the following parameters:

       **filter**___**name**
           The name of the libopencv filter to apply.

       **filter**___**params**
           The parameters to pass to the libopencv filter. If not specified, the default values are
           assumed.

       Refer to the official libopencv documentation for more precise information:
       <**<http://docs.opencv.org/master/modules/imgproc/doc/filtering.html>**>

       Several libopencv filters are supported; see the following subsections.

       _dilate_

       Dilate an image by using a specific structuring element.  It corresponds to the libopencv
       function "cvDilate".

       It accepts the parameters: _struct_el_|_nb_iterations_.

       _struct_el_ represents a structuring element, and has the syntax:
       _cols_x_rows_+_anchor_x_x_anchor_y_/_shape_

       _cols_ and _rows_ represent the number of columns and rows of the structuring element, _anchor_x_
       and _anchor_y_ the anchor point, and _shape_ the shape for the structuring element. _shape_ must be
       "rect", "cross", "ellipse", or "custom".

       If the value for _shape_ is "custom", it must be followed by a string of the form "=_filename_".
       The file with name _filename_ is assumed to represent a binary image, with each printable
       character corresponding to a bright pixel. When a custom _shape_ is used, _cols_ and _rows_ are
       ignored, the number or columns and rows of the read file are assumed instead.

       The default value for _struct_el_ is "3x3+0x0/rect".

       _nb_iterations_ specifies the number of times the transform is applied to the image, and
       defaults to 1.

       Some examples:

               # Use the default values
               ocv=dilate

               # Dilate using a structuring element with a 5x5 cross, iterating two times
               ocv=filter_name=dilate:filter_params=5x5+2x2/cross|2

               # Read the shape from the file diamond.shape, iterating two times.
               # The file diamond.shape may contain a pattern of characters like this
               #   *
               #  ***
               # *****
               #  ***
               #   *
               # The specified columns and rows are ignored
               # but the anchor point coordinates are not
               ocv=dilate:0x0+2x2/custom=diamond.shape|2

       _erode_

       Erode an image by using a specific structuring element.  It corresponds to the libopencv
       function "cvErode".

       It accepts the parameters: _struct_el_:_nb_iterations_, with the same syntax and semantics as the
       **dilate** filter.

       _smooth_

       Smooth the input video.

       The filter takes the following parameters: _type_|_param1_|_param2_|_param3_|_param4_.

       _type_ is the type of smooth filter to apply, and must be one of the following values: "blur",
       "blur_no_scale", "median", "gaussian", or "bilateral". The default value is "gaussian".

       The meaning of _param1_, _param2_, _param3_, and _param4_ depends on the smooth type. _param1_ and
       _param2_ accept integer positive values or 0. _param3_ and _param4_ accept floating point values.

       The default value for _param1_ is 3. The default value for the other parameters is 0.

       These parameters correspond to the parameters assigned to the libopencv function "cvSmooth".

### oscilloscope
       2D Video Oscilloscope.

       Useful to measure spatial impulse, step responses, chroma delays, etc.

       It accepts the following parameters:

       **x**   Set scope center x position.

       **y**   Set scope center y position.

       **s**   Set scope size, relative to frame diagonal.

       **t**   Set scope tilt/rotation.

       **o**   Set trace opacity.

       **tx**  Set trace center x position.

       **ty**  Set trace center y position.

       **tw**  Set trace width, relative to width of frame.

       **th**  Set trace height, relative to height of frame.

       **c**   Set which components to trace. By default it traces first three components.

       **g**   Draw trace grid. By default is enabled.

       **st**  Draw some statistics. By default is enabled.

       **sc**  Draw scope. By default is enabled.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same **commands** as options.  The command accepts the same syntax of the
       corresponding option.

       If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

       _Examples_

       •   Inspect full first row of video frame.

                   oscilloscope=x=0.5:y=0:s=1

       •   Inspect full last row of video frame.

                   oscilloscope=x=0.5:y=1:s=1

       •   Inspect full 5th line of video frame of height 1080.

                   oscilloscope=x=0.5:y=5/1080:s=1

       •   Inspect full last column of video frame.

                   oscilloscope=x=1:y=0.5:s=1:t=1

### overlay
       Overlay one video on top of another.

       It takes two inputs and has one output. The first input is the "main" video on which the
       second input is overlaid.

       It accepts the following parameters:

       A description of the accepted options follows.

       **x**
       **y**   Set the expression for the x and y coordinates of the overlaid video on the main video.
           Default value is "0" for both expressions. In case the expression is invalid, it is set
           to a huge value (meaning that the overlay will not be displayed within the output visible
           area).

       **eof**___**action**
           See **framesync**.

### eval
           Set when the expressions for **x**, and **y** are evaluated.

           It accepts the following values:

           **init**
               only evaluate expressions once during the filter initialization or when a command is
               processed

           **frame**
               evaluate expressions for each incoming frame

           Default value is **frame**.

### shortest
           See **framesync**.

### format
           Set the format for the output video.

           It accepts the following values:

           **yuv420**
               force YUV420 output

           **yuv420p10**
               force YUV420p10 output

           **yuv422**
               force YUV422 output

           **yuv422p10**
               force YUV422p10 output

           **yuv444**
               force YUV444 output

           **rgb** force packed RGB output

           **gbrp**
               force planar RGB output

           **auto**
               automatically pick format

           Default value is **yuv420**.

### repeatlast
           See **framesync**.

### alpha
           Set format of alpha of the overlaid video, it can be _straight_ or _premultiplied_. Default
           is _straight_.

       The **x**, and **y** expressions can contain the following parameters.

       **main**___**w,** **W**
       **main**___**h,** **H**
           The main input width and height.

       **overlay**___**w,** **w**
       **overlay**___**h,** **h**
           The overlay input width and height.

       **x**
       **y**   The computed values for _x_ and _y_. They are evaluated for each new frame.

### hsub
### vsub
           horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values of the output format. For example for the
           pixel format "yuv422p" _hsub_ is 2 and _vsub_ is 1.

       **n**   the number of input frame, starting from 0

       **pos** the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown

       **t**   The timestamp, expressed in seconds. It's NAN if the input timestamp is unknown.

       This filter also supports the **framesync** options.

       Note that the _n_, _pos_, _t_ variables are available only when evaluation is done _per_ _frame_, and
       will evaluate to NAN when **eval** is set to **init**.

       Be aware that frames are taken from each input video in timestamp order, hence, if their
       initial timestamps differ, it is a good idea to pass the two inputs through a
       _setpts=PTS-STARTPTS_ filter to have them begin in the same zero timestamp, as the example for
       the _movie_ filter does.

       You can chain together more overlays but you should test the efficiency of such approach.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the following commands:

       **x**
       **y**   Modify the x and y of the overlay input.  The command accepts the same syntax of the
           corresponding option.

           If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

       _Examples_

       •   Draw the overlay at 10 pixels from the bottom right corner of the main video:

                   overlay=main_w-overlay_w-10:main_h-overlay_h-10

           Using named options the example above becomes:

                   overlay=x=main_w-overlay_w-10:y=main_h-overlay_h-10

       •   Insert a transparent PNG logo in the bottom left corner of the input, using the **ffmpeg**
           tool with the "-filter_complex" option:

                   ffmpeg -i input -i logo -filter_complex 'overlay=10:main_h-overlay_h-10' output

       •   Insert 2 different transparent PNG logos (second logo on bottom right corner) using the
           **ffmpeg** tool:

                   ffmpeg -i input -i logo1 -i logo2 -filter_complex 'overlay=x=10:y=H-h-10,overlay=x=W-w-10:y=H-h-10' output

       •   Add a transparent color layer on top of the main video; "WxH" must specify the size of
           the main input to the overlay filter:

                   color=color=red@.3:size=WxH [over]; [in][over] overlay [out]

       •   Play an original video and a filtered version (here with the deshake filter) side by side
           using the **ffplay** tool:

                   ffplay input.avi -vf 'split[a][b]; [a]pad=iw*2:ih[src]; [b]deshake[filt]; [src][filt]overlay=w'

           The above command is the same as:

                   ffplay input.avi -vf 'split[b], pad=iw*2[src], [b]deshake, [src]overlay=w'

       •   Make a sliding overlay appearing from the left to the right top part of the screen
           starting since time 2:

                   overlay=x='if(gte(t,2), -w+(t-2)*20, NAN)':y=0

       •   Compose output by putting two input videos side to side:

                   ffmpeg -i left.avi -i right.avi -filter_complex "
                   nullsrc=size=200x100 [background];
                   [0:v] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS, scale=100x100 [left];
                   [1:v] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS, scale=100x100 [right];
                   [background][left]       overlay=shortest=1       [background+left];
                   [background+left][right] overlay=shortest=1:x=100 [left+right]
                   "

       •   Mask 10-20 seconds of a video by applying the delogo filter to a section

                   ffmpeg -i test.avi -codec:v:0 wmv2 -ar 11025 -b:v 9000k
                   -vf '[in]split[split_main][split_delogo];[split_delogo]trim=start=360:end=371,delogo=0:0:640:480[delogoed];[split_main][delogoed]overlay=eof_action=pass[out]'
                   masked.avi

       •   Chain several overlays in cascade:

                   nullsrc=s=200x200 [bg];
                   testsrc=s=100x100, split=4 [in0][in1][in2][in3];
                   [in0] lutrgb=r=0, [bg]   overlay=0:0     [mid0];
                   [in1] lutrgb=g=0, [mid0] overlay=100:0   [mid1];
                   [in2] lutrgb=b=0, [mid1] overlay=0:100   [mid2];
                   [in3] null,       [mid2] overlay=100:100 [out0]

   **overlay**___**cuda**
       Overlay one video on top of another.

       This is the CUDA variant of the **overlay** filter.  It only accepts CUDA frames. The underlying
       input pixel formats have to match.

       It takes two inputs and has one output. The first input is the "main" video on which the
       second input is overlaid.

       It accepts the following parameters:

       **x**
       **y**   Set the x and y coordinates of the overlaid video on the main video.  Default value is
           "0" for both expressions.

       **eof**___**action**
           See **framesync**.

### shortest
           See **framesync**.

### repeatlast
           See **framesync**.

       This filter also supports the **framesync** options.

### owdenoise
       Apply Overcomplete Wavelet denoiser.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### depth
           Set depth.

           Larger depth values will denoise lower frequency components more, but slow down
           filtering.

           Must be an int in the range 8-16, default is 8.

       **luma**___**strength,** **ls**
           Set luma strength.

           Must be a double value in the range 0-1000, default is 1.0.

       **chroma**___**strength,** **cs**
           Set chroma strength.

           Must be a double value in the range 0-1000, default is 1.0.

### pad
       Add paddings to the input image, and place the original input at the provided _x_, _y_
       coordinates.

       It accepts the following parameters:

### width, w
### height, h
           Specify an expression for the size of the output image with the paddings added. If the
           value for _width_ or _height_ is 0, the corresponding input size is used for the output.

           The _width_ expression can reference the value set by the _height_ expression, and vice
           versa.

           The default value of _width_ and _height_ is 0.

       **x**
       **y**   Specify the offsets to place the input image at within the padded area, with respect to
           the top/left border of the output image.

           The _x_ expression can reference the value set by the _y_ expression, and vice versa.

           The default value of _x_ and _y_ is 0.

           If _x_ or _y_ evaluate to a negative number, they'll be changed so the input image is
           centered on the padded area.

### color
           Specify the color of the padded area. For the syntax of this option, check the **"Color"**
           **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.

           The default value of _color_ is "black".

### eval
           Specify when to evaluate  _width_, _height_, _x_ and _y_ expression.

           It accepts the following values:

           **init**
               Only evaluate expressions once during the filter initialization or when a command is
               processed.

           **frame**
               Evaluate expressions for each incoming frame.

           Default value is **init**.

### aspect
           Pad to aspect instead to a resolution.

       The value for the _width_, _height_, _x_, and _y_ options are expressions containing the following
       constants:

       **in**___**w**
       **in**___**h**
           The input video width and height.

       **iw**
       **ih**  These are the same as _in_w_ and _in_h_.

       **out**___**w**
       **out**___**h**
           The output width and height (the size of the padded area), as specified by the _width_ and
           _height_ expressions.

       **ow**
       **oh**  These are the same as _out_w_ and _out_h_.

       **x**
       **y**   The x and y offsets as specified by the _x_ and _y_ expressions, or NAN if not yet specified.

       **a**   same as _iw_ / _ih_

       **sar** input sample aspect ratio

       **dar** input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (_iw_ / _ih_) * _sar_

### hsub
### vsub
           The horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the pixel format
           "yuv422p" _hsub_ is 2 and _vsub_ is 1.

       _Examples_

       •   Add paddings with the color "violet" to the input video. The output video size is
           640x480, and the top-left corner of the input video is placed at column 0, row 40

                   pad=640:480:0:40:violet

           The example above is equivalent to the following command:

                   pad=width=640:height=480:x=0:y=40:color=violet

       •   Pad the input to get an output with dimensions increased by 3/2, and put the input video
           at the center of the padded area:

                   pad="3/2*iw:3/2*ih:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"

       •   Pad the input to get a squared output with size equal to the maximum value between the
           input width and height, and put the input video at the center of the padded area:

                   pad="max(iw\,ih):ow:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"

       •   Pad the input to get a final w/h ratio of 16:9:

                   pad="ih*16/9:ih:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"

       •   In case of anamorphic video, in order to set the output display aspect correctly, it is
           necessary to use _sar_ in the expression, according to the relation:

                   (ih * X / ih) * sar = output_dar
                   X = output_dar / sar

           Thus the previous example needs to be modified to:

                   pad="ih*16/9/sar:ih:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"

       •   Double the output size and put the input video in the bottom-right corner of the output
           padded area:

                   pad="2*iw:2*ih:ow-iw:oh-ih"

### palettegen
       Generate one palette for a whole video stream.

       It accepts the following options:

       **max**___**colors**
           Set the maximum number of colors to quantize in the palette.  Note: the palette will
           still contain 256 colors; the unused palette entries will be black.

       **reserve**___**transparent**
           Create a palette of 255 colors maximum and reserve the last one for transparency.
           Reserving the transparency color is useful for GIF optimization.  If not set, the maximum
           of colors in the palette will be 256. You probably want to disable this option for a
           standalone image.  Set by default.

       **transparency**___**color**
           Set the color that will be used as background for transparency.

       **stats**___**mode**
           Set statistics mode.

           It accepts the following values:

           **full**
               Compute full frame histograms.

           **diff**
               Compute histograms only for the part that differs from previous frame. This might be
               relevant to give more importance to the moving part of your input if the background
               is static.

           **single**
               Compute new histogram for each frame.

           Default value is _full_.

       The filter also exports the frame metadata "lavfi.color_quant_ratio" ("nb_color_in /
       nb_color_out") which you can use to evaluate the degree of color quantization of the palette.
       This information is also visible at _info_ logging level.

       _Examples_

       •   Generate a representative palette of a given video using **ffmpeg**:

                   ffmpeg -i input.mkv -vf palettegen palette.png

### paletteuse
       Use a palette to downsample an input video stream.

       The filter takes two inputs: one video stream and a palette. The palette must be a 256 pixels
       image.

       It accepts the following options:

### dither
           Select dithering mode. Available algorithms are:

           **bayer**
               Ordered 8x8 bayer dithering (deterministic)

           **heckbert**
               Dithering as defined by Paul Heckbert in 1982 (simple error diffusion).  Note: this
               dithering is sometimes considered "wrong" and is included as a reference.

           **floyd**___**steinberg**
               Floyd and Steingberg dithering (error diffusion)

           **sierra2**
               Frankie Sierra dithering v2 (error diffusion)

           **sierra2**___**4a**
               Frankie Sierra dithering v2 "Lite" (error diffusion)

           Default is _sierra2_4a_.

       **bayer**___**scale**
           When _bayer_ dithering is selected, this option defines the scale of the pattern (how much
           the crosshatch pattern is visible). A low value means more visible pattern for less
           banding, and higher value means less visible pattern at the cost of more banding.

           The option must be an integer value in the range [0,5]. Default is _2_.

       **diff**___**mode**
           If set, define the zone to process

           **rectangle**
               Only the changing rectangle will be reprocessed. This is similar to GIF
               cropping/offsetting compression mechanism. This option can be useful for speed if
               only a part of the image is changing, and has use cases such as limiting the scope of
               the error diffusal **dither** to the rectangle that bounds the moving scene (it leads to
               more deterministic output if the scene doesn't change much, and as a result less
               moving noise and better GIF compression).

           Default is _none_.

       **new** Take new palette for each output frame.

       **alpha**___**threshold**
           Sets the alpha threshold for transparency. Alpha values above this threshold will be
           treated as completely opaque, and values below this threshold will be treated as
           completely transparent.

           The option must be an integer value in the range [0,255]. Default is _128_.

       _Examples_

       •   Use a palette (generated for example with **palettegen**) to encode a GIF using **ffmpeg**:

                   ffmpeg -i input.mkv -i palette.png -lavfi paletteuse output.gif

### perspective
       Correct perspective of video not recorded perpendicular to the screen.

       A description of the accepted parameters follows.

       **x0**
       **y0**
       **x1**
       **y1**
       **x2**
       **y2**
       **x3**
       **y3**  Set coordinates expression for top left, top right, bottom left and bottom right corners.
           Default values are "0:0:W:0:0:H:W:H" with which perspective will remain unchanged.  If
           the "sense" option is set to "source", then the specified points will be sent to the
           corners of the destination. If the "sense" option is set to "destination", then the
           corners of the source will be sent to the specified coordinates.

           The expressions can use the following variables:

           **W**
           **H**   the width and height of video frame.

           **in**  Input frame count.

           **on**  Output frame count.

### interpolation
           Set interpolation for perspective correction.

           It accepts the following values:

           **linear**
           **cubic**

           Default value is **linear**.

### sense
           Set interpretation of coordinate options.

           It accepts the following values:

           **0,** **source**
               Send point in the source specified by the given coordinates to the corners of the
               destination.

           **1,** **destination**
               Send the corners of the source to the point in the destination specified by the given
               coordinates.

               Default value is **source**.

### eval
           Set when the expressions for coordinates **x0,y0,...x3,y3** are evaluated.

           It accepts the following values:

           **init**
               only evaluate expressions once during the filter initialization or when a command is
               processed

           **frame**
               evaluate expressions for each incoming frame

           Default value is **init**.

### phase
       Delay interlaced video by one field time so that the field order changes.

       The intended use is to fix PAL movies that have been captured with the opposite field order
       to the film-to-video transfer.

       A description of the accepted parameters follows.

### mode
           Set phase mode.

           It accepts the following values:

           **t**   Capture field order top-first, transfer bottom-first.  Filter will delay the bottom
               field.

           **b**   Capture field order bottom-first, transfer top-first.  Filter will delay the top
               field.

           **p**   Capture and transfer with the same field order. This mode only exists for the
               documentation of the other options to refer to, but if you actually select it, the
               filter will faithfully do nothing.

           **a**   Capture field order determined automatically by field flags, transfer opposite.
               Filter selects among **t** and **b** modes on a frame by frame basis using field flags. If no
               field information is available, then this works just like **u**.

           **u**   Capture unknown or varying, transfer opposite.  Filter selects among **t** and **b** on a
               frame by frame basis by analyzing the images and selecting the alternative that
               produces best match between the fields.

           **T**   Capture top-first, transfer unknown or varying.  Filter selects among **t** and **p** using
               image analysis.

           **B**   Capture bottom-first, transfer unknown or varying.  Filter selects among **b** and **p**
               using image analysis.

           **A**   Capture determined by field flags, transfer unknown or varying.  Filter selects among
               **t**, **b** and **p** using field flags and image analysis. If no field information is
               available, then this works just like **U**. This is the default mode.

           **U**   Both capture and transfer unknown or varying.  Filter selects among **t**, **b** and **p** using
               image analysis only.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### photosensitivity
       Reduce various flashes in video, so to help users with epilepsy.

       It accepts the following options:

### frames, f
           Set how many frames to use when filtering. Default is 30.

### threshold, t
           Set detection threshold factor. Default is 1.  Lower is stricter.

### skip
           Set how many pixels to skip when sampling frames. Default is 1.  Allowed range is from 1
           to 1024.

### bypass
           Leave frames unchanged. Default is disabled.

### pixdesctest
       Pixel format descriptor test filter, mainly useful for internal testing. The output video
       should be equal to the input video.

       For example:

               format=monow, pixdesctest

       can be used to test the monowhite pixel format descriptor definition.

### pixscope
       Display sample values of color channels. Mainly useful for checking color and levels. Minimum
       supported resolution is 640x480.

       The filters accept the following options:

       **x**   Set scope X position, relative offset on X axis.

       **y**   Set scope Y position, relative offset on Y axis.

       **w**   Set scope width.

       **h**   Set scope height.

       **o**   Set window opacity. This window also holds statistics about pixel area.

       **wx**  Set window X position, relative offset on X axis.

       **wy**  Set window Y position, relative offset on Y axis.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same **commands** as options.

   **pp**
       Enable the specified chain of postprocessing subfilters using libpostproc. This library
       should be automatically selected with a GPL build ("--enable-gpl").  Subfilters must be
       separated by '/' and can be disabled by prepending a '-'.  Each subfilter and some options
       have a short and a long name that can be used interchangeably, i.e. dr/dering are the same.

       The filters accept the following options:

### subfilters
           Set postprocessing subfilters string.

       All subfilters share common options to determine their scope:

### a/autoq
           Honor the quality commands for this subfilter.

### c/chrom
           Do chrominance filtering, too (default).

### y/nochrom
           Do luminance filtering only (no chrominance).

### n/noluma
           Do chrominance filtering only (no luminance).

       These options can be appended after the subfilter name, separated by a '|'.

       Available subfilters are:

### hb/hdeblock[|difference[|flatness]]
           Horizontal deblocking filter

           **difference**
               Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: 32).

           **flatness**
               Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: 39).

### vb/vdeblock[|difference[|flatness]]
           Vertical deblocking filter

           **difference**
               Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: 32).

           **flatness**
               Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: 39).

### ha/hadeblock[|difference[|flatness]]
           Accurate horizontal deblocking filter

           **difference**
               Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: 32).

           **flatness**
               Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: 39).

### va/vadeblock[|difference[|flatness]]
           Accurate vertical deblocking filter

           **difference**
               Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: 32).

           **flatness**
               Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: 39).

       The horizontal and vertical deblocking filters share the difference and flatness values so
       you cannot set different horizontal and vertical thresholds.

### h1/x1hdeblock
           Experimental horizontal deblocking filter

### v1/x1vdeblock
           Experimental vertical deblocking filter

### dr/dering
           Deringing filter

### tn/tmpnoise[|threshold1[|threshold2[|threshold3]]], temporal noise reducer
           **threshold1**
               larger -> stronger filtering

           **threshold2**
               larger -> stronger filtering

           **threshold3**
               larger -> stronger filtering

### al/autolevels[:f/fullyrange], automatic brightness / contrast correction
           **f/fullyrange**
               Stretch luminance to "0-255".

### lb/linblenddeint
           Linear blend deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by filtering all
           lines with a "(1 2 1)" filter.

### li/linipoldeint
           Linear interpolating deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by linearly
           interpolating every second line.

### ci/cubicipoldeint
           Cubic interpolating deinterlacing filter deinterlaces the given block by cubically
           interpolating every second line.

### md/mediandeint
           Median deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by applying a median filter
           to every second line.

### fd/ffmpegdeint
           FFmpeg deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by filtering every second
           line with a "(-1 4 2 4 -1)" filter.

### l5/lowpass5
           Vertically applied FIR lowpass deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by
           filtering all lines with a "(-1 2 6 2 -1)" filter.

### fq/forceQuant[|quantizer]
           Overrides the quantizer table from the input with the constant quantizer you specify.

           **quantizer**
               Quantizer to use

### de/default
           Default pp filter combination ("hb|a,vb|a,dr|a")

### fa/fast
           Fast pp filter combination ("h1|a,v1|a,dr|a")

       **ac**  High quality pp filter combination ("ha|a|128|7,va|a,dr|a")

       _Examples_

       •   Apply horizontal and vertical deblocking, deringing and automatic brightness/contrast:

                   pp=hb/vb/dr/al

       •   Apply default filters without brightness/contrast correction:

                   pp=de/-al

       •   Apply default filters and temporal denoiser:

                   pp=default/tmpnoise|1|2|3

       •   Apply deblocking on luminance only, and switch vertical deblocking on or off
           automatically depending on available CPU time:

                   pp=hb|y/vb|a

### pp7
       Apply Postprocessing filter 7. It is variant of the **spp** filter, similar to spp = 6 with 7
       point DCT, where only the center sample is used after IDCT.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **qp**  Force a constant quantization parameter. It accepts an integer in range 0 to 63. If not
           set, the filter will use the QP from the video stream (if available).

### mode
           Set thresholding mode. Available modes are:

           **hard**
               Set hard thresholding.

           **soft**
               Set soft thresholding (better de-ringing effect, but likely blurrier).

           **medium**
               Set medium thresholding (good results, default).

### premultiply
       Apply alpha premultiply effect to input video stream using first plane of second stream as
       alpha.

       Both streams must have same dimensions and same pixel format.

       The filter accepts the following option:

### planes
           Set which planes will be processed, unprocessed planes will be copied.  By default value
           0xf, all planes will be processed.

### inplace
           Do not require 2nd input for processing, instead use alpha plane from input stream.

### prewitt
       Apply prewitt operator to input video stream.

       The filter accepts the following option:

### planes
           Set which planes will be processed, unprocessed planes will be copied.  By default value
           0xf, all planes will be processed.

### scale
           Set value which will be multiplied with filtered result.

### delta
           Set value which will be added to filtered result.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### pseudocolor
       Alter frame colors in video with pseudocolors.

       This filter accepts the following options:

       **c0**  set pixel first component expression

       **c1**  set pixel second component expression

       **c2**  set pixel third component expression

       **c3**  set pixel fourth component expression, corresponds to the alpha component

### index, i
           set component to use as base for altering colors

### preset, p
           Pick one of built-in LUTs. By default is set to none.

           Available LUTs:

           **magma**
           **inferno**
           **plasma**
           **viridis**
           **turbo**
           **cividis**
           **range1**
           **range2**
           **shadows**
           **highlights**
### opacity
           Set opacity of output colors. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.  Default value is set to 1.

       Each of the expression options specifies the expression to use for computing the lookup table
       for the corresponding pixel component values.

       The expressions can contain the following constants and functions:

       **w**
       **h**   The input width and height.

       **val** The input value for the pixel component.

### ymin, umin, vmin, amin
           The minimum allowed component value.

### ymax, umax, vmax, amax
           The maximum allowed component value.

       All expressions default to "val".

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

       _Examples_

       •   Change too high luma values to gradient:

                   pseudocolor="'if(between(val,ymax,amax),lerp(ymin,ymax,(val-ymax)/(amax-ymax)),-1):if(between(val,ymax,amax),lerp(umax,umin,(val-ymax)/(amax-ymax)),-1):if(between(val,ymax,amax),lerp(vmin,vmax,(val-ymax)/(amax-ymax)),-1):-1'"

### psnr
       Obtain the average, maximum and minimum PSNR (Peak Signal to Noise Ratio) between two input
       videos.

       This filter takes in input two input videos, the first input is considered the "main" source
       and is passed unchanged to the output. The second input is used as a "reference" video for
       computing the PSNR.

       Both video inputs must have the same resolution and pixel format for this filter to work
       correctly. Also it assumes that both inputs have the same number of frames, which are
       compared one by one.

       The obtained average PSNR is printed through the logging system.

       The filter stores the accumulated MSE (mean squared error) of each frame, and at the end of
       the processing it is averaged across all frames equally, and the following formula is applied
       to obtain the PSNR:

               PSNR = 10*log10(MAX^2/MSE)

       Where MAX is the average of the maximum values of each component of the image.

       The description of the accepted parameters follows.

       **stats**___**file,** **f**
           If specified the filter will use the named file to save the PSNR of each individual
           frame. When filename equals "-" the data is sent to standard output.

       **stats**___**version**
           Specifies which version of the stats file format to use. Details of each format are
           written below.  Default value is 1.

       **stats**___**add**___**max**
           Determines whether the max value is output to the stats log.  Default value is 0.
           Requires stats_version >= 2. If this is set and stats_version < 2, the filter will return
           an error.

       This filter also supports the **framesync** options.

       The file printed if _stats_file_ is selected, contains a sequence of key/value pairs of the
       form _key_:_value_ for each compared couple of frames.

       If a _stats_version_ greater than 1 is specified, a header line precedes the list of per-frame-
       pair stats, with key value pairs following the frame format with the following parameters:

       **psnr**___**log**___**version**
           The version of the log file format. Will match _stats_version_.

### fields
           A comma separated list of the per-frame-pair parameters included in the log.

       A description of each shown per-frame-pair parameter follows:

       **n**   sequential number of the input frame, starting from 1

       **mse**___**avg**
           Mean Square Error pixel-by-pixel average difference of the compared frames, averaged over
           all the image components.

       **mse**___**y,** **mse**___**u,** **mse**___**v,** **mse**___**r,** **mse**___**g,** **mse**___**b,** **mse**___**a**
           Mean Square Error pixel-by-pixel average difference of the compared frames for the
           component specified by the suffix.

       **psnr**___**y,** **psnr**___**u,** **psnr**___**v,** **psnr**___**r,** **psnr**___**g,** **psnr**___**b,** **psnr**___**a**
           Peak Signal to Noise ratio of the compared frames for the component specified by the
           suffix.

       **max**___**avg,** **max**___**y,** **max**___**u,** **max**___**v**
           Maximum allowed value for each channel, and average over all channels.

       _Examples_

       •   For example:

                   movie=ref_movie.mpg, setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [main];
                   [main][ref] psnr="stats_file=stats.log" [out]

           On this example the input file being processed is compared with the reference file
           _ref_movie.mpg_. The PSNR of each individual frame is stored in _stats.log_.

       •   Another example with different containers:

                   ffmpeg -i main.mpg -i ref.mkv -lavfi  "[0:v]settb=AVTB,setpts=PTS-STARTPTS[main];[1:v]settb=AVTB,setpts=PTS-STARTPTS[ref];[main][ref]psnr" -f null -

### pullup
       Pulldown reversal (inverse telecine) filter, capable of handling mixed hard-telecine,
       24000/1001 fps progressive, and 30000/1001 fps progressive content.

       The pullup filter is designed to take advantage of future context in making its decisions.
       This filter is stateless in the sense that it does not lock onto a pattern to follow, but it
       instead looks forward to the following fields in order to identify matches and rebuild
       progressive frames.

       To produce content with an even framerate, insert the fps filter after pullup, use
       "fps=24000/1001" if the input frame rate is 29.97fps, "fps=24" for 30fps and the (rare)
       telecined 25fps input.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **jl**
       **jr**
       **jt**
       **jb**  These options set the amount of "junk" to ignore at the left, right, top, and bottom of
           the image, respectively. Left and right are in units of 8 pixels, while top and bottom
           are in units of 2 lines.  The default is 8 pixels on each side.

       **sb**  Set the strict breaks. Setting this option to 1 will reduce the chances of filter
           generating an occasional mismatched frame, but it may also cause an excessive number of
           frames to be dropped during high motion sequences.  Conversely, setting it to -1 will
           make filter match fields more easily.  This may help processing of video where there is
           slight blurring between the fields, but may also cause there to be interlaced frames in
           the output.  Default value is 0.

       **mp**  Set the metric plane to use. It accepts the following values:

           **l**   Use luma plane.

           **u**   Use chroma blue plane.

           **v**   Use chroma red plane.

           This option may be set to use chroma plane instead of the default luma plane for doing
           filter's computations. This may improve accuracy on very clean source material, but more
           likely will decrease accuracy, especially if there is chroma noise (rainbow effect) or
           any grayscale video.  The main purpose of setting **mp** to a chroma plane is to reduce CPU
           load and make pullup usable in realtime on slow machines.

       For best results (without duplicated frames in the output file) it is necessary to change the
       output frame rate. For example, to inverse telecine NTSC input:

               ffmpeg -i input -vf pullup -r 24000/1001 ...

   **qp**
       Change video quantization parameters (QP).

       The filter accepts the following option:

       **qp**  Set expression for quantization parameter.

       The expression is evaluated through the eval API and can contain, among others, the following
       constants:

       _known_
           1 if index is not 129, 0 otherwise.

       _qp_  Sequential index starting from -129 to 128.

       _Examples_

       •   Some equation like:

                   qp=2+2*sin(PI*qp)

### random
       Flush video frames from internal cache of frames into a random order.  No frame is discarded.
       Inspired by **frei0r** nervous filter.

### frames
           Set size in number of frames of internal cache, in range from 2 to 512. Default is 30.

### seed
           Set seed for random number generator, must be an integer included between 0 and
           "UINT32_MAX". If not specified, or if explicitly set to less than 0, the filter will try
           to use a good random seed on a best effort basis.

### readeia608
       Read closed captioning (EIA-608) information from the top lines of a video frame.

       This filter adds frame metadata for "lavfi.readeia608.X.cc" and "lavfi.readeia608.X.line",
       where "X" is the number of the identified line with EIA-608 data (starting from 0). A
       description of each metadata value follows:

### lavfi.readeia608.X.cc
           The two bytes stored as EIA-608 data (printed in hexadecimal).

### lavfi.readeia608.X.line
           The number of the line on which the EIA-608 data was identified and read.

       This filter accepts the following options:

       **scan**___**min**
           Set the line to start scanning for EIA-608 data. Default is 0.

       **scan**___**max**
           Set the line to end scanning for EIA-608 data. Default is 29.

       **spw** Set the ratio of width reserved for sync code detection.  Default is 0.27. Allowed range
           is "[0.1 - 0.7]".

       **chp** Enable checking the parity bit. In the event of a parity error, the filter will output
           0x00 for that character. Default is false.

       **lp**  Lowpass lines prior to further processing. Default is enabled.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

       _Examples_

       •   Output a csv with presentation time and the first two lines of identified EIA-608
           captioning data.

                   ffprobe -f lavfi -i movie=captioned_video.mov,readeia608 -show_entries frame=pkt_pts_time:frame_tags=lavfi.readeia608.0.cc,lavfi.readeia608.1.cc -of csv

### readvitc
       Read vertical interval timecode (VITC) information from the top lines of a video frame.

       The filter adds frame metadata key "lavfi.readvitc.tc_str" with the timecode value, if a
       valid timecode has been detected. Further metadata key "lavfi.readvitc.found" is set to 0/1
       depending on whether timecode data has been found or not.

       This filter accepts the following options:

       **scan**___**max**
           Set the maximum number of lines to scan for VITC data. If the value is set to "-1" the
           full video frame is scanned. Default is 45.

       **thr**___**b**
           Set the luma threshold for black. Accepts float numbers in the range [0.0,1.0], default
           value is 0.2. The value must be equal or less than "thr_w".

       **thr**___**w**
           Set the luma threshold for white. Accepts float numbers in the range [0.0,1.0], default
           value is 0.6. The value must be equal or greater than "thr_b".

       _Examples_

       •   Detect and draw VITC data onto the video frame; if no valid VITC is detected, draw
           "--:--:--:--" as a placeholder:

                   ffmpeg -i input.avi -filter:v 'readvitc,drawtext=fontfile=FreeMono.ttf:text=%{metadata\\:lavfi.readvitc.tc_str\\:--\\\\\\:--\\\\\\:--\\\\\\:--}:x=(w-tw)/2:y=400-ascent'

### remap
       Remap pixels using 2nd: Xmap and 3rd: Ymap input video stream.

       Destination pixel at position (X, Y) will be picked from source (x, y) position where x =
       Xmap(X, Y) and y = Ymap(X, Y). If mapping values are out of range, zero value for pixel will
       be used for destination pixel.

       Xmap and Ymap input video streams must be of same dimensions. Output video stream will have
       Xmap/Ymap video stream dimensions.  Xmap and Ymap input video streams are 16bit depth, single
       channel.

### format
           Specify pixel format of output from this filter. Can be "color" or "gray".  Default is
           "color".

### fill
           Specify the color of the unmapped pixels. For the syntax of this option, check the
           **"Color"** **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**. Default color is "black".

### removegrain
       The removegrain filter is a spatial denoiser for progressive video.

       **m0**  Set mode for the first plane.

       **m1**  Set mode for the second plane.

       **m2**  Set mode for the third plane.

       **m3**  Set mode for the fourth plane.

       Range of mode is from 0 to 24. Description of each mode follows:

       _0_   Leave input plane unchanged. Default.

       _1_   Clips the pixel with the minimum and maximum of the 8 neighbour pixels.

       _2_   Clips the pixel with the second minimum and maximum of the 8 neighbour pixels.

       _3_   Clips the pixel with the third minimum and maximum of the 8 neighbour pixels.

       _4_   Clips the pixel with the fourth minimum and maximum of the 8 neighbour pixels.  This is
           equivalent to a median filter.

       _5_   Line-sensitive clipping giving the minimal change.

       _6_   Line-sensitive clipping, intermediate.

       _7_   Line-sensitive clipping, intermediate.

       _8_   Line-sensitive clipping, intermediate.

       _9_   Line-sensitive clipping on a line where the neighbours pixels are the closest.

       _10_  Replaces the target pixel with the closest neighbour.

       _11_  [1 2 1] horizontal and vertical kernel blur.

       _12_  Same as mode 11.

       _13_  Bob mode, interpolates top field from the line where the neighbours pixels are the
           closest.

       _14_  Bob mode, interpolates bottom field from the line where the neighbours pixels are the
           closest.

       _15_  Bob mode, interpolates top field. Same as 13 but with a more complicated interpolation
           formula.

       _16_  Bob mode, interpolates bottom field. Same as 14 but with a more complicated interpolation
           formula.

       _17_  Clips the pixel with the minimum and maximum of respectively the maximum and minimum of
           each pair of opposite neighbour pixels.

       _18_  Line-sensitive clipping using opposite neighbours whose greatest distance from the
           current pixel is minimal.

       _19_  Replaces the pixel with the average of its 8 neighbours.

       _20_  Averages the 9 pixels ([1 1 1] horizontal and vertical blur).

       _21_  Clips pixels using the averages of opposite neighbour.

       _22_  Same as mode 21 but simpler and faster.

       _23_  Small edge and halo removal, but reputed useless.

       _24_  Similar as 23.

### removelogo
       Suppress a TV station logo, using an image file to determine which pixels comprise the logo.
       It works by filling in the pixels that comprise the logo with neighboring pixels.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### filename, f
           Set the filter bitmap file, which can be any image format supported by libavformat. The
           width and height of the image file must match those of the video stream being processed.

       Pixels in the provided bitmap image with a value of zero are not considered part of the logo,
       non-zero pixels are considered part of the logo. If you use white (255) for the logo and
       black (0) for the rest, you will be safe. For making the filter bitmap, it is recommended to
       take a screen capture of a black frame with the logo visible, and then using a threshold
       filter followed by the erode filter once or twice.

       If needed, little splotches can be fixed manually. Remember that if logo pixels are not
       covered, the filter quality will be much reduced. Marking too many pixels as part of the logo
       does not hurt as much, but it will increase the amount of blurring needed to cover over the
       image and will destroy more information than necessary, and extra pixels will slow things
       down on a large logo.

### repeatfields
       This filter uses the repeat_field flag from the Video ES headers and hard repeats fields
       based on its value.

### reverse
       Reverse a video clip.

       Warning: This filter requires memory to buffer the entire clip, so trimming is suggested.

       _Examples_

       •   Take the first 5 seconds of a clip, and reverse it.

                   trim=end=5,reverse

### rgbashift
       Shift R/G/B/A pixels horizontally and/or vertically.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **rh**  Set amount to shift red horizontally.

       **rv**  Set amount to shift red vertically.

       **gh**  Set amount to shift green horizontally.

       **gv**  Set amount to shift green vertically.

       **bh**  Set amount to shift blue horizontally.

       **bv**  Set amount to shift blue vertically.

       **ah**  Set amount to shift alpha horizontally.

       **av**  Set amount to shift alpha vertically.

### edge
           Set edge mode, can be _smear_, default, or _warp_.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### roberts
       Apply roberts cross operator to input video stream.

       The filter accepts the following option:

### planes
           Set which planes will be processed, unprocessed planes will be copied.  By default value
           0xf, all planes will be processed.

### scale
           Set value which will be multiplied with filtered result.

### delta
           Set value which will be added to filtered result.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### rotate
       Rotate video by an arbitrary angle expressed in radians.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       A description of the optional parameters follows.

### angle, a
           Set an expression for the angle by which to rotate the input video clockwise, expressed
           as a number of radians. A negative value will result in a counter-clockwise rotation. By
           default it is set to "0".

           This expression is evaluated for each frame.

       **out**___**w,** **ow**
           Set the output width expression, default value is "iw".  This expression is evaluated
           just once during configuration.

       **out**___**h,** **oh**
           Set the output height expression, default value is "ih".  This expression is evaluated
           just once during configuration.

### bilinear
           Enable bilinear interpolation if set to 1, a value of 0 disables it. Default value is 1.

### fillcolor, c
           Set the color used to fill the output area not covered by the rotated image. For the
           general syntax of this option, check the **"Color"** **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.  If
           the special value "none" is selected then no background is printed (useful for example if
           the background is never shown).

           Default value is "black".

       The expressions for the angle and the output size can contain the following constants and
       functions:

       **n**   sequential number of the input frame, starting from 0. It is always NAN before the first
           frame is filtered.

       **t**   time in seconds of the input frame, it is set to 0 when the filter is configured. It is
           always NAN before the first frame is filtered.

### hsub
### vsub
           horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the pixel format
           "yuv422p" _hsub_ is 2 and _vsub_ is 1.

       **in**___**w,** **iw**
       **in**___**h,** **ih**
           the input video width and height

       **out**___**w,** **ow**
       **out**___**h,** **oh**
           the output width and height, that is the size of the padded area as specified by the
           _width_ and _height_ expressions

### rotw(a)
### roth(a)
           the minimal width/height required for completely containing the input video rotated by _a_
           radians.

           These are only available when computing the **out**___**w** and **out**___**h** expressions.

       _Examples_

       •   Rotate the input by PI/6 radians clockwise:

                   rotate=PI/6

       •   Rotate the input by PI/6 radians counter-clockwise:

                   rotate=-PI/6

       •   Rotate the input by 45 degrees clockwise:

                   rotate=45*PI/180

       •   Apply a constant rotation with period T, starting from an angle of PI/3:

                   rotate=PI/3+2*PI*t/T

       •   Make the input video rotation oscillating with a period of T seconds and an amplitude of
           A radians:

                   rotate=A*sin(2*PI/T*t)

       •   Rotate the video, output size is chosen so that the whole rotating input video is always
           completely contained in the output:

                   rotate='2*PI*t:ow=hypot(iw,ih):oh=ow'

       •   Rotate the video, reduce the output size so that no background is ever shown:

                   rotate=2*PI*t:ow='min(iw,ih)/[sqrt(2)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/sqrt/2/markdown)':oh=ow:c=none

       _Commands_

       The filter supports the following commands:

### a, angle
           Set the angle expression.  The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding
           option.

           If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

### sab
       Apply Shape Adaptive Blur.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **luma**___**radius,** **lr**
           Set luma blur filter strength, must be a value in range 0.1-4.0, default value is 1.0. A
           greater value will result in a more blurred image, and in slower processing.

       **luma**___**pre**___**filter**___**radius,** **lpfr**
           Set luma pre-filter radius, must be a value in the 0.1-2.0 range, default value is 1.0.

       **luma**___**strength,** **ls**
           Set luma maximum difference between pixels to still be considered, must be a value in the
           0.1-100.0 range, default value is 1.0.

       **chroma**___**radius,** **cr**
           Set chroma blur filter strength, must be a value in range -0.9-4.0. A greater value will
           result in a more blurred image, and in slower processing.

       **chroma**___**pre**___**filter**___**radius,** **cpfr**
           Set chroma pre-filter radius, must be a value in the -0.9-2.0 range.

       **chroma**___**strength,** **cs**
           Set chroma maximum difference between pixels to still be considered, must be a value in
           the -0.9-100.0 range.

       Each chroma option value, if not explicitly specified, is set to the corresponding luma
       option value.

### scale
       Scale (resize) the input video, using the libswscale library.

       The scale filter forces the output display aspect ratio to be the same of the input, by
       changing the output sample aspect ratio.

       If the input image format is different from the format requested by the next filter, the
       scale filter will convert the input to the requested format.

       _Options_

       The filter accepts the following options, or any of the options supported by the libswscale
       scaler.

       See **the** **ffmpeg-scaler** **manual** for the complete list of scaler options.

### width, w
### height, h
           Set the output video dimension expression. Default value is the input dimension.

           If the _width_ or _w_ value is 0, the input width is used for the output. If the _height_ or _h_
           value is 0, the input height is used for the output.

           If one and only one of the values is -n with n >= 1, the scale filter will use a value
           that maintains the aspect ratio of the input image, calculated from the other specified
           dimension. After that it will, however, make sure that the calculated dimension is
           divisible by n and adjust the value if necessary.

           If both values are -n with n >= 1, the behavior will be identical to both values being
           set to 0 as previously detailed.

           See below for the list of accepted constants for use in the dimension expression.

### eval
           Specify when to evaluate _width_ and _height_ expression. It accepts the following values:

           **init**
               Only evaluate expressions once during the filter initialization or when a command is
               processed.

           **frame**
               Evaluate expressions for each incoming frame.

           Default value is **init**.

### interl
           Set the interlacing mode. It accepts the following values:

           **1**   Force interlaced aware scaling.

           **0**   Do not apply interlaced scaling.

           **-1**  Select interlaced aware scaling depending on whether the source frames are flagged as
               interlaced or not.

           Default value is **0**.

### flags
           Set libswscale scaling flags. See **the** **ffmpeg-scaler** **manual** for the complete list of
           values. If not explicitly specified the filter applies the default flags.

### param0, param1
           Set libswscale input parameters for scaling algorithms that need them. See **the** **ffmpeg-**
           **scaler** **manual** for the complete documentation. If not explicitly specified the filter
           applies empty parameters.

### size, s
           Set the video size. For the syntax of this option, check the **"Video** **size"** **section** **in** **the**
           **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.

       **in**___**color**___**matrix**
       **out**___**color**___**matrix**
           Set in/output YCbCr color space type.

           This allows the autodetected value to be overridden as well as allows forcing a specific
           value used for the output and encoder.

           If not specified, the color space type depends on the pixel format.

           Possible values:

           **auto**
               Choose automatically.

           **bt709**
               Format conforming to International Telecommunication Union (ITU) Recommendation
               BT.709.

           **fcc** Set color space conforming to the United States Federal Communications Commission
               (FCC) Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Title 47 (2003) 73.682 (a).

           **bt601**
           **bt470**
           **smpte170m**
               Set color space conforming to:

               •   ITU Radiocommunication Sector (ITU-R) Recommendation BT.601

               •   ITU-R Rec. BT.470-6 (1998) Systems B, B1, and G

               •   Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (SMPTE) ST 170:2004

           **smpte240m**
               Set color space conforming to SMPTE ST 240:1999.

           **bt2020**
               Set color space conforming to ITU-R BT.2020 non-constant luminance system.

       **in**___**range**
       **out**___**range**
           Set in/output YCbCr sample range.

           This allows the autodetected value to be overridden as well as allows forcing a specific
           value used for the output and encoder. If not specified, the range depends on the pixel
           format. Possible values:

           **auto/unknown**
               Choose automatically.

           **jpeg/full/pc**
               Set full range (0-255 in case of 8-bit luma).

           **mpeg/limited/tv**
               Set "MPEG" range (16-235 in case of 8-bit luma).

       **force**___**original**___**aspect**___**ratio**
           Enable decreasing or increasing output video width or height if necessary to keep the
           original aspect ratio. Possible values:

           **disable**
               Scale the video as specified and disable this feature.

           **decrease**
               The output video dimensions will automatically be decreased if needed.

           **increase**
               The output video dimensions will automatically be increased if needed.

           One useful instance of this option is that when you know a specific device's maximum
           allowed resolution, you can use this to limit the output video to that, while retaining
           the aspect ratio. For example, device A allows 1280x720 playback, and your video is
           1920x800. Using this option (set it to decrease) and specifying 1280x720 to the command
           line makes the output 1280x533.

           Please note that this is a different thing than specifying -1 for **w** or **h**, you still need
           to specify the output resolution for this option to work.

       **force**___**divisible**___**by**
           Ensures that both the output dimensions, width and height, are divisible by the given
           integer when used together with **force**___**original**___**aspect**___**ratio**. This works similar to using
           "-n" in the **w** and **h** options.

           This option respects the value set for **force**___**original**___**aspect**___**ratio**, increasing or
           decreasing the resolution accordingly. The video's aspect ratio may be slightly modified.

           This option can be handy if you need to have a video fit within or exceed a defined
           resolution using **force**___**original**___**aspect**___**ratio** but also have encoder restrictions on width
           or height divisibility.

       The values of the **w** and **h** options are expressions containing the following constants:

       _in_w_
       _in_h_
           The input width and height

       _iw_
       _ih_  These are the same as _in_w_ and _in_h_.

       _out_w_
       _out_h_
           The output (scaled) width and height

       _ow_
       _oh_  These are the same as _out_w_ and _out_h_

       _a_   The same as _iw_ / _ih_

       _sar_ input sample aspect ratio

       _dar_ The input display aspect ratio. Calculated from "(iw / ih) * sar".

       _hsub_
       _vsub_
           horizontal and vertical input chroma subsample values. For example for the pixel format
           "yuv422p" _hsub_ is 2 and _vsub_ is 1.

       _ohsub_
       _ovsub_
           horizontal and vertical output chroma subsample values. For example for the pixel format
           "yuv422p" _hsub_ is 2 and _vsub_ is 1.

       _n_   The (sequential) number of the input frame, starting from 0.  Only available with
           "eval=frame".

       _t_   The presentation timestamp of the input frame, expressed as a number of seconds. Only
           available with "eval=frame".

       _pos_ The position (byte offset) of the frame in the input stream, or NaN if this information
           is unavailable and/or meaningless (for example in case of synthetic video).  Only
           available with "eval=frame".

       _Examples_

       •   Scale the input video to a size of 200x100

                   scale=w=200:h=100

           This is equivalent to:

                   scale=200:100

           or:

                   scale=200x100

       •   Specify a size abbreviation for the output size:

                   scale=qcif

           which can also be written as:

                   scale=size=qcif

       •   Scale the input to 2x:

                   scale=w=2*iw:h=2*ih

       •   The above is the same as:

                   scale=2*in_w:2*in_h

       •   Scale the input to 2x with forced interlaced scaling:

                   scale=2*iw:2*ih:interl=1

       •   Scale the input to half size:

                   scale=w=iw/2:h=ih/2

       •   Increase the width, and set the height to the same size:

                   scale=3/2*iw:ow

       •   Seek Greek harmony:

                   scale=iw:1/PHI*iw
                   scale=ih*PHI:ih

       •   Increase the height, and set the width to 3/2 of the height:

                   scale=w=3/2*oh:h=3/5*ih

       •   Increase the size, making the size a multiple of the chroma subsample values:

                   scale="trunc(3/2*iw/hsub)*hsub:trunc(3/2*ih/vsub)*vsub"

       •   Increase the width to a maximum of 500 pixels, keeping the same aspect ratio as the
           input:

                   scale=w='min(500\, iw*3/2):h=-1'

       •   Make pixels square by combining scale and setsar:

                   scale='trunc(ih*dar):ih',setsar=1/1

       •   Make pixels square by combining scale and setsar, making sure the resulting resolution is
           even (required by some codecs):

                   scale='trunc(ih*dar/2)*2:trunc(ih/2)*2',setsar=1/1

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the following commands:

### width, w
### height, h
           Set the output video dimension expression.  The command accepts the same syntax of the
           corresponding option.

           If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

   **scale**___**npp**
       Use the NVIDIA Performance Primitives (libnpp) to perform scaling and/or pixel format
       conversion on CUDA video frames. Setting the output width and height works in the same way as
       for the _scale_ filter.

       The following additional options are accepted:

### format
           The pixel format of the output CUDA frames. If set to the string "same" (the default),
           the input format will be kept. Note that automatic format negotiation and conversion is
           not yet supported for hardware frames

       **interp**___**algo**
           The interpolation algorithm used for resizing. One of the following:

           **nn**  Nearest neighbour.

           **linear**
           **cubic**
           **cubic2p**___**bspline**
               2-parameter cubic (B=1, C=0)

           **cubic2p**___**catmullrom**
               2-parameter cubic (B=0, C=1/2)

           **cubic2p**___**b05c03**
               2-parameter cubic (B=1/2, C=3/10)

           **super**
               Supersampling

           **lanczos**
       **force**___**original**___**aspect**___**ratio**
           Enable decreasing or increasing output video width or height if necessary to keep the
           original aspect ratio. Possible values:

           **disable**
               Scale the video as specified and disable this feature.

           **decrease**
               The output video dimensions will automatically be decreased if needed.

           **increase**
               The output video dimensions will automatically be increased if needed.

           One useful instance of this option is that when you know a specific device's maximum
           allowed resolution, you can use this to limit the output video to that, while retaining
           the aspect ratio. For example, device A allows 1280x720 playback, and your video is
           1920x800. Using this option (set it to decrease) and specifying 1280x720 to the command
           line makes the output 1280x533.

           Please note that this is a different thing than specifying -1 for **w** or **h**, you still need
           to specify the output resolution for this option to work.

       **force**___**divisible**___**by**
           Ensures that both the output dimensions, width and height, are divisible by the given
           integer when used together with **force**___**original**___**aspect**___**ratio**. This works similar to using
           "-n" in the **w** and **h** options.

           This option respects the value set for **force**___**original**___**aspect**___**ratio**, increasing or
           decreasing the resolution accordingly. The video's aspect ratio may be slightly modified.

           This option can be handy if you need to have a video fit within or exceed a defined
           resolution using **force**___**original**___**aspect**___**ratio** but also have encoder restrictions on width
           or height divisibility.

### scale2ref
       Scale (resize) the input video, based on a reference video.

       See the scale filter for available options, scale2ref supports the same but uses the
       reference video instead of the main input as basis. scale2ref also supports the following
       additional constants for the **w** and **h** options:

       _main_w_
       _main_h_
           The main input video's width and height

       _main_a_
           The same as _main_w_ / _main_h_

       _main_sar_
           The main input video's sample aspect ratio

       _main_dar,_ _mdar_
           The main input video's display aspect ratio. Calculated from "(main_w / main_h) *
           main_sar".

       _main_hsub_
       _main_vsub_
           The main input video's horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values.  For example for
           the pixel format "yuv422p" _hsub_ is 2 and _vsub_ is 1.

       _main_n_
           The (sequential) number of the main input frame, starting from 0.  Only available with
           "eval=frame".

       _main_t_
           The presentation timestamp of the main input frame, expressed as a number of seconds.
           Only available with "eval=frame".

       _main_pos_
           The position (byte offset) of the frame in the main input stream, or NaN if this
           information is unavailable and/or meaningless (for example in case of synthetic video).
           Only available with "eval=frame".

       _Examples_

       •   Scale a subtitle stream (b) to match the main video (a) in size before overlaying

                   'scale2ref[b][a];[a][b]overlay'

       •   Scale a logo to 1/10th the height of a video, while preserving its display aspect ratio.

                   [logo-in][video-in]scale2ref=w=oh*mdar:h=ih/10[logo-out][video-out]

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the following commands:

### width, w
### height, h
           Set the output video dimension expression.  The command accepts the same syntax of the
           corresponding option.

           If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

### scroll
       Scroll input video horizontally and/or vertically by constant speed.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### horizontal, h
           Set the horizontal scrolling speed. Default is 0. Allowed range is from -1 to 1.
           Negative values changes scrolling direction.

### vertical, v
           Set the vertical scrolling speed. Default is 0. Allowed range is from -1 to 1.  Negative
           values changes scrolling direction.

### hpos
           Set the initial horizontal scrolling position. Default is 0. Allowed range is from 0 to
           1.

### vpos
           Set the initial vertical scrolling position. Default is 0. Allowed range is from 0 to 1.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the following **commands**:

### horizontal, h
           Set the horizontal scrolling speed.

### vertical, v
           Set the vertical scrolling speed.

### scdet
       Detect video scene change.

       This filter sets frame metadata with mafd between frame, the scene score, and forward the
       frame to the next filter, so they can use these metadata to detect scene change or others.

       In addition, this filter logs a message and sets frame metadata when it detects a scene
       change by **threshold**.

       "lavfi.scd.mafd" metadata keys are set with mafd for every frame.

       "lavfi.scd.score" metadata keys are set with scene change score for every frame to detect
       scene change.

       "lavfi.scd.time" metadata keys are set with current filtered frame time which detect scene
       change with **threshold**.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### threshold, t
           Set the scene change detection threshold as a percentage of maximum change. Good values
           are in the "[8.0, 14.0]" range. The range for **threshold** is "[0., 100.]".

           Default value is 10..

       **sc**___**pass,** **s**
           Set the flag to pass scene change frames to the next filter. Default value is 0 You can
           enable it if you want to get snapshot of scene change frames only.

### selectivecolor
       Adjust cyan, magenta, yellow and black (CMYK) to certain ranges of colors (such as "reds",
       "yellows", "greens", "cyans", ...). The adjustment range is defined by the "purity" of the
       color (that is, how saturated it already is).

       This filter is similar to the Adobe Photoshop Selective Color tool.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **correction**___**method**
           Select color correction method.

           Available values are:

           **absolute**
               Specified adjustments are applied "as-is" (added/subtracted to original pixel
               component value).

           **relative**
               Specified adjustments are relative to the original component value.

           Default is "absolute".

### reds
           Adjustments for red pixels (pixels where the red component is the maximum)

### yellows
           Adjustments for yellow pixels (pixels where the blue component is the minimum)

### greens
           Adjustments for green pixels (pixels where the green component is the maximum)

### cyans
           Adjustments for cyan pixels (pixels where the red component is the minimum)

### blues
           Adjustments for blue pixels (pixels where the blue component is the maximum)

### magentas
           Adjustments for magenta pixels (pixels where the green component is the minimum)

### whites
           Adjustments for white pixels (pixels where all components are greater than 128)

### neutrals
           Adjustments for all pixels except pure black and pure white

### blacks
           Adjustments for black pixels (pixels where all components are lesser than 128)

### psfile
           Specify a Photoshop selective color file (".asv") to import the settings from.

       All the adjustment settings (**reds**, **yellows**, ...) accept up to 4 space separated floating
       point adjustment values in the [-1,1] range, respectively to adjust the amount of cyan,
       magenta, yellow and black for the pixels of its range.

       _Examples_

       •   Increase cyan by 50% and reduce yellow by 33% in every green areas, and increase magenta
           by 27% in blue areas:

                   selectivecolor=greens=.5 0 -.33 0:blues=0 .27

       •   Use a Photoshop selective color preset:

                   selectivecolor=psfile=MySelectiveColorPresets/Misty.asv

### separatefields
       The "separatefields" takes a frame-based video input and splits each frame into its
       components fields, producing a new half height clip with twice the frame rate and twice the
       frame count.

       This filter use field-dominance information in frame to decide which of each pair of fields
       to place first in the output.  If it gets it wrong use **setfield** filter before
       "separatefields" filter.

### setdar, setsar
       The "setdar" filter sets the Display Aspect Ratio for the filter output video.

       This is done by changing the specified Sample (aka Pixel) Aspect Ratio, according to the
       following equation:

               <DAR> = <HORIZONTAL_RESOLUTION> / <VERTICAL_RESOLUTION> * <SAR>

       Keep in mind that the "setdar" filter does not modify the pixel dimensions of the video
       frame. Also, the display aspect ratio set by this filter may be changed by later filters in
       the filterchain, e.g. in case of scaling or if another "setdar" or a "setsar" filter is
       applied.

       The "setsar" filter sets the Sample (aka Pixel) Aspect Ratio for the filter output video.

       Note that as a consequence of the application of this filter, the output display aspect ratio
       will change according to the equation above.

       Keep in mind that the sample aspect ratio set by the "setsar" filter may be changed by later
       filters in the filterchain, e.g. if another "setsar" or a "setdar" filter is applied.

       It accepts the following parameters:

### r, ratio, dar ("setdar" only), sar ("setsar" only)
           Set the aspect ratio used by the filter.

           The parameter can be a floating point number string, an expression, or a string of the
           form _num_:_den_, where _num_ and _den_ are the numerator and denominator of the aspect ratio. If
           the parameter is not specified, it is assumed the value "0".  In case the form "_num_:_den_"
           is used, the ":" character should be escaped.

       **max** Set the maximum integer value to use for expressing numerator and denominator when
           reducing the expressed aspect ratio to a rational.  Default value is 100.

       The parameter _sar_ is an expression containing the following constants:

### E, PI, PHI
           These are approximated values for the mathematical constants e (Euler's number), pi
           (Greek pi), and phi (the golden ratio).

### w, h
           The input width and height.

       **a**   These are the same as _w_ / _h_.

       **sar** The input sample aspect ratio.

       **dar** The input display aspect ratio. It is the same as (_w_ / _h_) * _sar_.

### hsub, vsub
           Horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example, for the pixel format
           "yuv422p" _hsub_ is 2 and _vsub_ is 1.

       _Examples_

       •   To change the display aspect ratio to 16:9, specify one of the following:

                   setdar=dar=1.77777
                   setdar=dar=16/9

       •   To change the sample aspect ratio to 10:11, specify:

                   setsar=sar=10/11

       •   To set a display aspect ratio of 16:9, and specify a maximum integer value of 1000 in the
           aspect ratio reduction, use the command:

                   setdar=ratio=16/9:max=1000

### setfield
       Force field for the output video frame.

       The "setfield" filter marks the interlace type field for the output frames. It does not
       change the input frame, but only sets the corresponding property, which affects how the frame
       is treated by following filters (e.g. "fieldorder" or "yadif").

       The filter accepts the following options:

### mode
           Available values are:

           **auto**
               Keep the same field property.

           **bff** Mark the frame as bottom-field-first.

           **tff** Mark the frame as top-field-first.

           **prog**
               Mark the frame as progressive.

### setparams
       Force frame parameter for the output video frame.

       The "setparams" filter marks interlace and color range for the output frames. It does not
       change the input frame, but only sets the corresponding property, which affects how the frame
       is treated by filters/encoders.

       **field**___**mode**
           Available values are:

           **auto**
               Keep the same field property (default).

           **bff** Mark the frame as bottom-field-first.

           **tff** Mark the frame as top-field-first.

           **prog**
               Mark the frame as progressive.

### range
           Available values are:

           **auto**
               Keep the same color range property (default).

           **unspecified,** **unknown**
               Mark the frame as unspecified color range.

           **limited,** **tv,** **mpeg**
               Mark the frame as limited range.

           **full,** **pc,** **jpeg**
               Mark the frame as full range.

       **color**___**primaries**
           Set the color primaries.  Available values are:

           **auto**
               Keep the same color primaries property (default).

           **bt709**
           **unknown**
           **bt470m**
           **bt470bg**
           **smpte170m**
           **smpte240m**
           **film**
           **bt2020**
           **smpte428**
           **smpte431**
           **smpte432**
           **jedec-p22**
       **color**___**trc**
           Set the color transfer.  Available values are:

           **auto**
               Keep the same color trc property (default).

           **bt709**
           **unknown**
           **bt470m**
           **bt470bg**
           **smpte170m**
           **smpte240m**
           **linear**
           **log100**
           **log316**
           **iec61966-2-4**
           **bt1361e**
           **iec61966-2-1**
           **bt2020-10**
           **bt2020-12**
           **smpte2084**
           **smpte428**
           **arib-std-b67**
### colorspace
           Set the colorspace.  Available values are:

           **auto**
               Keep the same colorspace property (default).

           **gbr**
           **bt709**
           **unknown**
           **fcc**
           **bt470bg**
           **smpte170m**
           **smpte240m**
           **ycgco**
           **bt2020nc**
           **bt2020c**
           **smpte2085**
           **chroma-derived-nc**
           **chroma-derived-c**
           **ictcp**

### shear
       Apply shear transform to input video.

       This filter supports the following options:

       **shx** Shear factor in X-direction. Default value is 0.  Allowed range is from -2 to 2.

       **shy** Shear factor in Y-direction. Default value is 0.  Allowed range is from -2 to 2.

### fillcolor, c
           Set the color used to fill the output area not covered by the transformed video. For the
           general syntax of this option, check the **"Color"** **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.  If
           the special value "none" is selected then no background is printed (useful for example if
           the background is never shown).

           Default value is "black".

### interp
           Set interpolation type. Can be "bilinear" or "nearest". Default is "bilinear".

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### showinfo
       Show a line containing various information for each input video frame.  The input video is
       not modified.

       This filter supports the following options:

### checksum
           Calculate checksums of each plane. By default enabled.

       The shown line contains a sequence of key/value pairs of the form _key_:_value_.

       The following values are shown in the output:

       **n**   The (sequential) number of the input frame, starting from 0.

       **pts** The Presentation TimeStamp of the input frame, expressed as a number of time base units.
           The time base unit depends on the filter input pad.

       **pts**___**time**
           The Presentation TimeStamp of the input frame, expressed as a number of seconds.

       **pos** The position of the frame in the input stream, or -1 if this information is unavailable
           and/or meaningless (for example in case of synthetic video).

       **fmt** The pixel format name.

       **sar** The sample aspect ratio of the input frame, expressed in the form _num_/_den_.

       **s**   The size of the input frame. For the syntax of this option, check the **"Video** **size"**
           **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.

       **i**   The type of interlaced mode ("P" for "progressive", "T" for top field first, "B" for
           bottom field first).

### iskey
           This is 1 if the frame is a key frame, 0 otherwise.

### type
           The picture type of the input frame ("I" for an I-frame, "P" for a P-frame, "B" for a
           B-frame, or "?" for an unknown type).  Also refer to the documentation of the
           "AVPictureType" enum and of the "av_get_picture_type_char" function defined in
           _libavutil/avutil.h_.

### checksum
           The Adler-32 checksum (printed in hexadecimal) of all the planes of the input frame.

       **plane**___**checksum**
           The Adler-32 checksum (printed in hexadecimal) of each plane of the input frame,
           expressed in the form "[_c0_ _c1_ _c2_ _c3_]".

### mean
           The mean value of pixels in each plane of the input frame, expressed in the form "[_mean0_
           _mean1_ _mean2_ _mean3_]".

### stdev
           The standard deviation of pixel values in each plane of the input frame, expressed in the
           form "[_stdev0_ _stdev1_ _stdev2_ _stdev3_]".

### showpalette
       Displays the 256 colors palette of each frame. This filter is only relevant for _pal8_ pixel
       format frames.

       It accepts the following option:

       **s**   Set the size of the box used to represent one palette color entry. Default is 30 (for a
           "30x30" pixel box).

### shuffleframes
       Reorder and/or duplicate and/or drop video frames.

       It accepts the following parameters:

### mapping
           Set the destination indexes of input frames.  This is space or '|' separated list of
           indexes that maps input frames to output frames. Number of indexes also sets maximal
           value that each index may have.  '-1' index have special meaning and that is to drop
           frame.

       The first frame has the index 0. The default is to keep the input unchanged.

       _Examples_

       •   Swap second and third frame of every three frames of the input:

                   ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf "shuffleframes=0 2 1" OUTPUT

       •   Swap 10th and 1st frame of every ten frames of the input:

                   ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf "shuffleframes=9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0" OUTPUT

### shufflepixels
       Reorder pixels in video frames.

       This filter accepts the following options:

### direction, d
           Set shuffle direction. Can be forward or inverse direction.  Default direction is
           forward.

### mode, m
           Set shuffle mode. Can be horizontal, vertical or block mode.

### width, w
### height, h
           Set shuffle block_size. In case of horizontal shuffle mode only width part of size is
           used, and in case of vertical shuffle mode only height part of size is used.

### seed, s
           Set random seed used with shuffling pixels. Mainly useful to set to be able to reverse
           filtering process to get original input.  For example, to reverse forward shuffle you
           need to use same parameters and exact same seed and to set direction to inverse.

### shuffleplanes
       Reorder and/or duplicate video planes.

       It accepts the following parameters:

### map0
           The index of the input plane to be used as the first output plane.

### map1
           The index of the input plane to be used as the second output plane.

### map2
           The index of the input plane to be used as the third output plane.

### map3
           The index of the input plane to be used as the fourth output plane.

       The first plane has the index 0. The default is to keep the input unchanged.

       _Examples_

       •   Swap the second and third planes of the input:

                   ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf shuffleplanes=0:2:1:3 OUTPUT

### signalstats
       Evaluate various visual metrics that assist in determining issues associated with the
       digitization of analog video media.

       By default the filter will log these metadata values:

       **YMIN**
           Display the minimal Y value contained within the input frame. Expressed in range of
           [0-255].

       **YLOW**
           Display the Y value at the 10% percentile within the input frame. Expressed in range of
           [0-255].

       **YAVG**
           Display the average Y value within the input frame. Expressed in range of [0-255].

       **YHIGH**
           Display the Y value at the 90% percentile within the input frame. Expressed in range of
           [0-255].

       **YMAX**
           Display the maximum Y value contained within the input frame. Expressed in range of
           [0-255].

       **UMIN**
           Display the minimal U value contained within the input frame. Expressed in range of
           [0-255].

       **ULOW**
           Display the U value at the 10% percentile within the input frame. Expressed in range of
           [0-255].

       **UAVG**
           Display the average U value within the input frame. Expressed in range of [0-255].

       **UHIGH**
           Display the U value at the 90% percentile within the input frame. Expressed in range of
           [0-255].

       **UMAX**
           Display the maximum U value contained within the input frame. Expressed in range of
           [0-255].

       **VMIN**
           Display the minimal V value contained within the input frame. Expressed in range of
           [0-255].

       **VLOW**
           Display the V value at the 10% percentile within the input frame. Expressed in range of
           [0-255].

       **VAVG**
           Display the average V value within the input frame. Expressed in range of [0-255].

       **VHIGH**
           Display the V value at the 90% percentile within the input frame. Expressed in range of
           [0-255].

       **VMAX**
           Display the maximum V value contained within the input frame. Expressed in range of
           [0-255].

       **SATMIN**
           Display the minimal saturation value contained within the input frame.  Expressed in
           range of [0-~181.02].

       **SATLOW**
           Display the saturation value at the 10% percentile within the input frame.  Expressed in
           range of [0-~181.02].

       **SATAVG**
           Display the average saturation value within the input frame. Expressed in range of
           [0-~181.02].

       **SATHIGH**
           Display the saturation value at the 90% percentile within the input frame.  Expressed in
           range of [0-~181.02].

       **SATMAX**
           Display the maximum saturation value contained within the input frame.  Expressed in
           range of [0-~181.02].

       **HUEMED**
           Display the median value for hue within the input frame. Expressed in range of [0-360].

       **HUEAVG**
           Display the average value for hue within the input frame. Expressed in range of [0-360].

       **YDIF**
           Display the average of sample value difference between all values of the Y plane in the
           current frame and corresponding values of the previous input frame.  Expressed in range
           of [0-255].

       **UDIF**
           Display the average of sample value difference between all values of the U plane in the
           current frame and corresponding values of the previous input frame.  Expressed in range
           of [0-255].

       **VDIF**
           Display the average of sample value difference between all values of the V plane in the
           current frame and corresponding values of the previous input frame.  Expressed in range
           of [0-255].

       **YBITDEPTH**
           Display bit depth of Y plane in current frame.  Expressed in range of [0-16].

       **UBITDEPTH**
           Display bit depth of U plane in current frame.  Expressed in range of [0-16].

       **VBITDEPTH**
           Display bit depth of V plane in current frame.  Expressed in range of [0-16].

       The filter accepts the following options:

### stat
       **out** **stat** specify an additional form of image analysis.  **out** output video with the specified
           type of pixel highlighted.

           Both options accept the following values:

           **tout**
               Identify _temporal_ _outliers_ pixels. A _temporal_ _outlier_ is a pixel unlike the
               neighboring pixels of the same field. Examples of temporal outliers include the
               results of video dropouts, head clogs, or tape tracking issues.

           **vrep**
               Identify _vertical_ _line_ _repetition_. Vertical line repetition includes similar rows of
               pixels within a frame. In born-digital video vertical line repetition is common, but
               this pattern is uncommon in video digitized from an analog source. When it occurs in
               video that results from the digitization of an analog source it can indicate
               concealment from a dropout compensator.

           **brng**
               Identify pixels that fall outside of legal broadcast range.

### color, c
           Set the highlight color for the **out** option. The default color is yellow.

       _Examples_

       •   Output data of various video metrics:

                   ffprobe -f lavfi movie=example.mov,signalstats="stat=tout+vrep+brng" -show_frames

       •   Output specific data about the minimum and maximum values of the Y plane per frame:

                   ffprobe -f lavfi movie=example.mov,signalstats -show_entries frame_tags=lavfi.signalstats.YMAX,lavfi.signalstats.YMIN

       •   Playback video while highlighting pixels that are outside of broadcast range in red.

                   ffplay example.mov -vf signalstats="out=brng:color=red"

       •   Playback video with signalstats metadata drawn over the frame.

                   ffplay example.mov -vf signalstats=stat=brng+vrep+tout,drawtext=fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:textfile=signalstat_drawtext.txt

           The contents of signalstat_drawtext.txt used in the command are:

                   time %{pts:hms}
                   Y (%{metadata:lavfi.signalstats.YMIN}-%{metadata:lavfi.signalstats.YMAX})
                   U (%{metadata:lavfi.signalstats.UMIN}-%{metadata:lavfi.signalstats.UMAX})
                   V (%{metadata:lavfi.signalstats.VMIN}-%{metadata:lavfi.signalstats.VMAX})
                   saturation maximum: %{metadata:lavfi.signalstats.SATMAX}

### signature
       Calculates the MPEG-7 Video Signature. The filter can handle more than one input. In this
       case the matching between the inputs can be calculated additionally.  The filter always
       passes through the first input. The signature of each stream can be written into a file.

       It accepts the following options:

### detectmode
           Enable or disable the matching process.

           Available values are:

           **off** Disable the calculation of a matching (default).

           **full**
               Calculate the matching for the whole video and output whether the whole video matches
               or only parts.

           **fast**
               Calculate only until a matching is found or the video ends. Should be faster in some
               cases.

       **nb**___**inputs**
           Set the number of inputs. The option value must be a non negative integer.  Default value
           is 1.

### filename
           Set the path to which the output is written. If there is more than one input, the path
           must be a prototype, i.e. must contain %d or %0nd (where n is a positive integer), that
           will be replaced with the input number. If no filename is specified, no output will be
           written. This is the default.

### format
           Choose the output format.

           Available values are:

           **binary**
               Use the specified binary representation (default).

           **xml** Use the specified xml representation.

       **th**___**d**
           Set threshold to detect one word as similar. The option value must be an integer greater
           than zero. The default value is 9000.

       **th**___**dc**
           Set threshold to detect all words as similar. The option value must be an integer greater
           than zero. The default value is 60000.

       **th**___**xh**
           Set threshold to detect frames as similar. The option value must be an integer greater
           than zero. The default value is 116.

       **th**___**di**
           Set the minimum length of a sequence in frames to recognize it as matching sequence. The
           option value must be a non negative integer value.  The default value is 0.

       **th**___**it**
           Set the minimum relation, that matching frames to all frames must have.  The option value
           must be a double value between 0 and 1. The default value is 0.5.

       _Examples_

       •   To calculate the signature of an input video and store it in signature.bin:

                   ffmpeg -i input.mkv -vf signature=filename=signature.bin -map 0:v -f null -

       •   To detect whether two videos match and store the signatures in XML format in
           signature0.xml and signature1.xml:

                   ffmpeg -i input1.mkv -i input2.mkv -filter_complex "[0:v][1:v] signature=nb_inputs=2:detectmode=full:format=xml:filename=signature%d.xml" -map :v -f null -

### smartblur
       Blur the input video without impacting the outlines.

       It accepts the following options:

       **luma**___**radius,** **lr**
           Set the luma radius. The option value must be a float number in the range [0.1,5.0] that
           specifies the variance of the gaussian filter used to blur the image (slower if larger).
           Default value is 1.0.

       **luma**___**strength,** **ls**
           Set the luma strength. The option value must be a float number in the range [-1.0,1.0]
           that configures the blurring. A value included in [0.0,1.0] will blur the image whereas a
           value included in [-1.0,0.0] will sharpen the image. Default value is 1.0.

       **luma**___**threshold,** **lt**
           Set the luma threshold used as a coefficient to determine whether a pixel should be
           blurred or not. The option value must be an integer in the range [-30,30]. A value of 0
           will filter all the image, a value included in [0,30] will filter flat areas and a value
           included in [-30,0] will filter edges. Default value is 0.

       **chroma**___**radius,** **cr**
           Set the chroma radius. The option value must be a float number in the range [0.1,5.0]
           that specifies the variance of the gaussian filter used to blur the image (slower if
           larger). Default value is **luma**___**radius**.

       **chroma**___**strength,** **cs**
           Set the chroma strength. The option value must be a float number in the range [-1.0,1.0]
           that configures the blurring. A value included in [0.0,1.0] will blur the image whereas a
           value included in [-1.0,0.0] will sharpen the image. Default value is **luma**___**strength**.

       **chroma**___**threshold,** **ct**
           Set the chroma threshold used as a coefficient to determine whether a pixel should be
           blurred or not. The option value must be an integer in the range [-30,30]. A value of 0
           will filter all the image, a value included in [0,30] will filter flat areas and a value
           included in [-30,0] will filter edges. Default value is **luma**___**threshold**.

       If a chroma option is not explicitly set, the corresponding luma value is set.

### sobel
       Apply sobel operator to input video stream.

       The filter accepts the following option:

### planes
           Set which planes will be processed, unprocessed planes will be copied.  By default value
           0xf, all planes will be processed.

### scale
           Set value which will be multiplied with filtered result.

### delta
           Set value which will be added to filtered result.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### spp
       Apply a simple postprocessing filter that compresses and decompresses the image at several
       (or - in the case of **quality** level 6 - all) shifts and average the results.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### quality
           Set quality. This option defines the number of levels for averaging. It accepts an
           integer in the range 0-6. If set to 0, the filter will have no effect. A value of 6 means
           the higher quality. For each increment of that value the speed drops by a factor of
           approximately 2.  Default value is 3.

       **qp**  Force a constant quantization parameter. If not set, the filter will use the QP from the
           video stream (if available).

### mode
           Set thresholding mode. Available modes are:

           **hard**
               Set hard thresholding (default).

           **soft**
               Set soft thresholding (better de-ringing effect, but likely blurrier).

       **use**___**bframe**___**qp**
           Enable the use of the QP from the B-Frames if set to 1. Using this option may cause
           flicker since the B-Frames have often larger QP. Default is 0 (not enabled).

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the following commands:

### quality, level
           Set quality level. The value "max" can be used to set the maximum level, currently 6.

   **sr**
       Scale the input by applying one of the super-resolution methods based on convolutional neural
       networks. Supported models:

       •   Super-Resolution Convolutional Neural Network model (SRCNN).  See
           <**<https://arxiv.org/abs/1501.00092>**>.

       •   Efficient Sub-Pixel Convolutional Neural Network model (ESPCN).  See
           <**<https://arxiv.org/abs/1609.05158>**>.

       Training scripts as well as scripts for model file (.pb) saving can be found at
       <**<https://github.com/XueweiMeng/sr/tree/sr>**___**dnn**___**native**>. Original repository is at
       <**<https://github.com/HighVoltageRocknRoll/sr.git>**>.

       Native model files (.model) can be generated from TensorFlow model files (.pb) by using
       tools/python/convert.py

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **dnn**___**backend**
           Specify which DNN backend to use for model loading and execution. This option accepts the
           following values:

           **native**
               Native implementation of DNN loading and execution.

           **tensorflow**
               TensorFlow backend. To enable this backend you need to install the TensorFlow for C
               library (see <**<https://www.tensorflow.org/install/install>**___**c**>) and configure FFmpeg
               with "--enable-libtensorflow"

           Default value is **native**.

### model
           Set path to model file specifying network architecture and its parameters.  Note that
           different backends use different file formats. TensorFlow backend can load files for both
           formats, while native backend can load files for only its format.

       **scale**___**factor**
           Set scale factor for SRCNN model. Allowed values are 2, 3 and 4.  Default value is 2.
           Scale factor is necessary for SRCNN model, because it accepts input upscaled using
           bicubic upscaling with proper scale factor.

       This feature can also be finished with **dnn**___**processing** filter.

### ssim
       Obtain the SSIM (Structural SImilarity Metric) between two input videos.

       This filter takes in input two input videos, the first input is considered the "main" source
       and is passed unchanged to the output. The second input is used as a "reference" video for
       computing the SSIM.

       Both video inputs must have the same resolution and pixel format for this filter to work
       correctly. Also it assumes that both inputs have the same number of frames, which are
       compared one by one.

       The filter stores the calculated SSIM of each frame.

       The description of the accepted parameters follows.

       **stats**___**file,** **f**
           If specified the filter will use the named file to save the SSIM of each individual
           frame. When filename equals "-" the data is sent to standard output.

       The file printed if _stats_file_ is selected, contains a sequence of key/value pairs of the
       form _key_:_value_ for each compared couple of frames.

       A description of each shown parameter follows:

       **n**   sequential number of the input frame, starting from 1

### Y, U, V, R, G, B
           SSIM of the compared frames for the component specified by the suffix.

       **All** SSIM of the compared frames for the whole frame.

       **dB**  Same as above but in dB representation.

       This filter also supports the **framesync** options.

       _Examples_

       •   For example:

                   movie=ref_movie.mpg, setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [main];
                   [main][ref] ssim="stats_file=stats.log" [out]

           On this example the input file being processed is compared with the reference file
           _ref_movie.mpg_. The SSIM of each individual frame is stored in _stats.log_.

       •   Another example with both psnr and ssim at same time:

                   ffmpeg -i main.mpg -i ref.mpg -lavfi  "ssim;[0:v][1:v]psnr" -f null -

       •   Another example with different containers:

                   ffmpeg -i main.mpg -i ref.mkv -lavfi  "[0:v]settb=AVTB,setpts=PTS-STARTPTS[main];[1:v]settb=AVTB,setpts=PTS-STARTPTS[ref];[main][ref]ssim" -f null -

### stereo3d
       Convert between different stereoscopic image formats.

       The filters accept the following options:

       **in**  Set stereoscopic image format of input.

           Available values for input image formats are:

           **sbsl**
               side by side parallel (left eye left, right eye right)

           **sbsr**
               side by side crosseye (right eye left, left eye right)

           **sbs2l**
               side by side parallel with half width resolution (left eye left, right eye right)

           **sbs2r**
               side by side crosseye with half width resolution (right eye left, left eye right)

           **abl**
           **tbl** above-below (left eye above, right eye below)

           **abr**
           **tbr** above-below (right eye above, left eye below)

           **ab2l**
           **tb2l**
               above-below with half height resolution (left eye above, right eye below)

           **ab2r**
           **tb2r**
               above-below with half height resolution (right eye above, left eye below)

           **al**  alternating frames (left eye first, right eye second)

           **ar**  alternating frames (right eye first, left eye second)

           **irl** interleaved rows (left eye has top row, right eye starts on next row)

           **irr** interleaved rows (right eye has top row, left eye starts on next row)

           **icl** interleaved columns, left eye first

           **icr** interleaved columns, right eye first

               Default value is **sbsl**.

       **out** Set stereoscopic image format of output.

           **sbsl**
               side by side parallel (left eye left, right eye right)

           **sbsr**
               side by side crosseye (right eye left, left eye right)

           **sbs2l**
               side by side parallel with half width resolution (left eye left, right eye right)

           **sbs2r**
               side by side crosseye with half width resolution (right eye left, left eye right)

           **abl**
           **tbl** above-below (left eye above, right eye below)

           **abr**
           **tbr** above-below (right eye above, left eye below)

           **ab2l**
           **tb2l**
               above-below with half height resolution (left eye above, right eye below)

           **ab2r**
           **tb2r**
               above-below with half height resolution (right eye above, left eye below)

           **al**  alternating frames (left eye first, right eye second)

           **ar**  alternating frames (right eye first, left eye second)

           **irl** interleaved rows (left eye has top row, right eye starts on next row)

           **irr** interleaved rows (right eye has top row, left eye starts on next row)

           **arbg**
               anaglyph red/blue gray (red filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)

           **argg**
               anaglyph red/green gray (red filter on left eye, green filter on right eye)

           **arcg**
               anaglyph red/cyan gray (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)

           **arch**
               anaglyph red/cyan half colored (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)

           **arcc**
               anaglyph red/cyan color (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)

           **arcd**
               anaglyph red/cyan color optimized with the least squares projection of dubois (red
               filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)

           **agmg**
               anaglyph green/magenta gray (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)

           **agmh**
               anaglyph green/magenta half colored (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on
               right eye)

           **agmc**
               anaglyph green/magenta colored (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right
               eye)

           **agmd**
               anaglyph green/magenta color optimized with the least squares projection of dubois
               (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)

           **aybg**
               anaglyph yellow/blue gray (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)

           **aybh**
               anaglyph yellow/blue half colored (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right
               eye)

           **aybc**
               anaglyph yellow/blue colored (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)

           **aybd**
               anaglyph yellow/blue color optimized with the least squares projection of dubois
               (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)

           **ml**  mono output (left eye only)

           **mr**  mono output (right eye only)

           **chl** checkerboard, left eye first

           **chr** checkerboard, right eye first

           **icl** interleaved columns, left eye first

           **icr** interleaved columns, right eye first

           **hdmi**
               HDMI frame pack

           Default value is **arcd**.

       _Examples_

       •   Convert input video from side by side parallel to anaglyph yellow/blue dubois:

                   stereo3d=sbsl:aybd

       •   Convert input video from above below (left eye above, right eye below) to side by side
           crosseye.

                   stereo3d=abl:sbsr

### streamselect, astreamselect
       Select video or audio streams.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### inputs
           Set number of inputs. Default is 2.

       **map** Set input indexes to remap to outputs.

       _Commands_

       The "streamselect" and "astreamselect" filter supports the following commands:

       **map** Set input indexes to remap to outputs.

       _Examples_

       •   Select first 5 seconds 1st stream and rest of time 2nd stream:

                   sendcmd='5.0 streamselect map 1',streamselect=inputs=2:map=0

       •   Same as above, but for audio:

                   asendcmd='5.0 astreamselect map 1',astreamselect=inputs=2:map=0

### subtitles
       Draw subtitles on top of input video using the libass library.

       To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with "--enable-libass".
       This filter also requires a build with libavcodec and libavformat to convert the passed
       subtitles file to ASS (Advanced Substation Alpha) subtitles format.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### filename, f
           Set the filename of the subtitle file to read. It must be specified.

       **original**___**size**
           Specify the size of the original video, the video for which the ASS file was composed.
           For the syntax of this option, check the **"Video** **size"** **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.
           Due to a misdesign in ASS aspect ratio arithmetic, this is necessary to correctly scale
           the fonts if the aspect ratio has been changed.

### fontsdir
           Set a directory path containing fonts that can be used by the filter.  These fonts will
           be used in addition to whatever the font provider uses.

### alpha
           Process alpha channel, by default alpha channel is untouched.

### charenc
           Set subtitles input character encoding. "subtitles" filter only. Only useful if not
           UTF-8.

       **stream**___**index,** **si**
           Set subtitles stream index. "subtitles" filter only.

       **force**___**style**
           Override default style or script info parameters of the subtitles. It accepts a string
           containing ASS style format "KEY=VALUE" couples separated by ",".

       If the first key is not specified, it is assumed that the first value specifies the **filename**.

       For example, to render the file _sub.srt_ on top of the input video, use the command:

               subtitles=sub.srt

       which is equivalent to:

               subtitles=filename=sub.srt

       To render the default subtitles stream from file _video.mkv_, use:

               subtitles=video.mkv

       To render the second subtitles stream from that file, use:

               subtitles=video.mkv:si=1

       To make the subtitles stream from _sub.srt_ appear in 80% transparent blue "DejaVu Serif", use:

               subtitles=sub.srt:force_style='Fontname=DejaVu Serif,PrimaryColour=&HCCFF0000'

### super2xsai
       Scale the input by 2x and smooth using the Super2xSaI (Scale and Interpolate) pixel art
       scaling algorithm.

       Useful for enlarging pixel art images without reducing sharpness.

### swaprect
       Swap two rectangular objects in video.

       This filter accepts the following options:

       **w**   Set object width.

       **h**   Set object height.

       **x1**  Set 1st rect x coordinate.

       **y1**  Set 1st rect y coordinate.

       **x2**  Set 2nd rect x coordinate.

       **y2**  Set 2nd rect y coordinate.

           All expressions are evaluated once for each frame.

       The all options are expressions containing the following constants:

       **w**
       **h**   The input width and height.

       **a**   same as _w_ / _h_

       **sar** input sample aspect ratio

       **dar** input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (_w_ / _h_) * _sar_

       **n**   The number of the input frame, starting from 0.

       **t**   The timestamp expressed in seconds. It's NAN if the input timestamp is unknown.

       **pos** the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### swapuv
       Swap U & V plane.

### tblend
       Blend successive video frames.

       See **blend**

### telecine
       Apply telecine process to the video.

       This filter accepts the following options:

       **first**___**field**
           **top,** **t**
               top field first

           **bottom,** **b**
               bottom field first The default value is "top".

### pattern
           A string of numbers representing the pulldown pattern you wish to apply.  The default
           value is 23.

               Some typical patterns:

               NTSC output (30i):
               27.5p: 32222
               24p: 23 (classic)
               24p: 2332 (preferred)
               20p: 33
               18p: 334
               16p: 3444

               PAL output (25i):
               27.5p: 12222
               24p: 222222222223 ("Euro pulldown")
               16.67p: 33
               16p: 33333334

### thistogram
       Compute and draw a color distribution histogram for the input video across time.

       Unlike **histogram** video filter which only shows histogram of single input frame at certain
       time, this filter shows also past histograms of number of frames defined by "width" option.

       The computed histogram is a representation of the color component distribution in an image.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### width, w
           Set width of single color component output. Default value is 0.  Value of 0 means width
           will be picked from input video.  This also set number of passed histograms to keep.
           Allowed range is [0, 8192].

       **display**___**mode,** **d**
           Set display mode.  It accepts the following values:

           **stack**
               Per color component graphs are placed below each other.

           **parade**
               Per color component graphs are placed side by side.

           **overlay**
               Presents information identical to that in the "parade", except that the graphs
               representing color components are superimposed directly over one another.

           Default is "stack".

       **levels**___**mode,** **m**
           Set mode. Can be either "linear", or "logarithmic".  Default is "linear".

### components, c
           Set what color components to display.  Default is 7.

### bgopacity, b
           Set background opacity. Default is 0.9.

### envelope, e
           Show envelope. Default is disabled.

### ecolor, ec
           Set envelope color. Default is "gold".

### slide
           Set slide mode.

           Available values for slide is:

           **frame**
               Draw new frame when right border is reached.

           **replace**
               Replace old columns with new ones.

           **scroll**
               Scroll from right to left.

           **rscroll**
               Scroll from left to right.

           **picture**
               Draw single picture.

           Default is "replace".

### threshold
       Apply threshold effect to video stream.

       This filter needs four video streams to perform thresholding.  First stream is stream we are
       filtering.  Second stream is holding threshold values, third stream is holding min values,
       and last, fourth stream is holding max values.

       The filter accepts the following option:

### planes
           Set which planes will be processed, unprocessed planes will be copied.  By default value
           0xf, all planes will be processed.

       For example if first stream pixel's component value is less then threshold value of pixel
       component from 2nd threshold stream, third stream value will picked, otherwise fourth stream
       pixel component value will be picked.

       Using color source filter one can perform various types of thresholding:

       _Examples_

       •   Binary threshold, using gray color as threshold:

                   ffmpeg -i 320x240.avi -f lavfi -i color=gray -f lavfi -i color=black -f lavfi -i color=white -lavfi threshold output.avi

       •   Inverted binary threshold, using gray color as threshold:

                   ffmpeg -i 320x240.avi -f lavfi -i color=gray -f lavfi -i color=white -f lavfi -i color=black -lavfi threshold output.avi

       •   Truncate binary threshold, using gray color as threshold:

                   ffmpeg -i 320x240.avi -f lavfi -i color=gray -i 320x240.avi -f lavfi -i color=gray -lavfi threshold output.avi

       •   Threshold to zero, using gray color as threshold:

                   ffmpeg -i 320x240.avi -f lavfi -i color=gray -f lavfi -i color=white -i 320x240.avi -lavfi threshold output.avi

       •   Inverted threshold to zero, using gray color as threshold:

                   ffmpeg -i 320x240.avi -f lavfi -i color=gray -i 320x240.avi -f lavfi -i color=white -lavfi threshold output.avi

### thumbnail
       Select the most representative frame in a given sequence of consecutive frames.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **n**   Set the frames batch size to analyze; in a set of _n_ frames, the filter will pick one of
           them, and then handle the next batch of _n_ frames until the end. Default is 100.

       Since the filter keeps track of the whole frames sequence, a bigger _n_ value will result in a
       higher memory usage, so a high value is not recommended.

       _Examples_

       •   Extract one picture each 50 frames:

                   thumbnail=50

       •   Complete example of a thumbnail creation with **ffmpeg**:

                   ffmpeg -i in.avi -vf thumbnail,scale=300:200 -frames:v 1 out.png

### tile
       Tile several successive frames together.

       The **untile** filter can do the reverse.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### layout
           Set the grid size (i.e. the number of lines and columns). For the syntax of this option,
           check the **"Video** **size"** **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.

       **nb**___**frames**
           Set the maximum number of frames to render in the given area. It must be less than or
           equal to _w_x_h_. The default value is 0, meaning all the area will be used.

### margin
           Set the outer border margin in pixels.

### padding
           Set the inner border thickness (i.e. the number of pixels between frames). For more
           advanced padding options (such as having different values for the edges), refer to the
           pad video filter.

### color
           Specify the color of the unused area. For the syntax of this option, check the **"Color"**
           **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.  The default value of _color_ is "black".

### overlap
           Set the number of frames to overlap when tiling several successive frames together.  The
           value must be between 0 and _nb_frames_ _-_ _1_.

       **init**___**padding**
           Set the number of frames to initially be empty before displaying first output frame.
           This controls how soon will one get first output frame.  The value must be between 0 and
           _nb_frames_ _-_ _1_.

       _Examples_

       •   Produce 8x8 PNG tiles of all keyframes (**-skip**___**frame** **nokey**) in a movie:

                   ffmpeg -skip_frame nokey -i file.avi -vf 'scale=128:72,tile=8x8' -an -vsync 0 keyframes%03d.png

           The **-vsync** **0** is necessary to prevent **ffmpeg** from duplicating each output frame to
           accommodate the originally detected frame rate.

       •   Display 5 pictures in an area of "3x2" frames, with 7 pixels between them, and 2 pixels
           of initial margin, using mixed flat and named options:

                   tile=3x2:nb_frames=5:padding=7:margin=2

### tinterlace
       Perform various types of temporal field interlacing.

       Frames are counted starting from 1, so the first input frame is considered odd.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### mode
           Specify the mode of the interlacing. This option can also be specified as a value alone.
           See below for a list of values for this option.

           Available values are:

           **merge,** **0**
               Move odd frames into the upper field, even into the lower field, generating a double
               height frame at half frame rate.

                        ------> time
                       Input:
                       Frame 1         Frame 2         Frame 3         Frame 4

                       11111           22222           33333           44444
                       11111           22222           33333           44444
                       11111           22222           33333           44444
                       11111           22222           33333           44444

                       Output:
                       11111                           33333
                       22222                           44444
                       11111                           33333
                       22222                           44444
                       11111                           33333
                       22222                           44444
                       11111                           33333
                       22222                           44444

           **drop**___**even,** **1**
               Only output odd frames, even frames are dropped, generating a frame with unchanged
               height at half frame rate.

                        ------> time
                       Input:
                       Frame 1         Frame 2         Frame 3         Frame 4

                       11111           22222           33333           44444
                       11111           22222           33333           44444
                       11111           22222           33333           44444
                       11111           22222           33333           44444

                       Output:
                       11111                           33333
                       11111                           33333
                       11111                           33333
                       11111                           33333

           **drop**___**odd,** **2**
               Only output even frames, odd frames are dropped, generating a frame with unchanged
               height at half frame rate.

                        ------> time
                       Input:
                       Frame 1         Frame 2         Frame 3         Frame 4

                       11111           22222           33333           44444
                       11111           22222           33333           44444
                       11111           22222           33333           44444
                       11111           22222           33333           44444

                       Output:
                                       22222                           44444
                                       22222                           44444
                                       22222                           44444
                                       22222                           44444

           **pad,** **3**
               Expand each frame to full height, but pad alternate lines with black, generating a
               frame with double height at the same input frame rate.

                        ------> time
                       Input:
                       Frame 1         Frame 2         Frame 3         Frame 4

                       11111           22222           33333           44444
                       11111           22222           33333           44444
                       11111           22222           33333           44444
                       11111           22222           33333           44444

                       Output:
                       11111           .....           33333           .....
                       .....           22222           .....           44444
                       11111           .....           33333           .....
                       .....           22222           .....           44444
                       11111           .....           33333           .....
                       .....           22222           .....           44444
                       11111           .....           33333           .....
                       .....           22222           .....           44444

           **interleave**___**top,** **4**
               Interleave the upper field from odd frames with the lower field from even frames,
               generating a frame with unchanged height at half frame rate.

                        ------> time
                       Input:
                       Frame 1         Frame 2         Frame 3         Frame 4

                       11111<-         22222           33333<-         44444
                       11111           22222<-         33333           44444<-
                       11111<-         22222           33333<-         44444
                       11111           22222<-         33333           44444<-

                       Output:
                       11111                           33333
                       22222                           44444
                       11111                           33333
                       22222                           44444

           **interleave**___**bottom,** **5**
               Interleave the lower field from odd frames with the upper field from even frames,
               generating a frame with unchanged height at half frame rate.

                        ------> time
                       Input:
                       Frame 1         Frame 2         Frame 3         Frame 4

                       11111           22222<-         33333           44444<-
                       11111<-         22222           33333<-         44444
                       11111           22222<-         33333           44444<-
                       11111<-         22222           33333<-         44444

                       Output:
                       22222                           44444
                       11111                           33333
                       22222                           44444
                       11111                           33333

           **interlacex2,** **6**
               Double frame rate with unchanged height. Frames are inserted each containing the
               second temporal field from the previous input frame and the first temporal field from
               the next input frame. This mode relies on the top_field_first flag. Useful for
               interlaced video displays with no field synchronisation.

                        ------> time
                       Input:
                       Frame 1         Frame 2         Frame 3         Frame 4

                       11111           22222           33333           44444
                        11111           22222           33333           44444
                       11111           22222           33333           44444
                        11111           22222           33333           44444

                       Output:
                       11111   22222   22222   33333   33333   44444   44444
                        11111   11111   22222   22222   33333   33333   44444
                       11111   22222   22222   33333   33333   44444   44444
                        11111   11111   22222   22222   33333   33333   44444

           **mergex2,** **7**
               Move odd frames into the upper field, even into the lower field, generating a double
               height frame at same frame rate.

                        ------> time
                       Input:
                       Frame 1         Frame 2         Frame 3         Frame 4

                       11111           22222           33333           44444
                       11111           22222           33333           44444
                       11111           22222           33333           44444
                       11111           22222           33333           44444

                       Output:
                       11111           33333           33333           55555
                       22222           22222           44444           44444
                       11111           33333           33333           55555
                       22222           22222           44444           44444
                       11111           33333           33333           55555
                       22222           22222           44444           44444
                       11111           33333           33333           55555
                       22222           22222           44444           44444

           Numeric values are deprecated but are accepted for backward compatibility reasons.

           Default mode is "merge".

### flags
           Specify flags influencing the filter process.

           Available value for _flags_ is:

           **low**___**pass**___**filter,** **vlpf**
               Enable linear vertical low-pass filtering in the filter.  Vertical low-pass filtering
               is required when creating an interlaced destination from a progressive source which
               contains high-frequency vertical detail. Filtering will reduce interlace 'twitter'
               and Moire patterning.

           **complex**___**filter,** **cvlpf**
               Enable complex vertical low-pass filtering.  This will slightly less reduce interlace
               'twitter' and Moire patterning but better retain detail and subjective sharpness
               impression.

           **bypass**___**il**
               Bypass already interlaced frames, only adjust the frame rate.

           Vertical low-pass filtering and bypassing already interlaced frames can only be enabled
           for **mode** _interleave_top_ and _interleave_bottom_.

### tmedian
       Pick median pixels from several successive input video frames.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### radius
           Set radius of median filter.  Default is 1. Allowed range is from 1 to 127.

### planes
           Set which planes to filter. Default value is 15, by which all planes are processed.

### percentile
           Set median percentile. Default value is 0.5.  Default value of 0.5 will pick always
           median values, while 0 will pick minimum values, and 1 maximum values.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports all above options as **commands**, excluding option "radius".

### tmidequalizer
       Apply Temporal Midway Video Equalization effect.

       Midway Video Equalization adjusts a sequence of video frames to have the same histograms,
       while maintaining their dynamics as much as possible. It's useful for e.g. matching exposures
       from a video frames sequence.

       This filter accepts the following option:

### radius
           Set filtering radius. Default is 5. Allowed range is from 1 to 127.

### sigma
           Set filtering sigma. Default is 0.5. This controls strength of filtering.  Setting this
           option to 0 effectively does nothing.

### planes
           Set which planes to process. Default is 15, which is all available planes.

### tmix
       Mix successive video frames.

       A description of the accepted options follows.

### frames
           The number of successive frames to mix. If unspecified, it defaults to 3.

### weights
           Specify weight of each input video frame.  Each weight is separated by space. If number
           of weights is smaller than number of _frames_ last specified weight will be used for all
           remaining unset weights.

### scale
           Specify scale, if it is set it will be multiplied with sum of each weight multiplied with
           pixel values to give final destination pixel value. By default _scale_ is auto scaled to
           sum of weights.

       _Examples_

       •   Average 7 successive frames:

                   tmix=frames=7:weights="1 1 1 1 1 1 1"

       •   Apply simple temporal convolution:

                   tmix=frames=3:weights="-1 3 -1"

       •   Similar as above but only showing temporal differences:

                   tmix=frames=3:weights="-1 2 -1":scale=1

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the following commands:

### weights
### scale
           Syntax is same as option with same name.

### tonemap
       Tone map colors from different dynamic ranges.

       This filter expects data in single precision floating point, as it needs to operate on (and
       can output) out-of-range values. Another filter, such as **zscale**, is needed to convert the
       resulting frame to a usable format.

       The tonemapping algorithms implemented only work on linear light, so input data should be
       linearized beforehand (and possibly correctly tagged).

               ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf zscale=transfer=linear,tonemap=clip,zscale=transfer=bt709,format=yuv420p OUTPUT

       _Options_

       The filter accepts the following options.

### tonemap
           Set the tone map algorithm to use.

           Possible values are:

           _none_
               Do not apply any tone map, only desaturate overbright pixels.

           _clip_
               Hard-clip any out-of-range values. Use it for perfect color accuracy for in-range
               values, while distorting out-of-range values.

           _linear_
               Stretch the entire reference gamut to a linear multiple of the display.

           _gamma_
               Fit a logarithmic transfer between the tone curves.

           _reinhard_
               Preserve overall image brightness with a simple curve, using nonlinear contrast,
               which results in flattening details and degrading color accuracy.

           _hable_
               Preserve both dark and bright details better than _reinhard_, at the cost of slightly
               darkening everything. Use it when detail preservation is more important than color
               and brightness accuracy.

           _mobius_
               Smoothly map out-of-range values, while retaining contrast and colors for in-range
               material as much as possible. Use it when color accuracy is more important than
               detail preservation.

           Default is none.

### param
           Tune the tone mapping algorithm.

           This affects the following algorithms:

           _none_
               Ignored.

           _linear_
               Specifies the scale factor to use while stretching.  Default to 1.0.

           _gamma_
               Specifies the exponent of the function.  Default to 1.8.

           _clip_
               Specify an extra linear coefficient to multiply into the signal before clipping.
               Default to 1.0.

           _reinhard_
               Specify the local contrast coefficient at the display peak.  Default to 0.5, which
               means that in-gamut values will be about half as bright as when clipping.

           _hable_
               Ignored.

           _mobius_
               Specify the transition point from linear to mobius transform. Every value below this
               point is guaranteed to be mapped 1:1. The higher the value, the more accurate the
               result will be, at the cost of losing bright details.  Default to 0.3, which due to
               the steep initial slope still preserves in-range colors fairly accurately.

### desat
           Apply desaturation for highlights that exceed this level of brightness. The higher the
           parameter, the more color information will be preserved. This setting helps prevent
           unnaturally blown-out colors for super-highlights, by (smoothly) turning into white
           instead. This makes images feel more natural, at the cost of reducing information about
           out-of-range colors.

           The default of 2.0 is somewhat conservative and will mostly just apply to skies or
           directly sunlit surfaces. A setting of 0.0 disables this option.

           This option works only if the input frame has a supported color tag.

### peak
           Override signal/nominal/reference peak with this value. Useful when the embedded peak
           information in display metadata is not reliable or when tone mapping from a lower range
           to a higher range.

### tpad
       Temporarily pad video frames.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### start
           Specify number of delay frames before input video stream. Default is 0.

### stop
           Specify number of padding frames after input video stream.  Set to -1 to pad
           indefinitely. Default is 0.

       **start**___**mode**
           Set kind of frames added to beginning of stream.  Can be either _add_ or _clone_.  With _add_
           frames of solid-color are added.  With _clone_ frames are clones of first frame.  Default
           is _add_.

       **stop**___**mode**
           Set kind of frames added to end of stream.  Can be either _add_ or _clone_.  With _add_ frames
           of solid-color are added.  With _clone_ frames are clones of last frame.  Default is _add_.

       **start**___**duration,** **stop**___**duration**
           Specify the duration of the start/stop delay. See **the** **Time** **duration** **section** **in** **the**
           [**ffmpeg-utils(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-utils/1/markdown)** **manual** for the accepted syntax.  These options override _start_ and _stop_.
           Default is 0.

### color
           Specify the color of the padded area. For the syntax of this option, check the **"Color"**
           **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.

           The default value of _color_ is "black".

### transpose
       Transpose rows with columns in the input video and optionally flip it.

       It accepts the following parameters:

       **dir** Specify the transposition direction.

           Can assume the following values:

           **0,** **4,** **cclock**___**flip**
               Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise and vertically flip (default), that is:

                       L.R     L.l
                       . . ->  . .
                       l.r     R.r

           **1,** **5,** **clock**
               Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise, that is:

                       L.R     l.L
                       . . ->  . .
                       l.r     r.R

           **2,** **6,** **cclock**
               Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise, that is:

                       L.R     R.r
                       . . ->  . .
                       l.r     L.l

           **3,** **7,** **clock**___**flip**
               Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and vertically flip, that is:

                       L.R     r.R
                       . . ->  . .
                       l.r     l.L

           For values between 4-7, the transposition is only done if the input video geometry is
           portrait and not landscape. These values are deprecated, the "passthrough" option should
           be used instead.

           Numerical values are deprecated, and should be dropped in favor of symbolic constants.

### passthrough
           Do not apply the transposition if the input geometry matches the one specified by the
           specified value. It accepts the following values:

           **none**
               Always apply transposition.

           **portrait**
               Preserve portrait geometry (when _height_ >= _width_).

           **landscape**
               Preserve landscape geometry (when _width_ >= _height_).

           Default value is "none".

       For example to rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and preserve portrait layout:

               transpose=dir=1:passthrough=portrait

       The command above can also be specified as:

               transpose=1:portrait

   **transpose**___**npp**
       Transpose rows with columns in the input video and optionally flip it.  For more in depth
       examples see the **transpose** video filter, which shares mostly the same options.

       It accepts the following parameters:

       **dir** Specify the transposition direction.

           Can assume the following values:

           **cclock**___**flip**
               Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise and vertically flip. (default)

           **clock**
               Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise.

           **cclock**
               Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise.

           **clock**___**flip**
               Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and vertically flip.

### passthrough
           Do not apply the transposition if the input geometry matches the one specified by the
           specified value. It accepts the following values:

           **none**
               Always apply transposition. (default)

           **portrait**
               Preserve portrait geometry (when _height_ >= _width_).

           **landscape**
               Preserve landscape geometry (when _width_ >= _height_).

### trim
       Trim the input so that the output contains one continuous subpart of the input.

       It accepts the following parameters:

### start
           Specify the time of the start of the kept section, i.e. the frame with the timestamp
           _start_ will be the first frame in the output.

       **end** Specify the time of the first frame that will be dropped, i.e. the frame immediately
           preceding the one with the timestamp _end_ will be the last frame in the output.

       **start**___**pts**
           This is the same as _start_, except this option sets the start timestamp in timebase units
           instead of seconds.

       **end**___**pts**
           This is the same as _end_, except this option sets the end timestamp in timebase units
           instead of seconds.

### duration
           The maximum duration of the output in seconds.

       **start**___**frame**
           The number of the first frame that should be passed to the output.

       **end**___**frame**
           The number of the first frame that should be dropped.

       **start**, **end**, and **duration** are expressed as time duration specifications; see **the** **Time** **duration**
       **section** **in** **the** [**ffmpeg-utils(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-utils/1/markdown)** **manual** for the accepted syntax.

       Note that the first two sets of the start/end options and the **duration** option look at the
       frame timestamp, while the _frame variants simply count the frames that pass through the
       filter. Also note that this filter does not modify the timestamps. If you wish for the output
       timestamps to start at zero, insert a setpts filter after the trim filter.

       If multiple start or end options are set, this filter tries to be greedy and keep all the
       frames that match at least one of the specified constraints. To keep only the part that
       matches all the constraints at once, chain multiple trim filters.

       The defaults are such that all the input is kept. So it is possible to set e.g.  just the end
       values to keep everything before the specified time.

       Examples:

       •   Drop everything except the second minute of input:

                   ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf trim=60:120

       •   Keep only the first second:

                   ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf trim=duration=1

### unpremultiply
       Apply alpha unpremultiply effect to input video stream using first plane of second stream as
       alpha.

       Both streams must have same dimensions and same pixel format.

       The filter accepts the following option:

### planes
           Set which planes will be processed, unprocessed planes will be copied.  By default value
           0xf, all planes will be processed.

           If the format has 1 or 2 components, then luma is bit 0.  If the format has 3 or 4
           components: for RGB formats bit 0 is green, bit 1 is blue and bit 2 is red; for YUV
           formats bit 0 is luma, bit 1 is chroma-U and bit 2 is chroma-V.  If present, the alpha
           channel is always the last bit.

### inplace
           Do not require 2nd input for processing, instead use alpha plane from input stream.

### unsharp
       Sharpen or blur the input video.

       It accepts the following parameters:

       **luma**___**msize**___**x,** **lx**
           Set the luma matrix horizontal size. It must be an odd integer between 3 and 23. The
           default value is 5.

       **luma**___**msize**___**y,** **ly**
           Set the luma matrix vertical size. It must be an odd integer between 3 and 23. The
           default value is 5.

       **luma**___**amount,** **la**
           Set the luma effect strength. It must be a floating point number, reasonable values lay
           between -1.5 and 1.5.

           Negative values will blur the input video, while positive values will sharpen it, a value
           of zero will disable the effect.

           Default value is 1.0.

       **chroma**___**msize**___**x,** **cx**
           Set the chroma matrix horizontal size. It must be an odd integer between 3 and 23. The
           default value is 5.

       **chroma**___**msize**___**y,** **cy**
           Set the chroma matrix vertical size. It must be an odd integer between 3 and 23. The
           default value is 5.

       **chroma**___**amount,** **ca**
           Set the chroma effect strength. It must be a floating point number, reasonable values lay
           between -1.5 and 1.5.

           Negative values will blur the input video, while positive values will sharpen it, a value
           of zero will disable the effect.

           Default value is 0.0.

       All parameters are optional and default to the equivalent of the string '5:5:1.0:5:5:0.0'.

       _Examples_

       •   Apply strong luma sharpen effect:

                   unsharp=luma_msize_x=7:luma_msize_y=7:luma_amount=2.5

       •   Apply a strong blur of both luma and chroma parameters:

                   unsharp=7:7:-2:7:7:-2

### untile
       Decompose a video made of tiled images into the individual images.

       The frame rate of the output video is the frame rate of the input video multiplied by the
       number of tiles.

       This filter does the reverse of **tile**.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### layout
           Set the grid size (i.e. the number of lines and columns). For the syntax of this option,
           check the **"Video** **size"** **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.

       _Examples_

       •   Produce a 1-second video from a still image file made of 25 frames stacked vertically,
           like an analogic film reel:

                   ffmpeg -r 1 -i image.jpg -vf untile=1x25 movie.mkv

### uspp
       Apply ultra slow/simple postprocessing filter that compresses and decompresses the image at
       several (or - in the case of **quality** level 8 - all) shifts and average the results.

       The way this differs from the behavior of spp is that uspp actually encodes & decodes each
       case with libavcodec Snow, whereas spp uses a simplified intra only 8x8 DCT similar to MJPEG.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### quality
           Set quality. This option defines the number of levels for averaging. It accepts an
           integer in the range 0-8. If set to 0, the filter will have no effect. A value of 8 means
           the higher quality. For each increment of that value the speed drops by a factor of
           approximately 2.  Default value is 3.

       **qp**  Force a constant quantization parameter. If not set, the filter will use the QP from the
           video stream (if available).

### v360
       Convert 360 videos between various formats.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### input
### output
           Set format of the input/output video.

           Available formats:

           **e**
           **equirect**
               Equirectangular projection.

           **c3x2**
           **c6x1**
           **c1x6**
               Cubemap with 3x2/6x1/1x6 layout.

               Format specific options:

               **in**___**pad**
               **out**___**pad**
                   Set padding proportion for the input/output cubemap. Values in decimals.

                   Example values:

                   **0**   No padding.

                   **0.01**
                       1% of face is padding. For example, with 1920x1280 resolution face size would
                       be 640x640 and padding would be 3 pixels from each side. (640 * 0.01 = 6
                       pixels)

                   Default value is **@samp{0**}.  Maximum value is **@samp{0.1**}.

               **fin**___**pad**
               **fout**___**pad**
                   Set fixed padding for the input/output cubemap. Values in pixels.

                   Default value is **@samp{0**}. If greater than zero it overrides other padding
                   options.

               **in**___**forder**
               **out**___**forder**
                   Set order of faces for the input/output cubemap. Choose one direction for each
                   position.

                   Designation of directions:

                   **r**   right

                   **l**   left

                   **u**   up

                   **d**   down

                   **f**   forward

                   **b**   back

                   Default value is **@samp{rludfb**}.

               **in**___**frot**
               **out**___**frot**
                   Set rotation of faces for the input/output cubemap. Choose one angle for each
                   position.

                   Designation of angles:

                   **0**   0 degrees clockwise

                   **1**   90 degrees clockwise

                   **2**   180 degrees clockwise

                   **3**   270 degrees clockwise

                   Default value is **@samp{000000**}.

           **eac** Equi-Angular Cubemap.

           **flat**
           **gnomonic**
           **rectilinear**
               Regular video.

               Format specific options:

               **h**___**fov**
               **v**___**fov**
               **d**___**fov**
                   Set output horizontal/vertical/diagonal field of view. Values in degrees.

                   If diagonal field of view is set it overrides horizontal and vertical field of
                   view.

               **ih**___**fov**
               **iv**___**fov**
               **id**___**fov**
                   Set input horizontal/vertical/diagonal field of view. Values in degrees.

                   If diagonal field of view is set it overrides horizontal and vertical field of
                   view.

           **dfisheye**
               Dual fisheye.

               Format specific options:

               **h**___**fov**
               **v**___**fov**
               **d**___**fov**
                   Set output horizontal/vertical/diagonal field of view. Values in degrees.

                   If diagonal field of view is set it overrides horizontal and vertical field of
                   view.

               **ih**___**fov**
               **iv**___**fov**
               **id**___**fov**
                   Set input horizontal/vertical/diagonal field of view. Values in degrees.

                   If diagonal field of view is set it overrides horizontal and vertical field of
                   view.

           **barrel**
           **fb**
           **barrelsplit**
               Facebook's 360 formats.

           **sg**  Stereographic format.

               Format specific options:

               **h**___**fov**
               **v**___**fov**
               **d**___**fov**
                   Set output horizontal/vertical/diagonal field of view. Values in degrees.

                   If diagonal field of view is set it overrides horizontal and vertical field of
                   view.

               **ih**___**fov**
               **iv**___**fov**
               **id**___**fov**
                   Set input horizontal/vertical/diagonal field of view. Values in degrees.

                   If diagonal field of view is set it overrides horizontal and vertical field of
                   view.

           **mercator**
               Mercator format.

           **ball**
               Ball format, gives significant distortion toward the back.

           **hammer**
               Hammer-Aitoff map projection format.

           **sinusoidal**
               Sinusoidal map projection format.

           **fisheye**
               Fisheye projection.

               Format specific options:

               **h**___**fov**
               **v**___**fov**
               **d**___**fov**
                   Set output horizontal/vertical/diagonal field of view. Values in degrees.

                   If diagonal field of view is set it overrides horizontal and vertical field of
                   view.

               **ih**___**fov**
               **iv**___**fov**
               **id**___**fov**
                   Set input horizontal/vertical/diagonal field of view. Values in degrees.

                   If diagonal field of view is set it overrides horizontal and vertical field of
                   view.

           **pannini**
               Pannini projection.

               Format specific options:

               **h**___**fov**
                   Set output pannini parameter.

               **ih**___**fov**
                   Set input pannini parameter.

           **cylindrical**
               Cylindrical projection.

               Format specific options:

               **h**___**fov**
               **v**___**fov**
               **d**___**fov**
                   Set output horizontal/vertical/diagonal field of view. Values in degrees.

                   If diagonal field of view is set it overrides horizontal and vertical field of
                   view.

               **ih**___**fov**
               **iv**___**fov**
               **id**___**fov**
                   Set input horizontal/vertical/diagonal field of view. Values in degrees.

                   If diagonal field of view is set it overrides horizontal and vertical field of
                   view.

           **perspective**
               Perspective projection. _(output_ _only)_

               Format specific options:

               **v**___**fov**
                   Set perspective parameter.

           **tetrahedron**
               Tetrahedron projection.

           **tsp** Truncated square pyramid projection.

           **he**
           **hequirect**
               Half equirectangular projection.

           **equisolid**
               Equisolid format.

               Format specific options:

               **h**___**fov**
               **v**___**fov**
               **d**___**fov**
                   Set output horizontal/vertical/diagonal field of view. Values in degrees.

                   If diagonal field of view is set it overrides horizontal and vertical field of
                   view.

               **ih**___**fov**
               **iv**___**fov**
               **id**___**fov**
                   Set input horizontal/vertical/diagonal field of view. Values in degrees.

                   If diagonal field of view is set it overrides horizontal and vertical field of
                   view.

           **og**  Orthographic format.

               Format specific options:

               **h**___**fov**
               **v**___**fov**
               **d**___**fov**
                   Set output horizontal/vertical/diagonal field of view. Values in degrees.

                   If diagonal field of view is set it overrides horizontal and vertical field of
                   view.

               **ih**___**fov**
               **iv**___**fov**
               **id**___**fov**
                   Set input horizontal/vertical/diagonal field of view. Values in degrees.

                   If diagonal field of view is set it overrides horizontal and vertical field of
                   view.

           **octahedron**
               Octahedron projection.

### interp
           Set interpolation method._Note:_ _more_ _complex_ _interpolation_ _methods_ _require_ _much_ _more_
           _memory_ _to_ _run._

           Available methods:

           **near**
           **nearest**
               Nearest neighbour.

           **line**
           **linear**
               Bilinear interpolation.

           **lagrange9**
               Lagrange9 interpolation.

           **cube**
           **cubic**
               Bicubic interpolation.

           **lanc**
           **lanczos**
               Lanczos interpolation.

           **sp16**
           **spline16**
               Spline16 interpolation.

           **gauss**
           **gaussian**
               Gaussian interpolation.

           **mitchell**
               Mitchell interpolation.

           Default value is **@samp{line**}.

       **w**
       **h**   Set the output video resolution.

           Default resolution depends on formats.

       **in**___**stereo**
       **out**___**stereo**
           Set the input/output stereo format.

           **2d**  2D mono

           **sbs** Side by side

           **tb**  Top bottom

           Default value is **@samp{2d**} for input and output format.

### yaw
### pitch
### roll
           Set rotation for the output video. Values in degrees.

### rorder
           Set rotation order for the output video. Choose one item for each position.

           **y,** **Y**
               yaw

           **p,** **P**
               pitch

           **r,** **R**
               roll

           Default value is **@samp{ypr**}.

       **h**___**flip**
       **v**___**flip**
       **d**___**flip**
           Flip the output video horizontally(swaps left-right)/vertically(swaps
           up-down)/in-depth(swaps back-forward). Boolean values.

       **ih**___**flip**
       **iv**___**flip**
           Set if input video is flipped horizontally/vertically. Boolean values.

       **in**___**trans**
           Set if input video is transposed. Boolean value, by default disabled.

       **out**___**trans**
           Set if output video needs to be transposed. Boolean value, by default disabled.

       **alpha**___**mask**
           Build mask in alpha plane for all unmapped pixels by marking them fully transparent.
           Boolean value, by default disabled.

       _Examples_

       •   Convert equirectangular video to cubemap with 3x2 layout and 1% padding using bicubic
           interpolation:

                   ffmpeg -i input.mkv -vf v360=e:c3x2:cubic:out_pad=0.01 output.mkv

       •   Extract back view of Equi-Angular Cubemap:

                   ffmpeg -i input.mkv -vf v360=eac:flat:yaw=180 output.mkv

       •   Convert transposed and horizontally flipped Equi-Angular Cubemap in side-by-side stereo
           format to equirectangular top-bottom stereo format:

                   v360=eac:equirect:in_stereo=sbs:in_trans=1:ih_flip=1:out_stereo=tb

       _Commands_

       This filter supports subset of above options as **commands**.

### vaguedenoiser
       Apply a wavelet based denoiser.

       It transforms each frame from the video input into the wavelet domain, using Cohen-
       Daubechies-Feauveau 9/7. Then it applies some filtering to the obtained coefficients. It does
       an inverse wavelet transform after.  Due to wavelet properties, it should give a nice
       smoothed result, and reduced noise, without blurring picture features.

       This filter accepts the following options:

### threshold
           The filtering strength. The higher, the more filtered the video will be.  Hard
           thresholding can use a higher threshold than soft thresholding before the video looks
           overfiltered. Default value is 2.

### method
           The filtering method the filter will use.

           It accepts the following values:

           **hard**
               All values under the threshold will be zeroed.

           **soft**
               All values under the threshold will be zeroed. All values above will be reduced by
               the threshold.

           **garrote**
               Scales or nullifies coefficients - intermediary between (more) soft and (less) hard
               thresholding.

           Default is garrote.

### nsteps
           Number of times, the wavelet will decompose the picture. Picture can't be decomposed
           beyond a particular point (typically, 8 for a 640x480 frame - as 2^9 = 512 > 480). Valid
           values are integers between 1 and 32. Default value is 6.

### percent
           Partial of full denoising (limited coefficients shrinking), from 0 to 100. Default value
           is 85.

### planes
           A list of the planes to process. By default all planes are processed.

### type
           The threshold type the filter will use.

           It accepts the following values:

           **universal**
               Threshold used is same for all decompositions.

           **bayes**
               Threshold used depends also on each decomposition coefficients.

           Default is universal.

### vectorscope
       Display 2 color component values in the two dimensional graph (which is called a
       vectorscope).

       This filter accepts the following options:

### mode, m
           Set vectorscope mode.

           It accepts the following values:

           **gray**
           **tint**
               Gray values are displayed on graph, higher brightness means more pixels have same
               component color value on location in graph. This is the default mode.

           **color**
               Gray values are displayed on graph. Surrounding pixels values which are not present
               in video frame are drawn in gradient of 2 color components which are set by option
               "x" and "y". The 3rd color component is static.

           **color2**
               Actual color components values present in video frame are displayed on graph.

           **color3**
               Similar as color2 but higher frequency of same values "x" and "y" on graph increases
               value of another color component, which is luminance by default values of "x" and
               "y".

           **color4**
               Actual colors present in video frame are displayed on graph. If two different colors
               map to same position on graph then color with higher value of component not present
               in graph is picked.

           **color5**
               Gray values are displayed on graph. Similar to "color" but with 3rd color component
               picked from radial gradient.

       **x**   Set which color component will be represented on X-axis. Default is 1.

       **y**   Set which color component will be represented on Y-axis. Default is 2.

### intensity, i
           Set intensity, used by modes: gray, color, color3 and color5 for increasing brightness of
           color component which represents frequency of (X, Y) location in graph.

### envelope, e
           **none**
               No envelope, this is default.

           **instant**
               Instant envelope, even darkest single pixel will be clearly highlighted.

           **peak**
               Hold maximum and minimum values presented in graph over time. This way you can still
               spot out of range values without constantly looking at vectorscope.

           **peak+instant**
               Peak and instant envelope combined together.

### graticule, g
           Set what kind of graticule to draw.

           **none**
           **green**
           **color**
           **invert**
### opacity, o
           Set graticule opacity.

### flags, f
           Set graticule flags.

           **white**
               Draw graticule for white point.

           **black**
               Draw graticule for black point.

           **name**
               Draw color points short names.

### bgopacity, b
           Set background opacity.

### lthreshold, l
           Set low threshold for color component not represented on X or Y axis.  Values lower than
           this value will be ignored. Default is 0.  Note this value is multiplied with actual max
           possible value one pixel component can have. So for 8-bit input and low threshold value
           of 0.1 actual threshold is 0.1 * 255 = 25.

### hthreshold, h
           Set high threshold for color component not represented on X or Y axis.  Values higher
           than this value will be ignored. Default is 1.  Note this value is multiplied with actual
           max possible value one pixel component can have. So for 8-bit input and high threshold
           value of 0.9 actual threshold is 0.9 * 255 = 230.

### colorspace, c
           Set what kind of colorspace to use when drawing graticule.

           **auto**
           **601**
           **709**

           Default is auto.

### tint0, t0
### tint1, t1
           Set color tint for gray/tint vectorscope mode. By default both options are zero.  This
           means no tint, and output will remain gray.

### vidstabdetect
       Analyze video stabilization/deshaking. Perform pass 1 of 2, see **vidstabtransform** for pass 2.

       This filter generates a file with relative translation and rotation transform information
       about subsequent frames, which is then used by the **vidstabtransform** filter.

       To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with "--enable-libvidstab".

       This filter accepts the following options:

### result
           Set the path to the file used to write the transforms information.  Default value is
           _transforms.trf_.

### shakiness
           Set how shaky the video is and how quick the camera is. It accepts an integer in the
           range 1-10, a value of 1 means little shakiness, a value of 10 means strong shakiness.
           Default value is 5.

### accuracy
           Set the accuracy of the detection process. It must be a value in the range 1-15. A value
           of 1 means low accuracy, a value of 15 means high accuracy. Default value is 15.

### stepsize
           Set stepsize of the search process. The region around minimum is scanned with 1 pixel
           resolution. Default value is 6.

### mincontrast
           Set minimum contrast. Below this value a local measurement field is discarded. Must be a
           floating point value in the range 0-1. Default value is 0.3.

### tripod
           Set reference frame number for tripod mode.

           If enabled, the motion of the frames is compared to a reference frame in the filtered
           stream, identified by the specified number. The idea is to compensate all movements in a
           more-or-less static scene and keep the camera view absolutely still.

           If set to 0, it is disabled. The frames are counted starting from 1.

### show
           Show fields and transforms in the resulting frames. It accepts an integer in the range
           0-2. Default value is 0, which disables any visualization.

       _Examples_

       •   Use default values:

                   vidstabdetect

       •   Analyze strongly shaky movie and put the results in file _mytransforms.trf_:

                   vidstabdetect=shakiness=10:accuracy=15:result="mytransforms.trf"

       •   Visualize the result of internal transformations in the resulting video:

                   vidstabdetect=show=1

       •   Analyze a video with medium shakiness using **ffmpeg**:

                   ffmpeg -i input -vf vidstabdetect=shakiness=5:show=1 dummy.avi

### vidstabtransform
       Video stabilization/deshaking: pass 2 of 2, see **vidstabdetect** for pass 1.

       Read a file with transform information for each frame and apply/compensate them. Together
       with the **vidstabdetect** filter this can be used to deshake videos. See also
       <**<http://public.hronopik.de/vid.stab>**>. It is important to also use the **unsharp** filter, see
       below.

       To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with "--enable-libvidstab".

       _Options_

### input
           Set path to the file used to read the transforms. Default value is _transforms.trf_.

### smoothing
           Set the number of frames (value*2 + 1) used for lowpass filtering the camera movements.
           Default value is 10.

           For example a number of 10 means that 21 frames are used (10 in the past and 10 in the
           future) to smoothen the motion in the video. A larger value leads to a smoother video,
           but limits the acceleration of the camera (pan/tilt movements). 0 is a special case where
           a static camera is simulated.

### optalgo
           Set the camera path optimization algorithm.

           Accepted values are:

           **gauss**
               gaussian kernel low-pass filter on camera motion (default)

           **avg** averaging on transformations

### maxshift
           Set maximal number of pixels to translate frames. Default value is -1, meaning no limit.

### maxangle
           Set maximal angle in radians (degree*PI/180) to rotate frames. Default value is -1,
           meaning no limit.

### crop
           Specify how to deal with borders that may be visible due to movement compensation.

           Available values are:

           **keep**
               keep image information from previous frame (default)

           **black**
               fill the border black

### invert
           Invert transforms if set to 1. Default value is 0.

### relative
           Consider transforms as relative to previous frame if set to 1, absolute if set to 0.
           Default value is 0.

### zoom
           Set percentage to zoom. A positive value will result in a zoom-in effect, a negative
           value in a zoom-out effect. Default value is 0 (no zoom).

### optzoom
           Set optimal zooming to avoid borders.

           Accepted values are:

           **0**   disabled

           **1**   optimal static zoom value is determined (only very strong movements will lead to
               visible borders) (default)

           **2**   optimal adaptive zoom value is determined (no borders will be visible), see **zoomspeed**

           Note that the value given at zoom is added to the one calculated here.

### zoomspeed
           Set percent to zoom maximally each frame (enabled when **optzoom** is set to 2). Range is
           from 0 to 5, default value is 0.25.

### interpol
           Specify type of interpolation.

           Available values are:

           **no**  no interpolation

           **linear**
               linear only horizontal

           **bilinear**
               linear in both directions (default)

           **bicubic**
               cubic in both directions (slow)

### tripod
           Enable virtual tripod mode if set to 1, which is equivalent to "relative=0:smoothing=0".
           Default value is 0.

           Use also "tripod" option of **vidstabdetect**.

### debug
           Increase log verbosity if set to 1. Also the detected global motions are written to the
           temporary file _global_motions.trf_. Default value is 0.

       _Examples_

       •   Use **ffmpeg** for a typical stabilization with default values:

                   ffmpeg -i inp.mpeg -vf vidstabtransform,unsharp=5:5:0.8:3:3:0.4 inp_stabilized.mpeg

           Note the use of the **unsharp** filter which is always recommended.

       •   Zoom in a bit more and load transform data from a given file:

                   vidstabtransform=zoom=5:input="mytransforms.trf"

       •   Smoothen the video even more:

                   vidstabtransform=smoothing=30

### vflip
       Flip the input video vertically.

       For example, to vertically flip a video with **ffmpeg**:

               ffmpeg -i in.avi -vf "vflip" out.avi

### vfrdet
       Detect variable frame rate video.

       This filter tries to detect if the input is variable or constant frame rate.

       At end it will output number of frames detected as having variable delta pts, and ones with
       constant delta pts.  If there was frames with variable delta, than it will also show min, max
       and average delta encountered.

### vibrance
       Boost or alter saturation.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### intensity
           Set strength of boost if positive value or strength of alter if negative value.  Default
           is 0. Allowed range is from -2 to 2.

### rbal
           Set the red balance. Default is 1. Allowed range is from -10 to 10.

### gbal
           Set the green balance. Default is 1. Allowed range is from -10 to 10.

### bbal
           Set the blue balance. Default is 1. Allowed range is from -10 to 10.

### rlum
           Set the red luma coefficient.

### glum
           Set the green luma coefficient.

### blum
           Set the blue luma coefficient.

### alternate
           If "intensity" is negative and this is set to 1, colors will change, otherwise colors
           will be less saturated, more towards gray.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the all above options as **commands**.

### vif
       Obtain the average VIF (Visual Information Fidelity) between two input videos.

       This filter takes two input videos.

       Both input videos must have the same resolution and pixel format for this filter to work
       correctly. Also it assumes that both inputs have the same number of frames, which are
       compared one by one.

       The obtained average VIF score is printed through the logging system.

       The filter stores the calculated VIF score of each frame.

       In the below example the input file _main.mpg_ being processed is compared with the reference
       file _ref.mpg_.

               ffmpeg -i main.mpg -i ref.mpg -lavfi vif -f null -

### vignette
       Make or reverse a natural vignetting effect.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### angle, a
           Set lens angle expression as a number of radians.

           The value is clipped in the "[0,PI/2]" range.

           Default value: "PI/5"

       **x0**
       **y0**  Set center coordinates expressions. Respectively "w/2" and "h/2" by default.

### mode
           Set forward/backward mode.

           Available modes are:

           **forward**
               The larger the distance from the central point, the darker the image becomes.

           **backward**
               The larger the distance from the central point, the brighter the image becomes.  This
               can be used to reverse a vignette effect, though there is no automatic detection to
               extract the lens **angle** and other settings (yet). It can also be used to create a
               burning effect.

           Default value is **forward**.

### eval
           Set evaluation mode for the expressions (**angle**, **x0**, **y0**).

           It accepts the following values:

           **init**
               Evaluate expressions only once during the filter initialization.

           **frame**
               Evaluate expressions for each incoming frame. This is way slower than the **init** mode
               since it requires all the scalers to be re-computed, but it allows advanced dynamic
               expressions.

           Default value is **init**.

### dither
           Set dithering to reduce the circular banding effects. Default is 1 (enabled).

### aspect
           Set vignette aspect. This setting allows one to adjust the shape of the vignette.
           Setting this value to the SAR of the input will make a rectangular vignetting following
           the dimensions of the video.

           Default is "1/1".

       _Expressions_

       The **alpha**, **x0** and **y0** expressions can contain the following parameters.

       **w**
       **h**   input width and height

       **n**   the number of input frame, starting from 0

       **pts** the PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) time of the filtered video frame, expressed in _TB_ units,
           NAN if undefined

       **r**   frame rate of the input video, NAN if the input frame rate is unknown

       **t**   the PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) of the filtered video frame, expressed in seconds, NAN
           if undefined

       **tb**  time base of the input video

       _Examples_

       •   Apply simple strong vignetting effect:

                   vignette=PI/4

       •   Make a flickering vignetting:

                   vignette='PI/[4+random(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/4%2Brandom/1/markdown)*PI/50':eval=frame

### vmafmotion
       Obtain the average VMAF motion score of a video.  It is one of the component metrics of VMAF.

       The obtained average motion score is printed through the logging system.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **stats**___**file**
           If specified, the filter will use the named file to save the motion score of each frame
           with respect to the previous frame.  When filename equals "-" the data is sent to
           standard output.

       Example:

               ffmpeg -i ref.mpg -vf vmafmotion -f null -

### vstack
       Stack input videos vertically.

       All streams must be of same pixel format and of same width.

       Note that this filter is faster than using **overlay** and **pad** filter to create same output.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### inputs
           Set number of input streams. Default is 2.

### shortest
           If set to 1, force the output to terminate when the shortest input terminates. Default
           value is 0.

### w3fdif
       Deinterlace the input video ("w3fdif" stands for "Weston 3 Field Deinterlacing Filter").

       Based on the process described by Martin Weston for BBC R&D, and implemented based on the de-
       interlace algorithm written by Jim Easterbrook for BBC R&D, the Weston 3 field deinterlacing
       filter uses filter coefficients calculated by BBC R&D.

       This filter uses field-dominance information in frame to decide which of each pair of fields
       to place first in the output.  If it gets it wrong use **setfield** filter before "w3fdif"
       filter.

       There are two sets of filter coefficients, so called "simple" and "complex". Which set of
       filter coefficients is used can be set by passing an optional parameter:

### filter
           Set the interlacing filter coefficients. Accepts one of the following values:

           **simple**
               Simple filter coefficient set.

           **complex**
               More-complex filter coefficient set.

           Default value is **complex**.

### mode
           The interlacing mode to adopt. It accepts one of the following values:

           **frame**
               Output one frame for each frame.

           **field**
               Output one frame for each field.

           The default value is "field".

### parity
           The picture field parity assumed for the input interlaced video. It accepts one of the
           following values:

           **tff** Assume the top field is first.

           **bff** Assume the bottom field is first.

           **auto**
               Enable automatic detection of field parity.

           The default value is "auto".  If the interlacing is unknown or the decoder does not
           export this information, top field first will be assumed.

### deint
           Specify which frames to deinterlace. Accepts one of the following values:

           **all** Deinterlace all frames,

           **interlaced**
               Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.

           Default value is **all**.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same **commands** as options.

### waveform
       Video waveform monitor.

       The waveform monitor plots color component intensity. By default luminance only. Each column
       of the waveform corresponds to a column of pixels in the source video.

       It accepts the following options:

### mode, m
           Can be either "row", or "column". Default is "column".  In row mode, the graph on the
           left side represents color component value 0 and the right side represents value = 255.
           In column mode, the top side represents color component value = 0 and bottom side
           represents value = 255.

### intensity, i
           Set intensity. Smaller values are useful to find out how many values of the same
           luminance are distributed across input rows/columns.  Default value is 0.04. Allowed
           range is [0, 1].

### mirror, r
           Set mirroring mode. 0 means unmirrored, 1 means mirrored.  In mirrored mode, higher
           values will be represented on the left side for "row" mode and at the top for "column"
           mode. Default is 1 (mirrored).

### display, d
           Set display mode.  It accepts the following values:

           **overlay**
               Presents information identical to that in the "parade", except that the graphs
               representing color components are superimposed directly over one another.

               This display mode makes it easier to spot relative differences or similarities in
               overlapping areas of the color components that are supposed to be identical, such as
               neutral whites, grays, or blacks.

           **stack**
               Display separate graph for the color components side by side in "row" mode or one
               below the other in "column" mode.

           **parade**
               Display separate graph for the color components side by side in "column" mode or one
               below the other in "row" mode.

               Using this display mode makes it easy to spot color casts in the highlights and
               shadows of an image, by comparing the contours of the top and the bottom graphs of
               each waveform. Since whites, grays, and blacks are characterized by exactly equal
               amounts of red, green, and blue, neutral areas of the picture should display three
               waveforms of roughly equal width/height. If not, the correction is easy to perform by
               making level adjustments the three waveforms.

           Default is "stack".

### components, c
           Set which color components to display. Default is 1, which means only luminance or red
           color component if input is in RGB colorspace. If is set for example to 7 it will display
           all 3 (if) available color components.

### envelope, e
           **none**
               No envelope, this is default.

           **instant**
               Instant envelope, minimum and maximum values presented in graph will be easily
               visible even with small "step" value.

           **peak**
               Hold minimum and maximum values presented in graph across time. This way you can
               still spot out of range values without constantly looking at waveforms.

           **peak+instant**
               Peak and instant envelope combined together.

### filter, f
           **lowpass**
               No filtering, this is default.

           **flat**
               Luma and chroma combined together.

           **aflat**
               Similar as above, but shows difference between blue and red chroma.

           **xflat**
               Similar as above, but use different colors.

           **yflat**
               Similar as above, but again with different colors.

           **chroma**
               Displays only chroma.

           **color**
               Displays actual color value on waveform.

           **acolor**
               Similar as above, but with luma showing frequency of chroma values.

### graticule, g
           Set which graticule to display.

           **none**
               Do not display graticule.

           **green**
               Display green graticule showing legal broadcast ranges.

           **orange**
               Display orange graticule showing legal broadcast ranges.

           **invert**
               Display invert graticule showing legal broadcast ranges.

### opacity, o
           Set graticule opacity.

### flags, fl
           Set graticule flags.

           **numbers**
               Draw numbers above lines. By default enabled.

           **dots**
               Draw dots instead of lines.

### scale, s
           Set scale used for displaying graticule.

           **digital**
           **millivolts**
           **ire**

           Default is digital.

### bgopacity, b
           Set background opacity.

### tint0, t0
### tint1, t1
           Set tint for output.  Only used with lowpass filter and when display is not overlay and
           input pixel formats are not RGB.

### weave, doubleweave
       The "weave" takes a field-based video input and join each two sequential fields into single
       frame, producing a new double height clip with half the frame rate and half the frame count.

       The "doubleweave" works same as "weave" but without halving frame rate and frame count.

       It accepts the following option:

       **first**___**field**
           Set first field. Available values are:

           **top,** **t**
               Set the frame as top-field-first.

           **bottom,** **b**
               Set the frame as bottom-field-first.

       _Examples_

       •   Interlace video using **select** and **separatefields** filter:

                   separatefields,select=eq(mod(n,4),0)+eq(mod(n,4),3),weave

### xbr
       Apply the xBR high-quality magnification filter which is designed for pixel art. It follows a
       set of edge-detection rules, see <**<https://forums.libretro.com/t/xbr-algorithm-tutorial/123>**>.

       It accepts the following option:

       **n**   Set the scaling dimension: 2 for "2xBR", 3 for "3xBR" and 4 for "4xBR".  Default is 3.

### xfade
       Apply cross fade from one input video stream to another input video stream.  The cross fade
       is applied for specified duration.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### transition
           Set one of available transition effects:

           **custom**
           **fade**
           **wipeleft**
           **wiperight**
           **wipeup**
           **wipedown**
           **slideleft**
           **slideright**
           **slideup**
           **slidedown**
           **circlecrop**
           **rectcrop**
           **distance**
           **fadeblack**
           **fadewhite**
           **radial**
           **smoothleft**
           **smoothright**
           **smoothup**
           **smoothdown**
           **circleopen**
           **circleclose**
           **vertopen**
           **vertclose**
           **horzopen**
           **horzclose**
           **dissolve**
           **pixelize**
           **diagtl**
           **diagtr**
           **diagbl**
           **diagbr**
           **hlslice**
           **hrslice**
           **vuslice**
           **vdslice**
           **hblur**
           **fadegrays**
           **wipetl**
           **wipetr**
           **wipebl**
           **wipebr**
           **squeezeh**
           **squeezev**

           Default transition effect is fade.

### duration
           Set cross fade duration in seconds.  Default duration is 1 second.

### offset
           Set cross fade start relative to first input stream in seconds.  Default offset is 0.

### expr
           Set expression for custom transition effect.

           The expressions can use the following variables and functions:

           **X**
           **Y**   The coordinates of the current sample.

           **W**
           **H**   The width and height of the image.

           **P**   Progress of transition effect.

           **PLANE**
               Currently processed plane.

           **A**   Return value of first input at current location and plane.

           **B**   Return value of second input at current location and plane.

           **a0(x,** **y)**
           **a1(x,** **y)**
           **a2(x,** **y)**
           **a3(x,** **y)**
               Return the value of the pixel at location (_x_,_y_) of the first/second/third/fourth
               component of first input.

           **b0(x,** **y)**
           **b1(x,** **y)**
           **b2(x,** **y)**
           **b3(x,** **y)**
               Return the value of the pixel at location (_x_,_y_) of the first/second/third/fourth
               component of second input.

       _Examples_

       •   Cross fade from one input video to another input video, with fade transition and duration
           of transition of 2 seconds starting at offset of 5 seconds:

                   ffmpeg -i first.mp4 -i second.mp4 -filter_complex xfade=transition=fade:duration=2:offset=5 output.mp4

### xmedian
       Pick median pixels from several input videos.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### inputs
           Set number of inputs.  Default is 3. Allowed range is from 3 to 255.  If number of inputs
           is even number, than result will be mean value between two median values.

### planes
           Set which planes to filter. Default value is 15, by which all planes are processed.

### percentile
           Set median percentile. Default value is 0.5.  Default value of 0.5 will pick always
           median values, while 0 will pick minimum values, and 1 maximum values.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports all above options as **commands**, excluding option "inputs".

### xstack
       Stack video inputs into custom layout.

       All streams must be of same pixel format.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### inputs
           Set number of input streams. Default is 2.

### layout
           Specify layout of inputs.  This option requires the desired layout configuration to be
           explicitly set by the user.  This sets position of each video input in output. Each input
           is separated by '|'.  The first number represents the column, and the second number
           represents the row.  Numbers start at 0 and are separated by '_'. Optionally one can use
           wX and hX, where X is video input from which to take width or height.  Multiple values
           can be used when separated by '+'. In such case values are summed together.

           Note that if inputs are of different sizes gaps may appear, as not all of the output
           video frame will be filled. Similarly, videos can overlap each other if their position
           doesn't leave enough space for the full frame of adjoining videos.

           For 2 inputs, a default layout of "0_0|w0_0" is set. In all other cases, a layout must be
           set by the user.

### shortest
           If set to 1, force the output to terminate when the shortest input terminates. Default
           value is 0.

### fill
           If set to valid color, all unused pixels will be filled with that color.  By default fill
           is set to none, so it is disabled.

       _Examples_

       •   Display 4 inputs into 2x2 grid.

           Layout:

                   input1(0, 0)  | input3(w0, 0)
                   input2(0, h0) | input4(w0, h0)



                   xstack=inputs=4:layout=0_0|0_h0|w0_0|w0_h0

           Note that if inputs are of different sizes, gaps or overlaps may occur.

       •   Display 4 inputs into 1x4 grid.

           Layout:

                   input1(0, 0)
                   input2(0, h0)
                   input3(0, h0+h1)
                   input4(0, h0+h1+h2)



                   xstack=inputs=4:layout=0_0|0_h0|0_h0+h1|0_h0+h1+h2

           Note that if inputs are of different widths, unused space will appear.

       •   Display 9 inputs into 3x3 grid.

           Layout:

                   input1(0, 0)       | input4(w0, 0)      | input7(w0+w3, 0)
                   input2(0, h0)      | input5(w0, h0)     | input8(w0+w3, h0)
                   input3(0, h0+h1)   | input6(w0, h0+h1)  | input9(w0+w3, h0+h1)



                   xstack=inputs=9:layout=0_0|0_h0|0_h0+h1|w0_0|w0_h0|w0_h0+h1|w0+w3_0|w0+w3_h0|w0+w3_h0+h1

           Note that if inputs are of different sizes, gaps or overlaps may occur.

       •   Display 16 inputs into 4x4 grid.

           Layout:

                   input1(0, 0)       | input5(w0, 0)       | input9 (w0+w4, 0)       | input13(w0+w4+w8, 0)
                   input2(0, h0)      | input6(w0, h0)      | input10(w0+w4, h0)      | input14(w0+w4+w8, h0)
                   input3(0, h0+h1)   | input7(w0, h0+h1)   | input11(w0+w4, h0+h1)   | input15(w0+w4+w8, h0+h1)
                   input4(0, h0+h1+h2)| input8(w0, h0+h1+h2)| input12(w0+w4, h0+h1+h2)| input16(w0+w4+w8, h0+h1+h2)



                   xstack=inputs=16:layout=0_0|0_h0|0_h0+h1|0_h0+h1+h2|w0_0|w0_h0|w0_h0+h1|w0_h0+h1+h2|w0+w4_0|
                   w0+w4_h0|w0+w4_h0+h1|w0+w4_h0+h1+h2|w0+w4+w8_0|w0+w4+w8_h0|w0+w4+w8_h0+h1|w0+w4+w8_h0+h1+h2

           Note that if inputs are of different sizes, gaps or overlaps may occur.

### yadif
       Deinterlace the input video ("yadif" means "yet another deinterlacing filter").

       It accepts the following parameters:

### mode
           The interlacing mode to adopt. It accepts one of the following values:

           **0,** **send**___**frame**
               Output one frame for each frame.

           **1,** **send**___**field**
               Output one frame for each field.

           **2,** **send**___**frame**___**nospatial**
               Like "send_frame", but it skips the spatial interlacing check.

           **3,** **send**___**field**___**nospatial**
               Like "send_field", but it skips the spatial interlacing check.

           The default value is "send_frame".

### parity
           The picture field parity assumed for the input interlaced video. It accepts one of the
           following values:

           **0,** **tff**
               Assume the top field is first.

           **1,** **bff**
               Assume the bottom field is first.

           **-1,** **auto**
               Enable automatic detection of field parity.

           The default value is "auto".  If the interlacing is unknown or the decoder does not
           export this information, top field first will be assumed.

### deint
           Specify which frames to deinterlace. Accepts one of the following values:

           **0,** **all**
               Deinterlace all frames.

           **1,** **interlaced**
               Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.

           The default value is "all".

   **yadif**___**cuda**
       Deinterlace the input video using the **yadif** algorithm, but implemented in CUDA so that it can
       work as part of a GPU accelerated pipeline with nvdec and/or nvenc.

       It accepts the following parameters:

### mode
           The interlacing mode to adopt. It accepts one of the following values:

           **0,** **send**___**frame**
               Output one frame for each frame.

           **1,** **send**___**field**
               Output one frame for each field.

           **2,** **send**___**frame**___**nospatial**
               Like "send_frame", but it skips the spatial interlacing check.

           **3,** **send**___**field**___**nospatial**
               Like "send_field", but it skips the spatial interlacing check.

           The default value is "send_frame".

### parity
           The picture field parity assumed for the input interlaced video. It accepts one of the
           following values:

           **0,** **tff**
               Assume the top field is first.

           **1,** **bff**
               Assume the bottom field is first.

           **-1,** **auto**
               Enable automatic detection of field parity.

           The default value is "auto".  If the interlacing is unknown or the decoder does not
           export this information, top field first will be assumed.

### deint
           Specify which frames to deinterlace. Accepts one of the following values:

           **0,** **all**
               Deinterlace all frames.

           **1,** **interlaced**
               Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.

           The default value is "all".

### yaepblur
       Apply blur filter while preserving edges ("yaepblur" means "yet another edge preserving blur
       filter").  The algorithm is described in "J. S. Lee, Digital image enhancement and noise
       filtering by use of local statistics, IEEE Trans. Pattern Anal. Mach. Intell. PAMI-2, 1980."

       It accepts the following parameters:

### radius, r
           Set the window radius. Default value is 3.

### planes, p
           Set which planes to filter. Default is only the first plane.

### sigma, s
           Set blur strength. Default value is 128.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports same **commands** as options.

### zoompan
       Apply Zoom & Pan effect.

       This filter accepts the following options:

### zoom, z
           Set the zoom expression. Range is 1-10. Default is 1.

       **x**
       **y**   Set the x and y expression. Default is 0.

       **d**   Set the duration expression in number of frames.  This sets for how many number of frames
           effect will last for single input image. Default is 90.

       **s**   Set the output image size, default is 'hd720'.

       **fps** Set the output frame rate, default is '25'.

       Each expression can contain the following constants:

       **in**___**w,** **iw**
           Input width.

       **in**___**h,** **ih**
           Input height.

       **out**___**w,** **ow**
           Output width.

       **out**___**h,** **oh**
           Output height.

       **in**  Input frame count.

       **on**  Output frame count.

       **in**___**time,** **it**
           The input timestamp expressed in seconds. It's NAN if the input timestamp is unknown.

       **out**___**time,** **time,** **ot**
           The output timestamp expressed in seconds.

       **x**
       **y**   Last calculated 'x' and 'y' position from 'x' and 'y' expression for current input frame.

       **px**
       **py**  'x' and 'y' of last output frame of previous input frame or 0 when there was not yet such
           frame (first input frame).

### zoom
           Last calculated zoom from 'z' expression for current input frame.

### pzoom
           Last calculated zoom of last output frame of previous input frame.

### duration
           Number of output frames for current input frame. Calculated from 'd' expression for each
           input frame.

### pduration
           number of output frames created for previous input frame

       **a**   Rational number: input width / input height

       **sar** sample aspect ratio

       **dar** display aspect ratio

       _Examples_

       •   Zoom in up to 1.5x and pan at same time to some spot near center of picture:

                   zoompan=z='min(zoom+0.0015,1.5)':d=700:x='if(gte(zoom,1.5),x,x+1/a)':y='if(gte(zoom,1.5),y,y+1)':s=640x360

       •   Zoom in up to 1.5x and pan always at center of picture:

                   zoompan=z='min(zoom+0.0015,1.5)':d=700:x='iw/2-(iw/zoom/2)':y='ih/2-(ih/zoom/2)'

       •   Same as above but without pausing:

                   zoompan=z='min(max(zoom,pzoom)+0.0015,1.5)':d=1:x='iw/2-(iw/zoom/2)':y='ih/2-(ih/zoom/2)'

       •   Zoom in 2x into center of picture only for the first second of the input video:

                   zoompan=z='if(between(in_time,0,1),2,1)':d=1:x='iw/2-(iw/zoom/2)':y='ih/2-(ih/zoom/2)'

### zscale
       Scale (resize) the input video, using the z.lib library:
       <**<https://github.com/sekrit-twc/zimg>**>. To enable compilation of this filter, you need to
       configure FFmpeg with "--enable-libzimg".

       The zscale filter forces the output display aspect ratio to be the same as the input, by
       changing the output sample aspect ratio.

       If the input image format is different from the format requested by the next filter, the
       zscale filter will convert the input to the requested format.

       _Options_

       The filter accepts the following options.

### width, w
### height, h
           Set the output video dimension expression. Default value is the input dimension.

           If the _width_ or _w_ value is 0, the input width is used for the output. If the _height_ or _h_
           value is 0, the input height is used for the output.

           If one and only one of the values is -n with n >= 1, the zscale filter will use a value
           that maintains the aspect ratio of the input image, calculated from the other specified
           dimension. After that it will, however, make sure that the calculated dimension is
           divisible by n and adjust the value if necessary.

           If both values are -n with n >= 1, the behavior will be identical to both values being
           set to 0 as previously detailed.

           See below for the list of accepted constants for use in the dimension expression.

### size, s
           Set the video size. For the syntax of this option, check the **"Video** **size"** **section** **in** **the**
           **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.

### dither, d
           Set the dither type.

           Possible values are:

           _none_
           _ordered_
           _random_
           _error_diffusion_

           Default is none.

### filter, f
           Set the resize filter type.

           Possible values are:

           _point_
           _bilinear_
           _bicubic_
           _spline16_
           _spline36_
           _lanczos_

           Default is bilinear.

### range, r
           Set the color range.

           Possible values are:

           _input_
           _limited_
           _full_

           Default is same as input.

### primaries, p
           Set the color primaries.

           Possible values are:

           _input_
           _709_
           _unspecified_
           _170m_
           _240m_
           _2020_

           Default is same as input.

### transfer, t
           Set the transfer characteristics.

           Possible values are:

           _input_
           _709_
           _unspecified_
           _601_
           _linear_
           _2020_10_
           _2020_12_
           _smpte2084_
           _iec61966-2-1_
           _arib-std-b67_

           Default is same as input.

### matrix, m
           Set the colorspace matrix.

           Possible value are:

           _input_
           _709_
           _unspecified_
           _470bg_
           _170m_
           _2020_ncl_
           _2020_cl_

           Default is same as input.

### rangein, rin
           Set the input color range.

           Possible values are:

           _input_
           _limited_
           _full_

           Default is same as input.

### primariesin, pin
           Set the input color primaries.

           Possible values are:

           _input_
           _709_
           _unspecified_
           _170m_
           _240m_
           _2020_

           Default is same as input.

### transferin, tin
           Set the input transfer characteristics.

           Possible values are:

           _input_
           _709_
           _unspecified_
           _601_
           _linear_
           _2020_10_
           _2020_12_

           Default is same as input.

### matrixin, min
           Set the input colorspace matrix.

           Possible value are:

           _input_
           _709_
           _unspecified_
           _470bg_
           _170m_
           _2020_ncl_
           _2020_cl_
### chromal, c
           Set the output chroma location.

           Possible values are:

           _input_
           _left_
           _center_
           _topleft_
           _top_
           _bottomleft_
           _bottom_
### chromalin, cin
           Set the input chroma location.

           Possible values are:

           _input_
           _left_
           _center_
           _topleft_
           _top_
           _bottomleft_
           _bottom_
       **npl** Set the nominal peak luminance.

       **param**___**a**
           Parameter A for scaling filters. Parameter "b" for bicubic, and the number of filter taps
           for lanczos.

       **param**___**b**
           Parameter B for scaling filters. Parameter "c" for bicubic.

       The values of the **w** and **h** options are expressions containing the following constants:

       _in_w_
       _in_h_
           The input width and height

       _iw_
       _ih_  These are the same as _in_w_ and _in_h_.

       _out_w_
       _out_h_
           The output (scaled) width and height

       _ow_
       _oh_  These are the same as _out_w_ and _out_h_

       _a_   The same as _iw_ / _ih_

       _sar_ input sample aspect ratio

       _dar_ The input display aspect ratio. Calculated from "(iw / ih) * sar".

       _hsub_
       _vsub_
           horizontal and vertical input chroma subsample values. For example for the pixel format
           "yuv422p" _hsub_ is 2 and _vsub_ is 1.

       _ohsub_
       _ovsub_
           horizontal and vertical output chroma subsample values. For example for the pixel format
           "yuv422p" _hsub_ is 2 and _vsub_ is 1.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the following commands:

### width, w
### height, h
           Set the output video dimension expression.  The command accepts the same syntax of the
           corresponding option.

           If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current value.

## OPENCL VIDEO FILTERS
       Below is a description of the currently available OpenCL video filters.

       To enable compilation of these filters you need to configure FFmpeg with "--enable-opencl".

       Running OpenCL filters requires you to initialize a hardware device and to pass that device
       to all filters in any filter graph.

### -init
           Initialise a new hardware device of type _opencl_ called _name_, using the given device
           parameters.

### -filter
           Pass the hardware device called _name_ to all filters in any filter graph.

       For more detailed information see <**<https://www.ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg.html#Advanced-Video-options>**>

       •   Example of choosing the first device on the second platform and running avgblur_opencl
           filter with default parameters on it.

                   -init_hw_device opencl=gpu:1.0 -filter_hw_device gpu -i INPUT -vf "hwupload, avgblur_opencl, hwdownload" OUTPUT

       Since OpenCL filters are not able to access frame data in normal memory, all frame data needs
       to be uploaded(**hwupload**) to hardware surfaces connected to the appropriate device before
       being used and then downloaded(**hwdownload**) back to normal memory. Note that **hwupload** will
       upload to a surface with the same layout as the software frame, so it may be necessary to add
       a **format** filter immediately before to get the input into the right format and **hwdownload** does
       not support all formats on the output - it may be necessary to insert an additional **format**
       filter immediately following in the graph to get the output in a supported format.

   **avgblur**___**opencl**
       Apply average blur filter.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### sizeX
           Set horizontal radius size.  Range is "[1, 1024]" and default value is 1.

### planes
           Set which planes to filter. Default value is 0xf, by which all planes are processed.

### sizeY
           Set vertical radius size. Range is "[1, 1024]" and default value is 0. If zero, "sizeX"
           value will be used.

       _Example_

       •   Apply average blur filter with horizontal and vertical size of 3, setting each pixel of
           the output to the average value of the 7x7 region centered on it in the input. For pixels
           on the edges of the image, the region does not extend beyond the image boundaries, and so
           out-of-range coordinates are not used in the calculations.

                   -i INPUT -vf "hwupload, avgblur_opencl=3, hwdownload" OUTPUT

   **boxblur**___**opencl**
       Apply a boxblur algorithm to the input video.

       It accepts the following parameters:

       **luma**___**radius,** **lr**
       **luma**___**power,** **lp**
       **chroma**___**radius,** **cr**
       **chroma**___**power,** **cp**
       **alpha**___**radius,** **ar**
       **alpha**___**power,** **ap**

       A description of the accepted options follows.

       **luma**___**radius,** **lr**
       **chroma**___**radius,** **cr**
       **alpha**___**radius,** **ar**
           Set an expression for the box radius in pixels used for blurring the corresponding input
           plane.

           The radius value must be a non-negative number, and must not be greater than the value of
           the expression "min(w,h)/2" for the luma and alpha planes, and of "min(cw,ch)/2" for the
           chroma planes.

           Default value for **luma**___**radius** is "2". If not specified, **chroma**___**radius** and **alpha**___**radius**
           default to the corresponding value set for **luma**___**radius**.

           The expressions can contain the following constants:

           **w**
           **h**   The input width and height in pixels.

           **cw**
           **ch**  The input chroma image width and height in pixels.

           **hsub**
           **vsub**
               The horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example, for the pixel
               format "yuv422p", _hsub_ is 2 and _vsub_ is 1.

       **luma**___**power,** **lp**
       **chroma**___**power,** **cp**
       **alpha**___**power,** **ap**
           Specify how many times the boxblur filter is applied to the corresponding plane.

           Default value for **luma**___**power** is 2. If not specified, **chroma**___**power** and **alpha**___**power** default
           to the corresponding value set for **luma**___**power**.

           A value of 0 will disable the effect.

       _Examples_

       Apply boxblur filter, setting each pixel of the output to the average value of box-radiuses
       _luma_radius_, _chroma_radius_, _alpha_radius_ for each plane respectively. The filter will apply
       _luma_power_, _chroma_power_, _alpha_power_ times onto the corresponding plane. For pixels on the
       edges of the image, the radius does not extend beyond the image boundaries, and so out-of-
       range coordinates are not used in the calculations.

       •   Apply a boxblur filter with the luma, chroma, and alpha radius set to 2 and luma, chroma,
           and alpha power set to 3. The filter will run 3 times with box-radius set to 2 for every
           plane of the image.

                   -i INPUT -vf "hwupload, boxblur_opencl=luma_radius=2:luma_power=3, hwdownload" OUTPUT
                   -i INPUT -vf "hwupload, boxblur_opencl=2:3, hwdownload" OUTPUT

       •   Apply a boxblur filter with luma radius set to 2, luma_power to 1, chroma_radius to 4,
           chroma_power to 5, alpha_radius to 3 and alpha_power to 7.

           For the luma plane, a 2x2 box radius will be run once.

           For the chroma plane, a 4x4 box radius will be run 5 times.

           For the alpha plane, a 3x3 box radius will be run 7 times.

                   -i INPUT -vf "hwupload, boxblur_opencl=2:1:4:5:3:7, hwdownload" OUTPUT

   **colorkey**___**opencl**
       RGB colorspace color keying.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### color
           The color which will be replaced with transparency.

### similarity
           Similarity percentage with the key color.

           0.01 matches only the exact key color, while 1.0 matches everything.

### blend
           Blend percentage.

           0.0 makes pixels either fully transparent, or not transparent at all.

           Higher values result in semi-transparent pixels, with a higher transparency the more
           similar the pixels color is to the key color.

       _Examples_

       •   Make every semi-green pixel in the input transparent with some slight blending:

                   -i INPUT -vf "hwupload, colorkey_opencl=green:0.3:0.1, hwdownload" OUTPUT

   **convolution**___**opencl**
       Apply convolution of 3x3, 5x5, 7x7 matrix.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **0m**
       **1m**
       **2m**
       **3m**  Set matrix for each plane.  Matrix is sequence of 9, 25 or 49 signed numbers.  Default
           value for each plane is "0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0".

### 0rdiv
### 1rdiv
### 2rdiv
### 3rdiv
           Set multiplier for calculated value for each plane.  If unset or 0, it will be sum of all
           matrix elements.  The option value must be a float number greater or equal to 0.0.
           Default value is 1.0.

### 0bias
### 1bias
### 2bias
### 3bias
           Set bias for each plane. This value is added to the result of the multiplication.  Useful
           for making the overall image brighter or darker.  The option value must be a float number
           greater or equal to 0.0. Default value is 0.0.

       _Examples_

       •   Apply sharpen:

                   -i INPUT -vf "hwupload, convolution_opencl=0 -1 0 -1 5 -1 0 -1 0:0 -1 0 -1 5 -1 0 -1 0:0 -1 0 -1 5 -1 0 -1 0:0 -1 0 -1 5 -1 0 -1 0, hwdownload" OUTPUT

       •   Apply blur:

                   -i INPUT -vf "hwupload, convolution_opencl=1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1:1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1:1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1:1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1:1/9:1/9:1/9:1/9, hwdownload" OUTPUT

       •   Apply edge enhance:

                   -i INPUT -vf "hwupload, convolution_opencl=0 0 0 -1 1 0 0 0 0:0 0 0 -1 1 0 0 0 0:0 0 0 -1 1 0 0 0 0:0 0 0 -1 1 0 0 0 0:5:1:1:1:0:128:128:128, hwdownload" OUTPUT

       •   Apply edge detect:

                   -i INPUT -vf "hwupload, convolution_opencl=0 1 0 1 -4 1 0 1 0:0 1 0 1 -4 1 0 1 0:0 1 0 1 -4 1 0 1 0:0 1 0 1 -4 1 0 1 0:5:5:5:1:0:128:128:128, hwdownload" OUTPUT

       •   Apply laplacian edge detector which includes diagonals:

                   -i INPUT -vf "hwupload, convolution_opencl=1 1 1 1 -8 1 1 1 1:1 1 1 1 -8 1 1 1 1:1 1 1 1 -8 1 1 1 1:1 1 1 1 -8 1 1 1 1:5:5:5:1:0:128:128:0, hwdownload" OUTPUT

       •   Apply emboss:

                   -i INPUT -vf "hwupload, convolution_opencl=-2 -1 0 -1 1 1 0 1 2:-2 -1 0 -1 1 1 0 1 2:-2 -1 0 -1 1 1 0 1 2:-2 -1 0 -1 1 1 0 1 2, hwdownload" OUTPUT

   **erosion**___**opencl**
       Apply erosion effect to the video.

       This filter replaces the pixel by the [local(3x3)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/local/3x3/markdown) minimum.

       It accepts the following options:

### threshold0
### threshold1
### threshold2
### threshold3
           Limit the maximum change for each plane. Range is "[0, 65535]" and default value is
           65535.  If 0, plane will remain unchanged.

### coordinates
           Flag which specifies the pixel to refer to.  Range is "[0, 255]" and default value is
           255, i.e. all eight pixels are used.

           Flags to local 3x3 coordinates region centered on "x":

               1 2 3

               4 x 5

               6 7 8

       _Example_

       •   Apply erosion filter with threshold0 set to 30, threshold1 set 40, threshold2 set to 50
           and coordinates set to 231, setting each pixel of the output to the local minimum between
           pixels: 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8 of the 3x3 region centered on it in the input. If the difference
           between input pixel and local minimum is more then threshold of the corresponding plane,
           output pixel will be set to input pixel - threshold of corresponding plane.

                   -i INPUT -vf "hwupload, erosion_opencl=30:40:50:coordinates=231, hwdownload" OUTPUT

   **deshake**___**opencl**
       Feature-point based video stabilization filter.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### tripod
           Simulates a tripod by preventing any camera movement whatsoever from the original frame.
           Defaults to 0.

### debug
           Whether or not additional debug info should be displayed, both in the processed output
           and in the console.

           Note that in order to see console debug output you will also need to pass "-v verbose" to
           ffmpeg.

           Viewing point matches in the output video is only supported for RGB input.

           Defaults to 0.

       **adaptive**___**crop**
           Whether or not to do a tiny bit of cropping at the borders to cut down on the amount of
           mirrored pixels.

           Defaults to 1.

       **refine**___**features**
           Whether or not feature points should be refined at a sub-pixel level.

           This can be turned off for a slight performance gain at the cost of precision.

           Defaults to 1.

       **smooth**___**strength**
           The strength of the smoothing applied to the camera path from 0.0 to 1.0.

           1.0 is the maximum smoothing strength while values less than that result in less
           smoothing.

           0.0 causes the filter to adaptively choose a smoothing strength on a per-frame basis.

           Defaults to 0.0.

       **smooth**___**window**___**multiplier**
           Controls the size of the smoothing window (the number of frames buffered to determine
           motion information from).

           The size of the smoothing window is determined by multiplying the framerate of the video
           by this number.

           Acceptable values range from 0.1 to 10.0.

           Larger values increase the amount of motion data available for determining how to smooth
           the camera path, potentially improving smoothness, but also increase latency and memory
           usage.

           Defaults to 2.0.

       _Examples_

       •   Stabilize a video with a fixed, medium smoothing strength:

                   -i INPUT -vf "hwupload, deshake_opencl=smooth_strength=0.5, hwdownload" OUTPUT

       •   Stabilize a video with debugging (both in console and in rendered video):

                   -i INPUT -filter_complex "[0:v]format=rgba, hwupload, deshake_opencl=debug=1, hwdownload, format=rgba, format=yuv420p" -v verbose OUTPUT

   **dilation**___**opencl**
       Apply dilation effect to the video.

       This filter replaces the pixel by the [local(3x3)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/local/3x3/markdown) maximum.

       It accepts the following options:

### threshold0
### threshold1
### threshold2
### threshold3
           Limit the maximum change for each plane. Range is "[0, 65535]" and default value is
           65535.  If 0, plane will remain unchanged.

### coordinates
           Flag which specifies the pixel to refer to.  Range is "[0, 255]" and default value is
           255, i.e. all eight pixels are used.

           Flags to local 3x3 coordinates region centered on "x":

               1 2 3

               4 x 5

               6 7 8

       _Example_

       •   Apply dilation filter with threshold0 set to 30, threshold1 set 40, threshold2 set to 50
           and coordinates set to 231, setting each pixel of the output to the local maximum between
           pixels: 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8 of the 3x3 region centered on it in the input. If the difference
           between input pixel and local maximum is more then threshold of the corresponding plane,
           output pixel will be set to input pixel + threshold of corresponding plane.

                   -i INPUT -vf "hwupload, dilation_opencl=30:40:50:coordinates=231, hwdownload" OUTPUT

   **nlmeans**___**opencl**
       Non-local Means denoise filter through OpenCL, this filter accepts same options as **nlmeans**.

   **overlay**___**opencl**
       Overlay one video on top of another.

       It takes two inputs and has one output. The first input is the "main" video on which the
       second input is overlaid.  This filter requires same memory layout for all the inputs. So,
       format conversion may be needed.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **x**   Set the x coordinate of the overlaid video on the main video.  Default value is 0.

       **y**   Set the y coordinate of the overlaid video on the main video.  Default value is 0.

       _Examples_

       •   Overlay an image LOGO at the top-left corner of the INPUT video. Both inputs are yuv420p
           format.

                   -i INPUT -i LOGO -filter_complex "[0:v]hwupload[a], [1:v]format=yuv420p, hwupload[b], [a][b]overlay_opencl, hwdownload" OUTPUT

       •   The inputs have same memory layout for color channels , the overlay has additional alpha
           plane, like INPUT is yuv420p, and the LOGO is yuva420p.

                   -i INPUT -i LOGO -filter_complex "[0:v]hwupload[a], [1:v]format=yuva420p, hwupload[b], [a][b]overlay_opencl, hwdownload" OUTPUT

   **pad**___**opencl**
       Add paddings to the input image, and place the original input at the provided _x_, _y_
       coordinates.

       It accepts the following options:

### width, w
### height, h
           Specify an expression for the size of the output image with the paddings added. If the
           value for _width_ or _height_ is 0, the corresponding input size is used for the output.

           The _width_ expression can reference the value set by the _height_ expression, and vice
           versa.

           The default value of _width_ and _height_ is 0.

       **x**
       **y**   Specify the offsets to place the input image at within the padded area, with respect to
           the top/left border of the output image.

           The _x_ expression can reference the value set by the _y_ expression, and vice versa.

           The default value of _x_ and _y_ is 0.

           If _x_ or _y_ evaluate to a negative number, they'll be changed so the input image is
           centered on the padded area.

### color
           Specify the color of the padded area. For the syntax of this option, check the **"Color"**
           **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.

### aspect
           Pad to an aspect instead to a resolution.

       The value for the _width_, _height_, _x_, and _y_ options are expressions containing the following
       constants:

       **in**___**w**
       **in**___**h**
           The input video width and height.

       **iw**
       **ih**  These are the same as _in_w_ and _in_h_.

       **out**___**w**
       **out**___**h**
           The output width and height (the size of the padded area), as specified by the _width_ and
           _height_ expressions.

       **ow**
       **oh**  These are the same as _out_w_ and _out_h_.

       **x**
       **y**   The x and y offsets as specified by the _x_ and _y_ expressions, or NAN if not yet specified.

       **a**   same as _iw_ / _ih_

       **sar** input sample aspect ratio

       **dar** input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (_iw_ / _ih_) * _sar_

   **prewitt**___**opencl**
       Apply the Prewitt operator (<**<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Prewitt>**___**operator**>) to input video
       stream.

       The filter accepts the following option:

### planes
           Set which planes to filter. Default value is 0xf, by which all planes are processed.

### scale
           Set value which will be multiplied with filtered result.  Range is "[0.0, 65535]" and
           default value is 1.0.

### delta
           Set value which will be added to filtered result.  Range is "[-65535, 65535]" and default
           value is 0.0.

       _Example_

       •   Apply the Prewitt operator with scale set to 2 and delta set to 10.

                   -i INPUT -vf "hwupload, prewitt_opencl=scale=2:delta=10, hwdownload" OUTPUT

   **program**___**opencl**
       Filter video using an OpenCL program.

### source
           OpenCL program source file.

### kernel
           Kernel name in program.

### inputs
           Number of inputs to the filter.  Defaults to 1.

### size, s
           Size of output frames.  Defaults to the same as the first input.

       The "program_opencl" filter also supports the **framesync** options.

       The program source file must contain a kernel function with the given name, which will be run
       once for each plane of the output.  Each run on a plane gets enqueued as a separate 2D global
       NDRange with one work-item for each pixel to be generated.  The global ID offset for each
       work-item is therefore the coordinates of a pixel in the destination image.

       The kernel function needs to take the following arguments:

       •   Destination image, ___write_only_ _image2d_t_.

           This image will become the output; the kernel should write all of it.

       •   Frame index, _unsigned_ _int_.

           This is a counter starting from zero and increasing by one for each frame.

       •   Source images, ___read_only_ _image2d_t_.

           These are the most recent images on each input.  The kernel may read from them to
           generate the output, but they can't be written to.

       Example programs:

       •   Copy the input to the output (output must be the same size as the input).

                   __kernel void copy(__write_only image2d_t destination,
                                      unsigned int index,
                                      __read_only  image2d_t source)
                   {
                       const sampler_t sampler = CLK_NORMALIZED_COORDS_FALSE;

                       int2 location = (int2)([get_global_id(0)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/getglobalid/0/markdown), [get_global_id(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/getglobalid/1/markdown));

                       float4 value = read_imagef(source, sampler, location);

                       write_imagef(destination, location, value);
                   }

       •   Apply a simple transformation, rotating the input by an amount increasing with the index
           counter.  Pixel values are linearly interpolated by the sampler, and the output need not
           have the same dimensions as the input.

                   __kernel void rotate_image(__write_only image2d_t dst,
                                              unsigned int index,
                                              __read_only  image2d_t src)
                   {
                       const sampler_t sampler = (CLK_NORMALIZED_COORDS_FALSE |
                                                  CLK_FILTER_LINEAR);

                       float angle = (float)index / 100.0f;

                       float2 dst_dim = convert_float2(get_image_dim(dst));
                       float2 src_dim = convert_float2(get_image_dim(src));

                       float2 dst_cen = dst_dim / 2.0f;
                       float2 src_cen = src_dim / 2.0f;

                       int2   dst_loc = (int2)([get_global_id(0)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/getglobalid/0/markdown), [get_global_id(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/getglobalid/1/markdown));

                       float2 dst_pos = convert_float2(dst_loc) - dst_cen;
                       float2 src_pos = {
                           cos(angle) * dst_pos.x - sin(angle) * dst_pos.y,
                           sin(angle) * dst_pos.x + cos(angle) * dst_pos.y
                       };
                       src_pos = src_pos * src_dim / dst_dim;

                       float2 src_loc = src_pos + src_cen;

                       if (src_loc.x < 0.0f      || src_loc.y < 0.0f ||
                           src_loc.x > src_dim.x || src_loc.y > src_dim.y)
                           write_imagef(dst, dst_loc, 0.5f);
                       else
                           write_imagef(dst, dst_loc, read_imagef(src, sampler, src_loc));
                   }

       •   Blend two inputs together, with the amount of each input used varying with the index
           counter.

                   __kernel void blend_images(__write_only image2d_t dst,
                                              unsigned int index,
                                              __read_only  image2d_t src1,
                                              __read_only  image2d_t src2)
                   {
                       const sampler_t sampler = (CLK_NORMALIZED_COORDS_FALSE |
                                                  CLK_FILTER_LINEAR);

                       float blend = (cos((float)index / 50.0f) + 1.0f) / 2.0f;

                       int2  dst_loc = (int2)([get_global_id(0)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/getglobalid/0/markdown), [get_global_id(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/getglobalid/1/markdown));
                       int2 src1_loc = dst_loc * get_image_dim(src1) / get_image_dim(dst);
                       int2 src2_loc = dst_loc * get_image_dim(src2) / get_image_dim(dst);

                       float4 val1 = read_imagef(src1, sampler, src1_loc);
                       float4 val2 = read_imagef(src2, sampler, src2_loc);

                       write_imagef(dst, dst_loc, val1 * blend + val2 * (1.0f - blend));
                   }

   **roberts**___**opencl**
       Apply the Roberts cross operator (<**<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roberts>**___**cross**>) to input
       video stream.

       The filter accepts the following option:

### planes
           Set which planes to filter. Default value is 0xf, by which all planes are processed.

### scale
           Set value which will be multiplied with filtered result.  Range is "[0.0, 65535]" and
           default value is 1.0.

### delta
           Set value which will be added to filtered result.  Range is "[-65535, 65535]" and default
           value is 0.0.

       _Example_

       •   Apply the Roberts cross operator with scale set to 2 and delta set to 10

                   -i INPUT -vf "hwupload, roberts_opencl=scale=2:delta=10, hwdownload" OUTPUT

   **sobel**___**opencl**
       Apply the Sobel operator (<**<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sobel>**___**operator**>) to input video
       stream.

       The filter accepts the following option:

### planes
           Set which planes to filter. Default value is 0xf, by which all planes are processed.

### scale
           Set value which will be multiplied with filtered result.  Range is "[0.0, 65535]" and
           default value is 1.0.

### delta
           Set value which will be added to filtered result.  Range is "[-65535, 65535]" and default
           value is 0.0.

       _Example_

       •   Apply sobel operator with scale set to 2 and delta set to 10

                   -i INPUT -vf "hwupload, sobel_opencl=scale=2:delta=10, hwdownload" OUTPUT

   **tonemap**___**opencl**
       Perform HDR(PQ/HLG) to SDR conversion with tone-mapping.

       It accepts the following parameters:

### tonemap
           Specify the tone-mapping operator to be used. Same as tonemap option in **tonemap**.

### param
           Tune the tone mapping algorithm. same as param option in **tonemap**.

### desat
           Apply desaturation for highlights that exceed this level of brightness. The higher the
           parameter, the more color information will be preserved. This setting helps prevent
           unnaturally blown-out colors for super-highlights, by (smoothly) turning into white
           instead. This makes images feel more natural, at the cost of reducing information about
           out-of-range colors.

           The default value is 0.5, and the algorithm here is a little different from the cpu
           version tonemap currently. A setting of 0.0 disables this option.

### threshold
           The tonemapping algorithm parameters is fine-tuned per each scene. And a threshold is
           used to detect whether the scene has changed or not. If the distance between the current
           frame average brightness and the current running average exceeds a threshold value, we
           would re-calculate scene average and peak brightness.  The default value is 0.2.

### format
           Specify the output pixel format.

           Currently supported formats are:

           _p010_
           _nv12_
### range, r
           Set the output color range.

           Possible values are:

           _tv/mpeg_
           _pc/jpeg_

           Default is same as input.

### primaries, p
           Set the output color primaries.

           Possible values are:

           _bt709_
           _bt2020_

           Default is same as input.

### transfer, t
           Set the output transfer characteristics.

           Possible values are:

           _bt709_
           _bt2020_

           Default is bt709.

### matrix, m
           Set the output colorspace matrix.

           Possible value are:

           _bt709_
           _bt2020_

           Default is same as input.

       _Example_

       •   Convert HDR(PQ/HLG) video to bt2020-transfer-characteristic p010 format using linear
           operator.

                   -i INPUT -vf "format=p010,hwupload,tonemap_opencl=t=bt2020:tonemap=linear:format=p010,hwdownload,format=p010" OUTPUT

   **unsharp**___**opencl**
       Sharpen or blur the input video.

       It accepts the following parameters:

       **luma**___**msize**___**x,** **lx**
           Set the luma matrix horizontal size.  Range is "[1, 23]" and default value is 5.

       **luma**___**msize**___**y,** **ly**
           Set the luma matrix vertical size.  Range is "[1, 23]" and default value is 5.

       **luma**___**amount,** **la**
           Set the luma effect strength.  Range is "[-10, 10]" and default value is 1.0.

           Negative values will blur the input video, while positive values will sharpen it, a value
           of zero will disable the effect.

       **chroma**___**msize**___**x,** **cx**
           Set the chroma matrix horizontal size.  Range is "[1, 23]" and default value is 5.

       **chroma**___**msize**___**y,** **cy**
           Set the chroma matrix vertical size.  Range is "[1, 23]" and default value is 5.

       **chroma**___**amount,** **ca**
           Set the chroma effect strength.  Range is "[-10, 10]" and default value is 0.0.

           Negative values will blur the input video, while positive values will sharpen it, a value
           of zero will disable the effect.

       All parameters are optional and default to the equivalent of the string '5:5:1.0:5:5:0.0'.

       _Examples_

       •   Apply strong luma sharpen effect:

                   -i INPUT -vf "hwupload, unsharp_opencl=luma_msize_x=7:luma_msize_y=7:luma_amount=2.5, hwdownload" OUTPUT

       •   Apply a strong blur of both luma and chroma parameters:

                   -i INPUT -vf "hwupload, unsharp_opencl=7:7:-2:7:7:-2, hwdownload" OUTPUT

   **xfade**___**opencl**
       Cross fade two videos with custom transition effect by using OpenCL.

       It accepts the following options:

### transition
           Set one of possible transition effects.

           **custom**
               Select custom transition effect, the actual transition description will be picked
               from source and kernel options.

           **fade**
           **wipeleft**
           **wiperight**
           **wipeup**
           **wipedown**
           **slideleft**
           **slideright**
           **slideup**
           **slidedown**
               Default transition is fade.

### source
           OpenCL program source file for custom transition.

### kernel
           Set name of kernel to use for custom transition from program source file.

### duration
           Set duration of video transition.

### offset
           Set time of start of transition relative to first video.

       The program source file must contain a kernel function with the given name, which will be run
       once for each plane of the output.  Each run on a plane gets enqueued as a separate 2D global
       NDRange with one work-item for each pixel to be generated.  The global ID offset for each
       work-item is therefore the coordinates of a pixel in the destination image.

       The kernel function needs to take the following arguments:

       •   Destination image, ___write_only_ _image2d_t_.

           This image will become the output; the kernel should write all of it.

       •   First Source image, ___read_only_ _image2d_t_.  Second Source image, ___read_only_ _image2d_t_.

           These are the most recent images on each input.  The kernel may read from them to
           generate the output, but they can't be written to.

       •   Transition progress, _float_. This value is always between 0 and 1 inclusive.

       Example programs:

       •   Apply dots curtain transition effect:

                   __kernel void blend_images(__write_only image2d_t dst,
                                              __read_only  image2d_t src1,
                                              __read_only  image2d_t src2,
                                              float progress)
                   {
                       const sampler_t sampler = (CLK_NORMALIZED_COORDS_FALSE |
                                                  CLK_FILTER_LINEAR);
                       int2  p = (int2)([get_global_id(0)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/getglobalid/0/markdown), [get_global_id(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/getglobalid/1/markdown));
                       float2 rp = (float2)([get_global_id(0)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/getglobalid/0/markdown), [get_global_id(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/getglobalid/1/markdown));
                       float2 dim = (float2)(get_image_dim(src1).x, get_image_dim(src1).y);
                       rp = rp / dim;

                       float2 dots = (float2)(20.0, 20.0);
                       float2 center = (float2)(0,0);
                       float2 unused;

                       float4 val1 = read_imagef(src1, sampler, p);
                       float4 val2 = read_imagef(src2, sampler, p);
                       bool next = distance(fract(rp * dots, &unused), (float2)(0.5, 0.5)) < (progress / distance(rp, center));

                       write_imagef(dst, p, next ? val1 : val2);
                   }

## VAAPI VIDEO FILTERS
       VAAPI Video filters are usually used with VAAPI decoder and VAAPI encoder. Below is a
       description of VAAPI video filters.

       To enable compilation of these filters you need to configure FFmpeg with "--enable-vaapi".

       To use vaapi filters, you need to setup the vaapi device correctly. For more information,
       please read <**<https://trac.ffmpeg.org/wiki/Hardware/VAAPI>**>

   **tonemap**___**vaapi**
       Perform HDR(High Dynamic Range) to SDR(Standard Dynamic Range) conversion with tone-mapping.
       It maps the dynamic range of HDR10 content to the SDR content.  It currently only accepts
       HDR10 as input.

       It accepts the following parameters:

### format
           Specify the output pixel format.

           Currently supported formats are:

           _p010_
           _nv12_

           Default is nv12.

### primaries, p
           Set the output color primaries.

           Default is same as input.

### transfer, t
           Set the output transfer characteristics.

           Default is bt709.

### matrix, m
           Set the output colorspace matrix.

           Default is same as input.

       _Example_

       •   Convert HDR(HDR10) video to bt2020-transfer-characteristic p010 format

                   tonemap_vaapi=format=p010:t=bt2020-10

## VIDEO SOURCES
       Below is a description of the currently available video sources.

### buffer
       Buffer video frames, and make them available to the filter chain.

       This source is mainly intended for a programmatic use, in particular through the interface
       defined in _libavfilter/buffersrc.h_.

       It accepts the following parameters:

       **video**___**size**
           Specify the size (width and height) of the buffered video frames. For the syntax of this
           option, check the **"Video** **size"** **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.

### width
           The input video width.

### height
           The input video height.

       **pix**___**fmt**
           A string representing the pixel format of the buffered video frames.  It may be a number
           corresponding to a pixel format, or a pixel format name.

       **time**___**base**
           Specify the timebase assumed by the timestamps of the buffered frames.

       **frame**___**rate**
           Specify the frame rate expected for the video stream.

       **pixel**___**aspect,** **sar**
           The sample (pixel) aspect ratio of the input video.

       **sws**___**param**
           This option is deprecated and ignored. Prepend "sws_flags=_flags;"_ to the filtergraph
           description to specify swscale flags for automatically inserted scalers. See **Filtergraph**
           **syntax**.

       **hw**___**frames**___**ctx**
           When using a hardware pixel format, this should be a reference to an AVHWFramesContext
           describing input frames.

       For example:

               buffer=width=320:height=240:pix_fmt=yuv410p:time_base=1/24:sar=1

       will instruct the source to accept video frames with size 320x240 and with format "yuv410p",
       assuming 1/24 as the timestamps timebase and square pixels (1:1 sample aspect ratio).  Since
       the pixel format with name "yuv410p" corresponds to the number 6 (check the enum
       AVPixelFormat definition in _libavutil/pixfmt.h_), this example corresponds to:

               buffer=size=320x240:pixfmt=6:time_base=1/24:pixel_aspect=1/1

       Alternatively, the options can be specified as a flat string, but this syntax is deprecated:

       _width_:_height_:_pix_fmt_:_time_base.num_:_time_base.den_:_pixel_aspect.num_:_pixel_aspect.den_

### cellauto
       Create a pattern generated by an elementary cellular automaton.

       The initial state of the cellular automaton can be defined through the **filename** and **pattern**
       options. If such options are not specified an initial state is created randomly.

       At each new frame a new row in the video is filled with the result of the cellular automaton
       next generation. The behavior when the whole frame is filled is defined by the **scroll** option.

       This source accepts the following options:

### filename, f
           Read the initial cellular automaton state, i.e. the starting row, from the specified
           file.  In the file, each non-whitespace character is considered an alive cell, a newline
           will terminate the row, and further characters in the file will be ignored.

### pattern, p
           Read the initial cellular automaton state, i.e. the starting row, from the specified
           string.

           Each non-whitespace character in the string is considered an alive cell, a newline will
           terminate the row, and further characters in the string will be ignored.

### rate, r
           Set the video rate, that is the number of frames generated per second.  Default is 25.

       **random**___**fill**___**ratio,** **ratio**
           Set the random fill ratio for the initial cellular automaton row. It is a floating point
           number value ranging from 0 to 1, defaults to 1/PHI.

           This option is ignored when a file or a pattern is specified.

       **random**___**seed,** **seed**
           Set the seed for filling randomly the initial row, must be an integer included between 0
           and UINT32_MAX. If not specified, or if explicitly set to -1, the filter will try to use
           a good random seed on a best effort basis.

### rule
           Set the cellular automaton rule, it is a number ranging from 0 to 255.  Default value is
           110.

### size, s
           Set the size of the output video. For the syntax of this option, check the **"Video** **size"**
           **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.

           If **filename** or **pattern** is specified, the size is set by default to the width of the
           specified initial state row, and the height is set to _width_ * PHI.

           If **size** is set, it must contain the width of the specified pattern string, and the
           specified pattern will be centered in the larger row.

           If a filename or a pattern string is not specified, the size value defaults to "320x518"
           (used for a randomly generated initial state).

### scroll
           If set to 1, scroll the output upward when all the rows in the output have been already
           filled. If set to 0, the new generated row will be written over the top row just after
           the bottom row is filled.  Defaults to 1.

       **start**___**full,** **full**
           If set to 1, completely fill the output with generated rows before outputting the first
           frame.  This is the default behavior, for disabling set the value to 0.

### stitch
           If set to 1, stitch the left and right row edges together.  This is the default behavior,
           for disabling set the value to 0.

       _Examples_

       •   Read the initial state from _pattern_, and specify an output of size 200x400.

                   cellauto=f=pattern:s=200x400

       •   Generate a random initial row with a width of 200 cells, with a fill ratio of 2/3:

                   cellauto=ratio=2/3:s=200x200

       •   Create a pattern generated by rule 18 starting by a single alive cell centered on an
           initial row with width 100:

                   cellauto=p=@s=100x400:full=0:rule=18

       •   Specify a more elaborated initial pattern:

                   cellauto=p='@@ @ @@':s=100x400:full=0:rule=18

### coreimagesrc
       Video source generated on GPU using Apple's CoreImage API on OSX.

       This video source is a specialized version of the **coreimage** video filter.  Use a core image
       generator at the beginning of the applied filterchain to generate the content.

       The coreimagesrc video source accepts the following options:

       **list**___**generators**
           List all available generators along with all their respective options as well as possible
           minimum and maximum values along with the default values.

                   list_generators=true

### size, s
           Specify the size of the sourced video. For the syntax of this option, check the **"Video**
           **size"** **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.  The default value is "320x240".

### rate, r
           Specify the frame rate of the sourced video, as the number of frames generated per
           second. It has to be a string in the format _frame_rate_num_/_frame_rate_den_, an integer
           number, a floating point number or a valid video frame rate abbreviation. The default
           value is "25".

       **sar** Set the sample aspect ratio of the sourced video.

### duration, d
           Set the duration of the sourced video. See **the** **Time** **duration** **section** **in** **the**
           [**ffmpeg-utils(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-utils/1/markdown)** **manual** for the accepted syntax.

           If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the video is supposed to be
           generated forever.

       Additionally, all options of the **coreimage** video filter are accepted.  A complete filterchain
       can be used for further processing of the generated input without CPU-HOST transfer. See
       **coreimage** documentation and examples for details.

       _Examples_

       •   Use CIQRCodeGenerator to create a QR code for the FFmpeg homepage, given as complete and
           escaped command-line for Apple's standard bash shell:

                   ffmpeg -f lavfi -i coreimagesrc=s=100x100:filter=CIQRCodeGenerator@inputMessage=https\\\\\://FFmpeg.org/@inputCorrectionLevel=H -frames:v 1 QRCode.png

           This example is equivalent to the QRCode example of **coreimage** without the need for a
           nullsrc video source.

### gradients
       Generate several gradients.

### size, s
           Set frame size. For the syntax of this option, check the **"Video** **size"** **section** **in** **the**
           **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**. Default value is "640x480".

### rate, r
           Set frame rate, expressed as number of frames per second. Default value is "25".

### c0, c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, c7
           Set 8 colors. Default values for colors is to pick random one.

### x0, y0, y0, y1
           Set gradient line source and destination points. If negative or out of range, random ones
           are picked.

       **nb**___**colors,** **n**
           Set number of colors to use at once. Allowed range is from 2 to 8. Default value is 2.

### seed
           Set seed for picking gradient line points.

### duration, d
           Set the duration of the sourced video. See **the** **Time** **duration** **section** **in** **the**
           [**ffmpeg-utils(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-utils/1/markdown)** **manual** for the accepted syntax.

           If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the video is supposed to be
           generated forever.

### speed
           Set speed of gradients rotation.

### mandelbrot
       Generate a Mandelbrot set fractal, and progressively zoom towards the point specified with
       _start_x_ and _start_y_.

       This source accepts the following options:

       **end**___**pts**
           Set the terminal pts value. Default value is 400.

       **end**___**scale**
           Set the terminal scale value.  Must be a floating point value. Default value is 0.3.

### inner
           Set the inner coloring mode, that is the algorithm used to draw the Mandelbrot fractal
           internal region.

           It shall assume one of the following values:

           **black**
               Set black mode.

           **convergence**
               Show time until convergence.

           **mincol**
               Set color based on point closest to the origin of the iterations.

           **period**
               Set period mode.

           Default value is _mincol_.

### bailout
           Set the bailout value. Default value is 10.0.

### maxiter
           Set the maximum of iterations performed by the rendering algorithm. Default value is
           7189.

### outer
           Set outer coloring mode.  It shall assume one of following values:

           **iteration**___**count**
               Set iteration count mode.

           **normalized**___**iteration**___**count**
               set normalized iteration count mode.

           Default value is _normalized_iteration_count_.

### rate, r
           Set frame rate, expressed as number of frames per second. Default value is "25".

### size, s
           Set frame size. For the syntax of this option, check the **"Video** **size"** **section** **in** **the**
           **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**. Default value is "640x480".

       **start**___**scale**
           Set the initial scale value. Default value is 3.0.

       **start**___**x**
           Set the initial x position. Must be a floating point value between -100 and 100. Default
           value is -0.743643887037158704752191506114774.

       **start**___**y**
           Set the initial y position. Must be a floating point value between -100 and 100. Default
           value is -0.131825904205311970493132056385139.

### mptestsrc
       Generate various test patterns, as generated by the MPlayer test filter.

       The size of the generated video is fixed, and is 256x256.  This source is useful in
       particular for testing encoding features.

       This source accepts the following options:

### rate, r
           Specify the frame rate of the sourced video, as the number of frames generated per
           second. It has to be a string in the format _frame_rate_num_/_frame_rate_den_, an integer
           number, a floating point number or a valid video frame rate abbreviation. The default
           value is "25".

### duration, d
           Set the duration of the sourced video. See **the** **Time** **duration** **section** **in** **the**
           [**ffmpeg-utils(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-utils/1/markdown)** **manual** for the accepted syntax.

           If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the video is supposed to be
           generated forever.

### test, t
           Set the number or the name of the test to perform. Supported tests are:

           **dc**___**luma**
           **dc**___**chroma**
           **freq**___**luma**
           **freq**___**chroma**
           **amp**___**luma**
           **amp**___**chroma**
           **cbp**
           **mv**
           **ring1**
           **ring2**
           **all**
           **max**___**frames,** **m**
               Set the maximum number of frames generated for each test, default value is 30.

           Default value is "all", which will cycle through the list of all tests.

       Some examples:

               mptestsrc=t=dc_luma

       will generate a "dc_luma" test pattern.

   **frei0r**___**src**
       Provide a frei0r source.

       To enable compilation of this filter you need to install the frei0r header and configure
       FFmpeg with "--enable-frei0r".

       This source accepts the following parameters:

### size
           The size of the video to generate. For the syntax of this option, check the **"Video** **size"**
           **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.

### framerate
           The framerate of the generated video. It may be a string of the form _num_/_den_ or a frame
           rate abbreviation.

       **filter**___**name**
           The name to the frei0r source to load. For more information regarding frei0r and how to
           set the parameters, read the **frei0r** section in the video filters documentation.

       **filter**___**params**
           A '|'-separated list of parameters to pass to the frei0r source.

       For example, to generate a frei0r partik0l source with size 200x200 and frame rate 10 which
       is overlaid on the overlay filter main input:

               frei0r_src=size=200x200:framerate=10:filter_name=partik0l:filter_params=1234 [overlay]; [in][overlay] overlay

### life
       Generate a life pattern.

       This source is based on a generalization of John Conway's life game.

       The sourced input represents a life grid, each pixel represents a cell which can be in one of
       two possible states, alive or dead. Every cell interacts with its eight neighbours, which are
       the cells that are horizontally, vertically, or diagonally adjacent.

       At each interaction the grid evolves according to the adopted rule, which specifies the
       number of neighbor alive cells which will make a cell stay alive or born. The **rule** option
       allows one to specify the rule to adopt.

       This source accepts the following options:

### filename, f
           Set the file from which to read the initial grid state. In the file, each non-whitespace
           character is considered an alive cell, and newline is used to delimit the end of each
           row.

           If this option is not specified, the initial grid is generated randomly.

### rate, r
           Set the video rate, that is the number of frames generated per second.  Default is 25.

       **random**___**fill**___**ratio,** **ratio**
           Set the random fill ratio for the initial random grid. It is a floating point number
           value ranging from 0 to 1, defaults to 1/PHI.  It is ignored when a file is specified.

       **random**___**seed,** **seed**
           Set the seed for filling the initial random grid, must be an integer included between 0
           and UINT32_MAX. If not specified, or if explicitly set to -1, the filter will try to use
           a good random seed on a best effort basis.

### rule
           Set the life rule.

           A rule can be specified with a code of the kind "S_NS_/B_NB_", where _NS_ and _NB_ are sequences
           of numbers in the range 0-8, _NS_ specifies the number of alive neighbor cells which make a
           live cell stay alive, and _NB_ the number of alive neighbor cells which make a dead cell to
           become alive (i.e. to "born").  "s" and "b" can be used in place of "S" and "B",
           respectively.

           Alternatively a rule can be specified by an 18-bits integer. The 9 high order bits are
           used to encode the next cell state if it is alive for each number of neighbor alive
           cells, the low order bits specify the rule for "borning" new cells. Higher order bits
           encode for an higher number of neighbor cells.  For example the number 6153 = "(12<<9)+9"
           specifies a stay alive rule of 12 and a born rule of 9, which corresponds to "S23/B03".

           Default value is "S23/B3", which is the original Conway's game of life rule, and will
           keep a cell alive if it has 2 or 3 neighbor alive cells, and will born a new cell if
           there are three alive cells around a dead cell.

### size, s
           Set the size of the output video. For the syntax of this option, check the **"Video** **size"**
           **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.

           If **filename** is specified, the size is set by default to the same size of the input file.
           If **size** is set, it must contain the size specified in the input file, and the initial
           grid defined in that file is centered in the larger resulting area.

           If a filename is not specified, the size value defaults to "320x240" (used for a randomly
           generated initial grid).

### stitch
           If set to 1, stitch the left and right grid edges together, and the top and bottom edges
           also. Defaults to 1.

### mold
           Set cell mold speed. If set, a dead cell will go from **death**___**color** to **mold**___**color** with a
           step of **mold**. **mold** can have a value from 0 to 255.

       **life**___**color**
           Set the color of living (or new born) cells.

       **death**___**color**
           Set the color of dead cells. If **mold** is set, this is the first color used to represent a
           dead cell.

       **mold**___**color**
           Set mold color, for definitely dead and moldy cells.

           For the syntax of these 3 color options, check the **"Color"** **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils**
           **manual**.

       _Examples_

       •   Read a grid from _pattern_, and center it on a grid of size 300x300 pixels:

                   life=f=pattern:s=300x300

       •   Generate a random grid of size 200x200, with a fill ratio of 2/3:

                   life=ratio=2/3:s=200x200

       •   Specify a custom rule for evolving a randomly generated grid:

                   life=rule=S14/B34

       •   Full example with slow death effect (mold) using **ffplay**:

                   ffplay -f lavfi life=s=300x200:mold=10:r=60:ratio=0.1:death_color=#C83232:life_color=#00ff00,scale=1200:800:flags=16

### allrgb, allyuv, color, haldclutsrc, nullsrc, pal75bars, pal100bars, rgbtestsrc, smptebars,
### smptehdbars, testsrc, testsrc2, yuvtestsrc
       The "allrgb" source returns frames of size 4096x4096 of all rgb colors.

       The "allyuv" source returns frames of size 4096x4096 of all yuv colors.

       The "color" source provides an uniformly colored input.

       The "haldclutsrc" source provides an identity Hald CLUT. See also **haldclut** filter.

       The "nullsrc" source returns unprocessed video frames. It is mainly useful to be employed in
       analysis / debugging tools, or as the source for filters which ignore the input data.

       The "pal75bars" source generates a color bars pattern, based on EBU PAL recommendations with
       75% color levels.

       The "pal100bars" source generates a color bars pattern, based on EBU PAL recommendations with
       100% color levels.

       The "rgbtestsrc" source generates an RGB test pattern useful for detecting RGB vs BGR issues.
       You should see a red, green and blue stripe from top to bottom.

       The "smptebars" source generates a color bars pattern, based on the SMPTE Engineering
       Guideline EG 1-1990.

       The "smptehdbars" source generates a color bars pattern, based on the SMPTE RP 219-2002.

       The "testsrc" source generates a test video pattern, showing a color pattern, a scrolling
       gradient and a timestamp. This is mainly intended for testing purposes.

       The "testsrc2" source is similar to testsrc, but supports more pixel formats instead of just
       "rgb24". This allows using it as an input for other tests without requiring a format
       conversion.

       The "yuvtestsrc" source generates an YUV test pattern. You should see a y, cb and cr stripe
       from top to bottom.

       The sources accept the following parameters:

### level
           Specify the level of the Hald CLUT, only available in the "haldclutsrc" source. A level
           of "N" generates a picture of "N*N*N" by "N*N*N" pixels to be used as identity matrix for
           3D lookup tables. Each component is coded on a "1/(N*N)" scale.

### color, c
           Specify the color of the source, only available in the "color" source. For the syntax of
           this option, check the **"Color"** **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.

### size, s
           Specify the size of the sourced video. For the syntax of this option, check the **"Video**
           **size"** **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.  The default value is "320x240".

           This option is not available with the "allrgb", "allyuv", and "haldclutsrc" filters.

### rate, r
           Specify the frame rate of the sourced video, as the number of frames generated per
           second. It has to be a string in the format _frame_rate_num_/_frame_rate_den_, an integer
           number, a floating point number or a valid video frame rate abbreviation. The default
           value is "25".

### duration, d
           Set the duration of the sourced video. See **the** **Time** **duration** **section** **in** **the**
           [**ffmpeg-utils(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-utils/1/markdown)** **manual** for the accepted syntax.

           If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the video is supposed to be
           generated forever.

           Since the frame rate is used as time base, all frames including the last one will have
           their full duration. If the specified duration is not a multiple of the frame duration,
           it will be rounded up.

       **sar** Set the sample aspect ratio of the sourced video.

### alpha
           Specify the alpha (opacity) of the background, only available in the "testsrc2" source.
           The value must be between 0 (fully transparent) and 255 (fully opaque, the default).

### decimals, n
           Set the number of decimals to show in the timestamp, only available in the "testsrc"
           source.

           The displayed timestamp value will correspond to the original timestamp value multiplied
           by the power of 10 of the specified value. Default value is 0.

       _Examples_

       •   Generate a video with a duration of 5.3 seconds, with size 176x144 and a frame rate of 10
           frames per second:

                   testsrc=duration=5.3:size=qcif:rate=10

       •   The following graph description will generate a red source with an opacity of 0.2, with
           size "qcif" and a frame rate of 10 frames per second:

                   color=c=<red@0.2>:s=qcif:r=10

       •   If the input content is to be ignored, "nullsrc" can be used. The following command
           generates noise in the luminance plane by employing the "geq" filter:

                   nullsrc=s=256x256, geq=[random(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/random/1/markdown)*255:128:128

       _Commands_

       The "color" source supports the following commands:

### c, color
           Set the color of the created image. Accepts the same syntax of the corresponding **color**
           option.

### openclsrc
       Generate video using an OpenCL program.

### source
           OpenCL program source file.

### kernel
           Kernel name in program.

### size, s
           Size of frames to generate.  This must be set.

### format
           Pixel format to use for the generated frames.  This must be set.

### rate, r
           Number of frames generated every second.  Default value is '25'.

       For details of how the program loading works, see the **program**___**opencl** filter.

       Example programs:

       •   Generate a colour ramp by setting pixel values from the position of the pixel in the
           output image.  (Note that this will work with all pixel formats, but the generated output
           will not be the same.)

                   __kernel void ramp(__write_only image2d_t dst,
                                      unsigned int index)
                   {
                       int2 loc = (int2)([get_global_id(0)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/getglobalid/0/markdown), [get_global_id(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/getglobalid/1/markdown));

                       float4 val;
                       val.xy = val.zw = convert_float2(loc) / convert_float2(get_image_dim(dst));

                       write_imagef(dst, loc, val);
                   }

       •   Generate a Sierpinski carpet pattern, panning by a single pixel each frame.

                   __kernel void sierpinski_carpet(__write_only image2d_t dst,
                                                   unsigned int index)
                   {
                       int2 loc = (int2)([get_global_id(0)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/getglobalid/0/markdown), [get_global_id(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/getglobalid/1/markdown));

                       float4 value = 0.0f;
                       int x = loc.x + index;
                       int y = loc.y + index;
                       while (x > 0 || y > 0) {
                           if (x % 3 == 1 && y % 3 == 1) {
                               value = 1.0f;
                               break;
                           }
                           x /= 3;
                           y /= 3;
                       }

                       write_imagef(dst, loc, value);
                   }

### sierpinski
       Generate a Sierpinski carpet/triangle fractal, and randomly pan around.

       This source accepts the following options:

### size, s
           Set frame size. For the syntax of this option, check the **"Video** **size"** **section** **in** **the**
           **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**. Default value is "640x480".

### rate, r
           Set frame rate, expressed as number of frames per second. Default value is "25".

### seed
           Set seed which is used for random panning.

### jump
           Set max jump for single pan destination. Allowed range is from 1 to 10000.

### type
           Set fractal type, can be default "carpet" or "triangle".

## VIDEO SINKS
       Below is a description of the currently available video sinks.

### buffersink
       Buffer video frames, and make them available to the end of the filter graph.

       This sink is mainly intended for programmatic use, in particular through the interface
       defined in _libavfilter/buffersink.h_ or the options system.

       It accepts a pointer to an AVBufferSinkContext structure, which defines the incoming buffers'
       formats, to be passed as the opaque parameter to "avfilter_init_filter" for initialization.

### nullsink
       Null video sink: do absolutely nothing with the input video. It is mainly useful as a
       template and for use in analysis / debugging tools.

## MULTIMEDIA FILTERS
       Below is a description of the currently available multimedia filters.

### abitscope
       Convert input audio to a video output, displaying the audio bit scope.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### rate, r
           Set frame rate, expressed as number of frames per second. Default value is "25".

### size, s
           Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check the **"Video**
           **size"** **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.  Default value is "1024x256".

### colors
           Specify list of colors separated by space or by '|' which will be used to draw channels.
           Unrecognized or missing colors will be replaced by white color.

### adrawgraph
       Draw a graph using input audio metadata.

       See **drawgraph**

### agraphmonitor
       See **graphmonitor**.

### ahistogram
       Convert input audio to a video output, displaying the volume histogram.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### dmode
           Specify how histogram is calculated.

           It accepts the following values:

           **single**
               Use single histogram for all channels.

           **separate**
               Use separate histogram for each channel.

           Default is "single".

### rate, r
           Set frame rate, expressed as number of frames per second. Default value is "25".

### size, s
           Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check the **"Video**
           **size"** **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.  Default value is "hd720".

### scale
           Set display scale.

           It accepts the following values:

           **log** logarithmic

           **sqrt**
               square root

           **cbrt**
               cubic root

           **lin** linear

           **rlog**
               reverse logarithmic

           Default is "log".

### ascale
           Set amplitude scale.

           It accepts the following values:

           **log** logarithmic

           **lin** linear

           Default is "log".

### acount
           Set how much frames to accumulate in histogram.  Default is 1. Setting this to -1
           accumulates all frames.

### rheight
           Set histogram ratio of window height.

### slide
           Set sonogram sliding.

           It accepts the following values:

           **replace**
               replace old rows with new ones.

           **scroll**
               scroll from top to bottom.

           Default is "replace".

### aphasemeter
       Measures phase of input audio, which is exported as metadata "lavfi.aphasemeter.phase",
       representing mean phase of current audio frame. A video output can also be produced and is
       enabled by default. The audio is passed through as first output.

       Audio will be rematrixed to stereo if it has a different channel layout. Phase value is in
       range "[-1, 1]" where "-1" means left and right channels are completely out of phase and 1
       means channels are in phase.

       The filter accepts the following options, all related to its video output:

### rate, r
           Set the output frame rate. Default value is 25.

### size, s
           Set the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check the **"Video** **size"**
           **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.  Default value is "800x400".

       **rc**
       **gc**
       **bc**  Specify the red, green, blue contrast. Default values are 2, 7 and 1.  Allowed range is
           "[0, 255]".

       **mpc** Set color which will be used for drawing median phase. If color is "none" which is
           default, no median phase value will be drawn.

### video
           Enable video output. Default is enabled.

       _phasing_ _detection_

       The filter also detects out of phase and mono sequences in stereo streams.  It logs the
       sequence start, end and duration when it lasts longer or as long as the minimum set.

       The filter accepts the following options for this detection:

### phasing
           Enable mono and out of phase detection. Default is disabled.

### tolerance, t
           Set phase tolerance for mono detection, in amplitude ratio. Default is 0.  Allowed range
           is "[0, 1]".

### angle, a
           Set angle threshold for out of phase detection, in degree. Default is 170.  Allowed range
           is "[90, 180]".

### duration, d
           Set mono or out of phase duration until notification, expressed in seconds. Default is 2.

       _Examples_

       •   Complete example with **ffmpeg** to detect 1 second of mono with 0.001 phase tolerance:

                   ffmpeg -i stereo.wav -af aphasemeter=video=0:phasing=1:duration=1:tolerance=0.001 -f null -

### avectorscope
       Convert input audio to a video output, representing the audio vector scope.

       The filter is used to measure the difference between channels of stereo audio stream. A
       monaural signal, consisting of identical left and right signal, results in straight vertical
       line. Any stereo separation is visible as a deviation from this line, creating a Lissajous
       figure.  If the straight (or deviation from it) but horizontal line appears this indicates
       that the left and right channels are out of phase.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### mode, m
           Set the vectorscope mode.

           Available values are:

           **lissajous**
               Lissajous rotated by 45 degrees.

           **lissajous**___**xy**
               Same as above but not rotated.

           **polar**
               Shape resembling half of circle.

           Default value is **lissajous**.

### size, s
           Set the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check the **"Video** **size"**
           **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.  Default value is "400x400".

### rate, r
           Set the output frame rate. Default value is 25.

       **rc**
       **gc**
       **bc**
       **ac**  Specify the red, green, blue and alpha contrast. Default values are 40, 160, 80 and 255.
           Allowed range is "[0, 255]".

       **rf**
       **gf**
       **bf**
       **af**  Specify the red, green, blue and alpha fade. Default values are 15, 10, 5 and 5.  Allowed
           range is "[0, 255]".

### zoom
           Set the zoom factor. Default value is 1. Allowed range is "[0, 10]".  Values lower than _1_
           will auto adjust zoom factor to maximal possible value.

### draw
           Set the vectorscope drawing mode.

           Available values are:

           **dot** Draw dot for each sample.

           **line**
               Draw line between previous and current sample.

           Default value is **dot**.

### scale
           Specify amplitude scale of audio samples.

           Available values are:

           **lin** Linear.

           **sqrt**
               Square root.

           **cbrt**
               Cubic root.

           **log** Logarithmic.

### swap
           Swap left channel axis with right channel axis.

### mirror
           Mirror axis.

           **none**
               No mirror.

           **x**   Mirror only x axis.

           **y**   Mirror only y axis.

           **xy**  Mirror both axis.

       _Examples_

       •   Complete example using **ffplay**:

                   ffplay -f lavfi 'amovie=input.mp3, asplit [a][out1];
                                [a] avectorscope=zoom=1.3:rc=2:gc=200:bc=10:rf=1:gf=8:bf=7 [out0]'

### bench, abench
       Benchmark part of a filtergraph.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### action
           Start or stop a timer.

           Available values are:

           **start**
               Get the current time, set it as frame metadata (using the key
               "lavfi.bench.start_time"), and forward the frame to the next filter.

           **stop**
               Get the current time and fetch the "lavfi.bench.start_time" metadata from the input
               frame metadata to get the time difference. Time difference, average, maximum and
               minimum time (respectively "t", "avg", "max" and "min") are then printed. The
               timestamps are expressed in seconds.

       _Examples_

       •   Benchmark **selectivecolor** filter:

                   bench=start,selectivecolor=reds=-.2 .12 -.49,bench=stop

### concat
       Concatenate audio and video streams, joining them together one after the other.

       The filter works on segments of synchronized video and audio streams. All segments must have
       the same number of streams of each type, and that will also be the number of streams at
       output.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **n**   Set the number of segments. Default is 2.

       **v**   Set the number of output video streams, that is also the number of video streams in each
           segment. Default is 1.

       **a**   Set the number of output audio streams, that is also the number of audio streams in each
           segment. Default is 0.

### unsafe
           Activate unsafe mode: do not fail if segments have a different format.

       The filter has _v_+_a_ outputs: first _v_ video outputs, then _a_ audio outputs.

       There are _n_x(_v_+_a_) inputs: first the inputs for the first segment, in the same order as the
       outputs, then the inputs for the second segment, etc.

       Related streams do not always have exactly the same duration, for various reasons including
       codec frame size or sloppy authoring. For that reason, related synchronized streams (e.g. a
       video and its audio track) should be concatenated at once. The concat filter will use the
       duration of the longest stream in each segment (except the last one), and if necessary pad
       shorter audio streams with silence.

       For this filter to work correctly, all segments must start at timestamp 0.

       All corresponding streams must have the same parameters in all segments; the filtering system
       will automatically select a common pixel format for video streams, and a common sample
       format, sample rate and channel layout for audio streams, but other settings, such as
       resolution, must be converted explicitly by the user.

       Different frame rates are acceptable but will result in variable frame rate at output; be
       sure to configure the output file to handle it.

       _Examples_

       •   Concatenate an opening, an episode and an ending, all in bilingual version (video in
           stream 0, audio in streams 1 and 2):

                   ffmpeg -i opening.mkv -i episode.mkv -i ending.mkv -filter_complex \
                     '[0:0] [0:1] [0:2] [1:0] [1:1] [1:2] [2:0] [2:1] [2:2]
                      concat=n=3:v=1:a=2 [v] [a1] [a2]' \
                     -map '[v]' -map '[a1]' -map '[a2]' output.mkv

       •   Concatenate two parts, handling audio and video separately, using the (a)movie sources,
           and adjusting the resolution:

                   movie=part1.mp4, scale=512:288 [v1] ; amovie=part1.mp4 [a1] ;
                   movie=part2.mp4, scale=512:288 [v2] ; amovie=part2.mp4 [a2] ;
                   [v1] [v2] concat [outv] ; [a1] [a2] concat=v=0:a=1 [outa]

           Note that a desync will happen at the stitch if the audio and video streams do not have
           exactly the same duration in the first file.

       _Commands_

       This filter supports the following commands:

### next
           Close the current segment and step to the next one

### ebur128
       EBU R128 scanner filter. This filter takes an audio stream and analyzes its loudness level.
       By default, it logs a message at a frequency of 10Hz with the Momentary loudness (identified
       by "M"), Short-term loudness ("S"), Integrated loudness ("I") and Loudness Range ("LRA").

       The filter can only analyze streams which have a sampling rate of 48000 Hz and whose sample
       format is double-precision floating point. The input stream will be converted to this
       specification, if needed. Users may need to insert aformat and/or aresample filters after
       this filter to obtain the original parameters.

       The filter also has a video output (see the _video_ option) with a real time graph to observe
       the loudness evolution. The graphic contains the logged message mentioned above, so it is not
       printed anymore when this option is set, unless the verbose logging is set. The main graphing
       area contains the short-term loudness (3 seconds of analysis), and the gauge on the right is
       for the momentary loudness (400 milliseconds), but can optionally be configured to instead
       display short-term loudness (see _gauge_).

       The green area marks a  +/- 1LU target range around the target loudness (-23LUFS by default,
       unless modified through _target_).

       More information about the Loudness Recommendation EBU R128 on <**<http://tech.ebu.ch/loudness>**>.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### video
           Activate the video output. The audio stream is passed unchanged whether this option is
           set or no. The video stream will be the first output stream if activated. Default is 0.

### size
           Set the video size. This option is for video only. For the syntax of this option, check
           the **"Video** **size"** **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.  Default and minimum resolution is
           "640x480".

### meter
           Set the EBU scale meter. Default is 9. Common values are 9 and 18, respectively for EBU
           scale meter +9 and EBU scale meter +18. Any other integer value between this range is
           allowed.

### metadata
           Set metadata injection. If set to 1, the audio input will be segmented into 100ms output
           frames, each of them containing various loudness information in metadata.  All the
           metadata keys are prefixed with "lavfi.r128.".

           Default is 0.

### framelog
           Force the frame logging level.

           Available values are:

           **info**
               information logging level

           **verbose**
               verbose logging level

           By default, the logging level is set to _info_. If the **video** or the **metadata** options are
           set, it switches to _verbose_.

### peak
           Set peak mode(s).

           Available modes can be cumulated (the option is a "flag" type). Possible values are:

           **none**
               Disable any peak mode (default).

           **sample**
               Enable sample-peak mode.

               Simple peak mode looking for the higher sample value. It logs a message for sample-
               peak (identified by "SPK").

           **true**
               Enable true-peak mode.

               If enabled, the peak lookup is done on an over-sampled version of the input stream
               for better peak accuracy. It logs a message for true-peak.  (identified by "TPK") and
               true-peak per frame (identified by "FTPK").  This mode requires a build with
               "libswresample".

### dualmono
           Treat mono input files as "dual mono". If a mono file is intended for playback on a
           stereo system, its EBU R128 measurement will be perceptually incorrect.  If set to
           "true", this option will compensate for this effect.  Multi-channel input files are not
           affected by this option.

### panlaw
           Set a specific pan law to be used for the measurement of dual mono files.  This parameter
           is optional, and has a default value of -3.01dB.

### target
           Set a specific target level (in LUFS) used as relative zero in the visualization.  This
           parameter is optional and has a default value of -23LUFS as specified by EBU R128.
           However, material published online may prefer a level of -16LUFS (e.g. for use with
           podcasts or video platforms).

### gauge
           Set the value displayed by the gauge. Valid values are "momentary" and s "shortterm". By
           default the momentary value will be used, but in certain scenarios it may be more useful
           to observe the short term value instead (e.g.  live mixing).

### scale
           Sets the display scale for the loudness. Valid parameters are "absolute" (in LUFS) or
           "relative" (LU) relative to the target. This only affects the video output, not the
           summary or continuous log output.

       _Examples_

       •   Real-time graph using **ffplay**, with a EBU scale meter +18:

                   ffplay -f lavfi -i "amovie=input.mp3,ebur128=video=1:meter=18 [out0][out1]"

       •   Run an analysis with **ffmpeg**:

                   ffmpeg -nostats -i input.mp3 -filter_complex ebur128 -f null -

### interleave, ainterleave
       Temporally interleave frames from several inputs.

       "interleave" works with video inputs, "ainterleave" with audio.

       These filters read frames from several inputs and send the oldest queued frame to the output.

       Input streams must have well defined, monotonically increasing frame timestamp values.

       In order to submit one frame to output, these filters need to enqueue at least one frame for
       each input, so they cannot work in case one input is not yet terminated and will not receive
       incoming frames.

       For example consider the case when one input is a "select" filter which always drops input
       frames. The "interleave" filter will keep reading from that input, but it will never be able
       to send new frames to output until the input sends an end-of-stream signal.

       Also, depending on inputs synchronization, the filters will drop frames in case one input
       receives more frames than the other ones, and the queue is already filled.

       These filters accept the following options:

       **nb**___**inputs,** **n**
           Set the number of different inputs, it is 2 by default.

### duration
           How to determine the end-of-stream.

           **longest**
               The duration of the longest input. (default)

           **shortest**
               The duration of the shortest input.

           **first**
               The duration of the first input.

       _Examples_

       •   Interleave frames belonging to different streams using **ffmpeg**:

                   ffmpeg -i bambi.avi -i pr0n.mkv -filter_complex "[0:v][1:v] interleave" out.avi

       •   Add flickering blur effect:

                   select='if(gt([random(0)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/random/0/markdown), 0.2), 1, 2)':n=2 [tmp], boxblur=2:2, [tmp] interleave

### metadata, ametadata
       Manipulate frame metadata.

       This filter accepts the following options:

### mode
           Set mode of operation of the filter.

           Can be one of the following:

           **select**
               If both "value" and "key" is set, select frames which have such metadata. If only
               "key" is set, select every frame that has such key in metadata.

           **add** Add new metadata "key" and "value". If key is already available do nothing.

           **modify**
               Modify value of already present key.

           **delete**
               If "value" is set, delete only keys that have such value.  Otherwise, delete key. If
               "key" is not set, delete all metadata values in the frame.

           **print**
               Print key and its value if metadata was found. If "key" is not set print all metadata
               values available in frame.

       **key** Set key used with all modes. Must be set for all modes except "print" and "delete".

### value
           Set metadata value which will be used. This option is mandatory for "modify" and "add"
           mode.

### function
           Which function to use when comparing metadata value and "value".

           Can be one of following:

           **same**___**str**
               Values are interpreted as strings, returns true if metadata value is same as "value".

           **starts**___**with**
               Values are interpreted as strings, returns true if metadata value starts with the
               "value" option string.

           **less**
               Values are interpreted as floats, returns true if metadata value is less than
               "value".

           **equal**
               Values are interpreted as floats, returns true if "value" is equal with metadata
               value.

           **greater**
               Values are interpreted as floats, returns true if metadata value is greater than
               "value".

           **expr**
               Values are interpreted as floats, returns true if expression from option "expr"
               evaluates to true.

           **ends**___**with**
               Values are interpreted as strings, returns true if metadata value ends with the
               "value" option string.

### expr
           Set expression which is used when "function" is set to "expr".  The expression is
           evaluated through the eval API and can contain the following constants:

           **VALUE1**
               Float representation of "value" from metadata key.

           **VALUE2**
               Float representation of "value" as supplied by user in "value" option.

### file
           If specified in "print" mode, output is written to the named file. Instead of plain
           filename any writable url can be specified. Filename ``-'' is a shorthand for standard
           output. If "file" option is not set, output is written to the log with AV_LOG_INFO
           loglevel.

### direct
           Reduces buffering in print mode when output is written to a URL set using _file_.

       _Examples_

       •   Print all metadata values for frames with key "lavfi.signalstats.YDIF" with values
           between 0 and 1.

                   signalstats,metadata=print:key=lavfi.signalstats.YDIF:value=0:function=expr:expr='between(VALUE1,0,1)'

       •   Print silencedetect output to file _metadata.txt_.

                   silencedetect,ametadata=mode=print:file=metadata.txt

       •   Direct all metadata to a pipe with file descriptor 4.

                   metadata=mode=print:file='pipe\:4'

### perms, aperms
       Set read/write permissions for the output frames.

       These filters are mainly aimed at developers to test direct path in the following filter in
       the filtergraph.

       The filters accept the following options:

### mode
           Select the permissions mode.

           It accepts the following values:

           **none**
               Do nothing. This is the default.

           **ro**  Set all the output frames read-only.

           **rw**  Set all the output frames directly writable.

           **toggle**
               Make the frame read-only if writable, and writable if read-only.

           **random**
               Set each output frame read-only or writable randomly.

### seed
           Set the seed for the _random_ mode, must be an integer included between 0 and "UINT32_MAX".
           If not specified, or if explicitly set to "-1", the filter will try to use a good random
           seed on a best effort basis.

       Note: in case of auto-inserted filter between the permission filter and the following one,
       the permission might not be received as expected in that following filter. Inserting a **format**
       or **aformat** filter before the perms/aperms filter can avoid this problem.

### realtime, arealtime
       Slow down filtering to match real time approximately.

       These filters will pause the filtering for a variable amount of time to match the output rate
       with the input timestamps.  They are similar to the **re** option to "ffmpeg".

       They accept the following options:

### limit
           Time limit for the pauses. Any pause longer than that will be considered a timestamp
           discontinuity and reset the timer. Default is 2 seconds.

### speed
           Speed factor for processing. The value must be a float larger than zero.  Values larger
           than 1.0 will result in faster than realtime processing, smaller will slow processing
           down. The _limit_ is automatically adapted accordingly. Default is 1.0.

           A processing speed faster than what is possible without these filters cannot be achieved.

### select, aselect
       Select frames to pass in output.

       This filter accepts the following options:

### expr, e
           Set expression, which is evaluated for each input frame.

           If the expression is evaluated to zero, the frame is discarded.

           If the evaluation result is negative or NaN, the frame is sent to the first output;
           otherwise it is sent to the output with index "ceil(val)-1", assuming that the input
           index starts from 0.

           For example a value of 1.2 corresponds to the output with index "ceil(1.2)-1 = 2-1 = 1",
           that is the second output.

### outputs, n
           Set the number of outputs. The output to which to send the selected frame is based on the
           result of the evaluation. Default value is 1.

       The expression can contain the following constants:

       **n**   The (sequential) number of the filtered frame, starting from 0.

       **selected**___**n**
           The (sequential) number of the selected frame, starting from 0.

       **prev**___**selected**___**n**
           The sequential number of the last selected frame. It's NAN if undefined.

       **TB**  The timebase of the input timestamps.

       **pts** The PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) of the filtered video frame, expressed in _TB_ units. It's
           NAN if undefined.

       **t**   The PTS of the filtered video frame, expressed in seconds. It's NAN if undefined.

       **prev**___**pts**
           The PTS of the previously filtered video frame. It's NAN if undefined.

       **prev**___**selected**___**pts**
           The PTS of the last previously filtered video frame. It's NAN if undefined.

       **prev**___**selected**___**t**
           The PTS of the last previously selected video frame, expressed in seconds. It's NAN if
           undefined.

       **start**___**pts**
           The PTS of the first video frame in the video. It's NAN if undefined.

       **start**___**t**
           The time of the first video frame in the video. It's NAN if undefined.

       **pict**___**type** _(video_ _only)_
           The type of the filtered frame. It can assume one of the following values:

           **I**
           **P**
           **B**
           **S**
           **SI**
           **SP**
           **BI**
       **interlace**___**type** _(video_ _only)_
           The frame interlace type. It can assume one of the following values:

           **PROGRESSIVE**
               The frame is progressive (not interlaced).

           **TOPFIRST**
               The frame is top-field-first.

           **BOTTOMFIRST**
               The frame is bottom-field-first.

       **consumed**___**sample**___**n** _(audio_ _only)_
           the number of selected samples before the current frame

       **samples**___**n** _(audio_ _only)_
           the number of samples in the current frame

       **sample**___**rate** _(audio_ _only)_
           the input sample rate

       **key** This is 1 if the filtered frame is a key-frame, 0 otherwise.

       **pos** the position in the file of the filtered frame, -1 if the information is not available
           (e.g. for synthetic video)

       **scene** _(video_ _only)_
           value between 0 and 1 to indicate a new scene; a low value reflects a low probability for
           the current frame to introduce a new scene, while a higher value means the current frame
           is more likely to be one (see the example below)

       **concatdec**___**select**
           The concat demuxer can select only part of a concat input file by setting an inpoint and
           an outpoint, but the output packets may not be entirely contained in the selected
           interval. By using this variable, it is possible to skip frames generated by the concat
           demuxer which are not exactly contained in the selected interval.

           This works by comparing the frame pts against the _lavf.concat.start_time_ and the
           _lavf.concat.duration_ packet metadata values which are also present in the decoded frames.

           The _concatdec_select_ variable is -1 if the frame pts is at least start_time and either
           the duration metadata is missing or the frame pts is less than start_time + duration, 0
           otherwise, and NaN if the start_time metadata is missing.

           That basically means that an input frame is selected if its pts is within the interval
           set by the concat demuxer.

       The default value of the select expression is "1".

       _Examples_

       •   Select all frames in input:

                   select

           The example above is the same as:

                   select=1

       •   Skip all frames:

                   select=0

       •   Select only I-frames:

                   select='eq(pict_type\,I)'

       •   Select one frame every 100:

                   select='not(mod(n\,100))'

       •   Select only frames contained in the 10-20 time interval:

                   select=between(t\,10\,20)

       •   Select only I-frames contained in the 10-20 time interval:

                   select=between(t\,10\,20)*eq(pict_type\,I)

       •   Select frames with a minimum distance of 10 seconds:

                   select='isnan(prev_selected_t)+gte(t-prev_selected_t\,10)'

       •   Use aselect to select only audio frames with samples number > 100:

                   aselect='gt(samples_n\,100)'

       •   Create a mosaic of the first scenes:

                   ffmpeg -i video.avi -vf select='gt(scene\,0.4)',scale=160:120,tile -frames:v 1 preview.png

           Comparing _scene_ against a value between 0.3 and 0.5 is generally a sane choice.

       •   Send even and odd frames to separate outputs, and compose them:

                   select=n=2:e='mod(n, 2)+1' [odd][even]; [odd] pad=h=2*ih [tmp]; [tmp][even] overlay=y=h

       •   Select useful frames from an ffconcat file which is using inpoints and outpoints but
           where the source files are not intra frame only.

                   ffmpeg -copyts -vsync 0 -segment_time_metadata 1 -i input.ffconcat -vf select=concatdec_select -af aselect=concatdec_select output.avi

### sendcmd, asendcmd
       Send commands to filters in the filtergraph.

       These filters read commands to be sent to other filters in the filtergraph.

       "sendcmd" must be inserted between two video filters, "asendcmd" must be inserted between two
       audio filters, but apart from that they act the same way.

       The specification of commands can be provided in the filter arguments with the _commands_
       option, or in a file specified by the _filename_ option.

       These filters accept the following options:

### commands, c
           Set the commands to be read and sent to the other filters.

### filename, f
           Set the filename of the commands to be read and sent to the other filters.

       _Commands_ _syntax_

       A commands description consists of a sequence of interval specifications, comprising a list
       of commands to be executed when a particular event related to that interval occurs. The
       occurring event is typically the current frame time entering or leaving a given time
       interval.

       An interval is specified by the following syntax:

               <START>[-<END>] <COMMANDS>;

       The time interval is specified by the _START_ and _END_ times.  _END_ is optional and defaults to
       the maximum time.

       The current frame time is considered within the specified interval if it is included in the
       interval [_START_, _END_), that is when the time is greater or equal to _START_ and is lesser than
       _END_.

       _COMMANDS_ consists of a sequence of one or more command specifications, separated by ",",
       relating to that interval.  The syntax of a command specification is given by:

               [<FLAGS>] <TARGET> <COMMAND> <ARG>

       _FLAGS_ is optional and specifies the type of events relating to the time interval which enable
       sending the specified command, and must be a non-null sequence of identifier flags separated
       by "+" or "|" and enclosed between "[" and "]".

       The following flags are recognized:

### enter
           The command is sent when the current frame timestamp enters the specified interval. In
           other words, the command is sent when the previous frame timestamp was not in the given
           interval, and the current is.

### leave
           The command is sent when the current frame timestamp leaves the specified interval. In
           other words, the command is sent when the previous frame timestamp was in the given
           interval, and the current is not.

### expr
           The command _ARG_ is interpreted as expression and result of expression is passed as _ARG_.

           The expression is evaluated through the eval API and can contain the following constants:

           **POS** Original position in the file of the frame, or undefined if undefined for the current
               frame.

           **PTS** The presentation timestamp in input.

           **N**   The count of the input frame for video or audio, starting from 0.

           **T**   The time in seconds of the current frame.

           **TS**  The start time in seconds of the current command interval.

           **TE**  The end time in seconds of the current command interval.

           **TI**  The interpolated time of the current command interval, TI = (T - TS) / (TE - TS).

       If _FLAGS_ is not specified, a default value of "[enter]" is assumed.

       _TARGET_ specifies the target of the command, usually the name of the filter class or a
       specific filter instance name.

       _COMMAND_ specifies the name of the command for the target filter.

       _ARG_ is optional and specifies the optional list of argument for the given _COMMAND_.

       Between one interval specification and another, whitespaces, or sequences of characters
       starting with "#" until the end of line, are ignored and can be used to annotate comments.

       A simplified BNF description of the commands specification syntax follows:

               <COMMAND_FLAG>  ::= "enter" | "leave"
               <COMMAND_FLAGS> ::= <COMMAND_FLAG> [(+|"|")<COMMAND_FLAG>]
               <COMMAND>       ::= ["[" <COMMAND_FLAGS> "]"] <TARGET> <COMMAND> [<ARG>]
               <COMMANDS>      ::= <COMMAND> [,<COMMANDS>]
               <INTERVAL>      ::= <START>[-<END>] <COMMANDS>
               <INTERVALS>     ::= <INTERVAL>[;<INTERVALS>]

       _Examples_

       •   Specify audio tempo change at second 4:

                   asendcmd=c='4.0 atempo tempo 1.5',atempo

       •   Target a specific filter instance:

                   asendcmd=c='4.0 atempo@my tempo 1.5',atempo@my

       •   Specify a list of drawtext and hue commands in a file.

                   # show text in the interval 5-10
                   5.0-10.0 [enter] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=hello world',
                            [leave] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=';

                   # desaturate the image in the interval 15-20
                   15.0-20.0 [enter] hue s 0,
                             [enter] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=nocolor',
                             [leave] hue s 1,
                             [leave] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=color';

                   # apply an exponential saturation fade-out effect, starting from time 25
                   25 [enter] hue s exp(25-t)

           A filtergraph allowing to read and process the above command list stored in a file
           _test.cmd_, can be specified with:

                   sendcmd=f=test.cmd,drawtext=fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text='',hue

### setpts, asetpts
       Change the PTS (presentation timestamp) of the input frames.

       "setpts" works on video frames, "asetpts" on audio frames.

       This filter accepts the following options:

### expr
           The expression which is evaluated for each frame to construct its timestamp.

       The expression is evaluated through the eval API and can contain the following constants:

       **FRAME**___**RATE,** **FR**
           frame rate, only defined for constant frame-rate video

       **PTS** The presentation timestamp in input

       **N**   The count of the input frame for video or the number of consumed samples, not including
           the current frame for audio, starting from 0.

       **NB**___**CONSUMED**___**SAMPLES**
           The number of consumed samples, not including the current frame (only audio)

       **NB**___**SAMPLES,** **S**
           The number of samples in the current frame (only audio)

       **SAMPLE**___**RATE,** **SR**
           The audio sample rate.

       **STARTPTS**
           The PTS of the first frame.

       **STARTT**
           the time in seconds of the first frame

       **INTERLACED**
           State whether the current frame is interlaced.

       **T**   the time in seconds of the current frame

       **POS** original position in the file of the frame, or undefined if undefined for the current
           frame

       **PREV**___**INPTS**
           The previous input PTS.

       **PREV**___**INT**
           previous input time in seconds

       **PREV**___**OUTPTS**
           The previous output PTS.

       **PREV**___**OUTT**
           previous output time in seconds

       **RTCTIME**
           The wallclock (RTC) time in microseconds. This is deprecated, use [**time**(0)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/time/0/markdown) instead.

       **RTCSTART**
           The wallclock (RTC) time at the start of the movie in microseconds.

       **TB**  The timebase of the input timestamps.

       _Examples_

       •   Start counting PTS from zero

                   setpts=PTS-STARTPTS

       •   Apply fast motion effect:

                   setpts=0.5*PTS

       •   Apply slow motion effect:

                   setpts=2.0*PTS

       •   Set fixed rate of 25 frames per second:

                   setpts=N/(25*TB)

       •   Set fixed rate 25 fps with some jitter:

                   setpts='1/(25*TB) * (N + 0.05 * sin(N*2*PI/25))'

       •   Apply an offset of 10 seconds to the input PTS:

                   setpts=PTS+10/TB

       •   Generate timestamps from a "live source" and rebase onto the current timebase:

                   setpts='(RTCTIME - RTCSTART) / (TB * 1000000)'

       •   Generate timestamps by counting samples:

                   asetpts=N/SR/TB

### setrange
       Force color range for the output video frame.

       The "setrange" filter marks the color range property for the output frames. It does not
       change the input frame, but only sets the corresponding property, which affects how the frame
       is treated by following filters.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### range
           Available values are:

           **auto**
               Keep the same color range property.

           **unspecified,** **unknown**
               Set the color range as unspecified.

           **limited,** **tv,** **mpeg**
               Set the color range as limited.

           **full,** **pc,** **jpeg**
               Set the color range as full.

### settb, asettb
       Set the timebase to use for the output frames timestamps.  It is mainly useful for testing
       timebase configuration.

       It accepts the following parameters:

### expr, tb
           The expression which is evaluated into the output timebase.

       The value for **tb** is an arithmetic expression representing a rational. The expression can
       contain the constants "AVTB" (the default timebase), "intb" (the input timebase) and "sr"
       (the sample rate, audio only). Default value is "intb".

       _Examples_

       •   Set the timebase to 1/25:

                   settb=expr=1/25

       •   Set the timebase to 1/10:

                   settb=expr=0.1

       •   Set the timebase to 1001/1000:

                   settb=1+0.001

       •   Set the timebase to 2*intb:

                   settb=2*intb

       •   Set the default timebase value:

                   settb=AVTB

### showcqt
       Convert input audio to a video output representing frequency spectrum logarithmically using
       Brown-Puckette constant Q transform algorithm with direct frequency domain coefficient
       calculation (but the transform itself is not really constant Q, instead the Q factor is
       actually variable/clamped), with musical tone scale, from E0 to D#10.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### size, s
           Specify the video size for the output. It must be even. For the syntax of this option,
           check the **"Video** **size"** **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.  Default value is "1920x1080".

### fps, rate, r
           Set the output frame rate. Default value is 25.

       **bar**___**h**
           Set the bargraph height. It must be even. Default value is "-1" which computes the
           bargraph height automatically.

       **axis**___**h**
           Set the axis height. It must be even. Default value is "-1" which computes the axis
           height automatically.

       **sono**___**h**
           Set the sonogram height. It must be even. Default value is "-1" which computes the
           sonogram height automatically.

### fullhd
           Set the fullhd resolution. This option is deprecated, use _size_, _s_ instead. Default value
           is 1.

       **sono**___**v,** **volume**
           Specify the sonogram volume expression. It can contain variables:

           **bar**___**v**
               the _bar_v_ evaluated expression

           **frequency,** **freq,** **f**
               the frequency where it is evaluated

           **timeclamp,** **tc**
               the value of _timeclamp_ option

           and functions:

           **a**___**weighting(f)**
               A-weighting of equal loudness

           **b**___**weighting(f)**
               B-weighting of equal loudness

           **c**___**weighting(f)**
               C-weighting of equal loudness.

           Default value is 16.

       **bar**___**v,** **volume2**
           Specify the bargraph volume expression. It can contain variables:

           **sono**___**v**
               the _sono_v_ evaluated expression

           **frequency,** **freq,** **f**
               the frequency where it is evaluated

           **timeclamp,** **tc**
               the value of _timeclamp_ option

           and functions:

           **a**___**weighting(f)**
               A-weighting of equal loudness

           **b**___**weighting(f)**
               B-weighting of equal loudness

           **c**___**weighting(f)**
               C-weighting of equal loudness.

           Default value is "sono_v".

       **sono**___**g,** **gamma**
           Specify the sonogram gamma. Lower gamma makes the spectrum more contrast, higher gamma
           makes the spectrum having more range. Default value is 3.  Acceptable range is "[1, 7]".

       **bar**___**g,** **gamma2**
           Specify the bargraph gamma. Default value is 1. Acceptable range is "[1, 7]".

       **bar**___**t**
           Specify the bargraph transparency level. Lower value makes the bargraph sharper.  Default
           value is 1. Acceptable range is "[0, 1]".

### timeclamp, tc
           Specify the transform timeclamp. At low frequency, there is trade-off between accuracy in
           time domain and frequency domain. If timeclamp is lower, event in time domain is
           represented more accurately (such as fast bass drum), otherwise event in frequency domain
           is represented more accurately (such as bass guitar). Acceptable range is "[0.002, 1]".
           Default value is 0.17.

### attack
           Set attack time in seconds. The default is 0 (disabled). Otherwise, it limits future
           samples by applying asymmetric windowing in time domain, useful when low latency is
           required. Accepted range is "[0, 1]".

### basefreq
           Specify the transform base frequency. Default value is 20.01523126408007475, which is
           frequency 50 cents below E0. Acceptable range is "[10, 100000]".

### endfreq
           Specify the transform end frequency. Default value is 20495.59681441799654, which is
           frequency 50 cents above D#10. Acceptable range is "[10, 100000]".

### coeffclamp
           This option is deprecated and ignored.

### tlength
           Specify the transform length in time domain. Use this option to control accuracy trade-
           off between time domain and frequency domain at every frequency sample.  It can contain
           variables:

           **frequency,** **freq,** **f**
               the frequency where it is evaluated

           **timeclamp,** **tc**
               the value of _timeclamp_ option.

           Default value is "384*tc/(384+tc*f)".

### count
           Specify the transform count for every video frame. Default value is 6.  Acceptable range
           is "[1, 30]".

### fcount
           Specify the transform count for every single pixel. Default value is 0, which makes it
           computed automatically. Acceptable range is "[0, 10]".

### fontfile
           Specify font file for use with freetype to draw the axis. If not specified, use embedded
           font. Note that drawing with font file or embedded font is not implemented with custom
           _basefreq_ and _endfreq_, use _axisfile_ option instead.

### font
           Specify fontconfig pattern. This has lower priority than _fontfile_. The ":" in the pattern
           may be replaced by "|" to avoid unnecessary escaping.

### fontcolor
           Specify font color expression. This is arithmetic expression that should return integer
           value 0xRRGGBB. It can contain variables:

           **frequency,** **freq,** **f**
               the frequency where it is evaluated

           **timeclamp,** **tc**
               the value of _timeclamp_ option

           and functions:

           **midi(f)**
               midi number of frequency f, some midi numbers: [E0(16)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/E0/16/markdown), [C1(24)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/C1/24/markdown), [C2(36)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/C2/36/markdown), [A4(69)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/A4/69/markdown)

           **r(x),** **g(x),** **b(x)**
               red, green, and blue value of intensity x.

           Default value is "st(0, (midi(f)-59.5)/12); st(1, if(between([ld(0)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ld/0/markdown),0,1),
           0.5-0.5*cos(2*PI*[ld(0)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ld/0/markdown)), 0)); r([1-ld(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/1-ld/1/markdown)) + b([ld(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ld/1/markdown))".

### axisfile
           Specify image file to draw the axis. This option override _fontfile_ and _fontcolor_ option.

### axis, text
           Enable/disable drawing text to the axis. If it is set to 0, drawing to the axis is
           disabled, ignoring _fontfile_ and _axisfile_ option.  Default value is 1.

       **csp** Set colorspace. The accepted values are:

           **unspecified**
               Unspecified (default)

           **bt709**
               BT.709

           **fcc** FCC

           **bt470bg**
               BT.470BG or BT.601-6 625

           **smpte170m**
               SMPTE-170M or BT.601-6 525

           **smpte240m**
               SMPTE-240M

           **bt2020ncl**
               BT.2020 with non-constant luminance

### cscheme
           Set spectrogram color scheme. This is list of floating point values with format
           "left_r|left_g|left_b|right_r|right_g|right_b".  The default is "1|0.5|0|0|0.5|1".

       _Examples_

       •   Playing audio while showing the spectrum:

                   ffplay -f lavfi 'amovie=a.mp3, asplit [a][out1]; [a] showcqt [out0]'

       •   Same as above, but with frame rate 30 fps:

                   ffplay -f lavfi 'amovie=a.mp3, asplit [a][out1]; [a] showcqt=fps=30:count=5 [out0]'

       •   Playing at 1280x720:

                   ffplay -f lavfi 'amovie=a.mp3, asplit [a][out1]; [a] showcqt=s=1280x720:count=4 [out0]'

       •   Disable sonogram display:

                   sono_h=0

       •   A1 and its harmonics: A1, A2, (near)E3, A3:

                   ffplay -f lavfi 'aevalsrc=0.1*sin(2*PI*55*t)+0.1*sin(4*PI*55*t)+0.1*sin(6*PI*55*t)+0.1*sin(8*PI*55*t),
                                    asplit[a][out1]; [a] showcqt [out0]'

       •   Same as above, but with more accuracy in frequency domain:

                   ffplay -f lavfi 'aevalsrc=0.1*sin(2*PI*55*t)+0.1*sin(4*PI*55*t)+0.1*sin(6*PI*55*t)+0.1*sin(8*PI*55*t),
                                    asplit[a][out1]; [a] showcqt=timeclamp=0.5 [out0]'

       •   Custom volume:

                   bar_v=10:sono_v=bar_v*a_weighting(f)

       •   Custom gamma, now spectrum is linear to the amplitude.

                   bar_g=2:sono_g=2

       •   Custom tlength equation:

                   tc=0.33:tlength='st(0,0.17); 384*tc / (384 / [ld(0)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ld/0/markdown) + tc*f /([1-ld(0)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/1-ld/0/markdown))) + 384*tc / (tc*f / [ld(0)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ld/0/markdown) + 384 /([1-ld(0)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/1-ld/0/markdown)))'

       •   Custom fontcolor and fontfile, C-note is colored green, others are colored blue:

                   fontcolor='if(mod(floor(midi(f)+0.5),12), 0x0000FF, [g(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/g/1/markdown))':fontfile=myfont.ttf

       •   Custom font using fontconfig:

                   font='Courier New,Monospace,mono|bold'

       •   Custom frequency range with custom axis using image file:

                   axisfile=myaxis.png:basefreq=40:endfreq=10000

### showfreqs
       Convert input audio to video output representing the audio power spectrum.  Audio amplitude
       is on Y-axis while frequency is on X-axis.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### size, s
           Specify size of video. For the syntax of this option, check the **"Video** **size"** **section** **in**
           **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.  Default is "1024x512".

### mode
           Set display mode.  This set how each frequency bin will be represented.

           It accepts the following values:

           **line**
           **bar**
           **dot**

           Default is "bar".

### ascale
           Set amplitude scale.

           It accepts the following values:

           **lin** Linear scale.

           **sqrt**
               Square root scale.

           **cbrt**
               Cubic root scale.

           **log** Logarithmic scale.

           Default is "log".

### fscale
           Set frequency scale.

           It accepts the following values:

           **lin** Linear scale.

           **log** Logarithmic scale.

           **rlog**
               Reverse logarithmic scale.

           Default is "lin".

       **win**___**size**
           Set window size. Allowed range is from 16 to 65536.

           Default is 2048

       **win**___**func**
           Set windowing function.

           It accepts the following values:

           **rect**
           **bartlett**
           **hanning**
           **hamming**
           **blackman**
           **welch**
           **flattop**
           **bharris**
           **bnuttall**
           **bhann**
           **sine**
           **nuttall**
           **lanczos**
           **gauss**
           **tukey**
           **dolph**
           **cauchy**
           **parzen**
           **poisson**
           **bohman**

           Default is "hanning".

### overlap
           Set window overlap. In range "[0, 1]". Default is 1, which means optimal overlap for
           selected window function will be picked.

### averaging
           Set time averaging. Setting this to 0 will display current maximal peaks.  Default is 1,
           which means time averaging is disabled.

### colors
           Specify list of colors separated by space or by '|' which will be used to draw channel
           frequencies. Unrecognized or missing colors will be replaced by white color.

### cmode
           Set channel display mode.

           It accepts the following values:

           **combined**
           **separate**

           Default is "combined".

### minamp
           Set minimum amplitude used in "log" amplitude scaler.

### data
           Set data display mode.

           It accepts the following values:

           **magnitude**
           **phase**
           **delay**

           Default is "magnitude".

### showspatial
       Convert stereo input audio to a video output, representing the spatial relationship between
       two channels.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### size, s
           Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check the **"Video**
           **size"** **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.  Default value is "512x512".

       **win**___**size**
           Set window size. Allowed range is from _1024_ to _65536_. Default size is _4096_.

       **win**___**func**
           Set window function.

           It accepts the following values:

           **rect**
           **bartlett**
           **hann**
           **hanning**
           **hamming**
           **blackman**
           **welch**
           **flattop**
           **bharris**
           **bnuttall**
           **bhann**
           **sine**
           **nuttall**
           **lanczos**
           **gauss**
           **tukey**
           **dolph**
           **cauchy**
           **parzen**
           **poisson**
           **bohman**

           Default value is "hann".

### overlap
           Set ratio of overlap window. Default value is 0.5.  When value is 1 overlap is set to
           recommended size for specific window function currently used.

### showspectrum
       Convert input audio to a video output, representing the audio frequency spectrum.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### size, s
           Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check the **"Video**
           **size"** **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.  Default value is "640x512".

### slide
           Specify how the spectrum should slide along the window.

           It accepts the following values:

           **replace**
               the samples start again on the left when they reach the right

           **scroll**
               the samples scroll from right to left

           **fullframe**
               frames are only produced when the samples reach the right

           **rscroll**
               the samples scroll from left to right

           Default value is "replace".

### mode
           Specify display mode.

           It accepts the following values:

           **combined**
               all channels are displayed in the same row

           **separate**
               all channels are displayed in separate rows

           Default value is **combined**.

### color
           Specify display color mode.

           It accepts the following values:

           **channel**
               each channel is displayed in a separate color

           **intensity**
               each channel is displayed using the same color scheme

           **rainbow**
               each channel is displayed using the rainbow color scheme

           **moreland**
               each channel is displayed using the moreland color scheme

           **nebulae**
               each channel is displayed using the nebulae color scheme

           **fire**
               each channel is displayed using the fire color scheme

           **fiery**
               each channel is displayed using the fiery color scheme

           **fruit**
               each channel is displayed using the fruit color scheme

           **cool**
               each channel is displayed using the cool color scheme

           **magma**
               each channel is displayed using the magma color scheme

           **green**
               each channel is displayed using the green color scheme

           **viridis**
               each channel is displayed using the viridis color scheme

           **plasma**
               each channel is displayed using the plasma color scheme

           **cividis**
               each channel is displayed using the cividis color scheme

           **terrain**
               each channel is displayed using the terrain color scheme

           Default value is **channel**.

### scale
           Specify scale used for calculating intensity color values.

           It accepts the following values:

           **lin** linear

           **sqrt**
               square root, default

           **cbrt**
               cubic root

           **log** logarithmic

           **4thrt**
               4th root

           **5thrt**
               5th root

           Default value is **sqrt**.

### fscale
           Specify frequency scale.

           It accepts the following values:

           **lin** linear

           **log** logarithmic

           Default value is **lin**.

### saturation
           Set saturation modifier for displayed colors. Negative values provide alternative color
           scheme. 0 is no saturation at all.  Saturation must be in [-10.0, 10.0] range.  Default
           value is 1.

       **win**___**func**
           Set window function.

           It accepts the following values:

           **rect**
           **bartlett**
           **hann**
           **hanning**
           **hamming**
           **blackman**
           **welch**
           **flattop**
           **bharris**
           **bnuttall**
           **bhann**
           **sine**
           **nuttall**
           **lanczos**
           **gauss**
           **tukey**
           **dolph**
           **cauchy**
           **parzen**
           **poisson**
           **bohman**

           Default value is "hann".

### orientation
           Set orientation of time vs frequency axis. Can be "vertical" or "horizontal". Default is
           "vertical".

### overlap
           Set ratio of overlap window. Default value is 0.  When value is 1 overlap is set to
           recommended size for specific window function currently used.

### gain
           Set scale gain for calculating intensity color values.  Default value is 1.

### data
           Set which data to display. Can be "magnitude", default or "phase".

### rotation
           Set color rotation, must be in [-1.0, 1.0] range.  Default value is 0.

### start
           Set start frequency from which to display spectrogram. Default is 0.

### stop
           Set stop frequency to which to display spectrogram. Default is 0.

       **fps** Set upper frame rate limit. Default is "auto", unlimited.

### legend
           Draw time and frequency axes and legends. Default is disabled.

       The usage is very similar to the showwaves filter; see the examples in that section.

       _Examples_

       •   Large window with logarithmic color scaling:

                   showspectrum=s=1280x480:scale=log

       •   Complete example for a colored and sliding spectrum per channel using **ffplay**:

                   ffplay -f lavfi 'amovie=input.mp3, asplit [a][out1];
                                [a] showspectrum=mode=separate:color=intensity:slide=1:scale=cbrt [out0]'

### showspectrumpic
       Convert input audio to a single video frame, representing the audio frequency spectrum.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### size, s
           Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check the **"Video**
           **size"** **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.  Default value is "4096x2048".

### mode
           Specify display mode.

           It accepts the following values:

           **combined**
               all channels are displayed in the same row

           **separate**
               all channels are displayed in separate rows

           Default value is **combined**.

### color
           Specify display color mode.

           It accepts the following values:

           **channel**
               each channel is displayed in a separate color

           **intensity**
               each channel is displayed using the same color scheme

           **rainbow**
               each channel is displayed using the rainbow color scheme

           **moreland**
               each channel is displayed using the moreland color scheme

           **nebulae**
               each channel is displayed using the nebulae color scheme

           **fire**
               each channel is displayed using the fire color scheme

           **fiery**
               each channel is displayed using the fiery color scheme

           **fruit**
               each channel is displayed using the fruit color scheme

           **cool**
               each channel is displayed using the cool color scheme

           **magma**
               each channel is displayed using the magma color scheme

           **green**
               each channel is displayed using the green color scheme

           **viridis**
               each channel is displayed using the viridis color scheme

           **plasma**
               each channel is displayed using the plasma color scheme

           **cividis**
               each channel is displayed using the cividis color scheme

           **terrain**
               each channel is displayed using the terrain color scheme

           Default value is **intensity**.

### scale
           Specify scale used for calculating intensity color values.

           It accepts the following values:

           **lin** linear

           **sqrt**
               square root, default

           **cbrt**
               cubic root

           **log** logarithmic

           **4thrt**
               4th root

           **5thrt**
               5th root

           Default value is **log**.

### fscale
           Specify frequency scale.

           It accepts the following values:

           **lin** linear

           **log** logarithmic

           Default value is **lin**.

### saturation
           Set saturation modifier for displayed colors. Negative values provide alternative color
           scheme. 0 is no saturation at all.  Saturation must be in [-10.0, 10.0] range.  Default
           value is 1.

       **win**___**func**
           Set window function.

           It accepts the following values:

           **rect**
           **bartlett**
           **hann**
           **hanning**
           **hamming**
           **blackman**
           **welch**
           **flattop**
           **bharris**
           **bnuttall**
           **bhann**
           **sine**
           **nuttall**
           **lanczos**
           **gauss**
           **tukey**
           **dolph**
           **cauchy**
           **parzen**
           **poisson**
           **bohman**

           Default value is "hann".

### orientation
           Set orientation of time vs frequency axis. Can be "vertical" or "horizontal". Default is
           "vertical".

### gain
           Set scale gain for calculating intensity color values.  Default value is 1.

### legend
           Draw time and frequency axes and legends. Default is enabled.

### rotation
           Set color rotation, must be in [-1.0, 1.0] range.  Default value is 0.

### start
           Set start frequency from which to display spectrogram. Default is 0.

### stop
           Set stop frequency to which to display spectrogram. Default is 0.

       _Examples_

       •   Extract an audio spectrogram of a whole audio track in a 1024x1024 picture using **ffmpeg**:

                   ffmpeg -i audio.flac -lavfi showspectrumpic=s=1024x1024 spectrogram.png

### showvolume
       Convert input audio volume to a video output.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### rate, r
           Set video rate.

       **b**   Set border width, allowed range is [0, 5]. Default is 1.

       **w**   Set channel width, allowed range is [80, 8192]. Default is 400.

       **h**   Set channel height, allowed range is [1, 900]. Default is 20.

       **f**   Set fade, allowed range is [0, 1]. Default is 0.95.

       **c**   Set volume color expression.

           The expression can use the following variables:

           **VOLUME**
               Current max volume of channel in dB.

           **PEAK**
               Current peak.

           **CHANNEL**
               Current channel number, starting from 0.

       **t**   If set, displays channel names. Default is enabled.

       **v**   If set, displays volume values. Default is enabled.

       **o**   Set orientation, can be horizontal: "h" or vertical: "v", default is "h".

       **s**   Set step size, allowed range is [0, 5]. Default is 0, which means step is disabled.

       **p**   Set background opacity, allowed range is [0, 1]. Default is 0.

       **m**   Set metering mode, can be peak: "p" or rms: "r", default is "p".

       **ds**  Set display scale, can be linear: "lin" or log: "log", default is "lin".

       **dm**  In second.  If set to > 0., display a line for the max level in the previous seconds.
           default is disabled: 0.

       **dmc** The color of the max line. Use when "dm" option is set to > 0.  default is: "orange"

### showwaves
       Convert input audio to a video output, representing the samples waves.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### size, s
           Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check the **"Video**
           **size"** **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.  Default value is "600x240".

### mode
           Set display mode.

           Available values are:

           **point**
               Draw a point for each sample.

           **line**
               Draw a vertical line for each sample.

           **p2p** Draw a point for each sample and a line between them.

           **cline**
               Draw a centered vertical line for each sample.

           Default value is "point".

       **n**   Set the number of samples which are printed on the same column. A larger value will
           decrease the frame rate. Must be a positive integer. This option can be set only if the
           value for _rate_ is not explicitly specified.

### rate, r
           Set the (approximate) output frame rate. This is done by setting the option _n_. Default
           value is "25".

       **split**___**channels**
           Set if channels should be drawn separately or overlap. Default value is 0.

### colors
           Set colors separated by '|' which are going to be used for drawing of each channel.

### scale
           Set amplitude scale.

           Available values are:

           **lin** Linear.

           **log** Logarithmic.

           **sqrt**
               Square root.

           **cbrt**
               Cubic root.

           Default is linear.

### draw
           Set the draw mode. This is mostly useful to set for high _n_.

           Available values are:

           **scale**
               Scale pixel values for each drawn sample.

           **full**
               Draw every sample directly.

           Default value is "scale".

       _Examples_

       •   Output the input file audio and the corresponding video representation at the same time:

                   amovie=a.mp3,asplit[out0],showwaves[out1]

       •   Create a synthetic signal and show it with showwaves, forcing a frame rate of 30 frames
           per second:

                   aevalsrc=sin(1*2*PI*t)*sin(880*2*PI*t):cos(2*PI*200*t),asplit[out0],showwaves=r=30[out1]

### showwavespic
       Convert input audio to a single video frame, representing the samples waves.

       The filter accepts the following options:

### size, s
           Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check the **"Video**
           **size"** **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg-utils** **manual**.  Default value is "600x240".

       **split**___**channels**
           Set if channels should be drawn separately or overlap. Default value is 0.

### colors
           Set colors separated by '|' which are going to be used for drawing of each channel.

### scale
           Set amplitude scale.

           Available values are:

           **lin** Linear.

           **log** Logarithmic.

           **sqrt**
               Square root.

           **cbrt**
               Cubic root.

           Default is linear.

### draw
           Set the draw mode.

           Available values are:

           **scale**
               Scale pixel values for each drawn sample.

           **full**
               Draw every sample directly.

           Default value is "scale".

### filter
           Set the filter mode.

           Available values are:

           **average**
               Use average samples values for each drawn sample.

           **peak**
               Use peak samples values for each drawn sample.

           Default value is "average".

       _Examples_

       •   Extract a channel split representation of the wave form of a whole audio track in a
           1024x800 picture using **ffmpeg**:

                   ffmpeg -i audio.flac -lavfi showwavespic=split_channels=1:s=1024x800 waveform.png

### sidedata, asidedata
       Delete frame side data, or select frames based on it.

       This filter accepts the following options:

### mode
           Set mode of operation of the filter.

           Can be one of the following:

           **select**
               Select every frame with side data of "type".

           **delete**
               Delete side data of "type". If "type" is not set, delete all side data in the frame.

### type
           Set side data type used with all modes. Must be set for "select" mode. For the list of
           frame side data types, refer to the "AVFrameSideDataType" enum in _libavutil/frame.h_. For
           example, to choose "AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN" side data, you must specify "PANSCAN".

### spectrumsynth
       Synthesize audio from 2 input video spectrums, first input stream represents magnitude across
       time and second represents phase across time.  The filter will transform from frequency
       domain as displayed in videos back to time domain as presented in audio output.

       This filter is primarily created for reversing processed **showspectrum** filter outputs, but can
       synthesize sound from other spectrograms too.  But in such case results are going to be poor
       if the phase data is not available, because in such cases phase data need to be recreated,
       usually it's just recreated from random noise.  For best results use gray only output
       ("channel" color mode in **showspectrum** filter) and "log" scale for magnitude video and "lin"
       scale for phase video. To produce phase, for 2nd video, use "data" option. Inputs videos
       should generally use "fullframe" slide mode as that saves resources needed for decoding
       video.

       The filter accepts the following options:

       **sample**___**rate**
           Specify sample rate of output audio, the sample rate of audio from which spectrum was
           generated may differ.

### channels
           Set number of channels represented in input video spectrums.

### scale
           Set scale which was used when generating magnitude input spectrum.  Can be "lin" or
           "log". Default is "log".

### slide
           Set slide which was used when generating inputs spectrums.  Can be "replace", "scroll",
           "fullframe" or "rscroll".  Default is "fullframe".

       **win**___**func**
           Set window function used for resynthesis.

### overlap
           Set window overlap. In range "[0, 1]". Default is 1, which means optimal overlap for
           selected window function will be picked.

### orientation
           Set orientation of input videos. Can be "vertical" or "horizontal".  Default is
           "vertical".

       _Examples_

       •   First create magnitude and phase videos from audio, assuming audio is stereo with 44100
           sample rate, then resynthesize videos back to audio with spectrumsynth:

                   ffmpeg -i input.flac -lavfi showspectrum=mode=separate:scale=log:overlap=0.875:color=channel:slide=fullframe:data=magnitude -an -c:v rawvideo magnitude.nut
                   ffmpeg -i input.flac -lavfi showspectrum=mode=separate:scale=lin:overlap=0.875:color=channel:slide=fullframe:data=phase -an -c:v rawvideo phase.nut
                   ffmpeg -i magnitude.nut -i phase.nut -lavfi spectrumsynth=channels=2:sample_rate=44100:win_func=hann:overlap=0.875:slide=fullframe output.flac

### split, asplit
       Split input into several identical outputs.

       "asplit" works with audio input, "split" with video.

       The filter accepts a single parameter which specifies the number of outputs. If unspecified,
       it defaults to 2.

       _Examples_

       •   Create two separate outputs from the same input:

                   [in] split [out0][out1]

       •   To create 3 or more outputs, you need to specify the number of outputs, like in:

                   [in] asplit=3 [out0][out1][out2]

       •   Create two separate outputs from the same input, one cropped and one padded:

                   [in] split [splitout1][splitout2];
                   [splitout1] crop=100:100:0:0    [cropout];
                   [splitout2] pad=200:200:100:100 [padout];

       •   Create 5 copies of the input audio with **ffmpeg**:

                   ffmpeg -i INPUT -filter_complex asplit=5 OUTPUT

### zmq, azmq
       Receive commands sent through a libzmq client, and forward them to filters in the
       filtergraph.

       "zmq" and "azmq" work as a pass-through filters. "zmq" must be inserted between two video
       filters, "azmq" between two audio filters. Both are capable to send messages to any filter
       type.

       To enable these filters you need to install the libzmq library and headers and configure
       FFmpeg with "--enable-libzmq".

       For more information about libzmq see: <**<http://www.zeromq.org/>**>

       The "zmq" and "azmq" filters work as a libzmq server, which receives messages sent through a
       network interface defined by the **bind**___**address** (or the abbreviation "**b**") option.  Default
       value of this option is _tcp://localhost:5555_. You may want to alter this value to your needs,
       but do not forget to escape any ':' signs (see **filtergraph** **escaping**).

       The received message must be in the form:

               <TARGET> <COMMAND> [<ARG>]

       _TARGET_ specifies the target of the command, usually the name of the filter class or a
       specific filter instance name. The default filter instance name uses the pattern
       **Parsed**___**<filter**___**name>**___**<index>**, but you can override this by using the **filter**___**name@id** syntax
       (see **Filtergraph** **syntax**).

       _COMMAND_ specifies the name of the command for the target filter.

       _ARG_ is optional and specifies the optional argument list for the given _COMMAND_.

       Upon reception, the message is processed and the corresponding command is injected into the
       filtergraph. Depending on the result, the filter will send a reply to the client, adopting
       the format:

               <ERROR_CODE> <ERROR_REASON>
               <MESSAGE>

       _MESSAGE_ is optional.

       _Examples_

       Look at _tools/zmqsend_ for an example of a zmq client which can be used to send commands
       processed by these filters.

       Consider the following filtergraph generated by **ffplay**.  In this example the last overlay
       filter has an instance name. All other filters will have default instance names.

               ffplay -dumpgraph 1 -f lavfi "
               color=s=100x100:c=red  [l];
               color=s=100x100:c=blue [r];
               nullsrc=s=200x100, zmq [bg];
               [bg][l]   overlay     [bg+l];
               [bg+l][r] overlay@my=x=100 "

       To change the color of the left side of the video, the following command can be used:

               echo Parsed_color_0 c yellow | tools/zmqsend

       To change the right side:

               echo Parsed_color_1 c pink | tools/zmqsend

       To change the position of the right side:

               echo overlay@my x 150 | tools/zmqsend

## MULTIMEDIA SOURCES
       Below is a description of the currently available multimedia sources.

### amovie
       This is the same as **movie** source, except it selects an audio stream by default.

### movie
       Read audio and/or video stream(s) from a movie container.

       It accepts the following parameters:

### filename
           The name of the resource to read (not necessarily a file; it can also be a device or a
           stream accessed through some protocol).

       **format**___**name,** **f**
           Specifies the format assumed for the movie to read, and can be either the name of a
           container or an input device. If not specified, the format is guessed from _movie_name_ or
           by probing.

       **seek**___**point,** **sp**
           Specifies the seek point in seconds. The frames will be output starting from this seek
           point. The parameter is evaluated with "av_strtod", so the numerical value may be
           suffixed by an IS postfix. The default value is "0".

### streams, s
           Specifies the streams to read. Several streams can be specified, separated by "+". The
           source will then have as many outputs, in the same order. The syntax is explained in the
           **"Stream** **specifiers"** **section** **in** **the** **ffmpeg** **manual**. Two special names, "dv" and "da"
           specify respectively the default (best suited) video and audio stream. Default is "dv",
           or "da" if the filter is called as "amovie".

       **stream**___**index,** **si**
           Specifies the index of the video stream to read. If the value is -1, the most suitable
           video stream will be automatically selected. The default value is "-1". Deprecated. If
           the filter is called "amovie", it will select audio instead of video.

### loop
           Specifies how many times to read the stream in sequence.  If the value is 0, the stream
           will be looped infinitely.  Default value is "1".

           Note that when the movie is looped the source timestamps are not changed, so it will
           generate non monotonically increasing timestamps.

### discontinuity
           Specifies the time difference between frames above which the point is considered a
           timestamp discontinuity which is removed by adjusting the later timestamps.

       It allows overlaying a second video on top of the main input of a filtergraph, as shown in
       this graph:

               input -----------> deltapts0 --> overlay --> output
                                                   ^
                                                   |
               movie --> scale--> deltapts1 -------+

       _Examples_

       •   Skip 3.2 seconds from the start of the AVI file in.avi, and overlay it on top of the
           input labelled "in":

                   movie=in.avi:seek_point=3.2, scale=180:-1, setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [over];
                   [in] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [main];
                   [main][over] overlay=16:16 [out]

       •   Read from a video4linux2 device, and overlay it on top of the input labelled "in":

                   movie=/dev/video0:f=video4linux2, scale=180:-1, setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [over];
                   [in] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [main];
                   [main][over] overlay=16:16 [out]

       •   Read the first video stream and the audio stream with id 0x81 from dvd.vob; the video is
           connected to the pad named "video" and the audio is connected to the pad named "audio":

                   movie=dvd.vob:s=v:0+#0x81 [video] [audio]

       _Commands_

       Both movie and amovie support the following commands:

### seek
           Perform seek using "av_seek_frame".  The syntax is: seek _stream_index_|_timestamp_|_flags_

           •   _stream_index_: If stream_index is -1, a default stream is selected, and _timestamp_ is
               automatically converted from AV_TIME_BASE units to the stream specific time_base.

           •   _timestamp_: Timestamp in AVStream.time_base units or, if no stream is specified, in
               AV_TIME_BASE units.

           •   _flags_: Flags which select direction and seeking mode.

       **get**___**duration**
           Get movie duration in AV_TIME_BASE units.

## EXTERNAL LIBRARIES
       FFmpeg can be hooked up with a number of external libraries to add support for more formats.
       None of them are used by default, their use has to be explicitly requested by passing the
       appropriate flags to **./configure**.

### Alliance for Open Media (AOM)
       FFmpeg can make use of the AOM library for AV1 decoding and encoding.

       Go to <**<http://aomedia.org/>**> and follow the instructions for installing the library. Then pass
       "--enable-libaom" to configure to enable it.

   **AMD** **AMF/VCE**
       FFmpeg can use the AMD Advanced Media Framework library for accelerated H.264 and HEVC(only
       windows) encoding on hardware with Video Coding Engine (VCE).

       To enable support you must obtain the AMF framework header files(version 1.4.9+) from
       <**<https://github.com/GPUOpen-LibrariesAndSDKs/AMF.git>**>.

       Create an "AMF/" directory in the system include path.  Copy the contents of
       "AMF/amf/public/include/" into that directory.  Then configure FFmpeg with "--enable-amf".

       Initialization of amf encoder occurs in this order: 1) trying to initialize through dx11(only
       windows) 2) trying to initialize through dx9(only windows) 3) trying to initialize through
       vulkan

       To use h.264(AMD VCE) encoder on linux amdgru-pro version 19.20+ and amf-amdgpu-pro
       package(amdgru-pro contains, but does not install automatically) are required.

       This driver can be installed using amdgpu-pro-install script in official amd driver archive.

### AviSynth
       FFmpeg can read AviSynth scripts as input. To enable support, pass "--enable-avisynth" to
       configure after installing the headers provided by
       <**<https://github.com/AviSynth/AviSynthPlus>**>.  AviSynth+ can be configured to install only the
       headers by either passing "-DHEADERS_ONLY:bool=on" to the normal CMake-based build system, or
       by using the supplied "GNUmakefile".

       For Windows, supported AviSynth variants are <**<http://avisynth.nl>**> for 32-bit builds and
       <**<http://avisynth.nl/index.php/AviSynth>+**> for 32-bit and 64-bit builds.

       For Linux, macOS, and BSD, the only supported AviSynth variant is
       <**<https://github.com/AviSynth/AviSynthPlus>**>, starting with version 3.5.

           In 2016, AviSynth+ added support for building with GCC. However, due to the
           eccentricities of Windows' calling conventions, 32-bit GCC builds of AviSynth+ are not
           compatible with typical 32-bit builds of FFmpeg.

           By default, FFmpeg assumes compatibility with 32-bit MSVC builds of AviSynth+ since that
           is the most widely-used and entrenched build configuration.  Users can override this and
           enable support for 32-bit GCC builds of AviSynth+ by passing "-DAVSC_WIN32_GCC32" to
           "--extra-cflags" when configuring FFmpeg.

           64-bit builds of FFmpeg are not affected, and can use either MSVC or GCC builds of
           AviSynth+ without any special flags.

           AviSynth(+) is loaded dynamically.  Distributors can build FFmpeg with
           "--enable-avisynth", and the binaries will work regardless of the end user having
           AviSynth installed.  If/when an end user would like to use AviSynth scripts, then they
           can install AviSynth(+) and FFmpeg will be able to find and use it to open scripts.

### Chromaprint
       FFmpeg can make use of the Chromaprint library for generating audio fingerprints.  Pass
       "--enable-chromaprint" to configure to enable it. See <**<https://acoustid.org/chromaprint>**>.

### codec2
       FFmpeg can make use of the codec2 library for codec2 decoding and encoding.  There is
       currently no native decoder, so libcodec2 must be used for decoding.

       Go to <**<http://freedv.org/>**>, download "Codec 2 source archive".  Build and install using
       CMake. Debian users can install the libcodec2-dev package instead.  Once libcodec2 is
       installed you can pass "--enable-libcodec2" to configure to enable it.

       The easiest way to use codec2 is with .c2 files, since they contain the mode information
       required for decoding.  To encode such a file, use a .c2 file extension and give the
       libcodec2 encoder the -mode option: "ffmpeg -i input.wav -mode 700C output.c2".  Playback is
       as simple as "ffplay output.c2".  For a list of supported modes, run "ffmpeg -h
       encoder=libcodec2".  Raw codec2 files are also supported.  To make sense of them the mode in
       use needs to be specified as a format option: "ffmpeg -f codec2raw -mode 1300 -i input.raw
       output.wav".

### dav1d
       FFmpeg can make use of the dav1d library for AV1 video decoding.

       Go to <**<https://code.videolan.org/videolan/dav1d>**> and follow the instructions for installing
       the library. Then pass "--enable-libdav1d" to configure to enable it.

### davs2
       FFmpeg can make use of the davs2 library for AVS2-P2/IEEE1857.4 video decoding.

       Go to <**<https://github.com/pkuvcl/davs2>**> and follow the instructions for installing the
       library. Then pass "--enable-libdavs2" to configure to enable it.

           libdavs2 is under the GNU Public License Version 2 or later (see
           <**<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html>**> for details), you must upgrade
           FFmpeg's license to GPL in order to use it.

### uavs3d
       FFmpeg can make use of the uavs3d library for AVS3-P2/IEEE1857.10 video decoding.

       Go to <**<https://github.com/uavs3/uavs3d>**> and follow the instructions for installing the
       library. Then pass "--enable-libuavs3d" to configure to enable it.

### Game Music Emu
       FFmpeg can make use of the Game Music Emu library to read audio from supported video game
       music file formats. Pass "--enable-libgme" to configure to enable it. See
       <**<https://bitbucket.org/mpyne/game-music-emu/overview>**>.

### Intel QuickSync Video
       FFmpeg can use Intel QuickSync Video (QSV) for accelerated decoding and encoding of multiple
       codecs. To use QSV, FFmpeg must be linked against the "libmfx" dispatcher, which loads the
       actual decoding libraries.

       The dispatcher is open source and can be downloaded from
       <**<https://github.com/lu-zero/mfx>**___**dispatch.git**>. FFmpeg needs to be configured with the
       "--enable-libmfx" option and "pkg-config" needs to be able to locate the dispatcher's ".pc"
       files.

### Kvazaar
       FFmpeg can make use of the Kvazaar library for HEVC encoding.

       Go to <**<https://github.com/ultravideo/kvazaar>**> and follow the instructions for installing the
       library. Then pass "--enable-libkvazaar" to configure to enable it.

   **LAME**
       FFmpeg can make use of the LAME library for MP3 encoding.

       Go to <**<http://lame.sourceforge.net/>**> and follow the instructions for installing the library.
       Then pass "--enable-libmp3lame" to configure to enable it.

### libilbc
       iLBC is a narrowband speech codec that has been made freely available by Google as part of
       the WebRTC project. libilbc is a packaging friendly copy of the iLBC codec. FFmpeg can make
       use of the libilbc library for iLBC decoding and encoding.

       Go to <**<https://github.com/TimothyGu/libilbc>**> and follow the instructions for installing the
       library. Then pass "--enable-libilbc" to configure to enable it.

### libvpx
       FFmpeg can make use of the libvpx library for VP8/VP9 decoding and encoding.

       Go to <**<http://www.webmproject.org/>**> and follow the instructions for installing the library.
       Then pass "--enable-libvpx" to configure to enable it.

### ModPlug
       FFmpeg can make use of this library, originating in Modplug-XMMS, to read from MOD-like music
       files.  See <**<https://github.com/Konstanty/libmodplug>**>. Pass "--enable-libmodplug" to
       configure to enable it.

### OpenCORE, VisualOn, and Fraunhofer libraries
       Spun off Google Android sources, OpenCore, VisualOn and Fraunhofer libraries provide encoders
       for a number of audio codecs.

           OpenCORE and VisualOn libraries are under the Apache License 2.0 (see
           <**<http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0>**> for details), which is incompatible to the
           LGPL version 2.1 and GPL version 2. You have to upgrade FFmpeg's license to LGPL version
           3 (or if you have enabled GPL components, GPL version 3) by passing "--enable-version3"
           to configure in order to use it.

           The license of the Fraunhofer AAC library is incompatible with the GPL.  Therefore, for
           GPL builds, you have to pass "--enable-nonfree" to configure in order to use it. To the
           best of our knowledge, it is compatible with the LGPL.

       _OpenCORE_ _AMR_

       FFmpeg can make use of the OpenCORE libraries for AMR-NB decoding/encoding and AMR-WB
       decoding.

       Go to <**<http://sourceforge.net/projects/opencore-amr/>**> and follow the instructions for
       installing the libraries.  Then pass "--enable-libopencore-amrnb" and/or
       "--enable-libopencore-amrwb" to configure to enable them.

       _VisualOn_ _AMR-WB_ _encoder_ _library_

       FFmpeg can make use of the VisualOn AMR-WBenc library for AMR-WB encoding.

       Go to <**<http://sourceforge.net/projects/opencore-amr/>**> and follow the instructions for
       installing the library.  Then pass "--enable-libvo-amrwbenc" to configure to enable it.

       _Fraunhofer_ _AAC_ _library_

       FFmpeg can make use of the Fraunhofer AAC library for AAC decoding & encoding.

       Go to <**<http://sourceforge.net/projects/opencore-amr/>**> and follow the instructions for
       installing the library.  Then pass "--enable-libfdk-aac" to configure to enable it.

### OpenH264
       FFmpeg can make use of the OpenH264 library for H.264 decoding and encoding.

       Go to <**<http://www.openh264.org/>**> and follow the instructions for installing the library. Then
       pass "--enable-libopenh264" to configure to enable it.

       For decoding, this library is much more limited than the built-in decoder in libavcodec;
       currently, this library lacks support for decoding B-frames and some other main/high profile
       features. (It currently only supports constrained baseline profile and CABAC.) Using it is
       mostly useful for testing and for taking advantage of Cisco's patent portfolio license
       (<**<http://www.openh264.org/BINARY>**___**LICENSE.txt**>).

### OpenJPEG
       FFmpeg can use the OpenJPEG libraries for decoding/encoding J2K videos.  Go to
       <**<http://www.openjpeg.org/>**> to get the libraries and follow the installation instructions.  To
       enable using OpenJPEG in FFmpeg, pass "--enable-libopenjpeg" to _./configure_.

### rav1e
       FFmpeg can make use of rav1e (Rust AV1 Encoder) via its C bindings to encode videos.  Go to
       <**<https://github.com/xiph/rav1e/>**> and follow the instructions to build the C library. To
       enable using rav1e in FFmpeg, pass "--enable-librav1e" to _./configure_.

   **SVT-AV1**
       FFmpeg can make use of the Scalable Video Technology for AV1 library for AV1 encoding.

       Go to <**<https://github.com/OpenVisualCloud/SVT-AV1/>**> and follow the instructions for
       installing the library. Then pass "--enable-libsvtav1" to configure to enable it.

### TwoLAME
       FFmpeg can make use of the TwoLAME library for MP2 encoding.

       Go to <**<http://www.twolame.org/>**> and follow the instructions for installing the library.  Then
       pass "--enable-libtwolame" to configure to enable it.

### VapourSynth
       FFmpeg can read VapourSynth scripts as input. To enable support, pass "--enable-vapoursynth"
       to configure. Vapoursynth is detected via "pkg-config". Versions 42 or greater supported.
       See <**<http://www.vapoursynth.com/>**>.

       Due to security concerns, Vapoursynth scripts will not be autodetected so the input format
       has to be forced. For ff* CLI tools, add "-f vapoursynth" before the input "-i
       yourscript.vpy".

### x264
       FFmpeg can make use of the x264 library for H.264 encoding.

       Go to <**<http://www.videolan.org/developers/x264.html>**> and follow the instructions for
       installing the library. Then pass "--enable-libx264" to configure to enable it.

           x264 is under the GNU Public License Version 2 or later (see
           <**<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html>**> for details), you must upgrade
           FFmpeg's license to GPL in order to use it.

### x265
       FFmpeg can make use of the x265 library for HEVC encoding.

       Go to <**<http://x265.org/developers.html>**> and follow the instructions for installing the
       library. Then pass "--enable-libx265" to configure to enable it.

           x265 is under the GNU Public License Version 2 or later (see
           <**<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html>**> for details), you must upgrade
           FFmpeg's license to GPL in order to use it.

### xavs
       FFmpeg can make use of the xavs library for AVS encoding.

       Go to <**<http://xavs.sf.net/>**> and follow the instructions for installing the library. Then pass
       "--enable-libxavs" to configure to enable it.

### xavs2
       FFmpeg can make use of the xavs2 library for AVS2-P2/IEEE1857.4 video encoding.

       Go to <**<https://github.com/pkuvcl/xavs2>**> and follow the instructions for installing the
       library. Then pass "--enable-libxavs2" to configure to enable it.

           libxavs2 is under the GNU Public License Version 2 or later (see
           <**<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html>**> for details), you must upgrade
           FFmpeg's license to GPL in order to use it.

   **ZVBI**
       ZVBI is a VBI decoding library which can be used by FFmpeg to decode DVB teletext pages and
       DVB teletext subtitles.

       Go to <**<http://sourceforge.net/projects/zapping/>**> and follow the instructions for installing
       the library. Then pass "--enable-libzvbi" to configure to enable it.

## SUPPORTED FILE FORMATS
       You can use the "-formats" and "-codecs" options to have an exhaustive list.

### File Formats
       FFmpeg supports the following file formats through the "libavformat" library:

### Name  :  Encoding @tab Decoding @tab Comments
### 3dostr                     :    @tab X
### 4xm                        :    @tab X
               @tab 4X Technologies format, used in some games.

### 8088flex TMV               :    @tab X
### AAX                        :    @tab X
               @tab Audible Enhanced Audio format, used in audiobooks.

### AA                         :    @tab X
               @tab Audible Format 2, 3, and 4, used in audiobooks.

### ACT Voice                  :    @tab X
               @tab contains G.729 audio

### Adobe Filmstrip            :  X @tab X
### Audio IFF (AIFF)           :  X @tab X
### American Laser Games MM    :    @tab X
               @tab Multimedia format used in games like Mad Dog McCree.

### 3GPP AMR                   :  X @tab X
### Amazing Studio Packed Animation File   :    @tab X
               @tab Multimedia format used in game Heart Of Darkness.

### Apple HTTP Live Streaming  :    @tab X
### Artworx Data Format        :    @tab X
### Interplay ACM              :    @tab X
               @tab Audio only format used in some Interplay games.

### ADP                        :    @tab X
               @tab Audio format used on the Nintendo Gamecube.

### AFC                        :    @tab X
               @tab Audio format used on the Nintendo Gamecube.

### ADS/SS2                    :    @tab X
               @tab Audio format used on the PS2.

### APNG                       :  X @tab X
### ASF                        :  X @tab X
               @tab Advanced / Active Streaming Format.

### AST                        :  X @tab X
               @tab Audio format used on the Nintendo Wii.

### AVI                        :  X @tab X
### AviSynth                   :    @tab X
### AVR                        :    @tab X
               @tab Audio format used on Mac.

### AVS                        :    @tab X
               @tab Multimedia format used by the Creature Shock game.

### Beam Software SIFF         :    @tab X
               @tab Audio and video format used in some games by Beam Software.

### Bethesda Softworks VID     :    @tab X
               @tab Used in some games from Bethesda Softworks.

### Binary text                :    @tab X
### Bink                       :    @tab X
               @tab Multimedia format used by many games.

### Bink Audio                 :    @tab X
               @tab Audio only multimedia format used by some games.

### Bitmap Brothers JV         :    @tab X
               @tab Used in Z and Z95 games.

### BRP                        :    @tab X
               @tab Argonaut Games format.

### Brute Force & Ignorance    :    @tab X
               @tab Used in the game Flash Traffic: City of Angels.

### BFSTM                      :    @tab X
               @tab Audio format used on the Nintendo WiiU (based on BRSTM).

### BRSTM                      :    @tab X
               @tab Audio format used on the Nintendo Wii.

### BW64                       :    @tab X
               @tab Broadcast Wave 64bit.

### BWF                        :  X @tab X
### codec2 (raw)               :  X @tab X
               @tab Must be given -mode format option to decode correctly.

### codec2 (.c2 files)         :  X @tab X
               @tab Contains header with version and mode info, simplifying playback.

### CRI ADX                    :  X @tab X
               @tab Audio-only format used in console video games.

### CRI AIX                    :    @tab X
### CRI HCA                    :    @tab X
               @tab Audio-only format used in console video games.

### Discworld II BMV           :    @tab X
### Interplay C93              :    @tab X
               @tab Used in the game Cyberia from Interplay.

### Delphine Software International CIN  :    @tab X
               @tab Multimedia format used by Delphine Software games.

### Digital Speech Standard (DSS)  :    @tab X
### CD+G                       :    @tab X
               @tab Video format used by CD+G karaoke disks

### Phantom Cine               :    @tab X
### Commodore CDXL             :    @tab X
               @tab Amiga CD video format

### Core Audio Format          :  X @tab X
               @tab Apple Core Audio Format

### CRC testing format         :  X @tab
### Creative Voice             :  X @tab X
               @tab Created for the Sound Blaster Pro.

### CRYO APC                   :    @tab X
               @tab Audio format used in some games by CRYO Interactive Entertainment.

### D-Cinema audio             :  X @tab X
### Deluxe Paint Animation     :    @tab X
### DCSTR                      :    @tab X
### DFA                        :    @tab X
               @tab This format is used in Chronomaster game

### DirectDraw Surface         :    @tab X
### DSD Stream File (DSF)      :    @tab X
### DV video                   :  X @tab X
### DXA                        :    @tab X
               @tab This format is used in the non-Windows version of the Feeble Files
                    game and different game cutscenes repacked for use with ScummVM.

### Electronic Arts cdata   :     @tab X
### Electronic Arts Multimedia   :     @tab X
               @tab Used in various EA games; files have extensions like WVE and UV2.

### Ensoniq Paris Audio File   :    @tab X
### FFM (FFserver live feed)   :  X @tab X
### Flash (SWF)                :  X @tab X
### Flash 9 (AVM2)             :  X @tab X
               @tab Only embedded audio is decoded.

### FLI/FLC/FLX animation      :    @tab X
               @tab .fli/.flc files

### Flash Video (FLV)          :  X @tab X
               @tab Macromedia Flash video files

### framecrc testing format    :  X @tab
### FunCom ISS                 :    @tab X
               @tab Audio format used in various games from FunCom like The Longest Journey.

### G.723.1                    :  X @tab X
### G.726                      :    @tab X @tab Both left- and right-justified.
### G.729 BIT                  :  X @tab X
### G.729 raw                  :    @tab X
### GENH                       :    @tab X
               @tab Audio format for various games.

### GIF Animation              :  X @tab X
### GXF                        :  X @tab X
               @tab General eXchange Format SMPTE 360M, used by Thomson Grass Valley
                    playout servers.

### HNM  :    @tab X
               @tab Only version 4 supported, used in some games from Cryo Interactive

### iCEDraw File               :    @tab X
### ICO                        :  X @tab X
               @tab Microsoft Windows ICO

### id Quake II CIN video      :    @tab X
### id RoQ                     :  X @tab X
               @tab Used in Quake III, Jedi Knight 2 and other computer games.

### IEC61937 encapsulation  :  X @tab X
### IFF                        :    @tab X
               @tab Interchange File Format

### IFV                        :    @tab X
               @tab A format used by some old CCTV DVRs.

### iLBC                       :  X @tab X
### Interplay MVE              :    @tab X
               @tab Format used in various Interplay computer games.

### Iterated Systems ClearVideo  :      @tab  X
               @tab I-frames only

### IV8                        :    @tab X
               @tab A format generated by IndigoVision 8000 video server.

### IVF (On2)                  :  X @tab X
               @tab A format used by libvpx

### Internet Video Recording   :    @tab X
### IRCAM                      :  X @tab X
### LATM                       :  X @tab X
### LMLM4                      :    @tab X
               @tab Used by Linux Media Labs MPEG-4 PCI boards

### LOAS                       :    @tab X
               @tab contains LATM multiplexed AAC audio

### LRC                        :  X @tab X
### LVF                        :    @tab X
### LXF                        :    @tab X
               @tab VR native stream format, used by Leitch/Harris' video servers.

### Magic Lantern Video (MLV)  :    @tab X
### Matroska                   :  X @tab X
### Matroska audio             :  X @tab
### FFmpeg metadata            :  X @tab X
               @tab Metadata in text format.

### MAXIS XA                   :    @tab X
               @tab Used in Sim City 3000; file extension .xa.

### MCA                        :    @tab X
               @tab Used in some games from Capcom; file extension .mca.

### MD Studio                  :    @tab X
### Metal Gear Solid: The Twin Snakes  :  @tab X
### Megalux Frame              :    @tab X
               @tab Used by Megalux Ultimate Paint

### Mobotix .mxg               :    @tab X
### Monkey's Audio             :    @tab X
### Motion Pixels MVI          :    @tab X
### MOV/QuickTime/MP4          :  X @tab X
               @tab 3GP, 3GP2, PSP, iPod variants supported

### MP2                        :  X @tab X
### MP3                        :  X @tab X
### MPEG-1 System              :  X @tab X
               @tab muxed audio and video, VCD format supported

### MPEG-PS (program stream)   :  X @tab X
               @tab also known as C<VOB> file, SVCD and DVD format supported

### MPEG-TS (transport stream)  :  X @tab X
               @tab also known as DVB Transport Stream

### MPEG-4                     :  X @tab X
               @tab MPEG-4 is a variant of QuickTime.

### MSF                        :    @tab X
               @tab Audio format used on the PS3.

### Mirillis FIC video         :    @tab X
               @tab No cursor rendering.

### MIDI Sample Dump Standard  :    @tab X
### MIME multipart JPEG        :  X @tab
### MSN TCP webcam             :    @tab X
               @tab Used by MSN Messenger webcam streams.

### MTV                        :    @tab X
### Musepack                   :    @tab X
### Musepack SV8               :    @tab X
### Material eXchange Format (MXF)  :  X @tab X
               @tab SMPTE 377M, used by D-Cinema, broadcast industry.

### Material eXchange Format (MXF), D-10 Mapping  :  X @tab X
               @tab SMPTE 386M, D-10/IMX Mapping.

### NC camera feed             :    @tab X
               @tab NC (AVIP NC4600) camera streams

### NIST SPeech HEader REsources  :    @tab X
### Computerized Speech Lab NSP  :    @tab X
### NTT TwinVQ (VQF)           :    @tab X
               @tab Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation TwinVQ.

### Nullsoft Streaming Video   :    @tab X
### NuppelVideo                :    @tab X
### NUT                        :  X @tab X
               @tab NUT Open Container Format

### Ogg                        :  X @tab X
### Playstation Portable PMP   :    @tab X
### Portable Voice Format      :    @tab X
### TechnoTrend PVA            :    @tab X
               @tab Used by TechnoTrend DVB PCI boards.

### QCP                        :    @tab X
### raw ADTS (AAC)             :  X @tab X
### raw AC-3                   :  X @tab X
### raw AMR-NB                 :    @tab X
### raw AMR-WB                 :    @tab X
### raw aptX                   :  X @tab X
### raw aptX HD                :  X @tab X
### raw Chinese AVS video      :  X @tab X
### raw Dirac                  :  X @tab X
### raw DNxHD                  :  X @tab X
### raw DTS                    :  X @tab X
### raw DTS-HD                 :    @tab X
### raw E-AC-3                 :  X @tab X
### raw FLAC                   :  X @tab X
### raw GSM                    :    @tab X
### raw H.261                  :  X @tab X
### raw H.263                  :  X @tab X
### raw H.264                  :  X @tab X
### raw HEVC                   :  X @tab X
### raw Ingenient MJPEG        :    @tab X
### raw MJPEG                  :  X @tab X
### raw MLP                    :    @tab X
### raw MPEG                   :    @tab X
### raw MPEG-1                 :    @tab X
### raw MPEG-2                 :    @tab X
### raw MPEG-4                 :  X @tab X
### raw NULL                   :  X @tab
### raw video                  :  X @tab X
### raw id RoQ                 :  X @tab
### raw SBC                    :  X @tab X
### raw Shorten                :    @tab X
### raw TAK                    :    @tab X
### raw TrueHD                 :  X @tab X
### raw VC-1                   :  X @tab X
### raw PCM A-law              :  X @tab X
### raw PCM mu-law             :  X @tab X
### raw PCM Archimedes VIDC    :  X @tab X
### raw PCM signed 8 bit       :  X @tab X
### raw PCM signed 16 bit big-endian   :  X @tab X
### raw PCM signed 16 bit little-endian   :  X @tab X
### raw PCM signed 24 bit big-endian   :  X @tab X
### raw PCM signed 24 bit little-endian   :  X @tab X
### raw PCM signed 32 bit big-endian   :  X @tab X
### raw PCM signed 32 bit little-endian   :  X @tab X
### raw PCM signed 64 bit big-endian   :  X @tab X
### raw PCM signed 64 bit little-endian   :  X @tab X
### raw PCM unsigned 8 bit     :  X @tab X
### raw PCM unsigned 16 bit big-endian   :  X @tab X
### raw PCM unsigned 16 bit little-endian   :  X @tab X
### raw PCM unsigned 24 bit big-endian   :  X @tab X
### raw PCM unsigned 24 bit little-endian   :  X @tab X
### raw PCM unsigned 32 bit big-endian   :  X @tab X
### raw PCM unsigned 32 bit little-endian   :  X @tab X
### raw PCM 16.8 floating point little-endian  :    @tab X
### raw PCM 24.0 floating point little-endian  :    @tab X
### raw PCM floating-point 32 bit big-endian   :  X @tab X
### raw PCM floating-point 32 bit little-endian   :  X @tab X
### raw PCM floating-point 64 bit big-endian   :  X @tab X
### raw PCM floating-point 64 bit little-endian   :  X @tab X
### RDT                        :    @tab X
### REDCODE R3D                :    @tab X
               @tab File format used by RED Digital cameras, contains JPEG 2000 frames and PCM audio.

### RealMedia                  :  X @tab X
### Redirector                 :    @tab X
### RedSpark                   :    @tab X
### Renderware TeXture Dictionary  :    @tab X
### Resolume DXV               :    @tab X
### RF64                       :    @tab X
### RL2                        :    @tab X
               @tab Audio and video format used in some games by Entertainment Software Partners.

### RPL/ARMovie                :    @tab X
### Lego Mindstorms RSO        :  X @tab X
### RSD                        :    @tab X
### RTMP                       :  X @tab X
               @tab Output is performed by publishing stream to RTMP server

### RTP                        :  X @tab X
### RTSP                       :  X @tab X
### Sample Dump eXchange       :    @tab X
### SAP                        :  X @tab X
### SBG                        :    @tab X
### SDP                        :    @tab X
### SER                        :    @tab X
### Sega FILM/CPK              :  X @tab X
               @tab Used in many Sega Saturn console games.

### Silicon Graphics Movie     :    @tab X
### Sierra SOL                 :    @tab X
               @tab .sol files used in Sierra Online games.

### Sierra VMD                 :    @tab X
               @tab Used in Sierra CD-ROM games.

### Smacker                    :    @tab X
               @tab Multimedia format used by many games.

### SMJPEG                     :  X @tab X
               @tab Used in certain Loki game ports.

### SMPTE 337M encapsulation   :    @tab X
### Smush                      :    @tab X
               @tab Multimedia format used in some LucasArts games.

### Sony OpenMG (OMA)          :  X @tab X
               @tab Audio format used in Sony Sonic Stage and Sony Vegas.

### Sony PlayStation STR       :    @tab X
### Sony Wave64 (W64)          :  X @tab X
### SoX native format          :  X @tab X
### SUN AU format              :  X @tab X
### SUP raw PGS subtitles      :  X @tab X
### SVAG                       :    @tab X
               @tab Audio format used in Konami PS2 games.

### TDSC                       :    @tab X
### Text files                 :    @tab X
### THP                        :    @tab X
               @tab Used on the Nintendo GameCube.

### Tiertex Limited SEQ        :    @tab X
               @tab Tiertex .seq files used in the DOS CD-ROM version of the game Flashback.

### True Audio                 :  X @tab X
### VAG                        :    @tab X
               @tab Audio format used in many Sony PS2 games.

### VC-1 test bitstream        :  X @tab X
### Vidvox Hap                 :  X @tab X
### Vivo                       :    @tab X
### VPK                        :    @tab X
               @tab Audio format used in Sony PS games.

### WAV                        :  X @tab X
### WavPack                    :  X @tab X
### WebM                       :  X @tab X
### Windows Televison (WTV)    :  X @tab X
### Wing Commander III movie   :    @tab X
               @tab Multimedia format used in Origin's Wing Commander III computer game.

### Westwood Studios audio     :    @tab X
               @tab Multimedia format used in Westwood Studios games.

### Westwood Studios VQA       :    @tab X
               @tab Multimedia format used in Westwood Studios games.

### Wideband Single-bit Data (WSD)  :    @tab X
### WVE                        :    @tab X
### XMV                        :    @tab X
               @tab Microsoft video container used in Xbox games.

### XVAG                       :    @tab X
               @tab Audio format used on the PS3.

### xWMA                       :    @tab X
               @tab Microsoft audio container used by XAudio 2.

### eXtended BINary text (XBIN)  :  @tab X
### YUV4MPEG pipe              :  X @tab X
### Psygnosis YOP              :    @tab X

       "X" means that the feature in that column (encoding / decoding) is supported.

### Image Formats
       FFmpeg can read and write images for each frame of a video sequence. The following image
       formats are supported:

### Name  :  Encoding @tab Decoding @tab Comments
### .Y.U.V        :  X @tab X
               @tab one raw file per component

### Alias PIX     :  X @tab X
               @tab Alias/Wavefront PIX image format

### animated GIF  :  X @tab X
### APNG          :  X @tab X
               @tab Animated Portable Network Graphics

### BMP           :  X @tab X
               @tab Microsoft BMP image

### BRender PIX   :    @tab X
               @tab Argonaut BRender 3D engine image format.

### CRI           :    @tab X
               @tab Cintel RAW

### DPX           :  X @tab X
               @tab Digital Picture Exchange

### EXR           :    @tab X
               @tab OpenEXR

### FITS          :  X @tab X
               @tab Flexible Image Transport System

### JPEG          :  X @tab X
               @tab Progressive JPEG is not supported.

### JPEG 2000     :  X @tab X
### JPEG-LS       :  X @tab X
### LJPEG         :  X @tab
               @tab Lossless JPEG

### MSP           :    @tab X
               @tab Microsoft Paint image

### PAM           :  X @tab X
               @tab PAM is a PNM extension with alpha support.

### PBM           :  X @tab X
               @tab Portable BitMap image

### PCD           :    @tab X
               @tab PhotoCD

### PCX           :  X @tab X
               @tab PC Paintbrush

### PFM           :  X @tab X
               @tab Portable FloatMap image

### PGM           :  X @tab X
               @tab Portable GrayMap image

### PGMYUV        :  X @tab X
               @tab PGM with U and V components in YUV 4:2:0

### PGX           :    @tab X
               @tab PGX file decoder

### PIC           :  @tab X
               @tab Pictor/PC Paint

### PNG           :  X @tab X
               @tab Portable Network Graphics image

### PPM           :  X @tab X
               @tab Portable PixelMap image

### PSD           :    @tab X
               @tab Photoshop

### PTX           :    @tab X
               @tab V.Flash PTX format

### SGI           :  X @tab X
               @tab SGI RGB image format

### Sun Rasterfile   :  X @tab X
               @tab Sun RAS image format

### TIFF          :  X @tab X
               @tab YUV, JPEG and some extension is not supported yet.

### Truevision Targa   :  X @tab X
               @tab Targa (.TGA) image format

### WebP          :  E @tab X
               @tab WebP image format, encoding supported through external library libwebp

### XBM   :  X @tab X
               @tab X BitMap image format

### XFace  :  X @tab X
               @tab X-Face image format

### XPM   :    @tab X
               @tab X PixMap image format

### XWD   :  X @tab X
               @tab X Window Dump image format

       "X" means that the feature in that column (encoding / decoding) is supported.

       "E" means that support is provided through an external library.

### Video Codecs
### Name  :  Encoding @tab Decoding @tab Comments
### 4X Movie                :      @tab  X
               @tab Used in certain computer games.

### 8088flex TMV            :      @tab  X
### A64 multicolor          :   X  @tab
               @tab Creates video suitable to be played on a commodore 64 (multicolor mode).

### Amazing Studio PAF Video  :      @tab  X
### American Laser Games MM   :     @tab X
               @tab Used in games like Mad Dog McCree.

### Amuse Graphics Movie    :      @tab  X
### AMV Video               :   X  @tab  X
               @tab Used in Chinese MP3 players.

### ANSI/ASCII art          :      @tab  X
### Apple Intermediate Codec  :      @tab  X
### Apple MJPEG-B           :      @tab  X
### Apple Pixlet            :      @tab  X
### Apple ProRes            :   X  @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: apch,apcn,apcs,apco,ap4h,ap4x

### Apple QuickDraw         :      @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: qdrw

### Argonaut Video          :      @tab  X
               @tab Used in some Argonaut games.

### Asus v1                 :   X  @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: ASV1

### Asus v2                 :   X  @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: ASV2

### ATI VCR1                :      @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: VCR1

### ATI VCR2                :      @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: VCR2

### Auravision Aura         :      @tab  X
### Auravision Aura 2       :      @tab  X
### Autodesk Animator Flic video   :      @tab  X
### Autodesk RLE            :      @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: AASC

### AV1                     :   E  @tab  E
               @tab Supported through external libraries libaom, libdav1d, librav1e and libsvtav1

### Avid 1:1 10-bit RGB Packer   :   X  @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: AVrp

### AVS (Audio Video Standard) video   :      @tab  X
               @tab Video encoding used by the Creature Shock game.

### AVS2-P2/IEEE1857.4      :   E  @tab  E
               @tab Supported through external libraries libxavs2 and libdavs2

### AVS3-P2/IEEE1857.10     :      @tab  E
               @tab Supported through external library libuavs3d

### AYUV                    :   X  @tab  X
               @tab Microsoft uncompressed packed 4:4:4:4

### Beam Software VB        :      @tab  X
### Bethesda VID video      :      @tab  X
               @tab Used in some games from Bethesda Softworks.

### Bink Video              :      @tab  X
### BitJazz SheerVideo      :      @tab  X
### Bitmap Brothers JV video   :    @tab X
### y41p Brooktree uncompressed 4:1:1 12-bit      :   X  @tab  X
### Brooktree ProSumer Video   :      @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: BT20

### Brute Force & Ignorance    :    @tab X
               @tab Used in the game Flash Traffic: City of Angels.

### C93 video               :      @tab  X
               @tab Codec used in Cyberia game.

### CamStudio               :      @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: CSCD

### CD+G                    :      @tab  X
               @tab Video codec for CD+G karaoke disks

### CDXL                    :      @tab  X
               @tab Amiga CD video codec

### Chinese AVS video       :   E  @tab  X
               @tab AVS1-P2, JiZhun profile, encoding through external library libxavs

### Delphine Software International CIN video   :      @tab  X
               @tab Codec used in Delphine Software International games.

### Discworld II BMV Video  :      @tab  X
### CineForm HD             :   X  @tab  X
### Canopus HQ              :      @tab  X
### Canopus HQA             :      @tab  X
### Canopus HQX             :      @tab  X
### Canopus Lossless Codec  :      @tab  X
### CDToons                 :      @tab  X
               @tab Codec used in various Broderbund games.

### Cinepak                 :      @tab  X
### Cirrus Logic AccuPak    :   X  @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: CLJR

### CPiA Video Format       :      @tab  X
### Creative YUV (CYUV)     :      @tab  X
### DFA                     :      @tab  X
               @tab Codec used in Chronomaster game.

### Dirac                   :   E  @tab  X
               @tab supported though the native vc2 (Dirac Pro) encoder

### Deluxe Paint Animation  :      @tab  X
### DNxHD                   :    X @tab  X
               @tab aka SMPTE VC3

### Duck TrueMotion 1.0    :      @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: DUCK

### Duck TrueMotion 2.0     :      @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: TM20

### Duck TrueMotion 2.0 RT  :      @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: TR20

### DV (Digital Video)      :   X  @tab  X
### Dxtory capture format   :      @tab  X
### Feeble Files/ScummVM DXA   :      @tab  X
               @tab Codec originally used in Feeble Files game.

### Electronic Arts CMV video   :      @tab  X
               @tab Used in NHL 95 game.

### Electronic Arts Madcow video   :      @tab  X
### Electronic Arts TGV video   :      @tab  X
### Electronic Arts TGQ video   :      @tab  X
### Electronic Arts TQI video   :      @tab  X
### Escape 124              :      @tab  X
### Escape 130              :      @tab  X
### FFmpeg video codec #1   :   X  @tab  X
               @tab lossless codec (fourcc: FFV1)

### Flash Screen Video v1   :   X  @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: FSV1

### Flash Screen Video v2   :   X  @tab  X
### Flash Video (FLV)       :   X  @tab  X
               @tab Sorenson H.263 used in Flash

### FM Screen Capture Codec   :      @tab  X
### Forward Uncompressed    :      @tab  X
### Fraps                   :      @tab  X
### Go2Meeting              :      @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: G2M2, G2M3

### Go2Webinar              :      @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: G2M4

### Gremlin Digital Video   :      @tab  X
### H.261                   :   X  @tab  X
### H.263 / H.263-1996      :   X  @tab  X
### H.263+ / H.263-1998 / H.263 version 2   :   X  @tab  X
### H.264 / AVC / MPEG-4 AVC / MPEG-4 part 10   :   E  @tab  X
               @tab encoding supported through external library libx264 and OpenH264

### HEVC                    :   X  @tab  X
               @tab encoding supported through external library libx265 and libkvazaar

### HNM version 4           :      @tab  X
### HuffYUV                 :   X  @tab  X
### HuffYUV FFmpeg variant  :   X  @tab  X
### IBM Ultimotion          :      @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: ULTI

### id Cinematic video      :      @tab  X
               @tab Used in Quake II.

### id RoQ video            :   X  @tab  X
               @tab Used in Quake III, Jedi Knight 2, other computer games.

### IFF ILBM                :      @tab  X
               @tab IFF interleaved bitmap

### IFF ByteRun1            :      @tab  X
               @tab IFF run length encoded bitmap

### Infinity IMM4           :      @tab  X
### Intel H.263             :      @tab  X
### Intel Indeo 2           :      @tab  X
### Intel Indeo 3           :      @tab  X
### Intel Indeo 4           :      @tab  X
### Intel Indeo 5           :      @tab  X
### Interplay C93           :      @tab  X
               @tab Used in the game Cyberia from Interplay.

### Interplay MVE video     :      @tab  X
               @tab Used in Interplay .MVE files.

### J2K  :   X  @tab  X
### Karl Morton's video codec   :      @tab  X
               @tab Codec used in Worms games.

### Kega Game Video (KGV1)  :       @tab  X
               @tab Kega emulator screen capture codec.

### Lagarith                :      @tab  X
### LCL (LossLess Codec Library) MSZH   :      @tab  X
### LCL (LossLess Codec Library) ZLIB   :   E  @tab  E
### LOCO                    :      @tab  X
### LucasArts SANM/Smush    :      @tab  X
               @tab Used in LucasArts games / SMUSH animations.

### lossless MJPEG          :   X  @tab  X
### MagicYUV Video          :   X  @tab  X
### Mandsoft Screen Capture Codec   :      @tab  X
### Microsoft ATC Screen    :      @tab  X
               @tab Also known as Microsoft Screen 3.

### Microsoft Expression Encoder Screen   :      @tab  X
               @tab Also known as Microsoft Titanium Screen 2.

### Microsoft RLE           :      @tab  X
### Microsoft Screen 1      :      @tab  X
               @tab Also known as Windows Media Video V7 Screen.

### Microsoft Screen 2      :      @tab  X
               @tab Also known as Windows Media Video V9 Screen.

### Microsoft Video 1       :      @tab  X
### Mimic                   :      @tab  X
               @tab Used in MSN Messenger Webcam streams.

### Miro VideoXL            :      @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: VIXL

### MJPEG (Motion JPEG)     :   X  @tab  X
### Mobotix MxPEG video     :      @tab  X
### Motion Pixels video     :      @tab  X
### MPEG-1 video            :   X  @tab  X
### MPEG-2 video            :   X  @tab  X
### MPEG-4 part 2           :   X  @tab  X
               @tab libxvidcore can be used alternatively for encoding.

### MPEG-4 part 2 Microsoft variant version 1   :      @tab  X
### MPEG-4 part 2 Microsoft variant version 2   :   X  @tab  X
### MPEG-4 part 2 Microsoft variant version 3   :   X  @tab  X
### Newtek SpeedHQ                :   X  @tab  X
### Nintendo Gamecube THP video   :      @tab  X
### NotchLC                 :      @tab  X
### NuppelVideo/RTjpeg      :      @tab  X
               @tab Video encoding used in NuppelVideo files.

### On2 VP3                 :      @tab  X
               @tab still experimental

### On2 VP4                 :      @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: VP40

### On2 VP5                 :      @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: VP50

### On2 VP6                 :      @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: VP60,VP61,VP62

### On2 VP7                 :      @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: VP70,VP71

### VP8                     :   E  @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: VP80, encoding supported through external library libvpx

### VP9                     :   E  @tab  X
               @tab encoding supported through external library libvpx

### Pinnacle TARGA CineWave YUV16  :      @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: Y216

### Q-team QPEG             :      @tab  X
               @tab fourccs: QPEG, Q1.0, Q1.1

### QuickTime 8BPS video    :      @tab  X
### QuickTime Animation (RLE) video   :   X  @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: 'rle '

### QuickTime Graphics (SMC)   :      @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: 'smc '

### QuickTime video (RPZA)  :   X  @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: rpza

### R10K AJA Kona 10-bit RGB Codec      :   X  @tab  X
### R210 Quicktime Uncompressed RGB 10-bit      :   X  @tab  X
### Raw Video               :   X  @tab  X
### RealVideo 1.0           :   X  @tab  X
### RealVideo 2.0           :   X  @tab  X
### RealVideo 3.0           :      @tab  X
               @tab still far from ideal

### RealVideo 4.0           :      @tab  X
### Renderware TXD (TeXture Dictionary)   :      @tab  X
               @tab Texture dictionaries used by the Renderware Engine.

### RL2 video               :      @tab  X
               @tab used in some games by Entertainment Software Partners

### ScreenPressor           :      @tab  X
### Screenpresso            :      @tab  X
### Screen Recorder Gold Codec   :      @tab  X
### Sierra VMD video        :      @tab  X
               @tab Used in Sierra VMD files.

### Silicon Graphics Motion Video Compressor 1 (MVC1)   :      @tab  X
### Silicon Graphics Motion Video Compressor 2 (MVC2)   :      @tab  X
### Silicon Graphics RLE 8-bit video   :      @tab  X
### Smacker video           :      @tab  X
               @tab Video encoding used in Smacker.

### SMPTE VC-1              :      @tab  X
### Snow                    :   X  @tab  X
               @tab experimental wavelet codec (fourcc: SNOW)

### Sony PlayStation MDEC (Motion DECoder)   :      @tab  X
### Sorenson Vector Quantizer 1   :   X  @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: SVQ1

### Sorenson Vector Quantizer 3   :      @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: SVQ3

### Sunplus JPEG (SP5X)     :      @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: SP5X

### TechSmith Screen Capture Codec   :      @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: TSCC

### TechSmith Screen Capture Codec 2   :      @tab  X
               @tab fourcc: TSC2

### Theora                  :   E  @tab  X
               @tab encoding supported through external library libtheora

### Tiertex Limited SEQ video   :      @tab  X
               @tab Codec used in DOS CD-ROM FlashBack game.

### Ut Video                :   X  @tab  X
### v210 QuickTime uncompressed 4:2:2 10-bit      :   X  @tab  X
### v308 QuickTime uncompressed 4:4:4             :   X  @tab  X
### v408 QuickTime uncompressed 4:4:4:4           :   X  @tab  X
### v410 QuickTime uncompressed 4:4:4 10-bit      :   X  @tab  X
### VBLE Lossless Codec     :      @tab  X
### VMware Screen Codec / VMware Video   :      @tab  X
               @tab Codec used in videos captured by VMware.

### Westwood Studios VQA (Vector Quantized Animation) video   :      @tab  X
### Windows Media Image     :      @tab  X
### Windows Media Video 7   :   X  @tab  X
### Windows Media Video 8   :   X  @tab  X
### Windows Media Video 9   :      @tab  X
               @tab not completely working

### Wing Commander III / Xan   :      @tab  X
               @tab Used in Wing Commander III .MVE files.

### Wing Commander IV / Xan   :      @tab  X
               @tab Used in Wing Commander IV.

### Winnov WNV1             :      @tab  X
### WMV7                    :   X  @tab  X
### YAMAHA SMAF             :   X  @tab  X
### Psygnosis YOP Video     :      @tab  X
### yuv4                    :   X  @tab  X
               @tab libquicktime uncompressed packed 4:2:0

### ZeroCodec Lossless Video  :      @tab  X
### ZLIB                    :   X  @tab  X
               @tab part of LCL, encoder experimental

### Zip Motion Blocks Video   :    X @tab  X
               @tab Encoder works only in PAL8.

       "X" means that the feature in that column (encoding / decoding) is supported.

       "E" means that support is provided through an external library.

### Audio Codecs
### Name  :  Encoding @tab Decoding @tab Comments
### 8SVX exponential        :      @tab  X
### 8SVX fibonacci          :      @tab  X
### AAC                     :  EX  @tab  X
               @tab encoding supported through internal encoder and external library libfdk-aac

### AAC+                    :   E  @tab  IX
               @tab encoding supported through external library libfdk-aac

### AC-3                    :  IX  @tab  IX
### ACELP.KELVIN            :      @tab  X
### ADPCM 4X Movie          :      @tab  X
### ADPCM Yamaha AICA       :      @tab  X
### ADPCM AmuseGraphics Movie  :     @tab  X
### ADPCM Argonaut Games    :  X   @tab  X
### ADPCM CDROM XA          :      @tab  X
### ADPCM Creative Technology  :      @tab  X
               @tab 16 -E<gt> 4, 8 -E<gt> 4, 8 -E<gt> 3, 8 -E<gt> 2

### ADPCM Electronic Arts   :      @tab  X
               @tab Used in various EA titles.

### ADPCM Electronic Arts Maxis CDROM XS   :      @tab  X
               @tab Used in Sim City 3000.

### ADPCM Electronic Arts R1   :      @tab  X
### ADPCM Electronic Arts R2   :      @tab  X
### ADPCM Electronic Arts R3   :      @tab  X
### ADPCM Electronic Arts XAS  :      @tab  X
### ADPCM G.722             :   X  @tab  X
### ADPCM G.726             :   X  @tab  X
### ADPCM IMA AMV           :   X  @tab  X
               @tab Used in AMV files

### ADPCM IMA Cunning Developments   :      @tab  X
### ADPCM IMA Electronic Arts EACS   :      @tab  X
### ADPCM IMA Electronic Arts SEAD   :      @tab  X
### ADPCM IMA Funcom        :      @tab  X
### ADPCM IMA High Voltage Software ALP       :   X  @tab  X
### ADPCM IMA QuickTime     :   X  @tab  X
### ADPCM IMA Simon & Schuster Interactive    :   X  @tab  X
### ADPCM IMA Ubisoft APM   :   X  @tab  X
### ADPCM IMA Loki SDL MJPEG   :      @tab  X
### ADPCM IMA WAV           :   X  @tab  X
### ADPCM IMA Westwood      :      @tab  X
### ADPCM ISS IMA           :      @tab  X
               @tab Used in FunCom games.

### ADPCM IMA Dialogic      :      @tab  X
### ADPCM IMA Duck DK3      :      @tab  X
               @tab Used in some Sega Saturn console games.

### ADPCM IMA Duck DK4      :      @tab  X
               @tab Used in some Sega Saturn console games.

### ADPCM IMA Radical       :      @tab  X
### ADPCM Microsoft         :   X  @tab  X
### ADPCM MS IMA            :   X  @tab  X
### ADPCM Nintendo Gamecube AFC   :      @tab  X
### ADPCM Nintendo Gamecube DTK   :      @tab  X
### ADPCM Nintendo THP   :      @tab  X
### ADPCM Playstation       :      @tab  X
### ADPCM QT IMA            :   X  @tab  X
### ADPCM SEGA CRI ADX      :   X  @tab  X
               @tab Used in Sega Dreamcast games.

### ADPCM Shockwave Flash   :   X  @tab  X
### ADPCM Sound Blaster Pro 2-bit   :      @tab  X
### ADPCM Sound Blaster Pro 2.6-bit   :      @tab  X
### ADPCM Sound Blaster Pro 4-bit   :      @tab  X
### ADPCM VIMA              :      @tab  X
               @tab Used in LucasArts SMUSH animations.

### ADPCM Westwood Studios IMA  :      @tab  X
               @tab Used in Westwood Studios games like Command and Conquer.

### ADPCM Yamaha            :   X  @tab  X
### ADPCM Zork              :      @tab  X
### AMR-NB                  :   E  @tab  X
               @tab encoding supported through external library libopencore-amrnb

### AMR-WB                  :   E  @tab  X
               @tab encoding supported through external library libvo-amrwbenc

### Amazing Studio PAF Audio  :      @tab  X
### Apple lossless audio    :   X  @tab  X
               @tab QuickTime fourcc 'alac'

### aptX                    :   X  @tab  X
               @tab Used in Bluetooth A2DP

### aptX HD                 :   X  @tab  X
               @tab Used in Bluetooth A2DP

### ATRAC1                  :      @tab  X
### ATRAC3                  :      @tab  X
### ATRAC3+                 :      @tab  X
### ATRAC9                  :      @tab  X
### Bink Audio              :      @tab  X
               @tab Used in Bink and Smacker files in many games.

### CELT                    :      @tab  E
               @tab decoding supported through external library libcelt

### codec2                  :   E  @tab  E
               @tab en/decoding supported through external library libcodec2

### CRI HCA                 :      @tab X
### Delphine Software International CIN audio   :      @tab  X
               @tab Codec used in Delphine Software International games.

### Digital Speech Standard - Standard Play mode (DSS SP)  :      @tab  X
### Discworld II BMV Audio  :      @tab  X
### COOK                    :      @tab  X
               @tab All versions except 5.1 are supported.

### DCA (DTS Coherent Acoustics)   :   X  @tab  X
               @tab supported extensions: XCh, XXCH, X96, XBR, XLL, LBR (partially)

### Dolby E   :      @tab  X
### DPCM Gremlin            :      @tab  X
### DPCM id RoQ             :   X  @tab  X
               @tab Used in Quake III, Jedi Knight 2 and other computer games.

### DPCM Interplay          :      @tab  X
               @tab Used in various Interplay computer games.

### DPCM Squareroot-Delta-Exact   :   @tab  X
               @tab Used in various games.

### DPCM Sierra Online      :      @tab  X
               @tab Used in Sierra Online game audio files.

### DPCM Sol                :      @tab  X
### DPCM Xan                :      @tab  X
               @tab Used in Origin's Wing Commander IV AVI files.

### DPCM Xilam DERF         :      @tab  X
### DSD (Direct Stream Digital), least significant bit first   :   @tab  X
### DSD (Direct Stream Digital), most significant bit first    :   @tab  X
### DSD (Direct Stream Digital), least significant bit first, planar   :   @tab  X
### DSD (Direct Stream Digital), most significant bit first, planar    :   @tab  X
### DSP Group TrueSpeech    :      @tab  X
### DST (Direct Stream Transfer)  :   @tab  X
### DV audio                :      @tab  X
### Enhanced AC-3           :   X  @tab  X
### EVRC (Enhanced Variable Rate Codec)  :      @tab  X
### FLAC (Free Lossless Audio Codec)   :   X  @tab  IX
### G.723.1                 :  X   @tab  X
### G.729                   :      @tab  X
### GSM                     :   E  @tab  X
               @tab encoding supported through external library libgsm

### GSM Microsoft variant   :   E  @tab  X
               @tab encoding supported through external library libgsm

### IAC (Indeo Audio Coder)   :      @tab  X
### iLBC (Internet Low Bitrate Codec)  :   E  @tab  E
               @tab encoding and decoding supported through external library libilbc

### IMC (Intel Music Coder)   :      @tab  X
### Interplay ACM             :      @tab  X
### MACE (Macintosh Audio Compression/Expansion) 3:1   :      @tab  X
### MACE (Macintosh Audio Compression/Expansion) 6:1   :      @tab  X
### MLP (Meridian Lossless Packing)   :   X  @tab  X
               @tab Used in DVD-Audio discs.

### Monkey's Audio          :      @tab  X
### MP1 (MPEG audio layer 1)   :      @tab IX
### MP2 (MPEG audio layer 2)   :  IX  @tab IX
               @tab encoding supported also through external library TwoLAME

### MP3 (MPEG audio layer 3)   :   E  @tab IX
               @tab encoding supported through external library LAME, ADU MP3 and MP3onMP4 also supported

### MPEG-4 Audio Lossless Coding (ALS)   :      @tab  X
### Musepack SV7            :      @tab  X
### Musepack SV8            :      @tab  X
### Nellymoser Asao         :   X  @tab  X
### On2 AVC (Audio for Video Codec)  :      @tab  X
### Opus                    :   E  @tab  X
               @tab encoding supported through external library libopus

### PCM A-law               :   X  @tab  X
### PCM mu-law              :   X  @tab  X
### PCM Archimedes VIDC     :   X  @tab  X
### PCM signed 8-bit planar   :   X  @tab  X
### PCM signed 16-bit big-endian planar   :   X  @tab  X
### PCM signed 16-bit little-endian planar   :   X  @tab  X
### PCM signed 24-bit little-endian planar   :   X  @tab  X
### PCM signed 32-bit little-endian planar   :   X  @tab  X
### PCM 32-bit floating point big-endian   :   X  @tab  X
### PCM 32-bit floating point little-endian   :   X  @tab  X
### PCM 64-bit floating point big-endian   :   X  @tab  X
### PCM 64-bit floating point little-endian   :   X  @tab  X
### PCM D-Cinema audio signed 24-bit    :   X  @tab  X
### PCM signed 8-bit        :   X  @tab  X
### PCM signed 16-bit big-endian   :   X  @tab  X
### PCM signed 16-bit little-endian   :   X  @tab  X
### PCM signed 24-bit big-endian   :   X  @tab  X
### PCM signed 24-bit little-endian   :   X  @tab  X
### PCM signed 32-bit big-endian   :   X  @tab  X
### PCM signed 32-bit little-endian   :   X  @tab  X
### PCM signed 16/20/24-bit big-endian in MPEG-TS   :      @tab  X
### PCM unsigned 8-bit      :   X  @tab  X
### PCM unsigned 16-bit big-endian   :   X  @tab  X
### PCM unsigned 16-bit little-endian   :   X  @tab  X
### PCM unsigned 24-bit big-endian   :   X  @tab  X
### PCM unsigned 24-bit little-endian   :   X  @tab  X
### PCM unsigned 32-bit big-endian   :   X  @tab  X
### PCM unsigned 32-bit little-endian   :   X  @tab  X
### QCELP / PureVoice       :      @tab  X
### QDesign Music Codec 1   :      @tab  X
### QDesign Music Codec 2   :      @tab  X
               @tab There are still some distortions.

### RealAudio 1.0 (14.4K)   :   X  @tab  X
               @tab Real 14400 bit/s codec

### RealAudio 2.0 (28.8K)   :      @tab  X
               @tab Real 28800 bit/s codec

### RealAudio 3.0 (dnet)    :  IX  @tab  X
               @tab Real low bitrate AC-3 codec

### RealAudio Lossless      :      @tab  X
### RealAudio SIPR / ACELP.NET  :      @tab  X
### SBC (low-complexity subband codec)  :   X  @tab  X
               @tab Used in Bluetooth A2DP

### Shorten                 :      @tab  X
### Sierra VMD audio        :      @tab  X
               @tab Used in Sierra VMD files.

### Smacker audio           :      @tab  X
### SMPTE 302M AES3 audio   :   X  @tab  X
### Sonic                   :   X  @tab  X
               @tab experimental codec

### Sonic lossless          :   X  @tab  X
               @tab experimental codec

### Speex                   :   E  @tab  E
               @tab supported through external library libspeex

### TAK (Tom's lossless Audio Kompressor)   :      @tab  X
### True Audio (TTA)        :   X  @tab  X
### TrueHD                  :   X  @tab  X
               @tab Used in HD-DVD and Blu-Ray discs.

### TwinVQ (VQF flavor)     :      @tab  X
### VIMA                    :      @tab  X
               @tab Used in LucasArts SMUSH animations.

### Vorbis                  :   E  @tab  X
               @tab A native but very primitive encoder exists.

### Voxware MetaSound       :      @tab  X
### WavPack                 :   X  @tab  X
### Westwood Audio (SND1)   :      @tab  X
### Windows Media Audio 1   :   X  @tab  X
### Windows Media Audio 2   :   X  @tab  X
### Windows Media Audio Lossless  :   @tab  X
### Windows Media Audio Pro  :     @tab  X
### Windows Media Audio Voice  :   @tab  X
### Xbox Media Audio 1      :      @tab  X
### Xbox Media Audio 2      :      @tab  X

       "X" means that the feature in that column (encoding / decoding) is supported.

       "E" means that support is provided through an external library.

       "I" means that an integer-only version is available, too (ensures high performance on systems
       without hardware floating point support).

### Subtitle Formats
### Name  :  Muxing @tab Demuxing @tab Encoding @tab Decoding
### 3GPP Timed Text   :    @tab   @tab X @tab X
### AQTitle           :    @tab X @tab   @tab X
### DVB               :  X @tab X @tab X @tab X
### DVB teletext      :    @tab X @tab   @tab E
### DVD               :  X @tab X @tab X @tab X
### JACOsub           :  X @tab X @tab   @tab X
### MicroDVD          :  X @tab X @tab   @tab X
### MPL2              :    @tab X @tab   @tab X
### MPsub (MPlayer)   :    @tab X @tab   @tab X
### PGS               :    @tab   @tab   @tab X
### PJS (Phoenix)     :    @tab X @tab   @tab X
### RealText          :    @tab X @tab   @tab X
### SAMI              :    @tab X @tab   @tab X
### Spruce format (STL)  :    @tab X @tab   @tab X
### SSA/ASS           :  X @tab X @tab X @tab X
### SubRip (SRT)      :  X @tab X @tab X @tab X
### SubViewer v1      :    @tab X @tab   @tab X
### SubViewer         :    @tab X @tab   @tab X
### TED Talks captions  :  @tab X @tab   @tab X
### TTML              :  X @tab   @tab X @tab
### VobSub (IDX+SUB)  :    @tab X @tab   @tab X
### VPlayer           :    @tab X @tab   @tab X
### WebVTT            :  X @tab X @tab X @tab X
### XSUB              :    @tab   @tab X @tab X

       "X" means that the feature is supported.

       "E" means that support is provided through an external library.

### Network Protocols
### Name          :  Support
### AMQP          :  E
### file          :  X
### FTP           :  X
### Gopher        :  X
### Gophers       :  X
### HLS           :  X
### HTTP          :  X
### HTTPS         :  X
### Icecast       :  X
### MMSH          :  X
### MMST          :  X
### pipe          :  X
### Pro-MPEG FEC  :  X
### RTMP          :  X
### RTMPE         :  X
### RTMPS         :  X
### RTMPT         :  X
### RTMPTE        :  X
### RTMPTS        :  X
### RTP           :  X
### SAMBA         :  E
### SCTP          :  X
### SFTP          :  E
### TCP           :  X
### TLS           :  X
### UDP           :  X
### ZMQ           :  E

       "X" means that the protocol is supported.

       "E" means that support is provided through an external library.

### Input/Output Devices
### Name               :  Input  @tab Output
### ALSA               :  X      @tab X
### BKTR               :  X      @tab
### caca               :         @tab X
### DV1394             :  X      @tab
### Lavfi virtual device  :  X   @tab
### Linux framebuffer  :  X      @tab X
### JACK               :  X      @tab
### LIBCDIO            :  X
### LIBDC1394          :  X      @tab
### OpenAL             :  X
### OpenGL             :         @tab X
### OSS                :  X      @tab X
### PulseAudio         :  X      @tab X
### SDL                :         @tab X
### Video4Linux2       :  X      @tab X
### VfW capture        :  X      @tab
### X11 grabbing       :  X      @tab
### Win32 grabbing     :  X      @tab

       "X" means that input/output is supported.

### Timecode
### Codec/format       :  Read   @tab Write
### AVI                :  X      @tab X
### DV                 :  X      @tab X
### GXF                :  X      @tab X
### MOV                :  X      @tab X
### MPEG1/2            :  X      @tab X
### MXF                :  X      @tab X

## SEE ALSO
       [**ffplay**(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffplay/1/markdown), [**ffmpeg**(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg/1/markdown), [**ffprobe**(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffprobe/1/markdown), [**ffmpeg-utils**(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-utils/1/markdown), [**ffmpeg-scaler**(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-scaler/1/markdown), [**ffmpeg-resampler**(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-resampler/1/markdown),
       [**ffmpeg-codecs**(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-codecs/1/markdown), [**ffmpeg-bitstream-filters**(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-bitstream-filters/1/markdown), [**ffmpeg-formats**(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-formats/1/markdown), [**ffmpeg-devices**(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-devices/1/markdown),
       [**ffmpeg-protocols**(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-protocols/1/markdown), [**ffmpeg-filters**(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/ffmpeg-filters/1/markdown)

## AUTHORS
       The FFmpeg developers.

       For details about the authorship, see the Git history of the project
       (git://source.ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg), e.g. by typing the command **git** **log** in the FFmpeg source
       directory, or browsing the online repository at <**<http://source.ffmpeg.org>**>.

       Maintainers for the specific components are listed in the file _MAINTAINERS_ in the source code
       tree.



                                                                                       [FFPLAY-ALL(1)](https://www.chedong.com/phpMan.php/man/FFPLAY-ALL/1/markdown)
